Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2007
Registration No. 333-          
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
 
 
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
VIRTUSA CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
 
 
         
Delaware   7371   04-3512883
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, Massachusetts 01581
(508) 389-7300
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
 
Kris Canekeratne
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, Massachusetts 01581
(508) 389-7300
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)
 
 
 
Copies to:
         
John J. Egan III, Esq.
Edward A. King, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
Exchange Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
(617) 570-1000
 
Paul D. Tutun, Esq.
Vice President and General Counsel
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, Massachusetts 01581
(508) 389-7300
  John A. Burgess, Esq.
James R. Burke, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
(617) 526-6000
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
             
Title of Each Class of
    Proposed Maximum Aggregate
    Amount of
Securities to be Registered     Offering Price (1)(2)     Registration Fee (2)
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
    $92,000,000     $2,825
             
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
 
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price and includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), shall determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to completion, dated April 6, 2007
 
Prospectus
 
           shares
 
(VIRTUSA LOGO)
 
Common stock
 
 
This is an initial public offering of common stock by Virtusa Corporation. No public market currently exists for our common stock. We are selling      shares of common stock. The estimated initial public offering price is between $      and $      per share.
 
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “VRTU.”
 
         
    Per share   Total
 
         
Initial public offering price
  $                  $               
         
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $   $
         
Proceeds to Virtusa, before expenses
  $   $
 
We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to      additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.
 
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 7.
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
The underwriters expect to deliver shares on or about          , 2007.
 
JPMorgan  
  Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.  
  Cowen and Company  
  William Blair & Company
 
        , 2007


 

 
 
Table of contents
 
         
    Page
  1
  7
  32
  33
  34
  34
  35
  37
  39
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations   41
  65
  81
  87
  108
  110
  113
  119
Material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations to non-U.S. holders   122
  126
  130
  130
  130
  F-1
  Ex-3.1 Form of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  Ex-3.2 Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant
  Ex-3.3 Form of Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  Ex-4.2 Fourth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
  Ex-10.3 Lease Agreement - W9/TIB Real Estate Limited Partnership
  Ex-10.4 Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan
  Ex-10.5 2005 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan and form of agreements thereunder
  Ex-10.7 Form of Indemnification Agreement
  Ex-10.9 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
  Ex-10.10 Executive Agreement between the Virtusa Corp. and Kris Canekeratne
  Ex-10.11 Executive Agreement between Virtusa Corp. and Danford F. Smith
  EX-10.12 Executive Agreement between Virtusa Corp. and Thomas R. Holler
  Ex-21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  Ex-23.1 Consent of KPMG LLP
 
The names Virtusa and Productization and our logo are trademarks or service marks of Virtusa Corporation. Other trademarks, trade names or service marks in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


Table of Contents

 
Prospectus summary
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk factors” on page 7 and our consolidated financial statements and related notes on page F-1, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Virtusa,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” and similar references in this prospectus to refer to Virtusa Corporation and its subsidiaries.
 
Our company
 
We are a global information technology services company. We use an offshore delivery model to provide a broad range of information technology, or IT, services, including IT consulting, technology implementation and application outsourcing. Using our enhanced global delivery model, innovative platforming approach and industry expertise, we provide cost-effective services that enable our clients to use IT to enhance business performance, accelerate time-to-market, increase productivity and improve customer service. Headquartered in Massachusetts, we have offices in the United States and the United Kingdom and global delivery centers in Hyderabad and Chennai, India and Colombo, Sri Lanka. We have experienced compounded annual revenue growth of 47% over the four-year period ended March 31, 2006.
 
Our enhanced global delivery model leverages a highly-efficient onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix and proprietary tools and processes to manage and accelerate delivery, foster innovation and promote continual improvement. Our global service delivery teams work seamlessly at our client locations and at our global delivery centers in India and Sri Lanka to provide value-added services rapidly and cost-effectively. They do this by using our enhanced global delivery model, which we manage to a 20/80 onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix.
 
We apply our innovative platforming approach across all of our services. We help our clients combine common business processes and rules, technology frameworks and data into reusable application platforms that can be leveraged across the enterprise to build, enhance and maintain existing and future applications. Our platforming approach enables our clients to continually enhance their software platforms and applications in response to changing business needs and evolving technologies while also realizing long-term and ongoing cost savings.
 
We provide our IT services primarily to enterprises engaged in the following industries: communications and technology; banking, financial services and insurance; and media and information. Our current clients include leading global enterprises such as Aetna Life Insurance Company, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., British Telecommunications plc, Cisco Systems, Inc., ING North America Insurance Corporation, International Business Machines Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Thomson Healthcare Inc., and leading enterprise software developers such as Pegasystems Inc. and Vignette Corporation. We have a high level of repeat business among our clients. For instance, during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, over 90% of our revenue came from clients to whom we had been providing services for at least one year and over 65% came from clients to whom we had been providing services for at least two years. We have over 3,500 employees, or team members, and for the nine months ended December 31, 2006, we had revenue of $89.4 million and income from operations of $10.2 million.


1


Table of Contents

 
Market opportunity
 
The role of IT in enterprises has grown far beyond operational support to become a source of competitive advantage. Leading enterprises are using IT to accelerate time-to-market, increase productivity and improve customer service. Business and IT leaders recognize that delivering these benefits cost-effectively is vital to the success of their enterprises.
 
Many enterprises increasingly manage their technology costs and resource constraints by outsourcing IT services offshore. According to a 2006 IDC report, 20.8% of U.S. IT services, including application management, custom application development, IT consulting, information systems outsourcing, systems integration and other related activities, will move to offshore players by 2010. A 2005 NASSCOM-McKinsey report estimates that global offshore IT services adoption will grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 24.4%, from $18.4 billion for the 12 months ended March 31, 2005 to $55.0 billion for the 12 months ending March 31, 2010.
 
Engaging offshore IT service providers to improve business performance, beyond reducing costs, can be challenging. The rate of technological change, the impact of mergers and acquisitions and a historical approach to building and managing stand-alone, legacy IT systems and applications have led to fragmented IT environments, which are complex, inefficient and costly to maintain and operate. We believe enterprises seek service providers that can cost-effectively address this range of complex challenges.
 
Our solution
 
Our broad range of IT services, enhanced global delivery model and innovative platforming approach enable us to deliver IT solutions to our clients that enhance business performance, accelerate time-to-market, increase productivity and improve customer service. Our enhanced global delivery model enables us to deliver IT services cost-effectively. We reduce the effort and costs required to maintain and develop IT applications on an ongoing basis by streamlining and consolidating our clients’ applications. We believe that our solution provides our clients with the consultative and high-value services associated with large consulting and systems integration firms, the cost-effectiveness associated with offshore IT outsourcing firms and the ability to streamline and continually improve their software platforms and applications.
 
Our growth strategy
 
Key elements of our growth strategy include:
 
Deepen and grow our client base.  We seek to deepen and broaden our existing client relationships and grow our client base. We focus on expanding existing client relationships and converting new engagements to long-term relationships. For example, in March 2007, British Telecommunications plc entered into a five-year IT services agreement with us and also purchased, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, 2,875,869 shares of our common stock. We also have a dedicated business development team focused on generating engagements with new clients.
 
Expand our service offerings.  We seek to create new and innovative service offerings by analyzing emerging technologies and industry trends and changing client needs. Our industry solution teams work closely with our marketing group, industry and technology practice groups and research and development teams to develop new, highly-differentiated services.


2


Table of Contents

 
Deepen and expand our industry expertise.  We seek to deepen our existing industry expertise and to develop expertise in new industries. We plan to extend our domain expertise beyond those industries that we currently serve to adjacent industries, where we can directly leverage existing in-house skills, experience and client relationships.
 
Strengthen our brand.  We seek to enhance our profile and brand equity to help us acquire new clients, enhance our existing client relationships and attract and retain talented team members. We believe our platforming approach to IT services positions us as a thought leader with clients and enables us to attract and retain talented team members.
 
Develop new strategic alliances.  We seek to strengthen our existing strategic alliances and build new ones. We intend to leverage our strategic alliances to win new clients, extend our services to existing clients and enter new geographic or industry markets. We believe that some of these alliances with software company clients enable us to compete more effectively for the technology implementation and support services required by our clients’ customers.
 
Risks affecting us
 
Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described under “Risk factors” beginning on page 7, which you should carefully consider prior to deciding whether to invest in our common stock. For example:
 
•  our revenue is highly dependent on a small number of clients and the loss of any one of our major clients could significantly harm our results of operations and financial condition
 
•  the IT services market is highly competitive and our competitors may have advantages that may allow them to compete more effectively than we do to secure client contracts and attract skilled IT professionals
 
•  if we cannot attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, our ability to obtain, manage and staff new projects and continue to expand existing projects may result in loss of revenue and an inability to expand our business
 
•  our quarterly financial position, revenue, operating results and profitability are difficult to predict and may vary from quarter to quarter, which could cause our share price to decline significantly
 
Our corporate information
 
We were originally incorporated in Massachusetts in November 1996 as Technology Providers, Inc. We reincorporated in Delaware as eRunway, Inc. in May 2000 and subsequently changed our name to Virtusa Corporation in April 2002. Our principal executive offices are located at 2000 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, and our telephone number at this location is (508) 389-7300. Our website address is www.virtusa.com. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.


3


Table of Contents

 
The offering
 
Common stock offered by us           shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering           shares
 
Use of proceeds We expect to use approximately $30 million of the net proceeds from this offering to fund the construction and build-out of a new facility on our planned campus in Hyderabad, India. The balance of the net proceeds will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to finance the expansion of our global delivery centers in Chennai, India and Colombo, Sri Lanka, the hiring of additional personnel, sales and marketing activities, capital expenditures, the costs of operating as a public company and possible strategic alliances or acquisitions. See “Use of proceeds.”
 
Over-allotment option The underwriters have an option for a period of up to 30 days to purchase up to           additional shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments.
 
Risk factors See “Risk factors” and other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol VRTU
 
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 57,676,390 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2007 and excludes:
 
•  10,052,476 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2007, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.13 per share
 
•  614,235 shares of common stock issuable after this offering upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights outstanding as of March 31, 2007, reduced by the weighted average exercise price of $1.29 per stock appreciation right
 
•  2,193,138 shares of common stock reserved as of March 31, 2007 for future issuance under our incentive plans
 
•  116,882 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants that will remain outstanding after this offering, at an exercise price of $1.75 per share
 
Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:
 
•  the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 35,762,836 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering
 
•  the filing of our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated by-laws in connection with this offering
 
•  no exercise of the outstanding options, stock appreciation rights or warrants described above since March 31, 2007
 
•  no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase          additional shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments


4


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial information
 
The table below sets forth summary financial data for the periods indicated. The consolidated statement of operations data have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Virtusa for the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. It is important that you read this information together with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” on page 41, and our consolidated financial statements and related notes on page F-1. The unaudited summary consolidated financial data include, in the opinion of our management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full fiscal year.
 
Consolidated statement of operations data
 
                                         
 
          Nine months ended
 
    Fiscal year ended March 31,     December 31,  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)   2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
 
 
Revenue
  $ 42,822     $ 60,484     $ 76,935     $ 53,740     $ 89,388  
Costs of revenue
    22,648       31,813       43,417       31,015       48,578  
                                         
Gross profit
    20,174       28,671       33,518       22,725       40,810  
Operating expenses
    20,309       27,838       32,925       23,847       30,583  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (135 )     833       593       (1,122 )     10,227  
Other income (expense)
    73       376       1,564       661       1,206  
                                         
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    (62 )     1,209       2,157       (461 )     11,433  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    146       99       176       164       (4,080 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (208 )   $ 1,110     $ 1,981     $ (625 )   $ 15,513  
                                         
Net income (loss) per share of common stock
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.07     $ 0.11     $ (0.04 )   $ 0.83  
                                         
Diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.02     $ 0.04     $ (0.04 )   $ 0.27  
                                         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
                                       
Basic
    17,407       17,052       17,571       17,441       18,713  
                                         
Diluted
    17,407       53,562       54,341       17,441       56,761  
                                         


5


Table of Contents

Consolidated balance sheet data
 
                     
    December 31, 2006
              Pro forma
(in thousands)   Actual     Pro forma(1)   as adjusted(2)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 32,207     $ 32,207   $           
Working capital
    55,067       55,067      
Total assets
    80,632       80,632      
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    60,856            
Total stockholders’ equity
    3,711       64,567      
 
 
 
(1) On a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of all of our shares of preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2006 into 35,762,836 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering
 
(2) On a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the expected price range, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses.
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $     , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses.


6


Table of Contents

 
Risk factors
 
You should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks, as well as other risks and uncertainties that are not yet identified or that we currently think are immaterial, actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our shares could decline and you may lose part or all of your investment.
 
Risks relating to our business
 
Our revenue is highly dependent on a small number of clients and the loss of any one of our major clients could significantly harm our results of operations and financial condition.
 
We have historically earned and believe that over the next few years we will continue to earn, a significant portion of our revenue from a limited number of clients. For instance, we generated approximately 59%, 45% and 43% of our revenue in our fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, from our top five clients during those periods. For the nine months ended December 31, 2006, British Telecommunications plc, or BT, our largest client, accounted for 22% of our revenue. The loss of any one of our major clients could reduce our revenue or delay our recognition of revenue, harm our reputation in the industry and reduce our ability to accurately predict cash flow. For example, a major client terminated our service engagements within the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005, and that termination negatively affected our results of operations for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2006. The loss of any one of our major clients could also adversely affect our gross profit and utilization as we seek to redeploy resources previously dedicated to that client. Further, the loss of any one of our major clients has required, and could in the future require, us to initiate involuntary attrition. This could have a material adverse effect on our attrition rate and make it more difficult for us to attract and retain IT professionals in the future. We may not be able to maintain our client relationships and our clients may not renew their agreements with us, in which case, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. In addition, although we have recently entered into a five-year IT services agreement with BT that is premised upon minimum aggregate expenditures by BT of approximately $200 million over the term of the agreement, there can be no assurance that we will realize the full amount of those expenditures or that the agreement will not be terminated prior to the end of its term.
 
In addition, this client concentration may subject us to perceived or actual leverage that our clients may have given their relative size and importance to us. If our clients seek to negotiate their agreements on terms less favorable to us and we accept such unfavorable terms, such unfavorable terms may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Accordingly, unless and until we diversify and expand our client base, our future success will significantly depend upon the timing and volume of business from our largest clients and the financial and operational success of these clients. If we were to lose one of our major clients or have a major client cancel substantial projects or otherwise significantly reduce its volume of business with us, our revenue and profitability would be materially reduced and our business would be seriously harmed.


7


Table of Contents

 
The IT services market is highly competitive and our competitors may have advantages that may allow them to compete more effectively than we do to secure client contracts and attract skilled IT professionals.
 
The IT services market in which we operate includes a large number of participants and is highly competitive. Our primary competitors include:
 
•  offshore IT outsourcing firms
 
•  consulting and systems integration firms
 
We also occasionally compete with in-house IT departments, smaller vertically-focused IT service providers and local IT service providers based in the geographic areas where we compete. We expect additional competition from offshore IT outsourcing firms in emerging locations such as Eastern Europe, Latin America and China, as well as offshore IT service providers with facilities in less expensive geographies within India.
 
The IT services industry in which we compete is experiencing rapid changes in its competitive landscape. Some of the large consulting firms and offshore IT service providers that we compete with have significant resources and financial capabilities combined with a greater number of IT professionals. Many of our competitors are significantly larger and some have gained access to public and private capital or have merged or consolidated with better capitalized partners, which has created and may in the future create, larger and better capitalized competitors. These competitors may have superior abilities to compete for market share and for our existing and prospective clients. Our competitors may be better able to use significant economic incentives, such as lower billing rates, to secure contracts with our existing and prospective clients. These competitors may also be better able to compete for and retain skilled professionals by offering them more attractive compensation or other incentives. These factors may allow these competitors to have advantages over us to meet client demands in an engagement for large numbers and varied types of resources with specific experience or skill-sets that we may not have readily available in the short- or long-term. We cannot assure you that we can maintain or enhance our competitive position against current and future competitors. Our failure to compete effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
If we cannot attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, our ability to obtain, manage and staff new projects and continue to expand existing projects may result in loss of revenue and an inability to expand our business.
 
Our ability to execute and expand existing projects and obtain new clients depends largely on our ability to hire, train and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, particularly project managers, IT engineers and other senior technical personnel. If we cannot hire and retain such additional qualified personnel, our ability to obtain, manage and staff new projects and to expand, manage and staff existing projects, may be impaired. We may then lose revenue and our ability to expand our business may be harmed. There is intense worldwide competition for IT professionals with the skills necessary to perform the services we offer. We and the industry in which we operate generally experience high employee attrition. According to a survey of Indian companies conducted by Hewitt Associates, a human resources consulting firm, the attrition rate in 2006 for respondents was approximately 19.0%. Given our recent significant growth and strong demand for IT professionals from our competitors, we cannot assure you that we will be able to hire or retain the number of technical personnel necessary to satisfy our current and


8


Table of Contents

future client needs. We also may not be able to hire and retain enough skilled and experienced IT professionals to replace those who leave. Additionally, if we have to replace personnel who have left our company, we will incur increased costs not only in hiring replacements but also in training such replacements until they can become productive and billable to our clients. In addition, we may not be able to redeploy and retrain our IT professionals in anticipation of continuing changes in technology, evolving standards and changing client preferences. Our inability to attract and retain IT professionals could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Our quarterly financial position, revenue, operating results and profitability are difficult to predict and may vary from quarter to quarter, which could cause our share price to decline significantly.
 
Our quarterly revenue, operating results and profitability have varied in the past and are likely to vary significantly from quarter to quarter in the future. For example, our quarterly results ranged from an operating loss of $0.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2005 to operating income of $1.3 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2005. The factors that are likely to cause these variations include:
 
•  the number, timing, scope and contractual terms of IT projects in which we are engaged
 
•  delays in project commencement or staffing delays due to immigration issues or assignment of appropriately skilled or experienced personnel
 
•  the accuracy of estimates of resources, time and fees required to complete fixed-price projects and costs incurred in the performance of each project
 
•  changes in pricing in response to client demand and competitive pressures
 
•  the mix of onsite and offshore staffing
 
•  the mix of leadership and senior technical resources to junior engineering resources staffed on each project
 
•  our ability to have the client reimburse us for travel and living expenses, especially the airfare and related expenses of our Indian and Sri Lankan offshore personnel traveling and working onsite in the United States or the United Kingdom
 
•  seasonal trends, primarily our hiring cycle and the budget and work cycles of our clients
 
•  the ratio of fixed-price contracts to time-and-materials contracts in process
 
•  employee wage levels and increases in compensation costs, including timing of promotions and annual pay increases, particularly in India and Sri Lanka
 
•  unexpected changes in the utilization rate of our IT professionals
 
•  unanticipated contract or project terminations
 
•  the timing of collection of accounts receivable
 
•  the continuing financial stability of our clients
 
•  general economic conditions


9


Table of Contents

As a result, our revenue and our operating results for a particular period are difficult to predict and may decline in comparison to corresponding prior periods regardless of the strength of our business. Our future revenue is also difficult to predict because we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from fees for services generated from short-term contracts that may be terminated or delayed by our clients without penalty. In addition, a high percentage of our operating expenses, particularly related to personnel and facilities, are relatively fixed in advance of any particular quarter and are based, in part, on our expectations as to future revenue. If we are unable to predict the timing or amounts of future revenue accurately, we may be unable to adjust spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall and fail to meet our forecasts. Unexpected revenue shortfalls may also decrease our gross margins and could cause significant changes in our operating results from quarter to quarter. As a result, and in addition to the factors listed above, any of the following factors could have a significant and adverse impact on our operating results, could result in a shortfall of revenue and could result in losses to us:
 
•  a client’s decision not to pursue a new project or proceed to succeeding stages of a current project
 
•  the completion during a quarter of several major client projects could require us to pay underutilized employees in subsequent periods
 
•  adverse business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services
 
•  our inability to transition employees quickly from completed projects to new engagements
 
•  our inability to manage costs, including personnel, infrastructure, facility and support services costs
 
•  exchange rate fluctuations
 
Due to the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some future periods our revenue and operating results may not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If this occurs, the trading price of our common stock could fall substantially either suddenly or over time and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.
 
The loss of key members of our senior management team may prevent us from executing our business strategy.
 
Our future success depends to a significant extent on the continued service and performance of key members of our senior management team. Our growth and success depends to a significant extent on our ability to retain Kris Canekeratne, our chief executive officer, who is a founder of our company and has led the growth, operation, culture and strategic direction of our business since its inception. The loss of his services or the services of other key members of our senior management could seriously harm our ability to execute our business strategy. We also may have to incur significant costs in identifying, hiring, training and retaining replacements for key employees. The loss of any member of our senior management team might significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business or development objectives and could materially harm our business.


10


Table of Contents

 
We may lose revenue if our clients terminate or delay their contracts with us.
 
Our clients typically retain us on a non-exclusive, engagement-by-engagement basis, rather than under exclusive long-term contracts. Many of our contracts for services have terms of less than 12 months and permit our clients to terminate our engagement on prior written notice of 90 days or less for convenience, and without termination-related penalties. Further, many large client projects typically involve multiple independently defined stages, and clients may choose not to retain us for additional stages of a project or cancel or delay their start dates. These terminations, cancellations or delays could result from factors unrelated to our work product or the progress of the project, including:
 
•  client financial difficulties
 
•  a change in a client’s strategic priorities, resulting in a reduced level of IT spending
 
•  a client’s demand for price reductions
 
•  a change in a client’s outsourcing strategy that shifts work to in-house IT departments or to our competitors
 
•  replacement by our client of existing software to packaged software supported by licensors
 
If our contracts were terminated early or materially delayed, our business and operating results could be materially harmed and the value of our common stock could be impaired. Unexpected terminations, cancellation or delays in our client engagements could also result in increased operating expenses as we transition our employees to other engagements.
 
We may incur liability as a result of our failure to register under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 between 2003 and 2005 when we had more than 500 option holders.
 
Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, requires that companies with more than $10 million in assets and 500 or more equity security holders at any fiscal year-end register as a reporting company. We had granted stock options to more than 500 persons as of March 31, 2003 and, accordingly, may have been required to file a registration statement on Form 10 by July 29, 2003. We failed to register our options on Form 10 at that time. In July 2005, we reduced the number of our option holders to fewer than 300, which would have permitted us to terminate any Section 12(g) registration. Although we will register as a reporting company under the Exchange Act in connection with this offering, our failure to register under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act as a result of having 500 or more option holders between 2003 and 2005 could subject us and our officers and directors to an enforcement action brought by the Securities and Exchange Commission and to fines and penalties. In addition, the SEC could require us to prepare and file a registration statement on Form 10 and all periodic reports that we would have been required to file as a reporting company had we registered in fiscal 2004. Preparing and filing these reports at this time would be costly and time-consuming and could distract our management from our operations, which could negatively affect our business. It could also cause us to be perceived adversely by the investment community and cause our stock price to decline. In addition, our failure to file required Exchange Act reports could give rise to actions by federal regulators, or to potential claims by current or former option holders and stockholders based on the assertion that such holders were harmed by the absence of such public reports. If any such claim or action is asserted, we could incur expenses and management’s attention would be diverted in defending the claim or action.


11


Table of Contents

 
In addition, as a result of our failure to register under the Exchange Act, grants to 16 employees of stock options for an aggregate of 318,700 shares of common stock with an aggregate exercise price of $462,350 and a weighted average exercise price of $1.45 per share may not have been exempt from registration or qualification under federal and state securities laws. Although we believe that those option grants were made pursuant to valid exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, the holders of those options could nonetheless assert that they have rescission rights. If we are required, or elect, to make rescission offers to the holders of those options and such offers are accepted, we could be required to make payments to those holders equal to the value of the options plus statutory interest. Moreover, our financial exposure could be higher if so determined by the courts or regulators.
 
We may face damage to our professional reputation if our services do not meet our clients’ expectations.
 
Many of our projects involve technology applications or systems that are critical to the operations of our clients’ businesses and handle very large volumes of transactions. If we fail to perform our services correctly, we may be unable to deliver applications or systems to our clients with the promised functionality or within the promised time frame, or to satisfy the required service levels for support and maintenance. If a client is not satisfied with our services or products, including those of subcontractors we employ, our business may suffer. Moreover, if we fail to meet our contractual obligations, our clients may terminate their contracts and we could face legal liabilities and increased costs, including warranty claims against us. Any failure in a client’s project could result in a claim for substantial damages, non-payment of outstanding invoices, loss of future business with such client and increased costs due to non-billable time of our resources dedicated to address any performance or client satisfaction issues, regardless of our responsibility for such failure.
 
We may not be able to continue to maintain or increase our profitability and our recent growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth.
 
We had an accumulated deficit of $2.7 million as of December 31, 2006. This accumulated deficit is attributable to net losses incurred from our inception in 1996 through fiscal year ended March 31, 2004. We have been consistently profitable only since the quarter ended December 31, 2005. We may not succeed in maintaining our profitability and could incur losses in future periods. We expect to incur additional operating expenses associated with being a public company and we intend to continue to increase our operating expenses, including stock-based compensation, in all areas as we grow our business. If we experience declines in demand or declines in pricing for our services, or if wages in India or Sri Lanka increase at a faster rate than in the United States and the United Kingdom, we will be faced with continued growing costs for our IT professionals, including wage increases. We also expect to continue to make investments in infrastructure, facilities, sales and marketing and other resources as we expand our operations, thus incurring additional costs. If our revenue does not increase to offset these increases in costs or operating expenses, our operating results would be negatively affected. In fact, in future quarters we may not have any revenue growth and our revenue and net income could decline. You should not consider our historic revenue and net income growth rates as indicative of future growth rates. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain or increase our profitability in the future.


12


Table of Contents

 
A significant or prolonged economic downturn in the IT services industry may result in our clients reducing or postponing spending on the services we offer.
 
Our revenue is dependent on entering into large contracts for our services with a limited number of clients each year. Because we are not the exclusive IT service provider for our clients, the volume of work that we perform for any specific client is likely to vary from year to year. There are a number of factors, other than our performance, that could affect the size, frequency and renewal rates of our client contracts. For instance, if economic conditions weaken in the IT services industry, our clients may reduce or postpone their IT spending significantly which may, in turn, lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenue and profitability. As a way of dealing with a challenging economic environment, clients may change their outsourcing strategy by performing more work in-house or replacing their existing software with packaged software supported by the licensor. The loss of, or any significant decline in business from, one or more of our major clients likely would lead to a significant decline in our revenue and operating margins, particularly if we are unable to make corresponding reductions in our expenses in the event of any such loss or decline. Moreover, a significant change in the liquidity or financial position of any of these clients could have a material adverse effect on the collectibility of our accounts receivable, liquidity and future operating results.
 
Restrictions on immigration may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in the United States or the United Kingdom, which could result in lost revenue and delays in client engagements and otherwise adversely affect our ability to meet our growth and revenue projections.
 
The vast majority of our employees are Indian and Sri Lankan nationals. The ability of our IT professionals to work in the United States, the United Kingdom and other countries depends on the ability to obtain the necessary visas and entry permits. In recent years, the United States has increased the level of scrutiny in granting H-1B, L-1 and ordinary business visas. In response to terrorist attacks and global unrest, U.S. and U.K. immigration authorities, as well as other countries, have not only increased the level of scrutiny in granting visas, but have also introduced new security procedures, which include extensive background checks, personal interviews and the use of biometrics, as conditions to granting visas and work permits. A number of European countries are considering changes in immigration policies as well. The inability of key project personnel to obtain necessary visas or work permits could delay or prevent our fulfillment of client projects, which could hamper our growth and cause our revenue to decline. These restrictions and additional procedures may delay, or even prevent, the issuance of a visa or work permit to our IT professionals and affect our ability to staff projects in a timely manner. Any delays in staffing a project can result in project postponement, delays or cancellation, which could result in lost revenue and decreased profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue, profitability and utilization rates.
 
Immigration laws in countries in which we seek to obtain visas or work permits may require us to meet certain other legal requirements as conditions to obtaining or maintaining entry visas. These immigration laws are subject to legislative change and varying standards of application and enforcement due to political forces, economic conditions or other events, including terrorist attacks. We cannot predict the political or economic events that could affect immigration laws, or any restrictive impact those events could have on obtaining or monitoring entry visas for our personnel. Our reliance on work visas and work permits for a significant number of our IT professionals makes us particularly vulnerable to such changes and variations, particularly in the


13


Table of Contents

United States and the United Kingdom, because these immigration and legislative changes affect our ability to staff projects with IT professionals who are not citizens of the country where the onsite work is to be performed. We may not be able to obtain a sufficient number of visas for our IT professionals or may encounter delays or additional costs in obtaining or maintaining such visas. To the extent we experience delays due to such immigration restrictions, we may encounter client dissatisfaction, project and staffing delays in new and existing engagements, project cancellations, higher project costs and loss of revenue, resulting in decreases in profits and a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
Our management has limited experience managing a public company, and regulatory compliance may divert its attention from the day-to-day management of our business.
 
We have never operated as a public company. The individuals who constitute our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company and limited experience complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. We may need to hire a number of additional employees with public accounting and disclosure experience in order to meet our ongoing obligations as a public company. Our management team and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these new compliance initiatives and we may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition into a public company. In particular, these new obligations will require substantial attention from our senior management and divert its attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business operations.
 
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which report is first required in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2009, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. To comply with Section 404, we will incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time. Compared to many newly-public companies, the scale of our organization and our significant foreign operations may make it more difficult to comply with Section 404 in a timely manner. We may not be able to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404 by the time we will be required to do so. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NASDAQ Global Market, the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources. In addition, because effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and prevent fraud, our failure to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 could harm investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.


14


Table of Contents

 
We may be required to spend substantial time and expense before we can recognize revenue, if any, from a client contract.
 
The period between our initial contact with a potential client and the execution of a client contract for our services is lengthy, and can extend over one or more fiscal quarters. To sell our services successfully and obtain an executed client contract, we generally have to educate our potential clients about the use and benefits of our services, which can require significant time, expense and capital without the ability to realize revenue, if any. If our sales cycle unexpectedly lengthens for one or more large projects, it would negatively affect the timing of our revenue, and hinder our revenue growth. Furthermore, a delay in our ability to obtain a signed agreement or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement or to complete certain contract requirements in a particular quarter, could reduce our revenue in that quarter. These delays or failures can cause our gross margin and profitability to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. Overall, any significant failure to generate revenue or delays in recognizing revenue after incurring costs related to our sales or services process could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are investing substantial cash in new facilities and our profitability could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately.
 
We currently plan to spend approximately $30 million of the net proceeds of this offering over the next three fiscal years in connection with the construction and build-out of a facility on our planned campus in Hyderabad, India. We also intend to make increased investments to expand our existing global delivery centers or procure additional capacity and facilities in Chennai, India and Colombo, Sri Lanka. We may face cost overruns and project delays in connection with these facilities or other facilities we may construct or seek to lease in the future. Such delays may also cause us to incur additional leasing costs to extend the terms of existing facility leases or to enter into new short-term leases if we cannot move into the new facilities in a timely manner. Such expansion may also significantly increase our fixed costs. If we are unable to expand our business and revenue proportionately, our profitability will be reduced.
 
We may not be able to recognize revenue in the period in which our services are performed, which may cause our margins to fluctuate.
 
Our services are performed under both time-and-material and fixed-price arrangements. All revenue is recognized pursuant to applicable accounting standards. These standards require us to recognize revenue once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. If we perform our services prior to the time when we are able to recognize the associated revenue, our margins may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.
 
Additionally, payment of our fees on fixed-price contracts are based on our ability to provide deliverables on certain dates or meet certain defined milestones. Our failure to produce the deliverables or meet the project milestones in accordance with agreed upon specifications or timelines, or otherwise meet a client’s expectations, may result in our having to record the cost related to the performance of services in the period that services were rendered, but delay the timing of revenue recognition to a future period in which the milestone is met.


15


Table of Contents

 
Our inability to manage to a desired onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix may negatively affect our gross margins and costs and our ability to offer competitive pricing.
 
We may not succeed in maintaining or increasing our profitability and could incur losses in future periods if we are not able to manage to a desired onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix. To the extent that our engagements involve an increasing number of consulting, production support, software package implementation or other services typically requiring a higher percentage of onsite resources, we may not be able to manage to our desired service delivery mix. Additionally, other factors like client constraint or preferences or our inability to manage engagements effectively with limited resources onsite may result in a higher percentage of onsite resources than our desired service delivery mix. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to manage to our desired onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix. If we are unable to manage to our targeted service delivery mix, our gross margins may decline and our profitability may be reduced. Additionally, our costs will increase and we may not be able to offer competitive pricing to our clients.
 
The international nature of our business exposes us to several risks, such as significant currency fluctuations and unexpected changes in the regulatory requirements of multiple jurisdictions.
 
We have operations in India, Sri Lanka and the United Kingdom and we serve clients across Europe, North America and Asia. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, revenue generated outside of the United States accounted for 14.2% and 24.6% of total revenue, respectively. Our corporate structure also spans multiple jurisdictions, with our parent company incorporated in Delaware and operating subsidiaries organized in India, Sri Lanka and the United Kingdom. As a result, our international revenue and operations are exposed to risks typically associated with conducting business internationally, many of which are beyond our control. These risks include:
 
•  significant currency fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the U.K. pound sterling (in which our revenue is principally denominated) and the Indian and Sri Lankan rupees (in which a significant portion of our costs are denominated)
 
•  legal uncertainty owing to the overlap of different legal regimes and problems in asserting contractual or other rights across international borders
 
•  potentially adverse tax consequences, such as scrutiny of transfer pricing arrangements by authorities in the countries in which we operate, potential tariffs and other trade barriers
 
•  difficulties in staffing, managing and supporting operations in multiple countries
 
•  potential fluctuations in foreign economies
 
•  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements
 
•  government currency control and restrictions on repatriation of earnings
 
•  the burden and expense of complying with the laws and regulations of various jurisdictions
 
•  domestic and international economic or political changes, hostilities, terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war


16


Table of Contents

•  earthquakes, tsunamis and other natural disasters in regions where we currently operate or may operate in the future
 
Negative developments in any of these areas in one or more countries could result in a reduction in demand for our services, the cancellation or delay of client contracts, threats to our intellectual property, difficulty in collecting receivables and a higher cost of doing business, any of which could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
If we fail to manage our rapid growth effectively, we may not be able to obtain, develop or implement new systems, infrastructure, procedures and controls that are required to support our operations, maintain cost controls, market our services and manage our relationships with our clients.
 
We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. From March 31, 2004 to December 31, 2006, the number of our team members increased from 1,785 to 3,382. We expect that we will continue to grow and our anticipated growth could place a significant strain on our ability to:
 
•  recruit, hire, train, motivate and retain highly-skilled IT services and management personnel
 
•  adequately and timely staff personnel at client locations in the United States and Europe due to increasing immigration and related visa restrictions and intense competition to hire and retain these skilled IT professionals
 
•  adhere to our global delivery process and execution standards
 
•  maintain and manage costs to correspond with timeliness of revenue recognition
 
•  develop and improve our internal administrative infrastructure, including our financial, operational and communication systems, processes and controls
 
•  provide sufficient operational facilities and offshore global delivery centers to accommodate and satisfy the capacity needs of our growing workforce on reasonable commercial terms, or at all, whether by leasing, buying or building suitable real estate
 
•  preserve our corporate culture, values and entrepreneurial environment
 
•  maintain high levels of client satisfaction
 
To manage this anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and may need to enhance, our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and controls and manage expanded operations in several locations. We also must attract, integrate, train and retain qualified personnel, especially in the areas of accounting, internal audit and financial disclosure. Further, we will need to manage our relationships with various clients, vendors and other third parties. We may not be able to develop and implement, on a timely basis, if at all, the systems, infrastructure procedures and controls required to support our operations. Additionally some factors, like changes in immigration laws or visa processing restrictions that limit our ability to engage offshore resources at client locations in the United States or the United Kingdom, are outside of our control. Our future operating results will also depend on our ability to develop and maintain a successful sales organization despite our rapid growth. If we are unable to manage our growth, our operating results could fluctuate from quarter to quarter and our financial condition could be materially adversely affected.


17


Table of Contents

 
Unexpected costs or delays could make our contracts unprofitable.
 
When making proposals for engagements, we estimate the costs and timing for completion of the projects. These estimates reflect our best judgment regarding the efficiencies of our methodologies, staffing of resources, complexities of the engagement and costs. The profitability of our engagements, and in particular our fixed-price contracts, are adversely affected by increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of these engagements, including delays caused by factors outside our control, which could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable. The occurrence of any of these costs or delays could result in an unprofitable engagement or litigation.
 
Currency exchange rate fluctuations may negatively affect our operating results.
 
The exchange rates among the Indian and Sri Lankan rupees and the U.S. dollar and the U.K. pound sterling have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. We expect that a majority of our revenue will continue to be generated in the U.S. dollar and U.K. pound sterling for the foreseeable future and that a significant portion of our expenses, including personnel costs, as well as capital and operating expenditures, will continue to be denominated in Indian and Sri Lankan rupees. Accordingly, any material appreciation of the Indian rupee or the Sri Lankan rupee against the U.S. dollar or U.K. pound sterling could have a material adverse effect on our cost of services, gross margin and net income, which may in turn have a negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
We may face liability if we inappropriately disclose confidential client information.
 
In the course of providing services to our clients, we may have access to confidential client information. We are bound by certain agreements to use and disclose this information in a manner consistent with the privacy standards under regulations applicable to our clients. Although these privacy standards may not apply directly to us, if any person, including an employee of ours, misappropriates client confidential information, or if client confidential information is inappropriately disclosed due to a breach of our computer systems, system failures or otherwise, we may have substantial liabilities to our clients or our clients’ customers. In addition, in the event of any breach or alleged breach of our confidentiality agreements with our clients, these clients may terminate their engagements with us or sue us for breach of contract, resulting in the associated loss of revenue and increased costs. We may also be subject to civil or criminal liability if we are deemed to have violated applicable regulations. We cannot assure you that we will adequately address the risks created by the regulations to which we may be contractually obligated to abide.
 
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of being a public company.
 
We will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that we do not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the NASDAQ Stock Market, has imposed various requirements on public companies, including changes in the corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make legal, accounting and administrative activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect to incur substantially higher costs to obtain directors and officers insurance.


18


Table of Contents

 
Our failure to anticipate rapid changes in technology may negatively affect demand for our services in the marketplace.
 
Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop and implement business and technology solutions that anticipate rapid and continuing changes in technology, industry standards and client preferences. We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments on a timely basis, which may negatively affect demand for our solutions in the marketplace. Also, if our competitors respond faster than we do to changes in technology, industry standards and client preferences, we may lose business and our services may become less competitive or obsolete. Any one or a combination of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain and successfully complete client engagements.
 
Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party providers could impair our global delivery model, which could result in client dissatisfaction and a reduction of our revenue.
 
We depend upon third parties to provide a high speed network of active voice and data communications 24 hours per day and various satellite and optical links between our global delivery centers and our clients. Consequently, the occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated problems with the equipment or at the facilities of these third-party providers could result in unanticipated interruptions in the delivery of our services. For example, we may not be able to maintain active voice and data communications between our global delivery centers and our clients’ sites at all times due to disruptions in these networks, system failures or virus attacks. Any significant loss in our ability to communicate or any impediments to any IT professional’s ability to provide services to our clients could result in a disruption to our business, which could hinder our performance or our ability to complete client projects in a timely manner. This, in turn, could lead to substantial liability to our clients, client dissatisfaction, loss of revenue and a material adverse effect on our business, our operating results and financial condition. We cannot assure you that our business interruption insurance will adequately compensate our clients or us for losses that may occur. Even if covered by insurance, any failure or breach of security of our systems could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients.
 
Our services may infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, which may subject us to legal liability, harm our reputation, prevent us from offering some services to our clients or distract management.
 
We cannot be sure that our services or the deliverables that we develop and create for our clients do not infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties and infringement claims may be asserted against us or our clients. These claims may harm our reputation, distract management, cost us money and prevent us from offering some services to our clients. Historically, we have generally agreed to indemnify our clients for all expenses and liabilities resulting from infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties based on the services and deliverables that we have performed and provided to our clients. In some instances, the amount of these indemnities may be greater than the revenue we receive from the client. In addition, as a result of intellectual property litigation, we may be required to stop selling, incorporating or using products that use or incorporate the infringed intellectual property. We may be required to obtain a license or pay a royalty to make, sell or use the relevant technology from the owner of the infringed intellectual property. Such licenses or royalties may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. We may also be required to redesign our


19


Table of Contents

services or change our methodologies so as not to use the infringed intellectual property, which may not be technically or commercially feasible and may cause us to expend significant resources. Subject to certain limitations, under our indemnification obligations to our clients, we may also have to provide refunds to our clients to the extent that we must require them to cease using an infringing deliverable if we are unable to provide a work around or acquire a license to permit use of the infringing deliverable that we had provided to them as part of a service engagement. If we are obligated to make any such refunds or dedicate time to provide alternatives or acquire a license to the infringing intellectual property, our business and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
Any claims or litigation involving intellectual property, whether we ultimately win or lose, could be extremely time-consuming, costly and injure our reputation.
 
As the number of patents, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in our industry increases, we believe that companies in our industry will face more frequent infringement claims. Defending against these claims, even if the claims have no merit, may not be covered by or could exceed the protection offered by our insurance and could divert management’s attention and resources from operating our company.
 
Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from growing.
 
We anticipate that our current cash and cash equivalents, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to meet our current needs for general corporate purposes for the foreseeable future. We may also need additional financing to execute our current or future business strategies, including to:
 
•  add additional global delivery centers
 
•  procure additional capacity and facilities
 
•  hire additional personnel
 
•  enhance our operating infrastructure
 
•  acquire businesses or technologies
 
•  otherwise respond to competitive pressures
 
If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted and these newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we incur additional debt financing, a substantial portion of our operating cash flow may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on such indebtedness, thus limiting funds available for our business activities. Any such debt financing could require us to comply with restrictive financial and operating covenants, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, when we desire them, our ability to fund our operations and growth, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities or otherwise respond to competitive pressures may be significantly limited.


20


Table of Contents

 
Potential future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships or alliances could be difficult to identify and integrate, divert the attention of key management personnel, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our financial results.
 
We may acquire or make strategic investments in complementary businesses, technologies or services or enter into strategic partnerships or alliances with third parties to enhance our business. If we do identify suitable candidates, we may not be able to complete transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us, if at all. These types of transactions involve numerous risks, including:
 
•  difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, accounting and personnel
 
•  difficulties in supporting and transitioning clients of our acquired companies or strategic partners
 
•  diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations
 
•  risks of entering new markets
 
•  potential loss of key employees
 
•  inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset transaction costs
 
We may finance future transactions through debt financing or the issuance of our equity securities or a combination of the foregoing. Acquisitions financed with the issuance of our equity securities could be dilutive, which could affect the market price of our stock. Acquisitions financed with debt could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to principal and interest payments and could subject us to restrictive covenants. Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to potential impairments in the future that could harm our financial results. It is possible that we may not identify suitable acquisition, strategic investment or partnership or alliance candidates. Our inability to identify suitable acquisition targets, strategic investments, partners or alliances, or our inability to complete such transactions, may negatively affect our competitiveness and growth prospects. Moreover, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions, alliances or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such transaction and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate.
 
Our profitability is dependent on our billing and utilization rates, which may be negatively affected by various factors.
 
Our profit margin is largely a function of the rates we are able to charge for our services and the utilization rate of our IT professionals. The rates we are able to charge for our services are affected by a number of factors, including:
 
•  our clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services
 
•  the introduction of new services or products by us or our competitors
 
•  the pricing policies of our competitors
 
•  general economic conditions


21


Table of Contents

A number of factors affect our utilization rate, including:
 
•  our ability to transition employees quickly from completed or terminated projects to new engagements
 
•  our ability to maintain continuity of existing resources on existing projects
 
•  our ability to obtain visas for offshore personnel to commence projects at a client site for new or existing engagements
 
•  the amount of time spent by our employees on non-billable training activities
 
•  our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate number of employees
 
•  our ability to manage employee attrition
 
•  seasonal trends, primarily our hiring cycle, holidays and vacations
 
•  the number of campus hires
 
If we are not able to maintain the rates we charge for our services or maintain an appropriate utilization rate for our IT professionals, our revenue will decline, our costs will increase and we will not be able to sustain our profit margin, any of which will have a material adverse effect on our profitability.
 
We depend on clients primarily located in the United States and the United Kingdom, as well as clients concentrated in specific industries, and are therefore subject to risks relating to developments affecting these clients that may cause them to reduce or postpone their IT spending.
 
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, we derived substantially all of our revenue from clients located in the United States and the United Kingdom, as well as clients concentrated in certain industries. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, we generated 86% of our revenue in the United States and 14% of our revenue in the United Kingdom. For the same fiscal year, we derived substantially all of our revenue from three industries: communications and technology; banking, financial services and insurance; and media and information. If economic conditions weaken, particularly in the United States, the United Kingdom or any of these industries, our clients may significantly reduce or postpone their IT spending. Reductions in IT budgets, increased consolidation or decreased competition in these geographic locations or industries could result in an erosion of our client base and a reduction in our target market. Any reductions in the IT spending of companies in any one of these industries may reduce the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenue and profitability.
 
Some of our client contracts contain restrictions or penalty provisions that, if triggered, could result in lower future revenue and decrease our profitability.
 
We have entered in the past, and may in the future enter, into contracts that contain restrictions or penalty provisions that, if triggered, may adversely affect our operating results. For instance, some of our client contracts provide that, during the term of the contract and for a certain period thereafter ranging from six to 12 months, we may not use the same personnel to provide similar services to any of the client’s competitors. This restriction may hamper our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in the same industry. In addition, some contracts contain provisions


22


Table of Contents

that would require us to pay penalties to our clients if we do not meet pre-agreed service level requirements. If any of the foregoing were to occur, our future revenue and profitability under these contracts could be materially harmed.
 
Negative public perception in the United States and the United Kingdom regarding offshore IT service providers and proposed legislation may adversely affect demand for our services.
 
We have based our growth strategy on certain assumptions regarding our industry, services and future demand in the market for such services. However, the trend to outsource IT services may not continue and could reverse. Offshore outsourcing is a politically sensitive topic in the United States and the United Kingdom. For example, many organizations and public figures in the United States and the United Kingdom have publicly expressed concern about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing providers and the loss of jobs in their home countries. In addition, there has been recent publicity about the negative experience of certain companies that use offshore outsourcing, particularly in India. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform such services themselves or may be discouraged from transferring these services from onshore to offshore providers to avoid negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore provider. Any slowdown or reversal of existing industry trends towards offshore outsourcing would seriously harm our ability to compete effectively with competitors that operate out of facilities located in the United States or the United Kingdom.
 
Legislation in the United States or the United Kingdom may be enacted that is intended to discourage or restrict outsourcing. In the United States, a variety of federal and state legislation has been proposed that, if enacted, could restrict or discourage U.S. companies from outsourcing their services to companies outside the United States. For example, legislation has been proposed that would require offshore providers to identify where they are located. In addition, it is possible that legislation could be adopted that would restrict U.S. private sector companies that have federal or state government contracts from outsourcing their services to offshore service providers. We do not currently have any contracts with U.S. federal or state government entities. However, there can be no assurance that these restrictions will not extend to or be adopted by private companies, including our clients. Recent legislation introduced in the United Kingdom has also been introduced to restrict or discourage companies from outsourcing their services, including IT services. Any changes to existing laws or the enactment of new legislation restricting offshore outsourcing in the United States or the United Kingdom may adversely affect our ability to do business in the United States or in the United Kingdom, particularly if these changes are widespread, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
Risks related to our Indian and Sri Lankan operations
 
Political instability or changes in the government in India could result in the change of several policies relating to foreign direct investment and repatriation of capital and dividends. Further, changes in the economic policies could adversely affect economic conditions in India generally and our business in particular.
 
We have a subsidiary in India and a significant portion of our business, fixed assets and human resources are located in India. As a result, our business is affected by foreign exchange rates and controls, interest rates, changes in government policy, taxation, social and civil unrest and other political, economic or other developments in or affecting India.


23


Table of Contents

 
Since 1991, successive Indian governments have pursued policies of economic liberalization, including significantly relaxing restrictions on foreign direct investment into India with repatriation benefits. Nevertheless, the roles of the Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators have remained significant. The rate of economic liberalization could change and specific laws and policies affecting software companies, foreign investment, currency exchange and other matters affecting investment in our securities could change as well. A significant change in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally and our business in particular, if new restrictions on the private sector are introduced or if existing restrictions are increased.
 
Changes in the policies of the government of Sri Lanka or political instability could delay the further liberalization of the Sri Lankan economy and adversely affect economic conditions in Sri Lanka, which could adversely affect our business.
 
Our subsidiary in Sri Lanka has been approved as an export computer software developer by the Board of Investment in Sri Lanka, which is a statutory body organized to facilitate foreign investment into Sri Lanka and grant concessions and benefits to entities with which it has entered into agreements. Pursuant to our agreement with the Board of Investment, our subsidiary is entitled to exemptions from taxation on income for a period of 12 years expiring on March 31, 2019. Our subsidiary is also exempt from exchange control regulations which will enable our subsidiary to repatriate dividends abroad. Nevertheless, government policies relating to taxation other than on income would have an impact on the subsidiary, and the political, economic or social factors in Sri Lanka may affect these policies. Historically, past incumbent governments have followed policies of economic liberalization. However, we cannot assure you that the current government or future governments will continue these liberal policies.
 
Regional conflicts or terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war in India, Sri Lanka, the United States or other regions could adversely affect financial markets, resulting in loss of client confidence and our ability to serve our clients which, in turn, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
The Asian region has from time to time experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries, including between India and Pakistan. Since May 1999, military confrontations between India and Pakistan have occurred in Kashmir. Also, there have been military hostilities and civil unrest in Iraq. Terrorist attacks, such as the ones that occurred in New York and Washington, D.C., on September 11, 2001, New Delhi on December 13, 2001, Bali on October 12, 2002, civil or political unrest in Sri Lanka and other acts of violence or war, including those involving India, Sri Lanka, the United States, the United Kingdom or other countries, may adversely affect U.S., U.K. and worldwide financial markets. Prospective clients may wish to visit several of our facilities, including our global delivery centers in India and Sri Lanka, prior to reaching a decision on vendor selection. Terrorist threats, attacks and international conflicts could make travel more difficult and cause potential clients to delay, postpone or cancel decisions to use our services. In addition, such attacks may have an adverse impact on our ability to operate effectively and interrupt lines of communication and restrict our offshore resources from traveling onsite to client locations, effectively curtailing our ability to deliver our services to our clients. These obstacles may increase our expenses and negatively affect our operating results. In addition, military activity, terrorist attacks, political tensions between India and Pakistan and conflicts within Sri Lanka could create a greater perception that


24


Table of Contents

the acquisition of services from companies with significant Indian or Sri Lankan operations involves a higher degree of risk that could adversely affect client confidence in India or Sri Lanka as a software development center, each of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Our net income may decrease if the governments of the United Kingdom, the United States, India or Sri Lanka adjust the amount of our taxable income by challenging our transfer pricing policies.
 
Our subsidiaries conduct intercompany transactions among themselves and with the U.S. parent company on an arm’s-length basis in accordance with U.S. and local country transfer pricing regulations. The jurisdictions in which we pay income taxes could challenge our determination of arm’s-length profit and issue tax assessments. Although the United States has income tax treaties with all countries in which we have operations, which mitigates the risk of double taxation, the costs to appeal any such tax assessment and potential interest and penalties could decrease our earnings and cash flows.
 
The Indian taxing authorities recently issued an assessment order with respect to their examination of the tax return for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 of our Indian subsidiary, Virtusa (India) Private Ltd., or Virtusa India. At issue were several matters, the most significant of which was the re-determination of the arm’s-length profit which should be recorded by Virtusa India on the intercompany transactions with its affiliates. We are contesting the assessment and have filed appeals with both the appropriate Indian tax authorities and the U.S. Competent Authority. During the nine months ended December 31, 2006, we recorded a $0.4 million reserve related to this matter. In addition, the Indian tax authorities are conducting an audit of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. Although no assessments have been issued to date, we may receive assessments in the future related to our intercompany pricing arrangements. Any failure of our appeals with India or audit assessments from India, Sri Lanka, the United Kingdom or the United States could reduce our earnings and cash flows.
 
Our net income may decrease if the governments of India or Sri Lanka reduce or withdraw tax benefits and other incentives provided to us or levy new taxes.
 
Our Indian subsidiary, Virtusa India, is an export-oriented company under the Indian Income Tax Act of 1961 and is entitled to claim tax exemption for each Software Technology Park, or STP, which it operates. Virtusa India currently operates two STPs, in Chennai and in Hyderabad. Substantially all of the earnings of both STPs qualify as tax-exempt export profits. These holidays will be completely phased out by March 2009, and at that time any profits would be fully taxable at the Indian statutory rate, which is currently 33.7%. Although we believe we have complied with and are eligible for the STP holiday, the government of India may deem us ineligible for the STP holiday or make adjustments to the profit level resulting in an overall increase in our effective tax rate. In anticipation of the phase-out of the STP holidays, we intend to locate at least a portion of our Indian operations in areas designated as a Special Economic Zone, or SEZ, under the SEZ Act of 2005. Although profits from the SEZ operations would be entitled to certain income tax incentives for a period up to 15 years, there is no guarantee that we will secure SEZ status, in which case our overall effective tax rate would increase after the expiration of the STP holiday.
 
In addition, the Finance Minister of India has proposed several changes to the Indian tax laws in the Union Budget 2006-2007. The proposed changes include a service tax on rental property


25


Table of Contents

income, minimum alternative income tax and fringe benefit taxes, and increases in the corporate income and dividend distribution tax rates. The most significant proposal is the change to the fringe benefit tax, which would impose an employer tax on stock compensation paid to our Indian employees, and which would vary depending on the value of our stock. The Finance Minister’s proposal also included provisions to limit the tax benefit associated with SEZ tax holidays. We expect the proposed changes, subject to modification, to be put before the Indian Parliament during April 2007. If adopted, these changes could adversely affect our earnings and cash flows.
 
Our Sri Lankan subsidiary, Virtusa Private Ltd., or Virtusa SL, was approved as an export computer software developer by the Sri Lanka Board of Investment in 1998 and has negotiated multiple extensions of the original holiday period in exchange for further capital investments in Sri Lanka facilities. The most recent 12-year extension, which is set to expire on March 31, 2019, requires that we meet certain new job creation and investment criteria. Any inability to meet the agreed upon timetable for new job creation and investment would jeopardize the new holiday arrangement.
 
Wage pressures and increases in government mandated benefits in India and Sri Lanka may reduce our profit margins.
 
Wage costs in India and Sri Lanka have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the United States and Europe for comparably-skilled professionals. However, wages in India and Sri Lanka are increasing, which will result in increased costs for IT professionals, particularly project managers and other mid-level professionals. We may need to increase the levels of our employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive without the ability to make corresponding increases to our billing rates. Compensation increases may reduce our profit margins, make us less competitive in pricing potential projects against those companies with lower cost resources and otherwise harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
In addition, we contribute to benefit funds covering our employees in India and Sri Lanka as mandated by the Indian and Sri Lankan governments. Benefits are based on the employee’s years of service and compensation. If the governments of India and/or Sri Lanka were to legislate increases to the benefits required under these plans or mandate additional benefits, our profitability and cash flows would be reduced.
 
Our facilities are at risk of damage by earthquakes, tsunamis and other natural disasters.
 
In December 2004, Sri Lanka and India were struck by multiple tsunamis that devastated certain areas of both countries. Our Indian and Sri Lankan facilities are located in regions that are susceptible to tsunamis and other natural disasters, which may increase the risk of disruption of information systems and telephone service for sustained periods. Damage or destruction that interrupts our ability to deliver our services could damage our relationships with our clients and may cause us to incur substantial additional expense to repair or replace damaged equipment or facilities. Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all such expenses. Furthermore, we may be unable to secure such insurance coverage or to secure such insurance coverage at premiums acceptable to us in the future. Prolonged disruption of our services as a result of natural disasters may cause our clients to terminate their contracts with us and may result in project delays, project cancellations and loss of substantial revenue to us. Prolonged disruptions


26


Table of Contents

may also harm our team members or cause them to relocate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
The laws of India and Sri Lanka do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as those of the United States and we may be unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights may result in loss of clients and increased competition.
 
Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to protect our proprietary methodologies, trade secrets and other intellectual property. We rely upon a combination of trade secrets, confidentiality policies, non-disclosure agreements, other contractual arrangements and copyright and trademark laws to protect our intellectual property rights. However, existing laws of India and Sri Lanka do not provide protection of intellectual property rights to the same extent as provided in the United States. The steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate to prevent or deter infringement or other unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Thus, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may be able to imitate or duplicate our services or methodologies. The unauthorized use or duplication of our intellectual property could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, reduce our revenue and increase our costs and expenses. We may need to litigate to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any such litigation could be extremely time-consuming and costly and could materially adversely impact our business.
 
Risks relating to this offering and our stock
 
If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment and may experience additional dilution in the future.
 
If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by existing stockholders for their shares. As a result, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $      per share, representing the difference between our adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share. Purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately  % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock, but will own only approximately  % of the shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. Moreover, we issued options in the past to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. As of March 31, 2007, there were 116,882 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $1.75 per share, 10,052,476 shares subject to outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $1.13 per share and 614,235 shares of common stock issuable after this offering under stock appreciation rights, or SARs, reduced by the weighted average exercise price of $1.29 per SAR. To the extent that these outstanding warrants, options or SARs are ultimately exercised, you will incur further dilution. In the future, we may also acquire other companies or assets, raise additional needed capital or finance strategic alliances by issuing equity, which may result in additional dilution to you.


27


Table of Contents

 
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
 
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting.” These sales, or the market perception that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After the close of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2007. This includes the        shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining           shares, or  % of our outstanding shares after this offering, will be able to be sold, subject to any applicable volume limitations under federal securities laws, in the near future as set forth below.
 
         
Days after date of prospectus   Shares eligible for resale   Comment
 
Date of prospectus
      Freely tradable shares saleable under Rule 144(k) that are not subject to lock-up
90 days
      Shares resaleable under Rules 144 and 701 that are not subject to lock-up
180 days
      Lock-up released; shares saleable under Rules 144, 144(k) and 701
Thereafter
      Restricted securities held for one year or less
 
 
 
In addition, as of March 31, 2007, there were 116,882 shares subject to outstanding warrants, 10,052,476 shares subject to outstanding options and an additional 1,307,373 shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option plan that will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144, 144(k) and 701 under the Securities Act. We also maintain a stock appreciation rights plan for the benefit of our non-U.S. employees, which plan, following this offering, will require us to settle all exercises of SARs in shares of our common stock. We have reserved 614,235 shares of common stock for issuance after this offering upon the exercise of SARs outstanding as of March 31, 2007, although this number will be reduced by the exercise price of these SARs. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of approximately         shares of our common stock as of March 31, 2007, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144.


28


Table of Contents

 
We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. In addition, the terms of our credit facility prohibit us from paying cash dividends. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in its value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.
 
Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or delay a change of control of us and could also limit the market price of our common stock.
 
Certain provisions of Delaware law and of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to be effective upon the closing of this offering could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of us, even if such a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders or result in a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include:
 
•  a classified board of directors
 
•  limitations on the removal of directors
 
•  advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations
 
•  the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings
 
•  the ability of our board of directors to make, alter or repeal our by-laws
 
The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote is necessary to amend or repeal the above provisions that are contained in our certificate of incorporation. In addition, our board of directors has the ability to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. Also, absent approval of our board of directors, our by-laws may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote.
 
In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits business combination transactions with stockholders of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock that our board of directors has not approved. These provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to acquire us without negotiation. These provisions may apply even if some stockholders may consider the transaction beneficial to them.
 
These provisions could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions might also discourage a potential acquisition proposal or tender offer, even if the acquisition proposal or tender offer is at a premium over the then current market price for our common stock.


29


Table of Contents

 
Because our common stock price is likely to be highly volatile, the market price of our common stock could drop unexpectedly.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. This initial public offering price may vary from the market price of our common stock after the offering. We cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be sustained or that the market price of our common stock will not decline. Even if an active market for our stock develops and continues, our stock price nevertheless may be volatile. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:
 
•  actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us
 
•  announcements of technological innovations or new services by us or our competitors
 
•  changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by market analysts
 
•  announcements by us or our competitors of significant projects, contracts, acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint ventures
 
•  changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt
 
•  regulatory developments in the United States, the United Kingdom, Sri Lanka, India or other countries in which we operate or have clients
 
•  litigation involving our company, our general industry or both
 
•  additions or departures of key personnel
 
•  investors’ general perception of us
 
•  changes in general economic, industry and market conditions
 
•  changes in the market valuations of other IT service providers
 
Many of these factors are beyond our control. In addition, the stock markets, especially the NASDAQ Global Market, have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to operating performance. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to securities class action litigation. Any securities class action litigation could result in substantial costs and the diversion of management’s attention and resources.
 
Because we will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds of this offering, the benefits from our use of the proceeds may not meet investors’ expectations.
 
Our management will have broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering as well as over the timing of their expenditure without stockholder approval. Other than the use of approximately $30 million of the net proceeds from this offering during the next three fiscal years to construct and build out a new facility on our planned campus in Hyderabad, India, we have not yet determined the specific amounts of the balance of the net proceeds to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including possible acquisitions of complementary technologies or businesses. As a result, investors will be relying upon management’s judgment with only limited information about our specific intentions for the use of the balance of the net proceeds of this offering. Our failure to apply


30


Table of Contents

these proceeds effectively could cause our business to suffer. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
 
Our existing stockholders and management control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring stockholder vote.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our officers, directors and stockholders affiliated with our directors will beneficially own, in the aggregate, shares representing approximately  % of our outstanding capital stock. As a result of their stock ownership, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of voting power could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company on terms that other stockholders may desire.
 
An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and you may not be able to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at a time that is acceptable to you.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for shares of our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If no trading market develops, securities analysts may not initiate or maintain research coverage of our company, which could further depress the market for our common stock. As a result, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.
 
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.


31


Table of Contents

 
Forward-looking statements
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about our company and our industry. The forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Generally, these forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “project,” “seek,” “should, ” “may,” “could,” “would,” “plans,” “predicts,” “potential,” and similar expressions (as well as other words or expressions referencing future events, conditions, or circumstances). Those statements include, among other things, the discussions of our business strategy and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, financial position, revenue, costs, prospects, margins, profitability, liquidity and capital resources, as well as management’s plans and objectives. We caution you that reliance on any forward-looking statement involves risks and uncertainties and that although we believe that the assumptions on which our forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and, as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions could be materially incorrect. These factors include but are not limited to:
 
•  our dependence on a limited number of clients
 
•  our ability to expand our business or effectively manage growth
 
•  restrictions on immigration
 
•  increasing competition in the IT services outsourcing industry
 
•  our ability to hire and retain enough sufficiently trained IT professionals to support our operations
 
•  quarterly fluctuations in our earnings
 
•  our ability to attract and retain clients and meet their expectations
 
•  negative public reaction in the United States or the United Kingdom to offshore IT outsourcing
 
•  our ability to sustain profitability or maintain profitable engagements
 
•  technological innovation
 
•  our ability to effectively manage our facility, infrastructure and capacity needs
 
•  regulatory, legislative and judicial developments in our operations areas
 
•  political or economic instability in India or Sri Lanka
 
•  telecommunications or technology disruptions
 
•  worldwide economic and business conditions
 
•  our ability to successfully consummate strategic acquisitions
 
These and other factors are more fully discussed in “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not conclude that we will necessarily achieve any plans, objectives or projected financial results referred to in any of the forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we do not intend to update any of these forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances.


32


Table of Contents

 
Industry data
 
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from various sources (including industry publications, surveys and forecasts and our internal research), on assumptions that we have made, which we believe are reasonable, based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our services. Our internal research has not been verified by any independent source and we have not independently verified any third-party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market share information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates included in this prospectus.


33


Table of Contents

 
Use of proceeds
 
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $      million, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $      million.
 
If we fund the following solely with the net proceeds from this offering without allocation of funds from other sources, we currently estimate that we will use:
 
•  approximately $30 million of these net proceeds, over the next three fiscal years, to construct and build out a facility on our planned campus in Hyderabad, India
 
•  the remainder of these net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to finance the expansion of our global delivery centers or capacity in Chennai, India and Colombo, Sri Lanka, the hiring of additional personnel, sales and marketing activities, capital expenditures and the costs of operating as a public company
 
We may use a portion of these net proceeds to expand our business into new geographic locations. We may also use a portion of these net proceeds to expand our current business through strategic alliances involving, or acquisitions of, other complementary businesses or technologies. We have no agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. Pending use of the net proceeds of this offering, as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including investment-grade, short-term, interest-bearing securities.
 
This expected use of the net proceeds of this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. We will retain broad discretion in the allocation and use of our net proceeds.
 
Dividend policy
 
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings to fund the operation, development and expansion of our business. In addition, the terms of our credit facility prohibit us from paying cash dividends. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.


34


Table of Contents

 
Capitalization
 
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2006:
•  on an actual basis
•  on a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,762,836 shares of our common stock and the filing of our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation
•  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale in this offering of      shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us
You should read this table together with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Description of capital stock,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
 
December 31, 2006
              Pro forma
 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   Actual     Pro forma     as adjusted  
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, excluding $773 of restricted cash
  $ 32,207     $ 32,207     $             
     
     
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
  $ 24     $ 24     $    
     
     
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, at accreted redemption value:
                       
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 4,043,582 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (actual); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (pro forma and pro forma as adjusted)(1)
    13,499                
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 8,749,900 shares authorized, 8,647,043 shares issued and outstanding (actual); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (pro forma and pro forma as adjusted)(2)
    15,131                
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 12,807,624 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (actual); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (pro forma and pro forma as adjusted)(3)
    12,229                
Series D convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 7,458,494 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (actual); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (pro forma and pro forma as adjusted)(3)
    19,997                
     
     
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
    60,856                
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
Undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (actual); 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding (pro forma and pro forma as adjusted)
                       
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 80,000,000 shares authorized, 20,303,764 shares issued, 18,990,523 shares outstanding (actual); 120,000,000 shares authorized; 56,066,600 shares issued, 54,753,359 shares outstanding (pro forma); 120,000,000 shares authorized,           shares issued,           shares outstanding (pro forma as adjusted)
    203       61,059          
Treasury stock, at cost; 1,313,241 common shares
    (442 )     (442 )        
Additional paid-in-capital
    7,130       7,130          
Notes receivable from employee stockholders
    (53 )     (53 )        
Accumulated deficit
    (2,725 )     (2,725 )        
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (402 )     (402 )        
     
     
Total stockholders’ equity
    3,711       64,567          
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity
    64,567       64,567          
     
     
Total capitalization
  $ 64,591     $ 64,591     $    
 
 
(1) Each share of our series A preferred stock is convertible into 1.402 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.
(2) Each share of our series B preferred stock is convertible into 1.136 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.
(3) Each share of our series C and series D preferred stock is convertible into one share of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.


35


Table of Contents

 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, total redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $      million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
 
The table above does not include:
 
•  10,206,926 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2006, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.12 per share
 
•  634,027 shares of common stock issuable after this offering upon the exercise of SARs outstanding as of December 31, 2006, reduced by the weighted average exercise price of $1.26 per SAR
 
•  2,066,058 additional shares of common stock reserved as of December 31, 2006, for future issuance under our incentive plans
 
•  116,882 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants that will remain outstanding after this offering, at an exercise price of $1.75 per share


36


Table of Contents

 
Dilution
 
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.
 
At March 31, 2007, the net tangible book value of our common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of our series A, B, C and D preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, was approximately $      million, or approximately $      per share. We calculate our net tangible book value per share as total assets less intangible assets and total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on March 31, 2007.
 
After giving effect to the sale of           shares of our common stock offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses, our adjusted net tangible book value at March 31, 2007 would have been approximately $      million, or approximately $      per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of approximately $      per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $      per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering.
 
The following table illustrates this dilution without giving effect to the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.
 
             
Assumed initial public offering price per share
            $        
Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2007
  $        
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
           
             
Adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
           
             
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors
        $  
 
 
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) the adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $      million, and dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $      assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
 
The following table sets forth as of March 31, 2007, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and


37


Table of Contents

offering expenses payable by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
                               
    Shares purchased   Total consideration   Average price
    Number   Percentage   Amount   Percentage   per share
 
Existing stockholders
          %   $             %   $        
New investors
                             
     
     
Total
          100.0%   $       100.0%   $  
 
 
 
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 57,676,390 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007 and excludes:
 
•  10,052,476 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2007, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.13 per share
 
•  614,235 shares of common stock issuable after this offering upon the exercise of SARs outstanding as of March 31, 2007, reduced by the weighted average exercise price of $1.29 per SAR
 
•  2,193,138 additional shares of common stock reserved as of March 31, 2007 for future issuance under our equity incentive plans
 
•  116,882 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants that will remain outstanding after this offering, at an exercise price of $1.75 per share
 
To the extent any of these outstanding options, SARs or warrants is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. To the extent all of such outstanding options, SARs and warrants had been exercised as of March 31, 2007, the adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $      and total dilution per share to new investors would be $     .
 
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full:
 
•  the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately  % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering
 
•  the number of shares held by new investors will increase to          , or approximately  % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering


38


Table of Contents

 
Selected consolidated financial data
 
You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes thereto and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2005 and 2006 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002 and 2003 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, all of which, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) necessary for a fair presentation of the financial data in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial reporting for the periods presented. Our historical results may not be indicative of the operating results to be expected in any future periods, and our results for interim periods may not be indicative of results to be expected for the entire year.


39


Table of Contents

 
Consolidated statement of operations data
 
                                                     
 
        Nine months ended
 
    Fiscal year ended March 31,   December 31,  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)   2002     2003     2004     2005   2006   2005     2006  
 
 
Revenue
  $ 16,681     $ 24,724     $ 42,822     $ 60,484   $ 76,935   $ 53,740     $ 89,388  
Costs of revenue
    10,780       13,026       22,648       31,813     43,417     31,015       48,578  
     
     
Gross profit
    5,901       11,698       20,174       28,671     33,518     22,725       40,810  
Operating expenses
    14,545       14,123       20,309       27,838     32,925     23,847       30,583  
     
     
Income (loss) from operations
    (8,644 )     (2,425 )     (135 )     833     593     (1,122 )     10,227  
Other income (expense)
    (176 )     (35 )     73       376     1,564     661       1,206  
     
     
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    (8,820 )     (2,460 )     (62 )     1,209     2,157     (461 )     11,433  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (60 )     27       146       99     176     164       (4,080 )
     
     
Net income (loss)
  $ (8,760 )   $ (2,487 )   $ (208 )   $ 1,110   $ 1,981   $ (625 )   $ 15,513  
     
     
Net income (loss) per share of common stock
                                                   
Basic
  $ (0.57 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ (0.04 )   $ 0.83  
     
     
Diluted
  $ (0.57 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.02   $ 0.04   $ (0.04 )   $ 0.27  
     
     
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
                                                   
Basic
    15,426       16,265       17,407       17,052     17,571     17,441       18,713  
     
     
Diluted
    15,426       16,265       17,407       53,562     54,341     17,441       56,761  
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet data
 
                                               
    March 31,     December 31,
(in thousands)   2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,834     $ 12,687     $ 30,361     $ 28,406     $ 30,237     $  32,207
Working capital
    5,152       15,496       33,043       35,436       41,696       55,067
Total assets
    13,331       23,276       47,141       50,085       58,719       80,632
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    28,540       40,628       60,701       60,758       60,814       60,856
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (18,786 )     (21,321 )     (20,916 )     (17,899 )     (13,610 )     3,711
 
 


40


Table of Contents

 
Management’s discussion and analysis of
financial condition and results of operations
 
You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the heading “Risk factors.”
 
Business overview
 
We are a global information technology services company. We use an offshore delivery model to provide a broad range of IT services, including IT consulting, technology implementation and application outsourcing. Using our enhanced global delivery model, innovative platforming approach and industry expertise, we provide cost-effective services that enable our clients to use IT to enhance business performance, accelerate time-to-market, increase productivity and improve customer service. Headquartered in Massachusetts, we have offices in the United States and the United Kingdom and global delivery centers in Hyderabad and Chennai, India and Colombo, Sri Lanka. We have experienced compounded annual revenue growth of 47% over the four year period ended March 31, 2006.
 
We provide our IT services primarily to enterprises in the following industries: communications and technology, BFSI and media and information. Our current clients include leading global enterprises such as Aetna Life Insurance Company, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., BT, Cisco Systems, Inc., ING North America Insurance Corporation, International Business Machines Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Thomson Healthcare Inc., and leading enterprise software developers such as Pegasystems Inc. and Vignette Corporation. We have a high level of repeat business among our clients. For instance, during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, over 90% of our revenue came from clients to whom we had been providing services for at least one year and over 65% came from clients to whom we had been providing services for at least two years. We have over 3,500 team members, and for the nine months ended December 31, 2006, we had revenue of $89.4 million and income from operations of $10.2 million.
 
Sources of revenue
 
We generate revenue by providing IT services to our clients located primarily in the United States and the United Kingdom. For the nine months ended December 31, 2006, our five largest and 10 largest clients accounted for 49% and 71% of our revenue, respectively. Our largest client, BT, accounted for 22% of our revenue for the same period. During the nine months ended December 31, 2006, 75% of our revenue was generated in the United States and 24% in the United Kingdom. We provide IT services on either a time-and-materials or a fixed-price basis. For the nine months ended December 31, 2006, the percentage of revenue from time-and-materials and fixed-price contracts was 86% and 14%, respectively.
 
Revenue from services provided on a time-and-materials basis is derived from the number of billable hours in a period multiplied by the rates at which we bill our clients. Revenue from services provided on a fixed-price basis is recognized as efforts are expended pursuant to the percentage-of-completion method. Revenue also includes reimbursements of travel and out-of-pocket expenses with equivalent amounts of expense recorded in costs of revenue.


41


Table of Contents

 
Most of our client contracts, including those that are on a fixed-price basis, can be terminated by our clients with or without cause on 30 to 90 days’ prior written notice. All fees for services provided by us through the date of cancellation are generally due and payable under the contract terms.
 
In March 2007, we entered into a five-year IT services agreement with BT that is premised upon BT making minimum aggregate expenditures of approximately $200 million over the term of the agreement. In the event that BT fails to meet any of the annual minimum expenditure targets, BT will lose any discounts under the agreement for the applicable annual period. In such event, BT is also obligated to pay an increasing percentage of any expenditure shortfall to us as liquidated damages. BT is entitled to increasing discounts for expenditures above the annual minimum expenditure targets. As part of this IT services agreement, we are now eligible to bid on work across all divisions within BT. In March 2007, BT, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, also made an equity investment in Virtusa and acquired 2,875,869 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $11.3 million.
 
Costs of revenue and gross profit
 
Costs of revenue consist principally of payroll and related fringe benefits, reimbursable and non-reimbursable travel costs, immigration-related expenses, fees for subcontractors working on client engagements and share-based compensation expense for IT professionals including account management personnel.
 
The proportion of work performed at our facilities and at client locations varies from quarter to quarter. We charge higher rates and incur higher compensation and other expenses for work performed at client locations in the United States and the United Kingdom than for work performed at our global delivery centers in India and Sri Lanka. Services performed at client locations or at our offices in the United States or the United Kingdom generate higher revenue per-capita at lower gross margins than similar services performed at our global delivery centers in India and Sri Lanka. As a result, our total revenue, costs of revenue and gross profit in absolute terms and as a percentage of revenue fluctuate quarterly based on the proportion of work performed in our global delivery centers in India and Sri Lanka. We manage to a 20/80 onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix.
 
Wage costs in India and Sri Lanka have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the United States and Europe for comparably-skilled IT professionals. However, wages in India and Sri Lanka are increasing, which will result in increased costs for IT professionals, particularly project managers and other mid-level professionals. We may need to increase the levels of our employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive without the ability to make corresponding increases to our billing rates. Compensation increases may reduce our profit margins, make us less competitive in pricing potential projects against those companies with lower cost resources and otherwise harm our business, operating results and financial condition. We deploy a campus hiring philosophy and encourage internal promotions to minimize the effects of wage inflation pressure and recruiting costs.
 
Our revenue and gross profit are also affected by our ability to efficiently manage and utilize our IT professionals. We define utilization rate as the total number of days billed in a given period divided by the total available days of our IT professionals during that same period, excluding trainees. We manage employee utilization by continually monitoring project requirements and timetables to efficiently staff our projects and meet our clients’ needs. The


42


Table of Contents

number of IT professionals assigned to a project will vary according to the size, complexity, duration and demands of the project. An unanticipated termination of a significant project could cause us to experience a higher than expected number of unassigned IT professionals, thereby lowering our utilization rate.
 
Operating expenses
 
Operating expenses consist primarily of payroll and related fringe benefits, commissions, share-based compensation and non-reimbursable travel costs, as well as promotion, communications, management, finance, administrative, occupancy, marketing and depreciation and amortization expenses. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, we invested in all aspects of our business, including sales, marketing, IT infrastructure, human resources programs and financial operations.
 
Other income (expense)
 
Other income (expense) includes interest income, interest expense, investment gains and losses and foreign currency transaction gains and losses. The functional currencies of our subsidiaries are their local currencies. Foreign currency gains and losses are generated primarily by fluctuations of the Indian rupee, Sri Lankan rupee and U.K. pound sterling against the U.S. dollar on inter-company transactions.
 
In past periods, we have realized investment gains and losses from equity holdings in private and public companies. We have not made any new equity investments in private or public companies in the past five years.
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
Our net income is subject to income tax in those countries in which we perform services and have operations, including India, Sri Lanka, the United Kingdom and the United States. In previous years, we accumulated net operating loss carry-forwards which will be available to offset U.S. taxable income into fiscal 2008. We have benefited from long-term income tax holiday arrangements in both India and Sri Lanka that are offered to certain export-oriented IT services firms. As a result of these net operating losses and tax holiday arrangements, our worldwide profit has been subject to a relatively low effective tax rate as compared to the statutory rates in the countries in which we operate. The effect of the income tax holidays increased our net income in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 by $1.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively.
 
Our effective tax rates were 8.1% and (35.7%) for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2006, we determined that it was more likely than not that most of our deferred tax assets would be realized based upon our positive cumulative operating results and our assessment of our expected future results. As a result, we released most of our valuation allowance and recognized a discrete income tax benefit of $5.0 million in our statement of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2006. Our effective tax rate in future periods will be affected by the geographic distribution of our earnings, as well as the availability of tax holidays in India and Sri Lanka.


43


Table of Contents

 
Indian tax proposals
 
The Finance Minister of India has proposed several changes to the Indian tax laws in the Union Budget 2006-2007. The proposed changes include a service tax on rental property income, minimum alternative income tax and fringe benefit taxes, and increases in the corporate income and dividend distribution tax rates. The most significant proposal is the change to the fringe benefit tax, which would impose an employer tax on stock compensation paid to our Indian employees and which would vary depending on the value of our stock. The Finance Minister’s proposal also included provisions to limit the tax benefit associated with Special Economic Zone tax holidays. We expect the proposed changes, subject to modification, to be put before the Indian Parliament during April 2007. If adopted, these changes could adversely affect our earnings and cash flows.
 
Application of critical accounting estimates and risks
 
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of revenue and expenses, assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical to the preparation of our financial statements when both of the following are present:
 
•  the estimate is complex in nature or requires a high degree of judgment
 
•  the use of different estimates and assumptions could have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements
 
We have discussed the development and selection of our critical accounting estimates and related disclosures with the audit committee of our board of directors. Those estimates critical to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are listed below.
 
Revenue recognition
 
Our revenue is derived from a variety of IT consulting, technology implementation and application outsourcing services. Our services are performed under both time-and-material and fixed-price arrangements. All revenue is recognized pursuant to GAAP. Revenue is recognized as work is performed and amounts are earned in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements, as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition.  We consider amounts to be earned once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. For contracts with fees billed on a time-and-materials basis, we generally recognize revenue over the period of performance.
 
Fixed-price engagements are accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position, or SOP, 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts.  Under the percentage-of-completion method, we estimate the percentage-of-completion by comparing the actual number of work days performed to date to the estimated total number of days required to complete each engagement. The use of the percentage-of-completion method requires significant judgment relative to estimating total contract revenue


44


Table of Contents

and costs to completion, including assumptions and estimates relative to the length of time to complete the project, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed and anticipated changes in other engagement-related costs. Estimates of total contract revenue and costs to completion are continually monitored during the term of the contract and are subject to revision as the contract progresses. Unforeseen circumstances may arise during an engagement requiring us to revise our original estimates and may cause the estimated profitability to decrease. When revisions in estimated contract revenue and efforts are determined, such adjustments are recorded in the period in which they are first identified. Depending on the specific contractual provisions and nature of the deliverable, revenue may be recognized as milestones are achieved or when final deliverables have been accepted.
 
Foreign currency translation
 
The functional currencies of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are their local currencies. The operating and capital expenditures of our subsidiaries in India, Sri Lanka and the United Kingdom are denominated in their local currencies, which are the currencies most compatible with their expected economic results. Inter-company transactions are recorded in either U.S. dollars or U.K. pounds sterling. U.K. client sales contracts are recorded in U.K. pounds sterling.
 
All transactions and account balances are denominated in the local currency. We translate non-U.S. subsidiaries’ local currency-denominated assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The local currency-denominated statement of operations amounts are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates in effect during the period. Realized foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries do not operate in “highly inflationary” countries.
 
Income taxes
 
The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in multiple jurisdictions. We record liabilities for estimated tax obligations in the United States and other tax jurisdictions. Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expense, tax reserves, deferred tax assets and liabilities and related valuation allowance, if any, involves judgment. We calculate and provide for income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including India, Sri Lanka, the United States and the United Kingdom, and this can involve complex issues which require an extended period of time to resolve. In the year of any such resolution, additional adjustments may need to be recorded that result in increases or decreases to income. Our overall effective tax rate fluctuates due to a variety of factors, including changes in the geographic mix or estimated level of annual pretax income, as well as newly enacted tax legislation in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.
 
Applicable transfer pricing regulations require that transactions between and among our subsidiaries be conducted at an arm’s-length price. On an ongoing basis we estimate an appropriate arm’s-length price and use such estimate for our intercompany transactions.
 
On an ongoing basis, we evaluate whether a valuation allowance is needed to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. This evaluation considers the weight of all available evidence, including both future taxable income and


45


Table of Contents

ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In the event that we determine that we will not be able to realize a recognized deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be made resulting in a decrease in income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should we determine that we will be able to realize all or part of an unrecognized deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be made resulting in an increase to income (or equity in the case of excess stock option tax benefits). At December 31, 2006, we determined that it was more likely than not that most of our deferred tax assets would be realized based upon our positive cumulative operating results and our assessment of our expected future results. As a result, we released most of our valuation allowance and recognized a discrete income tax benefit of $5.0 million in our statement of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
 
We have benefited from long-term income tax holiday arrangements in both India and Sri Lanka. Our Indian subsidiary is an export-oriented company that is entitled to claim a tax exemption for a period of 10 years for each Software Technology Park, or STP, it operates. All STP holidays will be completely phased out by March 2009 and, at that time, any profits could be fully taxable at the Indian statutory rate, which is currently 33.7%. Although we believe we have complied with and are eligible for the STP holiday, it is possible that upon examination the government of India may deem us ineligible for the STP holiday or make adjustments to the profit level. In anticipation of the phase-out of the STP holidays, we intend to locate at least a portion of our Indian operations in areas designated as SEZs to secure additional tax exemptions for a period of 10 years, which could extend to 15 years if we meet certain reinvestment requirements. Our Sri Lankan subsidiary has been granted an income tax holiday by the Sri Lanka Board of Investment which expires on March 31, 2019. The tax holiday is contingent upon a certain level of job creation during a given timetable. Any inability to meet the agreed upon level or timetable for new job creation would jeopardize this holiday arrangement. Primarily as a result of these tax holiday arrangements, our worldwide profit has been subject to a relatively low effective tax rate, and the loss of any of these arrangements would increase our overall effective tax rate.
 
It is our intent to reinvest all accumulated earnings from India and Sri Lanka back into their respective operations to fund growth. As a component of this strategy, pursuant to Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 23, Accounting for Income Taxes-Special Areas, we do not accrue incremental U.S. taxes on Indian or Sri Lanka earnings as these earnings are considered to be permanently or indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. If such earnings were to be repatriated in the future or are no longer deemed to be indefinitely reinvested, we will accrue the applicable amount of taxes associated with such earnings, which would increase our overall effective tax rate.
 
Share-based compensation
 
Prior to April 1, 2005, we accounted for share-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations. Accordingly, compensation cost for stock options generally was measured as the excess, if any, of the estimated fair market value of our common stock over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the common stock on the date that both the exercise price and the number of shares to be acquired pursuant to the option are fixed. We had adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, or SFAS 123, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure , which was released in December 2002 as an


46


Table of Contents

amendment to SFAS 123 and used the Black-Scholes method of valuing stock options as allowed for non-public companies.
 
Effective April 1, 2005, we adopted SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment , or SFAS 123R , using the modified prospective method, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees, certain non-employee consultants and directors based on estimated fair values. Accordingly, the statement of operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 includes the expensing of the compensation cost related to newly granted stock option awards, as well as for those issued in prior years that vest after the adoption date. In connection with our adoption of SFAS 123R, we recorded share-based compensation expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 related to share-based payments granted prior to April 1, 2005 and unvested as of that date of approximately $1.6 million, calculated in accordance with SFAS 123. Under SFAS 123R, we estimate the fair value of stock options and cash-settled stock appreciation rights, or SARs, granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and a single option award approach. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. The fair value of cash-settled SARS are marked-to-market and recorded as a liability on a quarterly basis. This model also utilizes the estimated fair value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors taking into consideration a contemporaneous, independent third-party valuation and requires that, at the date of grant, we estimate the expected term of the share-based award, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock over the expected term, risk-free interest rates and expected dividend yield of our common stock to determine the estimated fair value. We determined the amount of share-based compensation expense for the fiscal year ended March 31 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, based on awards that we ultimately expected to vest, taking into account estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
 
We believe there is a high degree of subjectivity involved when using option-pricing models to estimate share-based compensation under SFAS 123R. Option-pricing models were developed for use in estimating the value of traded options that have no vesting or hedging restrictions, are fully transferable and do not cause dilution. Because our share-based payments have characteristics different from those of freely traded options and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect our estimates of fair values (such as attrition), in our opinion, existing valuation models, including Black-Scholes, may not provide reliable measures of the fair values of our share-based compensation. Consequently, there is a risk that our estimates of the fair values of our share-based compensation awards on the grant dates may bear little resemblance to the actual values realized upon the exercise, expiration, early termination or forfeiture of those share-based payments in the future. Certain share-based payments, such as employee stock options, may expire worthless or otherwise result in zero intrinsic value as compared to the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our financial statements. Alternatively, value may be realized from these instruments that are significantly in excess of the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our financial statements. There is currently no market-based mechanism or other practical application to verify the reliability and accuracy of the estimates stemming from these valuation models, nor is there a means to compare and adjust the estimates to actual values. Although the fair value of employee share-based awards is determined in accordance with SFAS 123R using an option-pricing model, that value may not be indicative of the fair value observed in a market transaction between a willing buyer and willing seller. If factors


47


Table of Contents

change and we employ different assumptions in the application of SFAS 123R in future periods than those currently applied under SFAS 123R and those previously applied under SFAS 123 in determining our pro forma amounts, the compensation expense that we record in the future under SFAS 123R may differ significantly from what we have reported during the nine months ended December 31, 2006 and what we have reported as our pro forma expense during the period prior to adoption of SFAS 123R.
 
In connection with our adoption of SFAS 123R and since April 2005, we have obtained contemporaneous valuation reports from an independent third-party valuation firm on the fair value of our common stock. With the exception of SAR grants made in August and November 2005, all stock options and SARs issued since then have been granted with exercise prices equal to or in excess of the fair value established by such contemporaneous valuation reports and which were determined by our board of directors to be at least equal to the fair value of our common stock. In August 2005, the board of directors granted 218,295 SARs with an exercise price of $0.50 per SAR. At that time, the board of directors had determined that the fair value of our common stock was $0.68 per share based upon a valuation of $0.71 per share established in a contemporaneous, independent valuation report and the board of director’s assessment of the uncertainties regarding our results of operations and financial condition for the then current quarter. In November 2005, the board of directors granted 52,024 SARs with an exercise price of $0.50 per SAR. At that time, the board of directors had determined that the fair value of our common stock was $0.76 per share as established by a contemporaneous, independent valuation report.
 
In the contemporaneous valuation reports utilized by the board of directors, our enterprise value was estimated based on the income approach, which was validated through comparison to the enterprise value estimated using the market approach. Using the resulting enterprise value, the fair value of our common stock was then estimated using the option-pricing method. We believe that we have used reasonable methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the AICPA’s Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation to determine the fair value of our common stock.
 
Although it is reasonable to expect the completion of this offering will add value to the shares because they will have increased liquidity and marketability, the amount of additional value can be measured with neither precision nor certainty.
 
Long-lived assets
 
Our long-lived assets include property and equipment, long-term investments and capitalized software development costs. We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Such circumstances would include a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset, a significant adverse change to the manner in which the asset is being used or its physical condition, or a history of operating or cash flow losses associated with the use of the asset. In addition, changes to the expected useful lives of these long-lived assets may also be an indicator of impairment. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets and the resulting losses are included in the statement of operations.


48


Table of Contents

 
Results of operations
 
Nine months ended December 31, 2005 compared to nine months ended December 31, 2006
 
The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006.
 
                               
    Nine months ended
           
    December 31,            
(dollars in thousands)   2005     2006     $ Change     % Change
 
Revenue
  $ 53,740     $ 89,388     $ 35,648       66.3%
Costs of revenue
    31,015       48,578       17,563       56.6 
           
           
Gross profit
    22,725       40,810       18,085       79.6 
           
           
Operating expenses
    23,847       30,583       6,736       28.2 
           
           
Income (loss) from operations
    (1,122 )     10,227       11,349       1,011.5 
Other income (expense)
    661       1,206       545       82.5 
           
           
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    (461 )     11,433       11,894       2,580.0 
Income tax expense (benefit)
    164       (4,080 )     (4,244 )     2,587.8 
           
           
Net income (loss)
  $ (625 )   $ 15,513     $ 16,138       2,582.1%
 
 
 
Revenue
 
Revenue increased from $53.7 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $89.4 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, representing an increase of $35.6 million, or 66.3%. Of this increase, $30.3 million was attributable to increased billable time, $4.3 million was attributable to increased average billing rates for IT professionals and $1.0 million was attributable to increased reimbursable expenses. These increases were supported by strategic initiatives including hiring of key personnel and alignment with client markets. Our top five clients in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 accounted for 41.4% and 48.7% of our revenue, respectively. Our top 10 clients in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 accounted for 61.5% and 71.3% of our revenue, respectively. U.S. revenue increased 38.7% from $48.6 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $67.4 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. U.K. revenue increased 332.3% from $5.0 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $21.6 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, due to growth in revenue from one of our significant clients. We do not expect such high year-over-year U.K. percentage growth to continue in the future. The remaining $1.7 million increase in revenue is attributable to the strengthening of the U.K. pound sterling as compared to the U.S. dollar during the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
 
Costs of revenue
 
Costs of revenue increased from $31.0 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $48.6 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $17.6 million, or 56.6%. A significant portion of the increase was attributable to an increase in the number of IT


49


Table of Contents

professionals to support revenue growth, from 1,907 as of December 31, 2005 to 3,169 as of December 31, 2006, resulting in additional costs of $14.6 million. We also incurred $2.1 million of additional costs related to subcontractors working on client engagements for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the nine months ended December 31, 2005. Salary increases in India and Sri Lanka during the nine months ended December 31, 2006 added $0.4 million to our costs of revenue. Share-based compensation expense rose from $0.4 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $0.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. The increases were offset by the effects of a stronger U.S. dollar against the Indian rupee during the nine months ended December 31, 2006, decreasing our costs of revenue by approximately $0.3 million. We entered into foreign currency forward contracts which offset this currency exposure by $0.2 million.
 
Gross profit
 
Our gross profit increased from $22.7 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $40.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $18.1 million, or 79.6%, due to increases in our revenue. Our gross margin increased from 42.3% in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to 45.7% in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. The gross margin improvement resulted primarily from higher utilization of IT professionals in the United Kingdom, due in large part to our efforts to establish our U.K. delivery organization in prior periods in advance of anticipated revenue.
 
Operating expenses
 
Operating expenses increased from $23.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $30.6 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $6.8 million, or 28.2%. Of the increase, $3.7 million was attributable to increased expenditures to support our growth, including marketing, branding and business development programs, recruiting and training of additional sales and administrative staff, and facilities expenses. In addition, we invested $2.1 million in professional services and travel expenses to establish a financial shared-services center in India to provide back-office transactional support to our Indian, U.K. and U.S. finance organizations and to formalize our internal control framework in anticipation of meeting the standards set forth by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The increase was also attributable to increased compensation costs of $0.7 million resulting from salary increases and $0.3 million from share-based compensation expenses. Effects of foreign currency exchange rates were not material during the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
 
In the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, we invested in sales, marketing, IT infrastructure, human resource programs and financial operations. Our investments in our infrastructure, principally in staff and systems, provided us with higher economies of scale and supported our revenue growth. As a result, our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 44.4% in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to 34.3% in the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
 
Income (loss) from operations
 
Income (loss) from operations increased from a loss of $1.1 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to income of $10.2 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $11.3 million. This improvement resulted from higher gross profit and lower operating expenses as a percentage of revenue. As a percentage of revenue, income (loss) from


50


Table of Contents

operations increased from (2.1%) in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to 11.4% in the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
 
Other income (expense)
 
Other income increased from $0.7 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to $1.2 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in interest income by $0.3 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006 due to a higher average cash balance, partially offset by the absence of investment gains of $0.2 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. We realized a foreign currency transaction loss of $0.1 million on inter-company balances which were not effectively hedged by foreign currency forward contracts during the nine months ended December 31, 2005 as compared to a foreign currency transaction gain of $0.5 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
We had income tax expense of $0.2 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 compared to an income tax benefit of $4.1 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This decrease in tax expense is largely related to the recognition of a discrete income tax benefit of $5.0 million due to the reversal of most of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance in our statement of operations during the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This was partially offset by the provision of $0.9 million in taxes in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. Also reflected in the provision are higher U.S. federal and state income taxes due to higher U.S. profit levels. Our effective tax rate was 35.7% for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 as compared to an income tax benefit rate of 35.7% for the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
 
Net income (loss)
 
Net income (loss) increased from a net loss of $0.6 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2005 to net income of $15.5 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $16.1 million. The increase in revenue, offset by comparatively smaller increases in all expense lines and the recognition of a discrete income tax benefit of $5.0 million due to the reversal of most of our deferred tax valuation allowance were the primary contributors to this positive growth in net income.


51


Table of Contents

 
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 compared to fiscal year ended March 31, 2006
 
The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006.
 
                           
    Fiscal year
         
    ended March 31,          
(dollars in thousands)   2005   2006   $ Change     % Change
 
Revenue
  $ 60,484   $ 76,935   $ 16,451       27.2%
Costs of revenue
    31,813     43,417     11,604       36.5 
Gross profit
    28,671     33,518     4,847       16.9 
           
           
Operating expenses
    27,838     32,925     5,087       18.3 
           
           
Income from operations
    833     593     (240 )     (28.8) 
Other income (expense)
    376     1,564     1,188       316.0 
           
           
Income before income tax expense
    1,209     2,157     948       78.4 
Income tax expense
    99     176     77       77.8 
           
           
Net income
  $ 1,110   $ 1,981   $ 871       78.5%
 
 
 
Revenue
 
Revenue increased from $60.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to $76.9 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, representing an increase of $16.5 million, or 27.2%. Of this revenue growth, $16.0 million was attributable to an increase in billable time and $1.4 million was attributable to increased average billing rates for IT professionals, partially offset by a $0.9 million decrease of reimbursable expenses. The loss of a significant consulting engagement during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 along with delays in the anticipated start of new projects constrained our revenue growth during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. Our top five clients accounted for $26.9 million and $32.8 million, or 44.5% and 42.6%, of total revenue for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Our top 10 clients accounted for $39.5 million and $47.6 million, or 65.3% and 61.8%, of total revenue for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. U.K. revenue grew to $10.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 from $1.9 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of over 450% due to growth in revenue from one of our significant clients. Increases in U.K. revenue were offset by $0.8 million as a result of the weakening of the U.K. pound sterling as compared to the U.S. dollar during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.
 
Costs of revenue
 
Costs of revenue increased from $31.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to $43.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, an increase of $11.6 million, or 36.5%. As a percentage of revenue, costs of revenue increased from 52.6% to 56.4%. The number of our IT professionals grew from 1,976 as of March 31, 2005 to 2,113 as of March 31, 2006, resulting in additional costs of $6.6 million, while salary increases in India and Sri Lanka in 2006 added $0.9 million to our costs of revenue. We incurred $0.8 million of additional costs related to


52


Table of Contents

subcontractors working on client engagements and we incurred share-based compensation expense of $0.5 million as a result of adopting SFAS 123R as of April 1, 2005. We also incurred additional costs of $2.6 million related to the deployment of onsite teams for our U.K.-based clients. Effects of a stronger U.S. dollar against the Indian rupee in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 resulted in a decrease of approximately $0.2 million in our costs of revenue. We used foreign currency forward contracts which offset this currency exposure by $0.1 million.
 
Gross profit
 
Our gross profit increased from $28.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to $33.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, an increase of $4.8 million, or 16.9%, due to increases in our revenue. Our gross margin decreased from 47.4% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to 43.6% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.
 
The decrease in gross margin resulted from lower utilization of our IT professionals during the first half of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 resulting in part from the loss of a significant consulting engagement in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. As our revenue strengthened during the second, third and fourth quarters of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, our utilization rates improved. In addition, we experienced lower gross margins on U.K. revenue than those achieved historically in the United States due primarily to our efforts to build our U.K. delivery organization in advance of anticipated revenue.
 
Operating expenses
 
Operating expenses increased from $27.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to $32.9 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, an increase of $5.1 million, or 18.3%. Of the increase, $3.8 million was attributable to increased spending on marketing, branding and business development programs, facilities expenses, travel expenses and hiring of additional sales staff in an effort to acquire new clients with a focus to expand our U.K. business. In addition, we incurred share-based compensation expense of $1.3 million due to the adoption of SFAS 123R on April 1, 2005. Effects of foreign currency exchange rates were not material during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.
 
Our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 46.0% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to 42.8% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. The decrease resulted primarily from our investment in infrastructure, principally staff and systems, which provided us with higher economies of scale and supported our revenue growth.
 
Income from operations
 
Income from operations decreased from $0.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to $0.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, a decrease of $0.2 million. This decrease is due to lower gross margin in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, resulting from a lower utilization rate in the first half of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and an increase in operating expenses greater than the increase in gross profit. As a percentage of revenue, income from operations decreased from 1.4% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to 0.8% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.
 
Other income (expense)
 
Other income increased from $0.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to $1.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gain on sale of investments of $0.8 million and an increase in interest income of $0.4 million due to higher average cash balances.


53


Table of Contents

 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
Our income tax expense increased from $0.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to $0.2 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. Our effective tax rates were 8.2% and 8.1% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Our income tax expense related primarily to U.S. income taxes and foreign income taxes of our foreign subsidiaries.
 
Net income
 
Net income increased from $1.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to $2.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, an increase of $0.9 million. As a percentage of revenue, net income increased from 1.8% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 to 2.6% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. The growth in net income was primarily due to an increase in revenue offset by comparatively smaller increases in operating expenses.
 
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 compared to fiscal year ended March 31, 2005
 
The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005.
 
                               
 
    Fiscal year ended
           
    March 31,            
(dollars in thousands)   2004     2005   $ Change     % Change  
 
 
Revenue
  $ 42,822     $ 60,484   $ 17,662       41.2%  
Costs of revenue
    22,648       31,813     9,165       40.5  
             
             
Gross profit
    20,174       28,671     8,497       42.1  
             
             
Operating expenses
    20,309       27,838     7,529       37.1  
             
             
Income (loss) from operations
    (135 )     833     968       717.0  
Other income (expense)
    73       376     303       415.1  
             
             
Income (loss) before income tax expense
    (62 )     1,209     1,271       2,050.0  
Income tax expense
    146       99     (47 )     (32.2 )
             
             
Net income (loss)
  $ (208 )   $ 1,110   $ 1,318       633.7%  
 
 
 
Revenue
 
Revenue increased from $42.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to $60.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $17.7 million, or 41.2%. Of this revenue growth, $12.7 million was attributable to an increase in billable time, $3.9 million was attributable to increased average billing rates for IT professionals and $1.1 million was attributable to the increase in reimbursable expenses. Our U.K. subsidiary, which was incorporated in October 2004, contributed revenue of $1.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. Our top five clients accounted for $25.2 million and $26.9 million, or 58.9% and 44.5%, of total revenue for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, while the top 10 clients accounted for $33.0 million and $39.5 million, or 77.1% and 65.3%, of total revenue for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.


54


Table of Contents

Costs of revenue
 
Costs of revenue increased from $22.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to $31.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $9.2 million, or 40.5%. As a percentage of revenue, costs of revenue decreased from 52.9% to 52.6%. A significant portion of the dollar increase was attributable to recruiting and hiring additional IT professionals to support revenue growth, from 1,557 as of March 31, 2004 to 1,976 as of March 31, 2005, resulting in additional costs of $10.2 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. We hired and relocated IT professionals to establish our U.K. delivery organization in anticipation of new business. We deployed a campus hiring philosophy and encouraged internal promotions to minimize the effects of wage inflation pressure and recruiting costs at our global delivery centers, resulting in a decrease in net average salary in India and Sri Lanka during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, which lowered our costs of revenue by $0.5 million. Effects of a stronger U.S. dollar against the Indian rupee and Sri Lankan rupee decreased our costs by approximately $0.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005.
 
Gross profit
 
Our gross profit increased from $20.2 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to $28.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $8.5 million, or 42.1%, primarily due to higher revenue. Our gross margin increased slightly from 47.1% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to 47.4% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. The increase in gross margin resulted primarily from a stronger U.S. dollar against the Indian rupee and Sri Lankan rupee in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, as well as a higher utilization rate of our IT professionals.
 
Operating expenses
 
Operating expenses increased from $20.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to $27.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $7.5 million, or 37.1%. Of the increase, $3.7 million was attributable to costs associated with the expansion of our business, including increases in compensation, travel, professional services, additional recruitment and training costs. In addition, the increase was attributable to additional facilities expense of $3.1 million to support our growth. The increase was also attributable to increased spending of $0.8 million to establish our U.K. business, including marketing, branding, business development programs, administrative salaries, travel, facilities, accounting and legal fees. Effects of a strengthening U.S. dollar against the Indian rupee and Sri Lankan rupee decreased our costs by approximately $0.4 million.
 
As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses decreased from 47.4% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to 46.0% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. The decrease resulted from increased revenue, which was greater than the increase in operating expenses.
 
Income (loss) from operations
 
Income (loss) from operations increased from a loss of $0.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to income of $0.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $0.9 million. This improvement resulted from higher gross profit and lower operating expenses as a percentage of revenue. As a percentage of revenue, income (loss) from operations


55


Table of Contents

increased from (0.3%) in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to 1.4% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005.
 
Other income (expense)
 
Other income increased from $0.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to $0.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in interest income of $0.2 million due to higher average cash balances and gains on sale of investment in equity of $0.1 million.
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
Our income tax expense was $0.1 million in each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005. Our effective tax rate was 235.5% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 compared to 8.2% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. This decrease in our effective tax rate was primarily attributable to our higher profitability on a consolidated basis in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005.
 
Net income (loss)
 
Net income (loss) increased from a net loss of $0.2 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to net income of $1.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $1.3 million. As a percentage of revenue, net income (loss) increased from (0.5%) in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 to 1.8% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005.
 
Quarterly results of operations
 
The following tables present our unaudited consolidated statements of operations data in U.S. dollars and as a percentage of revenue for the seven fiscal quarters in the period ended December 31, 2006. You should read the following tables together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited statements of operations data on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. These tables include normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our operating results for the quarters presented. Operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future quarters or for a full year.
 
                                                 
 
    Three Months ended  
   
 
    June 30,     September 30,     December 31,   March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31,  
   
 
(in thousands)   2005     2005     2005   2006   2006   2006   2006  
 
 
Revenue
  $ 15,357     $ 17,285     $ 21,098   $ 23,195   $ 25,625   $ 30,090   $ 33,673  
Costs of revenue
    9,493       10,078       11,444     12,402     13,986     16,231     18,361  
     
     
Gross profit
    5,864       7,207       9,654     10,793     11,639     13,859     15,312  
Operating expenses
    7,731       7,766       8,350     9,078     9,167     10,173     11,243  
     
     
Income (loss) from operations
    (1,867 )     (559 )     1,304     1,715     2,472     3,686     4,069  
Other income (expense)
    101       75       485     903     681     237     288  
     
     
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    (1,766 )     (484 )     1,789     2,618     3,153     3,923     4,357  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    68       57       39     12     107     130     (4,317 )
     
     
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,834 )   $ (541 )   $ 1,750   $ 2,606   $ 3,046   $ 3,793   $ 8,674  
 


56


Table of Contents

                                                 
 
    Three Months ended  
   
 
    June 30,     September 30,     December 31,   March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31,  
   
 
    2005     2005     2005   2006   2006   2006   2006  
 
 
Revenue
    100%       100%       100%     100%     100%     100%     100%  
Costs of revenue
    62       58       54     53     55     54     55  
Gross profit
    38       42       46     47     45     46     45  
Operating expenses
    50       45       40     39     36     34     33  
Income (loss) from operations
    (12 )     (3 )     6     8     9     12     12  
Other income (expense)
    1             2     3     3     1     1  
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    (12 )     (3 )     8     11     12     13     13  
Income tax expense (benefit)
                                (13 )
Net income (loss)
    (12 )     (3 )     8     11     12     13     26  
 
 
 
We experience some level of seasonality because many of our clients undergo their budget approval process during the first quarter of the calendar year, which corresponds to our fourth quarter ending March 31. This process may delay project approvals and could cause revenue to be deferred from our fourth fiscal quarter to our first fiscal quarter of the following year.
 
Our annual review and promotion cycle and the corresponding pay increases generally become effective as of April 1 at our global delivery centers. This factor generally results in an increase in our costs of revenue and has a negative effect on gross margin during our first fiscal quarter.
 
Liquidity and capital resources
 
We have financed our operations primarily from sales of shares of equity securities, including preferred and common stock and from cash from operations. We have not borrowed against our existing or preceding credit facilities.
 
At December 31, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents of $32.2 million, of which $3.5 million was held outside the United States. We have a $3.0 million revolving line of credit with a bank. This facility provides a $1.5 million sub-limit for letters of credit. The revolving line of credit also includes a foreign exchange line of credit requiring 15% of foreign exchange contracts to be supported by our borrowing base which does not support any foreign currency contracts at December 31, 2006. Advances under our credit facility accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the prime rate minus 0.25%. Our credit facility is secured by the grant of a security interest in all of our U.S. assets in favor of the bank and contains financial and reporting covenants and limitations. We are currently in compliance with all covenants contained in our credit facility and believe that our credit facility provides sufficient flexibility so that we will remain in compliance with its terms. Our credit facility expires on September 30, 2007. We intend to renew this line prior to its expiration. As of December 31, 2006, we had no amounts outstanding under this credit facility.
 
The funds held at locations outside of the United States are for future operating expenses and we have no intention of repatriating those funds. We are not, however, restricted in repatriating those funds back to the United States, if necessary. If we decide to remit funds from India to the United States in the form of dividends, they would be subject to Indian dividend distribution tax, which is currently at a rate of approximately 14%, as well as U.S. corporate income tax on the dividends.
 
We believe that our available cash and cash equivalents, cash flows expected to be generated from operations and net proceeds from this offering will be adequate to satisfy our current and

57


Table of Contents

planned operations for the foreseeable future. Our ability to expand and grow our business in accordance with current plans and to meet our long-term capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the rate, if any, at which our cash flow increases, our continued intent not to repatriate earnings from India and Sri Lanka and the availability of public and private debt and equity financing. Although we currently have no specific plans to do so, to the extent we decide to pursue one or more significant strategic acquisitions, we may incur debt or sell additional equity to finance those acquisitions.
 
Anticipated capital expenditures
 
We are beginning the work to build a facility as part of a planned campus on a 6.3 acre site in Hyderabad, India. We expect to construct and build out this facility, which will be approximately 340,000 square feet, over the next three fiscal years at a total estimated cost of $30.0 million, of which we anticipate spending between $10.0 million and $12.0 million during the fiscal year ending March 31, 2008. We plan to fund the construction and build-out of this facility with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. We expect other capital expenditures in the normal course for fiscal 2008 to be approximately $8.0 million, primarily for leasehold improvements, capital equipment and purchased software.
 
Cash flows
 
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:
 
                                         
 
          Nine months ended
 
   
Fiscal year ended March 31,
   
December 31,
 
(in thousands)   2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
 
 
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities
  $ 2,604     $ (296 )   $ 1,892     $ (1,500 )   $ 5,476  
Net cash used for investing activities
    (3,995 )     (3,112 )     (865 )     (486 )     (4,102 )
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    19,118       1,447       659       (157 )     388  
Effect of exchange rate on cash
    (30 )     6       145       (61 )     208  
     
     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    17,697       (1,955 )     1,831       (2,204 )     1,970  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    12,664       30,361       28,406       28,406       30,237  
     
     
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 30,361     $ 28,406     $ 30,237     $ 26,202     $ 32,207  
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities
 
Net cash of $1.5 million was used for operations during the nine months ended December 31, 2005 as compared to net cash of $5.5 million provided by operations during the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This increase was directly attributable to our increased revenue in the nine months ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the nine months ended December 31, 2005, providing an increase in net income for the comparative period of $16.1 million. Cash provided from operations was partially offset by a $5.0 million increase in our net deferred tax asset during the nine months ended December 31, 2006. In addition, the


58


Table of Contents

increase in cash provided from operations during the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was offset by increases of $3.7 million in accounts receivable, primarily due to increased revenue and an increase in days sales outstanding due to longer standard payment terms in the United Kingdom and increases of $1.5 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets. There also were increases in non-cash charges for share-based compensation expense of $0.8 million.
 
Net cash of $0.3 million was used for operations during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 as compared to net cash of $1.9 million provided from operations during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. This increase was directly attributable to our increased revenue during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 as compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 providing an increase in net income for the comparative period of $0.9 million. In addition, cash provided from operations was improved from increases in accrued compensation and expenses of $3.5 million, deferred revenue of $0.8 million and income taxes payable of $0.4 million, partially offset by an increase in our accounts receivable balance of $4.2 million and gain on sale of equity of $0.8 million. There were increases in non-cash charges for share-based compensation expense of $1.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, as compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005.
 
Net cash of $2.6 million was provided by operations during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 as compared to net cash of $0.3 million used for operations during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily the net effect of a $1.3 million increase in net income for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 resulting from increased revenue during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, plus a $0.4 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense offset by a comparative increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $1.0 million, as well as decreases in accrued compensation and expenses of $2.8 million, deferred revenue of $0.1 million and income taxes payable of $0.5 million.
 
Net cash used for investing activities
 
Net cash used for investing activities was $0.5 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2005 as compared to $4.1 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2006. During the nine months ended December 31, 2006, we invested $3.7 million in facilities and equipment at our global delivery centers in India and Sri Lanka to support our revenue growth. We contained our facilities and equipment spending and made an effort to redeploy existing equipment during the nine months ended December 31, 2005 due to lower utilization at our global delivery centers in India and Sri Lanka, particularly during the first half of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.
 
Net cash used for investing activities was $3.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 as compared to $0.9 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. Our efforts to contain facilities and equipment spending through redeployment of existing equipment led to a decrease in cash used during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, we received cash from sales of equity investments of $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
 
Net cash used for investing activities was $4.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 as compared to $3.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, we invested $3.2 million in facilities and equipment at our global delivery centers and $0.3 million in internally-developed software to support our revenue growth as


59


Table of Contents

compared to $3.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, we received cash from sales of equity investments of $0.4 million.
 
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
 
Net cash of $0.2 million was used for financing activities during the nine months ended December 31, 2005 as compared to net cash of $0.4 million provided by financing activities during the nine months ended December 31, 2006. The increase was due to cash received from the sale of common stock of $0.4 million and exercises of employee stock options of $0.1 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006 and a reduction of capital lease payments of $0.2 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006. This increase was partially offset by the increase in restricted cash of $0.1 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
 
Net cash of $1.4 million was provided by financing activities during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 as compared to $0.7 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily due to proceeds from the sale of common stock of $1.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 as compared to proceeds from sales of common stock of $0.8 million and exercises of employee stock options of $0.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006. Capital lease payments were $0.1 million and $0.2 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
Net cash of $19.1 million was provided by financing activities during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 as compared to $1.4 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily due to proceeds from the sale of preferred stock of $20.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 versus none in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005; proceeds from the issuance of restricted stock of $0.1 million and exercises of employee stock options of $0.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 as compared to proceeds from the sale of common stock of $1.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. Capital lease payments were $0.2 million and $0.1 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Also, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, we made principal payments of $0.3 million on notes payable and there was an increase in restricted cash of $0.6 million.
 
Contractual obligations
 
We have no long-term debt and have various contractual obligations and commercial commitments. The following table sets forth our future contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of March 31, 2006.
 
                               
    Payments due by period
        Less than
  1-3
  3-5
   
(in thousands)   Total   1 year   years   years   5+ years
 
Operating lease obligations(1)
  $ 10,788   $ 2,364   $ 4,527   $ 3,202   $ 695
Defined benefit plan(2)
    1,735     63     207     413     1,052
Capital lease obligations
    47     39     8        
     
     
Total
  $ 12,570   $ 2,466   $ 4,742   $ 3,615   $ 1,747
 
 
 
(1) Our obligations under our operating leases consist of future payments related to our real estate leases.
 
(2) We contribute to benefit funds covering our employees in India and Sri Lanka.


60


Table of Contents

 
Off-balance sheet arrangements
 
We do not have any investments in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or debt. We have cash-secured letters of credit totaling approximately $0.5 million at December 31, 2006.
 
We have entered into derivative foreign currency forward contracts with the objective of limiting our exposure to changes in the Indian rupee described below in “Qualitative and quantitative disclosures about market risk.” The changes in fair value of these derivative instruments of $12,000, $133,000 and $202,000 were taken into account in the statement of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, respectively. We use quoted market prices from published sources or brokers to value these contracts.
 
Other than these foreign currency forward contracts, we have not entered into off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements or other relationships with unconsolidated entities or other persons that are likely to affect liquidity or the availability of or requirements for capital resources.
 
Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures
 
In accordance with the requirements of Regulation G issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission, we are presenting the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure and reconciling the non-GAAP financial measure to the comparable GAAP measures.
 
We define “adjusted net income” as net income excluding the impact of the release of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. We believe that the presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure provides useful information to investors because there was no release of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance in any prior period. Therefore, the presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure enhances investors’ ability to make period to period comparisons of our net income and earnings per share.
 


61


Table of Contents

                                     
 
        Nine months ended
 
    Fiscal year ended March 31,   December 31,  
(in thousands, except per share data)   2004     2005   2006   2005     2006  
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (208 )   $ 1,110   $ 1,981   $ (625 )   $ 15,513  
Discrete tax benefit associated with release of deferred tax asset valuation allowance
                        (4,956 )
                                     
Adjusted net income (loss)
  $ (208 )   $ 1,110   $ 1,981   $ (625 )   $ 10,557  
                                     
Adjusted net income (loss) per share
                                   
Basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ (0.04 )   $ 0.56  
Diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.02   $ 0.04   $ (0.04 )   $ 0.19  
GAAP net income (loss) per share
                                   
Basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ (0.04 )   $ 0.83  
Diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.02   $ 0.04   $ (0.04 )   $ 0.27  
Shares used in per share calculations
                                   
Basic
    17,407       17,052     17,571     17,441       18,713  
Diluted
    17,407       53,562     54,341     17,441       56,761  
 
 
 
Recent accounting pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post-Retirement Plans—an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132R.  This standard requires recognition of the funded status of benefit plans in statements of financial position. The standard also requires recognition in other comprehensive income of certain gains and losses that arise during the period but are deferred under pension accounting rules; and it modifies the timing of reporting and adds certain disclosures. The recognition and disclosure elements of SFAS No. 158 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006 and the measurement elements are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of SFAS No. 158 will have on our financial position or results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 157 will have on our financial position or results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements.  This bulletin summarizes the Securities and Exchange Commission staff’s views regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB No. 108 is effective for reporting periods ending after November 15, 2006. We do not expect SAB No. 108 to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

62


Table of Contents

In June 2006, the FASB issued Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on description, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We are currently in the process of assessing the impact that FIN 48 will have on our financial position or results of operations.
 
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments , or SFAS No. 155, which is an amendment to SFAS No. 133 and SFAS No. 140 and allows financial instruments that have embedded derivatives to be accounted for as a whole (eliminating the need to bifurcate the derivative from its host) if the holder elects to account for the whole instrument on a fair value basis. SFAS No. 155 is effective for an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. We do not expect SFAS No. 155 to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
 
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk
 
Exchange rate risk
 
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk in the ordinary course of doing business as we transact business in foreign currencies. We have historically entered into, and in the future we may enter into, foreign currency derivative contracts to provide an economic hedge of non-U.S. dollar currency exchange exposures. The purpose of this foreign exchange policy is to protect us from the risk that the eventual cash flows from Indian rupee denominated expenses might be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates. At March 31, 2005, December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006, we had outstanding contracts of $7.6 million, $8.7 million and $10.5 million to offset the exposure of the Indian rupee. These contracts did not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133: Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , or SFAS 133. We had no outstanding foreign currency derivative contracts at December 31, 2006.
 
We are in the process of evaluating our foreign exchange policy to address foreign exchange exposures on our balance sheet and operating cash flows from U.K. pounds sterling and Indian rupees. We are considering a program to mitigate the effect of the fluctuations of these currencies in relation to our reporting currency.
 
Sensitivity analysis is used as a primary tool in evaluating the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices on our business operations. The analysis quantifies the impact of potential changes in these rates and prices on our earnings, cash flows and fair values of assets and liabilities during the forecast period, most commonly within a one-year period. The ranges of changes used for the purpose of this analysis reflect our view of changes that are reasonably possible over the forecast period. Fair values are the present value of projected future cash flows based on market rates and chosen prices.
 
Interest rate risk
 
We do not believe we are exposed to material direct risks associated with changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2006, we had $32.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-


63


Table of Contents

term investments, the interest income from which is affected by changes in short-term interest rates. We had no debt at December 31, 2006.
 
Concentration of credit risk
 
Financial instruments which potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and unbilled accounts receivable. We place our temporary cash in liquid investments at highly-rated financial institutions. We believe that our credit policies reflect normal industry terms and business risk. We do not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties and, accordingly, do not require collateral. Credit losses and write-offs of accounts receivable balances have historically not been material to our financial statements and have not exceeded our expectations.


64


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
Overview
 
We are a global information technology services company. We use an offshore delivery model to provide a broad range of IT services, including IT consulting, technology implementation and application outsourcing. Using our enhanced global delivery model, innovative platforming approach and industry expertise, we provide cost-effective services that enable our clients to use IT to enhance business performance, accelerate time-to-market, increase productivity and improve customer service. Headquartered in Massachusetts, we have offices in the United States and the United Kingdom and global delivery centers in Hyderabad and Chennai, India and Colombo, Sri Lanka. We have experienced compounded annual revenue growth of 47% over the four-year period ended March 31, 2006.
 
Our enhanced global delivery model leverages a highly-efficient onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix and proprietary tools and processes to manage and accelerate delivery, foster innovation and promote continual improvement. Our global service delivery teams work seamlessly at our client locations and at our global delivery centers in India and Sri Lanka to provide value-added services rapidly and cost-effectively. They do this by using our enhanced global delivery model, which we manage to a 20/80 onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix.
 
We apply our innovative platforming approach across all of our services. We help our clients combine common business processes and rules, technology frameworks and data into reusable application platforms that can be leveraged across the enterprise to build, enhance and maintain existing and future applications. Our platforming approach enables our clients to continually improve their software platforms and applications in response to changing business needs and evolving technologies while also realizing long-term and ongoing cost savings.
 
We provide our IT services primarily to enterprises engaged in the following industries: communications and technology; banking, financial services and insurance, or BFSI; and media and information. Our current clients include leading global enterprises such as Aetna Life Insurance Company, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., BT, Cisco Systems, Inc., ING North America Insurance Corporation, International Business Machines Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Thomson Healthcare Inc., and leading enterprise software developers such as Pegasystems Inc. and Vignette Corporation. We have a high level of repeat business among our clients. For instance, during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, over 90% of our revenue came from clients to whom we had been providing services for at least one year and over 65% came from clients to whom we had been providing services for at least two years.
 
Industry background
 
The role of IT in enterprises has grown far beyond operational support to become a source of competitive advantage. Enterprises are using Internet-based IT applications to facilitate critical interactions with customers, vendors and partners to compete in a global, real-time environment. At the same time, enterprises are using IT applications and data to address regulatory changes, meet market demands and improve business efficiency. As a result, leading enterprises are using IT to accelerate time-to-market, increase productivity and improve customer service.


65


Table of Contents

 
While enterprises expect IT to play a key role in driving business growth and productivity, they are under increasing pressure to control costs. According to an October 2006 Gartner report, annual IT budgets increased less than 3% for the fourth year in a row while a February 2007 Gartner press release forecasts an average growth rate of 3% for 2007. As a result, business and technology leaders are expected to address IT challenges of increasing scope and complexity with limited resources under rigorous time constraints.
 
Many enterprises increasingly manage their technology costs and shortage of locally-available IT professionals by outsourcing IT services offshore. According to a 2006 IDC report, 20.8% of U.S. IT services, including application management, custom application development, IT consulting, information systems outsourcing, systems integration and other related activities, will move to offshore players by 2010. Using a global delivery model, IT service providers employ skilled labor in lower-cost geographies in order to cost-effectively deliver high quality services to their clients. According to IDC, in 2005, the largest markets for these offshore IT services were concentrated in the United States and in Europe, the Middle East and Africa with market shares of 79.6% and 17.4%, respectively.
 
A 2005 NASSCOM-McKinsey report estimates that global offshore IT services adoption will increase at a compounded annual growth rate of 24.4% from $18.4 billion for the 12 months ended March 31, 2005 to $55.0 billion for the 12 months ending March 31, 2010. This exceeds the estimate in IDC’s 2007 Worldwide IT Spending 2006-2010 Forecast Update by Vertical Market of 5.8% compounded annual growth rate for the overall IT services industry from calendar year 2005 to calendar year 2010.
 
Engaging offshore IT service providers to improve business performance, beyond reducing costs, can be challenging. The rate of technological change, the impact of mergers and acquisitions and a historical approach to building and managing stand-alone, legacy IT systems and applications have led to fragmented IT environments. Enterprises often support multiple IT applications that vary in capabilities and cannot interoperate effectively, creating IT application silos. These fragmented IT environments are complex, inefficient and costly to maintain and operate. They limit an enterprise’s ability to leverage valuable corporate IT assets, including business processes and rules, technology frameworks and data. We believe enterprises seek service providers that can cost-effectively address this range of complex challenges.
 
Our solution
 
We deliver a broad range of IT services using an enhanced global delivery model and an innovative platforming approach. We have significant domain expertise in IT-intensive industries, including communications and technology, BFSI and media and information. We enable our clients to leverage IT to improve business performance, use IT assets more effectively and reduce IT costs.
 
Broad range of IT services.  We provide a broad range of IT services, either individually or as part of an end-to-end solution, from IT consulting and technology implementation to application outsourcing. Our IT consulting services include strategic activities such as defining technology roadmaps, providing architecture services and assessing application portfolios. Our technology implementation services include application development, systems integration and legacy system conversion and enablement. Our application outsourcing services include application enhancement and maintenance and infrastructure management.


66


Table of Contents

 
Enhanced global delivery model.  We believe we have an enhanced and integrated global delivery model. Our enhanced global delivery model leverages a highly-efficient onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix and proprietary tools and processes to manage and accelerate delivery, foster innovation and promote continual improvement. We manage to a 20/80 onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix, which allows us to provide value-added services rapidly and cost-effectively. During the past three fiscal years, we performed more than 80% of our total billable hours at our offshore global delivery centers. Our onsite client service teams comprise senior technical and industry experts, who work on an integrated basis with our offshore teams in India and Sri Lanka. We leverage our global delivery model across all of our service offerings.
 
Platforming approach.  We apply an innovative platforming approach across our IT consulting, technology implementation and application outsourcing services to reduce costs, increase productivity and improve the efficiency and effectiveness of our clients’ IT application environments. As part of our platforming approach, we assess our clients’ application environments to identify common elements, such as business processes and rules, technology frameworks and data. We incorporate those common elements into one or more application platforms that can be leveraged across the enterprise to build, enhance and maintain existing and future applications. Our platforming approach enables our clients to continually improve their software platforms and applications in response to changing business needs and evolving technologies while also realizing long-term and ongoing cost savings.
 
We enable our clients to use IT to accelerate time-to-market, increase productivity and improve customer service. We are able to reduce costs through our enhanced global delivery model. We also reduce the effort and costs required to maintain and develop IT applications by streamlining and consolidating our clients’ applications on an ongoing basis. We believe that our solution provides our clients with the consultative and high-value services associated with large consulting and systems integration firms, the cost-effectiveness associated with offshore IT outsourcing firms and ongoing benefits of our innovative platforming approach.
 
Our growth strategy
 
Key elements of our growth strategy include:
 
Deepen and grow our client base.  We seek to deepen and broaden our existing client relationships and grow our client base. Our global account management and service delivery teams focus on expanding existing client relationships and converting new engagements to long-term relationships. We intend to leverage our executive-level relationships and preferred vendor status with many of our clients to extend our service offerings across those enterprises. For example, in March 2007, BT entered into a five-year IT services agreement with us and also purchased, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, 2,875,869 shares of our common stock. We also have a dedicated business development team focused on generating engagements with new clients. Our software company clients provide an additional channel for establishing new client relationships. We plan to expand our domestic and international presence, either directly or through strategic alliances, to pursue new market opportunities.
 
Expand our service offerings.  We seek to create new and innovative service offerings by analyzing emerging technologies and industry trends and changing client needs. Our industry solution teams work closely with our marketing group, industry and technology practice groups


67


Table of Contents

and research and development teams to develop new, highly-differentiated services. We then test and refine these new services based on feedback from our clients, strategic alliances and industry analysts.
 
Deepen and expand our industry expertise.  We seek to deepen our existing industry expertise and develop expertise in new vertically-oriented industries. Our experience in the communications and technology, BFSI and media and information services industries has enabled us to deliver increased value to our clients in these sectors. We also plan to extend our domain expertise to adjacent industries, where we can directly leverage existing in-house skills, experience and client relationships. We also may make acquisitions to deepen or expand our industry expertise.
 
Strengthen our brand.  We seek to enhance our profile and brand equity to help us acquire new clients, enhance our existing client relationships and attract and retain talented team members. We believe our platforming approach to IT services positions us as a thought leader with clients and enables us to attract and retain talented team members. We promote our brand through a range of marketing and communications activities.
 
Develop new strategic alliances.  We seek to strengthen our existing strategic alliances and build new ones. We intend to leverage our strategic alliances with software companies to win new clients, extend our services to existing clients and enter new geographic or industry markets. Some of these alliances are with software companies who are our clients. We believe these alliances provide us with an opportunity to access new markets and new clients. In addition, our strategic alliances with software companies allow us to share sales leads, develop joint account plans and engage in joint marketing activities. We believe that some of these alliances with software company clients enable us to compete more effectively for the technology implementation and support services required by our clients’ customers.
 
Services
 
We provide a broad range of IT consulting, technology implementation and application outsourcing services to our clients, either individually or as part of an end-to-end solution.
 
IT consulting services
 
We provide IT consulting services to assist our clients with their continually-changing IT environments. Our goal is to help them to continually improve the effectiveness and efficiency of their IT application environments by adopting and evolving towards re-useable software platforms. We help clients analyze business and/or technology problems and identify and design platform-based solutions. We also assist our clients in planning their IT initiatives and transition plans.


68


Table of Contents

 
Our IT consulting services include the following assessment and planning, architecture and design and governance-related services:
 
             
  Assessment
           
and planning services     Architecture and design services     Governance-related services
  •  application inventory and portfolio assessment
 
•  business/technology alignment analysis
 
•  IT strategic planning
 
•  quality assurance process consulting
   

•  enterprise architecture analysis
•  technology roadmaps
•  product evaluation and selection
•  business process analysis and design
   

•  program governance and change management
•  program management office planning
•  IT process/methodology consulting
             
 
During our consulting engagements, we often leverage proprietary frameworks and tools to differentiate our services and to accelerate delivery. Examples of these frameworks and tools include our Strategic Enterprise Information Roadmap framework and our Business Process Visualization tools. We believe that our consulting services are also differentiated in that we are typically able to leverage our global delivery model for our engagements. Our onsite teams work directly with our clients to understand and analyze the current-state problems and to design the conceptual solutions. Our offshore teams work seamlessly with our onsite teams to design and expand the conceptual solution, research alternatives, perform detailed analyses, develop prototypes and proofs-of-concept and produce detailed reports. We believe that this approach reduces cost, allows us to explore more alternatives in the same amount of time and improves the quality of our deliverables.
 
Technology implementation services
 
Our technology implementation services involve building, testing and deploying IT applications, and consolidating and rationalizing our clients’ existing IT applications and IT environments into platforms.
 
Our technology implementation services include the following development, legacy asset management, data warehousing and testing services:
 
                   
            Data
     
Development services     Legacy asset management services     warehousing services     Testing services
• application development

• package implementation and integration

• software product engineering

• Business Process Management implementations
   

•  systems consolidation and rationalization
•  technology migration and porting
•  web-enablement of legacy applications
   

•  data management and transformation
•  business intelligence, reporting and decision support
   

•  testing frameworks
•  automation of test data and cases
•  test cycle execution
                   
 
Our technology implementation services are typically characterized by short delivery cycles, stringent service levels and evolving requirements. We have incorporated rapid, iterative development techniques into our approach, extensively employing prototyping, solution


69


Table of Contents

demonstration labs and other collaboration tools that enable us to work closely with our clients to understand and adapt to their changing business needs. As a result, we are able to develop and deploy applications quickly, often within solution delivery cycles of less than three months. We provide technology implementation services across Microsoft- and Java-based, client-server and mainframe technologies.
 
Application outsourcing services
 
We provide a broad set of application outsourcing services that enable us to provide comprehensive support for our clients’ software applications and platforms. We endeavor to continually improve the applications under our management and to evolve our clients’ IT applications into leverageable platforms.
 
Our application outsourcing services include the following application and platform management, infrastructure management and quality assurance management services:
 
             
Application and platform
    Infrastructure
    Quality assurance
management services     management services     management services
•  production support
•  maintenance and enhancement of custom-built and package-based applications
•  ongoing software engineering services for software companies
   

•  systems administration

•  database administration
•  monitoring
   

•  outsourcing of quality assurance planning
•  preparation of test cases, scripts and data
•  execution of test cases, scripts and data
             
 
We believe that our application outsourcing services are differentiated because they are based on the principle of migrating installed applications to flexible platforms that can sustain further growth and business change. We do this by:
 
•  developing a roadmap for the evolution of applications into platforms
 
•  establishing an ongoing planning and governance process for managing change
 
•  analyzing applications for common patterns and service
 
•  identifying application components that can be extended or enhanced as core components
 
•  integrating new functions, features and technologies into the target architecture
 
Platforming approach
 
Our platforming approach is embodied in a set of proprietary processes, tools and frameworks that addresses the fundamental challenges confronting IT executives. These challenges include the rising costs of technology ownership and the need to accelerate time-to-market, improve service and enhance productivity. With IT spending increasing at a modest rate, business and technology executives face the challenge of doing more with limited budget increases.
 
Our platforming approach draws from analogs in industries that standardize on platforms composed of common components and assemblies used across multiple product lines. Similarly, we work with our clients to evolve their diverse software assets into unified, rationalized software platforms. Our platforming approach leads to simplified and standardized software


70


Table of Contents

components and assemblies that work together harmoniously and readily adapt to support new business applications. For example, a software platform for trading, once developed within an investment bank, can be the foundation for the bank’s diverse trading applications in equities, bonds and currencies. Our platforming approach stands in contrast to traditional enterprise application development projects, where different applications remain separate and isolated from each other, replicating business logic, technology frameworks and enterprise data.
 
At the center of our platforming approach is a five-level maturity framework, illustrated below, that allows us to adapt our service offerings to meet our clients’ unique needs. At lower levels of maturity, few assets are created and reused; consequently, agility, total cost of ownership and ability to quickly meet client needs are sub-optimal. As organizations mature along this continuum, substantial intellectual property is created and embodied in software platforms that enable steady gains in agility, reduce overall cost of ownership and accelerate time-to-market.
 
Platforming services
 
(GRAPH)
 
Level 1 represents traditional applications where every line of code is embedded and unique to the application and every application is monolithic. Level 2 applications are less monolithic and more flexible and demonstrate characteristics such as configurability and customizability. Level 3 are advanced applications where the common code components and software assets are


71


Table of Contents

leveraged across multiple application families and product lines. Level 4 applications are framework-driven where the core business logic is reused with appropriate custom logic built around them. At the highest level of maturity are Level 5 applications, where platforms are greatly leveraged to simplify and accelerate application development and maintenance.
 
Our platforming approach improves software quality and IT productivity. Software assets within platforms are reused across applications, their robustness and quality improves with time and our clients are able to develop software with fewer defects. A library of ready-made building blocks significantly enhances productivity and reduces software development risks compared to traditional methods. This establishes a cycle of continual improvement: the more an enterprise embraces platform-based solutions, the better the quality of its applications and the less the effort required to build, enhance and maintain them.
 
Global delivery model
 
We have developed an enhanced global delivery model that allows us to provide innovative IT services to our clients in a flexible, cost-effective and timely manner. Our model leverages an efficient onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix and our proprietary Global Innovation Process, or GIP, to manage and accelerate delivery, foster innovation and promote continual improvement.
 
Efficient onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix
 
We manage to a highly-efficient 20/80 onsite-to-offshore service delivery mix, which allows us to cost-effectively deliver value-added services and rapidly respond to changes in resources and requirements. During the past three fiscal years, we performed more than 80% of our total billable hours at our offshore global delivery centers. Using our global delivery model, we generally maintain onsite teams at our clients’ locations and offshore teams at one or more of our global delivery centers. Our onsite teams are generally composed of program and project managers, industry experts and senior business and technical consultants. Our offshore teams are generally composed of project managers, technical architects, business analysts and technical consultants. These teams are typically linked together through common processes and collaboration tools and a communications infrastructure that features secure, redundant paths enabling seamless global collaboration. Our global delivery model enables us to provide around-the-clock, world-class execution capabilities that span multiple time zones.
 
Global Innovation Process
 
Our enhanced global delivery model is built around our proprietary Global Innovation Process. GIP is a software lifecycle methodology that combines our decade-long experience building platform-based solutions for global clients with leading industry standards such as Rational Unified Process, eXtreme Programming, Capability Maturity Model and Product Line Engineering. By leveraging GIP templates, tools and artifacts across diverse disciplines such as requirements management, architecture, design, construction, testing, application outsourcing and production support, each team member is able to take advantage of tried and tested software engineering and platforming best practices and extend these benefits to clients.
 
We have adapted and incorporated modern techniques designed to accelerate the speed of development into GIP, including rapid prototyping, agile development and eXtreme


72


Table of Contents

Programming. During the initial process-tailoring phase of an engagement, we work with the client to define the specific approach and tools that will be used for the engagement. This process-tailoring takes into consideration the client’s business objectives, technology environment and currently-established development approach. We believe our innovative approach to adapting proven techniques into a custom process has been an important differentiator. For example, a large high-tech manufacturer engaged us to use our process-tailoring approach to design a common, standards-based development process for use by its own product development teams.
 
The backbone of GIP is our global delivery operations infrastructure. This infrastructure combines enabling tools and specialized teams that assist our project teams with important enabling services such as workforce planning, knowledge management, integrated process and program management and operational reporting and analysis.
 
Innovation and continual improvement
 
Two important aspects of our global delivery model are innovation and continual improvement. A dedicated process group provides three important functions: they continually monitor, test and incorporate new approaches, techniques, tools and frameworks into GIP; they advise project teams, particularly during the process-tailoring phase; and they monitor and audit projects to ensure compliance. New and innovative ideas and approaches are broadly shared throughout the organization, selectively incorporated into GIP and deployed through training. Clients also contribute to innovation and improvement as their ideas and experiences are incorporated into our body of knowledge. We also seek regular informal and formal client feedback. Our global leadership and executive team regularly interact with client leadership and each client is typically given a formal feedback survey on a quarterly basis. Client feedback is qualitatively and quantitatively analyzed and forms an important component of our teams’ performance assessments and our continual improvement plans.
 
Sales and marketing
 
Our global sales, marketing and business development teams seek to develop strong relationships with managers and executives at prospective and existing clients to establish long-term business relationships that continue to grow in size and strategic value. As of December 31, 2006, we had 64 sales, marketing and business development professionals, including sales managers, sales representatives, account managers, telemarketers, sales support personnel and marketing professionals.
 
The sales cycle for our services often includes initiating contact with a prospective client, understanding the prospective client’s business challenges and opportunities, performing discovery or assessment activities, submitting proposals, providing client case studies and references and developing proofs-of-concept or solution prototypes. We organize our sales teams by business unit with professionals who have specialized industry knowledge. This industry focus enables our sales teams to better understand the prospective client’s business and technology needs and to offer appropriate industry-focused solutions.
 
Sales and sales support.  Our sales and sales support teams focus primarily on identifying, targeting and building relationships with prospective clients. These teams are supported in their efforts by industry specialists, technology consultants and solution architects, who work


73


Table of Contents

together to design client-specific solution proposals. Our sales and sales support teams are based in offices throughout India, Sri Lanka, the United Kingdom and the United States.
 
Account management.  We assign experienced account managers who build and regularly update detailed account development plans for each of our clients. These managers are responsible for developing strong working relationships across the client organization, working day-to-day with the client and our service delivery teams to understand and address the client’s needs. Our account managers work closely with our clients to develop a detailed understanding of their business objectives and technology environments. We use this knowledge to identify and target additional consulting engagements and other outsourcing opportunities.
 
Marketing.  We maintain a marketing presence in India, Sri Lanka, the United Kingdom and the United States. Our marketing team seeks to build our brand awareness and generate target lists and sales leads through industry events, press releases, thought leadership publications, direct marketing campaigns and referrals from clients, strategic alliances and industry analysts. The marketing team maintains frequent contact with industry analysts and experts to understand market trends and dynamics.
 
Strategic alliances.  We have strategic alliances with software companies, some of which are also our clients, to provide services to their customers. We believe these alliances differentiate us from our competition. Our extensive engineering, quality assurance and technology implementation and support services to software companies enable us to compete more effectively for the technology implementation and support services required by their customers. In addition, our strategic alliances with software companies allow us to share sales leads, develop joint account plans and engage in joint marketing activities.
 
Clients and industry expertise
 
We market and provide our services primarily to companies in North America and the United Kingdom. A majority of our revenue for fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 was generated from Forbes Global 2000 firms or their subsidiaries. We believe that our regular, direct interaction with senior executives at these clients, the breadth of our client relationships and our reputation within these clients as a thought leader differentiates us from our competitors. The strength of our relationships has resulted in significant recurring revenue from existing clients. In the 12 months ended December 31, 2006, 58% of our revenue came from clients who spent more than $5 million and 82% came from clients who spent more than $2 million.
 
We focus primarily on three industries: communications and technology, BFSI and media and information. We build expertise in these industries through our customer experience and industry alliances, by hiring industry specialists and by training our business analysts and other team members in industry-specific topics. Drawing on this expertise, we strive to develop industry-specific perspectives and services.
 
Communications and technology
 
For our communications clients, we focus on customer service, sales and billing functions and regulatory compliance and help them improve service levels, shorten time-to-market and modernize their IT environments. For our technology clients, which include hardware manufacturers and software companies, we provide a wide range of industry-specific service offerings, including product management services; product architecture, engineering and quality assurance services; and professional services to support product implementation and


74


Table of Contents

integration. These clients often employ cutting-edge technology and generally require strong technical skills and a deep understanding of the software product lifecycle. Our communications and technology clients include: British Telecommunications plc, Cisco Systems, Inc., International Business Machines Corporation, iMany, Inc., OpenPages, Inc., Oracle USA, Inc. and Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc.
 
Illustrative engagements with communications and technology clients include:
 
•  outsourcing of product catalog, sales, sales support, order management and trouble ticketing applications used to manage large customers, including ongoing support, delivery of new functionality, re-architecting and program management of new releases
 
•  design, development, iterative release and management of a web-based self-service portal through which all services are delivered to competitive service providers
 
•  strategy, planning and validation for the separation of numerous applications under a restructuring program
 
•  development and management of an automated messaging platform that reduces customer service costs and increases responsiveness to the client’s retail customers
 
•  outsourcing of ongoing product development and quality assurance for numerous software product vendors
 
•  development and management of a flexible-capacity solutions center that provides rapid turnaround and global support for IT projects, priced and performed on a utility basis
 
We have worked with BT, one of the world’s leading providers of communications solutions and services, as a client since November 2004, providing IT consulting, implementation and outsourcing services. In March 2007, we entered into a five-year IT services agreement with BT that is premised upon BT making minimum aggregate expenditures over the term of the agreement of approximately $200 million. In the event that BT fails to meet any of the annual minimum expenditure targets, BT will lose any discounts under the agreement for the applicable annual period. In such event, BT is also obligated to pay an increasing percentage of any expenditure shortfall to us as liquidated damages. BT is entitled to increasing discounts for expenditures above the annual minimum expenditure targets. As part of this IT services agreement, we are now eligible to bid on work across all divisions within BT.
 
Banking, financial services and insurance, or BFSI
 
We provide services to clients in the retail, wholesale and investment banking areas; financial transaction processors; and insurance companies encompassing life, property-and-casualty and health insurance. For our BFSI clients, we have developed industry-specific services for each of these sectors, such as an account opening framework for banks, compliance services for financial institutions and customer self-service solutions for insurance companies. The need to rationalize and consolidate legacy applications is pervasive across these industries and we have tailored our platforming approach to address these challenges. Our BFSI clients include: Aetna Life Insurance Company, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Citistreet LLC, ING North America Insurance Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Metavante Corporation and Pegasystems Inc.


75


Table of Contents

 
Illustrative engagements with BFSI clients include:
 
•  development of an IT strategy and roadmap for upgrading plan administration engines, including a multi-year roadmap, resource plan and cost-benefit analysis to consolidate numerous redundant interfaces and peripheral applications into a common platform
 
•  design and development of an online enrollment platform for retirement services participants
 
•  building and operating a Linux migration “factory” and migrating a suite of brokerage applications
 
•  software quality assurance outsourcing for health insurance sales, rating, quoting and channel management applications
 
•  development and ongoing support for a retail and commercial banking platform used by mid-tier banks in both service bureau and licensed models
 
•  application outsourcing for distributed retirement services applications
 
Media and information
 
For our media and information clients, we focus primarily on solutions involving electronic publishing, online learning, content management, information workflow and mobile content delivery as well as personalization, search technology and digital rights management. Many media and information providers are focused on building common platforms that provide customized content from multiple sources, customized and delivered to many consumers using numerous delivery mechanisms. We believe our platforming approach is ideally suited to these opportunities. Our media and information clients include: Aprimo Incorporated, eCollege.com, Iron Mountain Information Management, Inc., Skillsoft Corporation, Thomson Healthcare Inc., Publishing Technology plc and Vignette Corporation.
 
Illustrative engagements with media and information clients include:
 
•  implementation of an enterprise marketing management information platform at more than 20 companies
 
•  development and support of an e-learning platform used by colleges and universities
 
•  consolidation of a collection of online products that provide patent, literature and business information to the scientific community into a unified product with a common platform, using open-source technologies
 
•  re-platforming of a legacy suite of applications used by publishers to manage customer care, distribution, e-commerce, product information, fulfillment and rights and royalties
 
•  consolidation of five authentication and entitlement subsystems, used by more than 750,000 health care practitioners, into a unified system used to support access to a host of healthcare information services


76


Table of Contents

Competition
 
The IT services market in which we operate is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to shifting client needs and expectations. This market includes a large number of participants from a variety of market segments, including:
 
•  offshore IT outsourcing firms, such as Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, HCL Technologies Ltd., Infosys Technologies Limited, Patni Computer Systems Limited, Satyam Computer Services Limited, Tata Consultancy Services Limited, Tech Mahindra Limited and Wipro Limited
 
•  consulting and systems integration firms, such as Accenture Ltd., BearingPoint, Inc., Cap Gemini S.A., Computer Sciences Corporation, Deloitte Consulting LLP, Electronic Data Systems Corporation, IBM Global Services Consulting and Sapient Corporation
 
We also occasionally compete with in-house IT departments, smaller vertically-focused IT service providers and local IT service providers based in the geographic areas where we compete. We expect additional competition from offshore IT outsourcing firms in emerging locations such as Eastern Europe, Latin America and China, as well as offshore IT service providers with facilities in less expensive geographies within India.
 
We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include technical expertise and industry knowledge, a breadth of service offerings to provide one-stop solutions to clients, a well-developed recruiting, training and retention model, a responsiveness to clients’ business needs and quality of services. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors. Many of our competitors, however, have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources and a greater number of IT professionals than we do. As a result, many of these companies may respond more quickly to changes in client requirements. We cannot assure you that we will continue to compete favorably or that we will be successful in the face of increasing competition.
 
Human resources
 
We seek to maintain a culture of innovation by aligning and empowering our team members at all levels of our organization. Our success depends upon our ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly-skilled and multi-dimensional team members. Our people management strategy is based on six key components: recruiting, performance management, training and development, employee engagement and communication, compensation and retention.
 
Recruiting.  Our global recruiting and hiring process addresses our need for a large number of highly-skilled, talented team members. In all of our recruiting and hiring efforts, we employ a rigorous and efficient interview process. We also employ technical and psychometric tests for our IT professional recruiting efforts in India and Sri Lanka. These tests evaluate basic technical skills, problem-solving capabilities, attitude, leadership potential, desired career path and compatibility with our team-oriented, thought-leadership culture.
 
We recruit from leading technical schools in India and Sri Lanka through dedicated campus hiring programs. We maintain a visible position in these schools through a variety of specialized programs, including IT curriculum development, classroom teaching and award sponsorships. We also recruit and hire laterally from leading IT service companies and use employee referrals as a significant part of our recruitment process.


77


Table of Contents

 
Performance management.  We have a sophisticated performance assessment process that evaluates team members and enables us to tailor individual development programs. Through this process, we assess performance levels, along with each team member’s potential. We create and manage development plans, adjust compensation and promote team members based on these assessments.
 
Training and development.  We devote significant resources to train and integrate all new hires into our global team. We conduct a training program for all lateral hires that teaches them our culture and value system. We provide a comprehensive training program for our campus hires that combines classroom training with on-the-job learning and mentoring. We also engage a leading e-learning company to provide world-class leadership development to all our managers. We strive to continually measure and improve the effectiveness of our training and development programs based on team member feedback.
 
Employee engagement and communication.  We believe open communication is essential to our team-oriented culture. We maintain multiple communication forums, such as regular company-wide updates from senior management, complemented by team member sessions at the regional, local and account levels, as well as regular town hall sessions to provide team members a voice with management.
 
Compensation.  We consistently benchmark our compensation and benefits with relevant market data and make adjustments based on market trends and individual performance. Our compensation philosophy rewards performance by linking both variable compensation and salary increases to performance.
 
Retention.  To attract, retain and motivate our team members, we seek to provide an environment that rewards entrepreneurial initiative, thought leadership and performance. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, we experienced team member attrition at a rate of 16.1%, which included involuntary attrition. We define attrition as the ratio of the number of team members who have left us during a defined period to the total number of team members that were on our payroll at the end of the period. Our human resources team, working with our business units, proactively manages team member attrition by addressing many factors that improve retention, including:
 
•  providing team members with opportunities to handle challenging technical and organizational problems and learn our platforming approach
 
•  providing team members with clear career paths, rotation opportunities across clients and domains and opportunities to advance rapidly
 
•  providing team members opportunities to interact with our clients and help shape their IT strategy and solutioning
 
•  creating a strong peer group work environment that pushes our team members to succeed
 
•  creating a climate where there is a free exchange of ideas cutting across organizational hierarchy
 
•  creating a family-oriented work environment that is fun and engaging
 
•  recognizing team performance through highly-visible team recognition awards
 
As of December 31, 2006, we had 3,382 team members worldwide.


78


Table of Contents

 
Facilities
 
Our principal executive offices are located in Westborough, Massachusetts, where we lease approximately 30,000 square feet. We also have sales and business development offices located in Reading and Watford in the United Kingdom.
 
We have global delivery centers located in Hyderabad and Chennai, India and Colombo, Sri Lanka. We lease space at four facilities in Hyderabad, India, totaling approximately 167,000 square feet, and at two facilities in Chennai, India, totaling approximately 103,000 square feet. In Colombo, Sri Lanka, we lease space at five facilities totaling approximately 105,000 square feet. Our leases vary in duration and term, have varying renewable terms and have expiration dates extending from 2007 to 2011. In addition, in March 2007, we entered into a 99-year lease of approximately 6.3 acres of land in Hyderabad, India for the purpose of building a new campus.
 
We believe that our existing and planned facilities are adequate to support our existing operations and that, as needed, we will be able to obtain suitable additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.
 
Network and infrastructure
 
Our global IT infrastructure is designed to provide uninterrupted service to our clients. We utilize a secure, high-performance communications network to enable our clients’ systems to connect seamlessly to each of our offshore global delivery centers. We provide flexibility for our clients to operate their engagements from any of our offshore global delivery centers by using mainstream network topologies, including site-to-site Virtual Private Networks, International Private Leased Circuits and MultiProtocol Label Switching. We also provide videoconferencing, voice conferencing and Voice over Internet Protocol, capabilities to our global delivery teams and clients to enable clear and uninterrupted communication in our engagements, be it intra-company or with our clients.
 
We monitor our network performance on a 24x7 basis to ensure high levels of network availability and periodically upgrade our network to enhance and optimize network efficiency across all operating locations. We use leased telecommunication lines to provide redundant data and voice communication with our clients’ facilities and among all of our facilities in Asia, the United States and the United Kingdom. We also maintain multiple sites across our global delivery centers in India and Sri Lanka as back-up centers to provide for continuity of infrastructure and resources in the case of natural disasters or other events that may cause a business interruption.
 
We have also implemented numerous security measures in our network to protect our and our clients’ data, including multiple layers of anti-virus solutions, network intrusion detection, host intrusions detection and information monitoring. We are ISO 27001 certified and believe that we meet all of our clients’ stringent security requirements for ongoing business with them.
 
Intellectual property
 
We believe that our continued success depends in part on the skills of our team members, the ability of our team members to continue to innovate and our intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and design laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary


79


Table of Contents

methodologies. It is our policy to enter into confidentiality agreements with our team members and consultants and we generally control access to and distribution of our proprietary information. These agreements generally provide that any confidential or proprietary information developed by us or on our behalf be kept confidential. We pursue the registration of certain of our trademarks and service marks in the United States and other countries. We have registered the mark “Virtusa” in the United States, the European Community and India and have filed for registration of “Virtusa” in Sri Lanka. We also have a registered service mark in the United States, “Productization,” which we use to describe our methodology and approach to delivery services. We have no issued patents.
 
Our business also involves the development of IT applications and other technology deliverables for our clients. Our clients usually own the intellectual property in the software applications we develop for them. We generally implement safeguards designed to protect our clients’ intellectual property in accordance with their needs and specifications. Our means of protecting our and our clients’ proprietary rights, however, may not be adequate. Despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent or deter infringement or other unauthorized use of our and our clients’ intellectual property. Legal protections afford only limited protection for intellectual property rights and the laws of India and Sri Lanka do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as those in the United States and the United Kingdom. Time-consuming and expensive litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce these intellectual property rights.
 
In addition, we cannot assure you that our intellectual property or the intellectual property that we develop for our clients does not infringe the intellectual property rights of others, or will not in the future. If we become liable to third parties for infringing upon their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay substantial damage awards and be forced to develop non-infringing technology, obtain licenses or cease delivery of the applications that contain the infringing technology.
 
Legal proceedings
 
We are not a party to any pending litigation or other legal proceedings that are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, operations or financial condition.


80


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
Executive officers and directors
 
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of March 31, 2007:
 
         
Name   Age   Position
 
Kris Canekeratne
  41   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Danford F. Smith
  46   President and Chief Operating Officer
and Director
Thomas R. Holler
  44   Executive Vice President of Finance and
Chief Financial Officer
Roger Keith Modder
  42   Executive Vice President and Managing Director—Asian Operations
T.N. Hari
  41   Senior Vice President and Global Head of
Human Resources
Robert E. Davoli(2)
  58   Director
Andrew P. Goldfarb(2)
  39   Director
Izhar Armony(3)
  43   Director
Ronald T. Maheu(1)(3)
  64   Director
Martin Trust(1)(2)
  72   Director
Rowland T. Moriarty(1)(3)
  60   Director
 
 
 
(1) Member of the audit committee
 
(2) Member of the compensation committee
 
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee
 
Krishan A. Canekeratne , one of our co-founders, has served as chairman of our board of directors from our inception and chief executive officer from 1996 to 1997 and from 2000 to the present. In 1997, Mr. Canekeratne co-founded eDocs, Inc., a provider of electronic account management and customer care, later acquired by Oracle Corporation. In 1989, Mr. Canekeratne was one of the founding team members of INSCI Corporation, a supplier of digital document repositories and integrated output management products and services and served as its senior vice president from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Canekeratne obtained his B.S. in Computer Science from Syracuse University.
 
Danford F. Smith has served as our president and chief operating officer and a member of our board of directors since joining us in September 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Smith worked for Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, a consulting services company, where he held roles of increasing responsibility since 1998, most recently as general manager from 2002 to 2004. Mr. Smith was a partner at CSC Consulting from 1990 to 1998. Mr. Smith earned his B.A. in Political Science from Williams College and his M.B.A. from Rutgers University.
 
Thomas R. Holler serves as our executive vice president of finance and chief financial officer and has been responsible for our finance, legal and administration functions since joining us in 2001. Before joining us, from 1996 to 2001, Mr. Holler was chief financial officer and vice president of


81


Table of Contents

finance at Cerulean Technology, Inc., a global supplier of wireless mobile applications and services, which was later acquired by Aether Systems Inc. Mr. Holler earned his B.S. in Business Administration from Wayne State University and his M.B.A. from Northeastern University.
 
Roger Keith Modder has been our managing director, Asian operations, since 2001. Mr. Modder also was a member of our board of directors from April 2004 to October 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Modder worked for the John Keells Group where he held managing director positions for two IT solutions companies in the John Keells Group. Mr. Modder is a member of the board of directors of the Lanka Software Foundation and has been a member of the ICT Advisory Committee of the Sri Lanka Export Development Board.
 
Hari Thokalahalli Narasimha (T.N. Hari) joined us in March 2006 and serves as our senior vice president and global head of human resources since March 2006. Prior to joining us, from October 2002 to March 2006, Mr. Hari held various positions at IBM-Daksh, a BPO company in India, including the position vice president strategic human resources from April 2005 to March 2006. Prior to IBM-Daksh, from 1988 to September 2002, Mr. Hari held various positions at Tata Steel, including as head of human resources (new initiatives) from 2000 to September 2002. Mr. Hari has a Bachelor’s Degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Chennai, India and a Post Graduate Diploma in Management from the Indian Institute of Management, Kolkata, India.
 
Robert E. Davoli has been a member of our board of directors since 2000. Mr. Davoli has been managing director of Sigma Partners, a venture capital investment firm, since November 1995. From February 1993 to September 1994, Mr. Davoli was president and chief executive officer of Epoch Systems, Inc., a vendor of client-server data management software products. From 1990 to 1992, Mr. Davoli served as an executive officer of Sybase, Inc. (which acquired SQL Solutions). In 1985, Mr. Davoli founded SQL Solutions, a purveyor of services and tools for the relational database market where he was president and chief executive officer from 1985 to 1990. Mr. Davoli holds a B.A. in History from Ricker College and studied Computer Science at Northeastern University for two years.
 
Andrew P. Goldfarb has been a member of our board of directors since 2001. Mr. Goldfarb is co-founder and executive managing director of Globespan Capital Partners, a global venture capital firm investing in IT companies since 2003. Prior to Globespan Capital Partners, Mr. Goldfarb was senior managing director of JAFCO Ventures, where he established the Boston office in 1997. Prior to JAFCO, Mr. Goldfarb worked at Kikkoman Corporation in Tokyo. Mr. Goldfarb also sits on the board of several private companies. Mr. Goldfarb received an A.B. in East Asian Studies and Economics, magna cum laude, from Harvard College and received an M.B.A., with distinction, from Harvard Business School.
 
Izhar Armony has been a member of our board of directors since April 2004. Mr. Armony has been a partner at Charles River Ventures, a venture capital investment firm, since 1997. Mr. Armony is also a member of the Advisory Board of the Invention Science Fund. Prior to joining Charles River Ventures, Mr. Armony was with Onyx Interactive, an interactive training company based in Tel Aviv where he served as vice president of marketing and business development. Mr. Armony also served as an officer in the Israeli Army. Mr. Armony received an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Business and an M.A. in Cognitive Psychology from the University of Tel Aviv in Israel.


82


Table of Contents

 
Ronald T. Maheu has been a member of our board of directors since April 2004. Mr. Maheu retired in July 2002 from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Maheu was a senior partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP from 1998 to July 2002. Mr. Maheu was a founding member of Coopers & Lybrand’s board of partners. Following the merger of Price Waterhouse and Coopers & Lybrand in 1998, Mr. Maheu served on both the United States and global boards of partners and principals of PricewaterhouseCoopers until 2001. Mr. Maheu currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Wright Express Corporation and CRA International, Inc.
 
Martin Trust has been a member of our board of directors since October 2004. Mr. Trust is chief executive officer of Samtex (USA), Inc., a holding company engaged in the production of apparel and textile products, a position he has held since October 2003. Mr. Trust was senior advisor to Limited Brands, a retailer of apparel and personal care products, from 2001 to October 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Trust served as president and chief executive officer of Mast Industries, Inc., a contract manufacturer, importer and wholesaler of women’s apparel and wholly-owned subsidiary of Limited Brands, from 1970 to 2001. Mr. Trust has served in the capacity of cleared advisor to the United States Department of Commerce with regard to textile trade issues. Mr. Trust has been a member of the board of directors of Staples, Inc. since 1987 and currently serves as its lead director.
 
Rowland T. Moriarty has been a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Mr. Moriarty is currently chairman of the board of directors of CRA International, Inc., a worldwide economic and business consulting firm. Mr. Moriarty also serves as a member of the board of directors of Wright Express Corporation and Staples, Inc. Mr. Moriarty has been the president and chief executive officer of Cubex Corporation, a privately-held consulting company, since 1981. From 1981 to 1992, Mr. Moriarty was Professor of Business Administration at Harvard Business School. He received a D.B.A. from Harvard University, an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Business and a B.A. from Rutgers University.
 
Mr. Canekeratne, our chief executive officer, is married to Tushara Canekeratne, a co-founder and our former executive vice president, technical operations. Ms. Canekeratne resigned from our company in April 2006.
 
Board composition
 
We currently have eight directors, each of whom was elected pursuant to the board composition provisions of our stockholders agreement and our certificate of incorporation. These board composition provisions will terminate upon the closing of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earliest of their resignation, death or removal.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with members of each class of directors serving for staggered three-year terms. Our board of directors will consist of the following:
 
•  two class I directors (Messrs. Davoli and Goldfarb), whose initial terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2008
 
•  three class II directors (Messrs. Armony, Trust and Moriarty) whose initial terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2009
 
•  three class III directors (Messrs. Canekeratne, Smith and Maheu), whose initial terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders held in 2010


83


Table of Contents

Our classified board of directors could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us.
 
Six of our current directors, Messrs. Armony, Davoli, Goldfarb, Maheu, Moriarty and Trust, are independent directors as defined in applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules. There are no familial relationships among the members of our board of directors or our executive officers.
 
Board committees
 
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates pursuant to a charter adopted by our board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the NASDAQ Stock Market and the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations.
 
Audit committee. Messrs. Maheu, Moriarty and Trust currently serve on the audit committee, which is chaired by Mr. Maheu. Each member of the audit committee is “independent” as that term is defined in the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules. Our board of directors has determined that each audit committee member has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated Mr. Maheu as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:
 
•  appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm
 
•  pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm
 
•  reviewing the overall audit plan with the independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements
 
•  reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us
 
•  coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting
 
•  establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns
 
•  recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K
 
•  preparing the audit committee report required by Securities and Exchange Commission rules to be included in our annual proxy statement


84


Table of Contents

•  reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions
 
•  reviewing quarterly earnings releases and scripts
 
Compensation committee. Messrs. Davoli, Goldfarb and Trust currently serve on the compensation committee, which is chaired by Mr. Trust. Each member of the compensation committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:
 
•  annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer
 
•  evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our chief executive officer
 
•  reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers
 
•  reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy
 
•  overseeing and administering our compensation, welfare, benefit and pension and similar plans
 
•  reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards
 
•  reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to director compensation
 
•  reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K
 
Nominating and corporate governance committee. Messrs. Armony, Maheu and Moriarty currently serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which is chaired by Mr. Moriarty. Each member of the compensation committee is “independent” as defined in applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:
 
•  developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership
 
•  establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders
 
•  reviewing the size and composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us
 
•  identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors
 
•  recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees
 
•  developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines


85


Table of Contents

•  developing a mechanism by which violations of the code of business conduct and ethics can be reported in a confidential manner
 
•  overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management
 
Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation
 
Mr. Canekeratne was a member of the compensation committee during our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 and resigned from the compensation committee in May 2006. Mr. Canekeratne’s wife, Tushara Canekeratne, was employed by us as executive vice president, technical operations during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007. Ms. Canekeratne resigned in April 2006 to pursue other endeavors.
 
None of our executive officers currently serve as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
 
Corporate governance
 
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.virtusa.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website.


86


Table of Contents

 
Compensation
 
Compensation discussion and analysis
 
Overview
 
We believe that the compensation of our executive officers should focus executive behavior on the achievement of near-term corporate targets as well as long-term business objectives and strategies. We place significant emphasis on pay-for-performance compensation programs, which reward our executives when we achieve certain financial and business goals and create stockholder value. We use a combination of base salary, annual cash incentive compensation programs, a long-term equity incentive compensation program and a broad based benefits program to create a competitive compensation package for our executive management team. We describe below our compensation philosophy, policies and practices with respect to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and our other executive officers, who are collectively referred to as our named executive officers.
 
Administration and objectives of our executive compensation program
 
Our compensation committee is responsible for establishing and administering our policies governing the compensation for our executive officers, including executive officer salaries, bonuses and equity incentive compensation. Until May 2006, our chief executive officer served on our compensation committee and played a significant role in the determination of base salary, signing or retention bonuses, variable compensation and other forms of cash and equity-based compensation to be paid to our executive officers (other than his own). We restructured our compensation committee in May 2006 to be composed entirely of independent directors.
 
Our compensation committee has designed our overall executive compensation program to achieve the following objectives:
 
•  attract and retain talented and experienced executives
 
•  motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success
 
•  provide a competitive compensation package that aligns the interests of our executive officers and stockholders by including a significant variable component which is weighted heavily toward performance-based rewards, based upon achievement of certain measurable operating results such as revenue and operating profit margin
 
•  ensure fairness among the executive management team by recognizing the contributions each executive makes to our success
 
•  foster a shared commitment among executives by aligning the company’s and their individual goals
 
•  compensate our executives to manage our business to meet our near-term and long-term objectives
 
We use a mix of short-term compensation (base salaries and cash incentive bonuses) and long-term compensation (equity incentive compensation) to provide a total compensation structure that is designed to achieve these objectives. We determine the percentage mix of compensation


87


Table of Contents

structures that we think is appropriate for each of our executive officers. In general, the compensation committee believes that a substantial percentage of the compensation of our executive officers should be performance-based. The compensation committee uses its judgment and experience and the recommendations of the chief executive officer (except for his own compensation) to determine the appropriate mix of compensation for each individual. In addition, beginning in 2007, our compensation committee retained Hewitt Associates, a human resources consulting firm, to assist the committee in developing our overall executive and director compensation program.
 
In determining whether to adjust the compensation of any one of our executive officers, including our named executive officers, we annually take into account the changes, if any, in the following:
 
•  market compensation levels
 
•  the contributions made by each executive officer
 
•  the performance of each executive officer
 
•  the increases or decreases in responsibilities and roles of each executive officer
 
•  the business needs for each executive officer
 
•  the relevance of each executive officer’s experience to other potential employers
 
•  the readiness of each executive officer to assume a more significant role within the organization
 
In addition, with respect to new executive officers, we take into account their prior base salary and annual incentive awards, their expected contribution and our business needs. We believe that our executive officers should be fairly compensated each year relative to market pay levels within our industry and that there should also be internal equity among our executive officers.
 
Executive compensation components
 
Our executive compensation program is primarily composed of base salary, annual incentive cash compensation payable on a semi-annual and annual basis and equity compensation. In addition, we provide our executives with benefits that are generally available to our salaried employees, including medical, dental, vision, group life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance and our 401(k) plan. Prior to April 2007, we had employment agreements with Messrs. Canekeratne, Smith, Modder and Holler which set forth their respective salaries, bonuses and, in certain cases, stock option awards and severance and change in control provisions. These agreements were each terminated in their entirety in April 2007 upon the execution by our executive officers of the executive agreements discussed below in the section entitled “Potential payments upon termination or change in control.”
 
Within the context of the overall objectives of our compensation programs, we determined the specific amounts of compensation to be paid to each of our executives for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 based on a number of factors, including:
 
•  our understanding of the amount of compensation generally paid by similarly situated companies to their executives with similar roles and responsibilities


88


Table of Contents

•  the roles and responsibilities of our executives
 
•  the individual experience and skills of, and expected contributions from, our executives
 
•  the amounts of compensation being paid to our other executives
 
•  our executives’ historical compensation at our company
 
•  the provisions of applicable employment agreements
 
We discuss each of the primary elements of our executive compensation in detail below. While we have identified particular compensation objectives that each element of executive compensation serves, our compensation programs complement each other and collectively serve all of our executive compensation objectives described above. Accordingly, whether or not specifically mentioned below, we believe that, as a part of our overall executive compensation, each element to a greater or lesser extent serves each of our objectives.
 
Base salary.   Our compensation committee annually reviews salary ranges and individual salaries for our executive officers. We have historically established base salaries for each of our executives based on many factors, including competition in the marketplace to hire and retain executives, experiences of our directors and leadership team with respect to salaries and compensation of executives in similarly situated companies in the IT industry and other similar industries, as well as additional factors which we believe enables us to hire and retain our leadership team in an extremely competitive environment. In March 2007, we also engaged Hewitt Associates to assist the compensation committee in conducting formal peer review analysis and developing our overall executive compensation program and philosophy for fiscal year 2008. Our compensation committee annually reviews salary ranges and individual salaries for our executive officers.
 
For our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, the compensation committee established annual base salaries for our chief executive officer, our president and chief operating officer, our chief financial officer, our managing director of Asian operations and our senior vice president and global head of human resources of $225,000, $250,000, $190,000, $132,000 and $110,000, respectively. Although we establish the annual base salary amounts in U.S. dollars for our managing director of Asian operations (based in Sri Lanka) and our senior vice president and global head of human resources (based in India), we pay these salaries in Sri Lankan and Indian rupees, respectively. Therefore the amounts we pay our Asia-based executives may vary slightly from the established base salary amount because of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates during the year.
 
The fiscal 2007 annual base salaries represent an average increase of approximately 5.5% over the 2006 fiscal year base salaries for the named executive officers. We believe that the base salaries paid to our executive officers during our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 achieve our executive compensation objectives and are competitive with those of similarly-situated companies.
 
Variable incentive cash compensation award program.   We have designed our variable incentive cash compensation award program, or VCCP, to reward our executive officers upon the achievement of certain annual and semi-annual revenue and operating profit margin goals, as approved in advance by our compensation committee and board of directors. Our VCCP emphasizes pay-for-performance and is intended to closely align executive compensation with achievement of certain operating results and an increase in stockholder value. The


89


Table of Contents

compensation committee communicates the bonus criteria to the named executive officers at the beginning of the fiscal year. The performance goals and bonus criteria established by the compensation committee under the VCCP are designed to require significant effort and operational success on the part of our executives and the company. We measure such bonus criteria against actual operating results on both a semi-annual and annual basis.
 
For the semi-annual component of our VCCP, our compensation committee establishes a factor, typically below 50%, against which the annual targeted variable compensation amount is multiplied. If we achieve our revenue and operating profit margin targets for the first two quarters of our fiscal year, with visibility to support achievement of the overall annual performance criteria, we pay our executives their applicable semi-annual bonuses. For the annual variable component of our VCCP, we again measure our actual annual revenue and operating profit margin against the annual bonus criteria. If achieved, we pay our executives their applicable annual bonuses, taking into account the remaining weighted factor for annual bonuses, typically over 50%. For our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, our compensation committee (with board of directors approval) set the semi-annual factor at 40% and the annual factor at 60%. We believe that the use of this weighting system allows us to compensate for interim performance, while placing a greater emphasis on the full-year results. In addition, for both the semi-annual and annual payouts, the VCCP provides for bonus adjustments of up to 110% and down to 75% of the target bonus payout, if, and to the extent, that our actual operating results are above the target bonus criteria or fall short of those criteria. Any semi-annual payouts are not subject to forfeiture or offset, regardless of whether the annual bonus criteria are achieved. All payouts under our VCCP, whether on a semi-annual or annual basis, are based on actual results of operations and must be approved by our compensation committee and board of directors.
 
Our VCCP represents a significant percentage of our executive officers’ base salaries and varies depending on the seniority and position of the executive officer, thus aligning our executives’ compensation to our performance and creation of stockholder value. For our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, the target bonuses under our VCCP for each of our named executive officers, as a percentage of base salary, were 77.8%, 80.0%, 31.6%, 32.6% and 18.2% for our chief executive officer, president and chief operating officer, chief financial officer, managing director of Asian operations and senior vice president and global head of human resources, respectively.


90


Table of Contents

 
The target bonuses and bonus criteria for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 may not be indicative of the targets established for future years as our revenue growth and operating profit margin goals are likely to be adjusted as we grow and our mix of compensation elements may vary after we become a public company.
 
Equity compensation.   We also use stock options and equity-based incentive programs to attract, retain, motivate and reward our executive officers. Through our equity-based grants, we seek to align the interests of our executive officers with our stockholders, reward and motivate both near-term and long-term executive performance and provide an incentive for retention. Our decisions regarding the amount and type of equity incentive compensation and relative weighting of these awards within total executive compensation have been based on our understanding of market practices of similarly-situated companies and our negotiations with our executives in connection with their initial employment or promotion.
 
To date, all grants of equity-based awards to our executive officers have been subject to approval first by the compensation committee and then by the board of directors at regularly scheduled meetings during the year. The date of grant and the fair market value of the award are based upon the date of the board meeting approving such grant. A number of factors are considered in determining the amount of equity incentive awards, if any, to grant to our executives, including:
 
•  the number of shares subject to, and exercise prices of, outstanding options, both vested and unvested, held by our executives
 
•  the vesting schedule of the unvested stock options held by our executives
 
•  the amount and percentage of our total equity on a diluted basis held by our executives
 
Equity compensation awards to our named executive officers primarily consists of stock option awards. Stock option awards provide our executive officers with the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a fixed exercise price typically for a period of up to 10 years, subject to continued employment with our company. Stock options are earned on the basis of continued service to us and generally vest over four years, beginning with 25% vesting one year after the date of grant, then pro-rata vesting quarterly thereafter.
 
In addition to stock option grants, our board of directors, upon approval and recommendation of our compensation committee, has also granted certain named executives immediately exercisable stock options which provide that the underlying shares of common stock will be subject to repurchase by us at the exercise price upon any termination event. The vesting of the shares underlying these option grants to our executive officers is the same as the vesting for stock option awards generally. Our compensation committee instituted this practice to facilitate the long-term tax planning of the executives involved.
 
Except as described below, all historical option grants were made at what our board of directors determined to be the fair market value of our shares of our common stock on the respective grant dates. In determining the fair market value, our board of directors used all available evidence at the time and also relied on the analysis and opinion of an independent third-party valuation firm, from whom we received quarterly valuation reports. In May 2003, we granted an option to purchase 122,206 shares of our common stock to Mr. Modder, one of our named executive officers located in Sri Lanka, at an exercise price of $0.10 per share, which was below the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. Additionally, in November 2005, our board of directors approved the repricing of Mr. Smith’s stock option award for


91


Table of Contents

2,500,000 shares from the original $2.20 per share price to $0.76 per share, the fair market value of our common stock at that time. We recognize stock-based compensation expense under SFAS 123R using the fair-value based method for all awards granted on or after the date of our adoption and these values have since been reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
 
On August 7, 2006, our board of directors granted a stock option to each of Messrs. Holler and Modder for the purchase of 75,000 shares of our common stock. On that same date, our board of directors granted Mr. Hari a stock option to purchase 220,000 shares of our common stock in connection with his hiring. We granted all of these stock options at an exercise price of $1.34 per share, the fair market value on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors based upon a contemporaneous valuation from a third-party valuation firm.
 
In April 2007, we adopted an equity award grant policy for 2007, effective as of the date of this prospectus, that formalizes how we grant equity awards by setting a regular schedule for grants, outlining grant approval requirements and specifying how awards are priced. Our equity award grant policy provides that grants of equity awards generally be made on an annual basis. The policy requires that all grants of equity awards be approved in advance by our compensation committee and granted on the third trading day after the next public release of financial results following such approval. All awards will be priced based on the closing sale price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on the date of grant.
 
Other benefits
 
We believe that establishing competitive benefit packages for our employees is an important factor in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel. Executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, such as medical, dental, vision, group life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance and our 401(k) plan, in each case on the same basis as other employees. We do not currently provide a matching contribution under our 401(k) plan. Moreover, with the exception of plans mandated by the governments of India and Sri Lanka, we do not offer retirement benefits. Consistent with our compensation philosophy, we intend to continue to maintain our current benefits and perquisites for our executive officers. The compensation committee in its discretion may revise, amend or add to the officer’s executive benefits and perquisites if it deems it advisable. From time to time historically, our company has made loans to certain members of our management team to assist them in the exercise of stock options and long-term tax planning, although we no longer engage in such practice. In May 2002, pursuant to a promissory note, we loaned Mr. Holler, our chief financial officer, $42,208 so that he could purchase 86,140 shares of our common stock pursuant to a restricted stock agreement and pledge agreement where he used the shares as collateral. The note was due in May 2008 and carried interest at 7.0% per year, compounded annually. In February 2007, Mr. Holler paid in full the principal and accrued interest on the note. In addition, in December 2000, in connection with the hiring of Mr. Modder, our executive vice president and managing director, Asian operations, we also issued Mr. Modder a loan for 2,935,000 Sri Lankan rupees (or approximately $29,000). This loan was interest free and due and payable upon an initial public offering where the fair market value of our shares of common stock reaches $20 per share. In March 2007, Mr. Modder paid off the principal amount of the loan in full. In our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, the only perquisites we provided to any of our named executive officers other than those normally provided to all salaried employees were those made available to Mr. Modder, who resides in Sri Lanka. In addition to the value of the interest on the $29,000 interest-free loan referenced above, we provided Mr. Modder with full company-paid family life insurance, golf and athletic club memberships and the use of


92


Table of Contents

company-owned automobiles. Other than the non-interest bearing loan, the perquisites are considered normal and similar to those customarily provided to other Sri Lankan-based executives.
 
Severance and change in control benefits
 
In March 2007, our compensation committee engaged Hewitt Associates to provide advice, as well as a peer group analysis, in connection with the provision of severance and change in control benefits to our executive officers. Our peer group consisted of 13 companies that are publicly held, have between $200 million and $800 million in annual revenues, are engaged principally in the IT services or IT consulting industries focused on services or technology and are based or headquartered in the United States. These companies included Analysts International Corporation, Answerthink, Inc., Computer Task Group, Inc., Covansys Corporation, iGate Corporation, Infocrossing, Inc., Intelligroup, Inc., Kanbay International Inc., Patni Computer Systems, Inc., Sapient Corporation, Syntel Inc., TechTeam Global Inc. and WNS (Holdings) Limited. The compensation committee reviewed terms of severance programs and arrangements maintained by these peer companies, such as coverage (who amongst the executive officers are covered), benefit triggers (i.e., terminating events, like termination without cause, or resignation for “good reason” both prior to and after a change in control), coverage period (how long after a change in control would the benefits trigger or severance benefits be applicable), cash severance, continuation of health care benefits post termination and acceleration of vesting. Our goal in adopting severance and change in controls benefits was to offer competitive benefits to attract and retain our executive officers. See “— Potential payments upon termination of change in control” for a discussion of the severance and change in control benefits adopted by our compensation committee.


93


Table of Contents

 
Summary compensation table
 
The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and three other most highly compensated executive officers for the fiscal year ended as of March 31, 2007. We refer to these individuals as our named executive officers. The compensation in this table does not include certain perquisites and other personal benefits received by the named executive officers that did not exceed $10,000 in the aggregate in fiscal 2007.
 
2007 summary compensation table
 
                                                   
                        Change in
           
                        pension
           
                        value and
           
                        nonqualified
           
                  Non-equity
    deferred
           
            Option
    incentive plan
    compensation
    All other
     
Name and
      Salary
  awards
    compensation
    earnings
    compensation
    Total
principal position   Year   ($)   ($)(1)     ($)(2)     ($)     ($)     ($)
 
Kris Canekeratne,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
    2007     225,000           77,000                   302,000
Thomas R. Holler,
Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer
    2007     190,000     37,042       26,400                   253,442
Danford F. Smith,
President and Chief Operating Officer
    2007     250,000     1,038,232 (3)     88,000 (3)                 1,376,232
Roger Keith Modder,
Executive Vice President and Managing Director—Asian Operations(4)
    2007     128,836     62,416       18,466       1,365 (5)     29,232 (6)     240,315
T.N. Hari,
Senior Vice President and Global Head of Human Resources(7)
    2007     118,720     30,719       9,336       895 (8)           159,670
 
 
 
(1) All stock options were granted at the fair market value on the date of grant under our 2000 Stock Option Plan, except for Mr. Smith’s options, which were granted outside of the 2000 Stock Option Plan. We account for stock option-based compensation under the provisions of SFAS 123R. The value reported above for each named executive officer is the amount of SFAS 123R compensation expense expected to be recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, assuming no option award forfeitures. Our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 have not yet been audited. The consolidated financial statements for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 are expected to be prepared in May 2007. For a discussion of the assumptions used for SFAS 123R valuations and compensation expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and nine months ended December 31, 2006, see Note 3 to our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
(2) The non-equity incentive plan compensation amounts are the semi-annual payouts under our VCCP award program approved by our compensation committee and the board of directors, based upon the 40% weighed factor for semi-annual payouts. The final payout amounts will be determined by May 2007 in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007.
 
(3) In November 2005, our board of directors approved the repricing of Mr. Smith’s stock option award from the original $2.20 per share price to $0.76 per share, the fair market value of our common stock at that time. The cumulative amount of additional compensation to be recognized due to this option repricing over the remaining service period is $501,546, of which $181,145 is included in the table above. In connection with this repricing, we amended Mr. Smith’s eligible performance-based bonus to reduce the target of $250,000 per year to $150,000 in fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and $200,000 in each of the fiscal years ending March 31, 2007 and 2008.
 
(4) All cash amounts are paid and recorded in Sri Lankan rupees and were translated into U.S. dollars using the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 average exchange rate of $0.0095 per rupee.
 
(5) Represents the year-over-year change in the value of accumulated pension benefits to be paid under the government-mandated Sri Lanka Defined Benefit Gratuity Plan.
 
(6) Includes the value of the following perquisites: imputed interest at 8.5% on a $29,000 non-interest bearing loan ($2,260), company-paid life insurance premium ($5,270), golf and athletic club memberships ($1,359); employee provident fund and employee trust fund contributions ($10,260) and company-owned auto expenses ($10,083). Mr. Modder repaid the loan in full in March 2007.
 
(7) All cash amounts are paid and recorded in Indian rupees and were translated into U.S. dollars using the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 average exchange rate of $0.02216.


94


Table of Contents

 
(8) Represents the year-over-year change in the value of accumulated pension benefits to be paid under the government-mandated Virtusa (India) Private Limited Employee Gratuity Scheme.
 
2007 grants of plan-based awards
 
The compensation committee approves all of our equity-based and non-equity-based awards to all of our employees, including our executive officers. The expected payout under our VCCP discussed above, is recorded in the fiscal year to which it applies and there are no provisions for future payouts under the VCCP.
 
                                           
                    All other
       
                    option
       
                    awards:
  Exercise
   
        Estimated possible payouts   number of
  or base
  Grant date
        under non-equity incentive plan   securities
  price of
  fair value
        awards   underlying
  option
  of option
        Threshold
  Target
  Maximum
  options
  awards
  awards(1)
Name   Grant date   ($)   ($)   ($)   (#)   ($/Share)   ($)
 
Kris Canekeratne
        131,250     175,000     192,500            
Thomas R. Holler
    8/7/06     45,000     60,000     66,000     75,000     1.34     59,108
Danford F. Smith
        150,000     200,000     220,000            
Roger Keith Modder
    8/7/06     32,250     43,000     47,300     75,000     1.34     59,108
T.N. Hari
    8/7/06     15,000     20,000     22,000     220,000     1.34     173,382
 
 
 
(1) The amounts reported in this column reflect the grant date fair value of all options awards computed under SFAS 123R.
 
Discussion of summary compensation and grants of plan-based awards tables
 
Our executive compensation policies and practices, pursuant to which the compensation set forth in the summary compensation table and the 2007 grants of plan-based awards table was paid or awarded, are described above under ”Compensation discussion and analysis.” A summary of certain material terms of our compensation plans and arrangements is set forth below.
 
Amended and restated 2000 stock option plan
 
Our 2000 Stock Option Plan, or the 2000 Option Plan, was approved on May 5, 2000 and was subsequently amended and restated on April 17, 2002. An aggregate of 10,270,000 shares of common stock has been authorized for issuance under the 2000 Option Plan. As of March 31, 2007, incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options to purchase an aggregate of 609,763 and 6,722,569 shares of our common stock, respectively, were outstanding under the 2000 Option Plan. As of March 31, 2007, options to purchase 1,307,373 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the terms of the 2000 Option Plan. In the event that any option outstanding under the 2000 Option Plan terminates without being exercised, the number of shares underlying such option becomes available for grant under the 2000 Option Plan. Options granted under this plan generally expire 10 years after the date of grant.
 
Our compensation committee administers the 2000 Option Plan. The compensation committee may select award recipients, determine the size, types and terms of awards, interpret the plan and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2000 Option Plan. Our current practice is to have the full board of directors approve any recommendations for awards and plan changes.


95


Table of Contents

 
The per share exercise price of the incentive stock options awarded under the 2000 Option Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The per share exercise price of non-statutory stock options or stock awards awarded under the 2000 Option Plan must be equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, or such other price that the compensation committee may determine is appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an option is granted to an individual who owns or is deemed to own more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock, the exercise price can be no less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.
 
Options may be exercised only to the extent that they have vested. To exercise an option, an option holder must deliver an exercise notice to us and pay us the aggregate exercise price. In the event of the termination of an option holder’s service relationship with us, all portions of the option holder’s award that remain unvested shall immediately expire and be null and void. If the option holder is terminated with cause, his or her options shall immediately terminate and shall not be exercisable. Otherwise, upon the termination of the option holder for other than cause, options may be exercised for a period of three months following such termination, except in the case of death or disability, in which case the option holder (or the option holder’s estate, or any other person who acquires the stock option by reason of the option holder’s death), may exercise the stock option within a period of 12 months after such death or disability.
 
Under our stock option agreements, for each option grant issued and outstanding, 25% of the total number of shares which are not vested and exercisable as of the date of an acquisition under such option grant immediately become vested and exercisable. For purposes of our option agreements, an acquisition includes any of the following:
 
•  a merger, reorganization or consolidation between us and another entity (other than a holding company or parent or subsidiary of us) as a result of which the holders of our outstanding voting stock immediately prior to the transaction hold less than a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction
 
•  the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets to one or more persons (other than any wholly-owned subsidiary) in a single transaction or series of related transactions
 
•  the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by our stockholders of more than 50% of our common stock to an unrelated person or entity as a result of which the holders of our outstanding voting stock immediately prior to the transaction hold less than a majority of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction
 
Options granted under the 2000 Option Plan are not generally transferable or assignable by the option holder, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
 
Stock appreciation rights plan
 
In July 2005, we adopted the Virtusa Corporation 2005 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan, or the SAR Plan. Under the SAR Plan, we are authorized to grant up to an aggregate of 1,500,000 stock appreciation rights, or SARs, to our employees and consultants. As of March 31, 2007, 614,235 SARs were outstanding and 885,765 remained available for grant. The SAR Plan is administered by our compensation committee, which may select award recipients, determine


96


Table of Contents

the size, types and terms of awards, interpret the plan and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of our SAR Plan. Our SARs expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant.
 
SARs may be exercised only to the extent that they have vested and, upon exercise, entitle the holder to the increase in value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the SARs. If an employee ceases to be an employee for any reason other than death or disability, all unvested SARs will terminate and be forfeited. At any time prior to the closing of an initial public offering of our common stock, the SAR Plan restricts the exercise of the SARs by any employee or consultant holding SARs, except during the 90-day period after the employee or consultant’s service relationship with us is terminated. Prior to an initial public offering, we may settle SARs only in cash. After an initial public offering, we may settle SARs only in shares of our common stock. Upon the closing of our initial public offering, each vested SAR is exercisable thereafter at any time for an amount equal to the product of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise, less the exercise price per SAR, multiplied by the number of SARs exercised. This amount, when divided by the fair market value of the shares of our common stock, provides the number of shares of common stock which are issuable upon exercise of the SARs following the closing of an initial public offering.
 
Under our SAR Plan, SARs that were granted prior to August 4, 2005 are subject to accelerated vesting provisions upon the occurrence of a “Sales Event.” A Sales Event is defined as any of the following:
 
•  a merger, reorganization or consolidation between us and another entity (other than a holding company or parent or subsidiary of us) as a result of which the holders of our outstanding voting stock immediately prior to the transaction hold less than a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction
 
•  the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets to one or more persons (other than any wholly-owned subsidiary) in a single transaction or series of related transactions
 
•  the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of us of more than 50% of all of our common stock to an unrelated person or entity as a result of which the holders of our outstanding voting stock immediately prior to the transaction hold less than a majority of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction
 
SARs granted under our SAR Plan are not generally transferable or assignable by the SAR holder, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
 
401(k) plan
 
We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan. All of our employees, other than non-resident alien employees with no income from U.S. sources or employees who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that does not require admission to the plan, are eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the calendar month after commencing employment with us. An eligible employee may elect to make pretax salary deferral contributions from one percent to 75% of the employee’s total annual compensation to the plan. Each calendar year, a participant’s pretax contributions cannot exceed the maximum dollar amount permitted under


97


Table of Contents

the Internal Revenue Code, which was $15,000 for participants under 50 years of age and $20,000 for participants 50 years of age or older in calendar year 2006.
 
We may make matching contributions on behalf of each participant who makes pretax salary deferral contributions. We determine on a yearly basis whether such contributions will be made and the amount of such contributions. Each year, we may also make a discretionary profit-sharing contribution to the plan on behalf of participants who are employed on the last day of the year. A participant whose employment terminates during a year because of death, disability or retirement after age 65 will also be eligible to receive any profit sharing contributions that we make for that year. Discretionary profit-sharing contributions, if any, are pro rata, based on the compensation of an individual participant in relation to the compensation of all the other participants.
 
All contributions to the plan are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are, at the participant’s election, invested in one, all, or some combination of a number of investment funds. When a participant reaches the normal retirement age (regardless of whether currently employed) or becomes disabled, the participant will be able to receive the vested balance of the participant’s account in a lump sum, in substantially equal monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual installments, or by electing partial withdrawals of any portion of the participant’s account. A participant may withdraw all or a portion of the participant’s individual elective contributions after attaining the age of 59 1 / 2 or at any time on account of financial hardship. Participants can also borrow money from the plan based on the value of their vested individual account balances.


98


Table of Contents

 
2007 outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end
 
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the number of outstanding equity awards, including any unexercised options, held by our named executive officers at March 31, 2007.
 
Option awards
 
                               
 
    Number of
    Number of
           
    securities
    securities
           
    underlying
    underlying
    Option
     
    unexercised
    unexercised
    exercise
  Option
 
    options (#)
    options (#)
    price
  expiration
 
Name   exercisable     unexercisable     ($)   date  
 
 
Kris Canekeratne
                     
Thomas R. Holler
    74,777       4,986 (1)     0.50     5/21/2013  
      20,000       60,000 (2)     1.75     4/28/2014  
      9,375       65,625 (3)     1.34     8/7/2016  
Danford F. Smith
    1,562,500       937,500 (4)     0.76     9/22/2014  
                               
Roger Keith Modder
    150,000             0.50     1/24/2011  
      50,000             0.50     8/22/2011  
      86,140             0.50     4/17/2012  
      114,568       7,638 (1)     0.10     5/21/2013  
      45,500       136,500 (2)     1.75     4/28/2014  
      9,375       65,625 (3)     1.34     8/7/2016  
T.N. Hari
    55,000       165,000 (5)     1.34     8/7/2016  
(1) 6.25% of the shares in this grant vested on August 21, 2003, and the remaining shares vest 6.25% every 3 months thereafter through May 21, 2007.
 
(2) 10% of the shares in this grant vested one year from date of grant or April 28, 2005, and the remaining shares vest 15% on the second anniversary date, 20% on the third anniversary date, 25% on the fourth anniversary date, and the remaining 30% on the fifth anniversary date or April 28, 2009.
 
(3) 6.25% of the shares in this grant vested on November 7, 2006, and the remaining shares vest 6.25% every 3 months thereafter through August 7, 2010.
 
(4) 25% of the shares in this grant vested on September 13, 2005, and the remaining shares vest 6.25% every 3 months thereafter through September 13, 2008.
 
(5) 25% of the shares in this grant vested on August 7, 2006 and the remaining shares vested 6.25% every 3 months thereafter through August 7, 2010.


99


Table of Contents

2007 option exercises and stock vested
 
None our named executive officers acquired shares of our common stock from the exercise of stock options during our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007. The following table sets forth certain information concerning the numbers of shares of restricted stock that vested during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007.
 
Stock vested during fiscal year-end 2007
 
         
    Stock Awards
    Number of
   
    shares acquired
  Value realized
    on vesting
  on vesting
Name   #   $(1)
 
Kris Canekeratne
   
Thomas R. Holler
  5,383   6,460
Danford F. Smith
   
Roger Keith Modder
   
T.N. Hari
   
(1) Represents the value of the vested shares without regard to the payment of the exercise price of $0.50 per share.
 
Pension benefits
 
Our subsidiaries, Virtusa (India) Private Limited and Virtusa (Sri Lanka) Private Limited, each contribute to a defined benefit plan covering their respective employees in India and Sri Lanka as mandated by the Indian and Sri Lankan governments. Benefits are based on the employee’s years of service and compensation level. Except for Messrs. Modder and Hari, none of our other named executive officers is covered by a pension plan or other similar benefit plan that provides for payments or other benefits at, following, or in connection with retirement. Under the terms of the Virtusa (India) Private Limited Employees Gratuity Scheme, Mr. Hari will not have any vested benefits under the plan until after five years of continuous service.
 
The following table summarizes the defined benefit plan of our subsidiaries as applied to Messrs. Modder and Hari for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007.
 
2007 Pension benefits
 
                     
            Present value of
     
        Number of years
  accumulated
    Payments during
        credited service
  benefits
    last fiscal year
Name   Plan name   (#)   ($)(1)     ($)
 
Roger Keith Modder,
  Sri Lanka Benefit                
    Gratuity Plan   7     19,165 (2)  
T.N. Hari
  Virtusa (India) Private Limited Employees Gratuity Scheme   1     895 (3)  
(1) Under the plan, an employee’s pension (gratuity) benefits vest after five years of credited service, and are payable in a lump sum amount upon retirement or separation of employment from the company in an amount equal to one-half of an


100


Table of Contents

employee’s basic monthly salary times the number of years of credited service. The amount reflected in the table represents the accumulated benefits payable at the end of fiscal 2007.
 
(2) Amounts are recorded in Sri Lankan rupees and were translated into U.S. dollars using the fiscal year 2007 average exchange rate of $0.0095 per rupee.
 
(3) Amounts are recorded in Indian rupees and were translated into U.S. dollars using the fiscal year 2007 average exchange rate of $0.02216 per rupee.
 
Nonqualified deferred compensation
 
None of our named executive officers is covered by a defined contribution or other plan that provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified.
 
Potential payments upon termination or change in control
 
In April 2007, we entered into executive agreements with each of our executive officers that provide for certain severance and change in control payments. The following summaries set forth potential payments payable to our executive officers upon termination of employment or a change in control of us under these new executive agreements and our other compensation programs. The compensation committee may in its discretion revise, amend or add to the benefits if it deems advisable.
 
Termination by us other than for cause, or termination by executive for good reason, prior to a change in control.   Our executive agreements provide that if we terminate such executive’s employment other than for cause, or if such executive terminates his employment for good reason, which is generally defined to include geographic movement or a substantial reduction in responsibilities, base salary or targeted cash compensation, the executive is entitled to a lump-sum severance payment (less applicable withholding taxes) equal to:
 
•  100% of Messrs. Canekeratne’s and Smith’s annual base salary and 50% of the annual base salary of each other executive officer
 
•  a prorated share of the annual bonus, if any, which the executive officer would have earned in the year in which the termination of employment occurs
 
In addition, upon any such termination, Messrs. Canekeratne and Smith are entitled to continued health benefits for 12 months and each other executive officer is entitled to six months of continued health benefits. All equity awards granted to Mr. Smith will have their vesting accelerated by 12 months upon a termination of Mr. Smith’s employment other than for cause, or if Mr. Smith terminates his employment for good reason. The foregoing benefits are subject to the execution of a general release by the executive officer.
 
Termination by us for cause or by executive for other than good reason; death or disability.   Regardless of any change in control, we are not obligated to make any cash payment or benefit to our executive officers if their employment is terminated by us for cause or by the executive without good reason other than the payment of unpaid salary and accrued and unused vacation pay. We do not provide any death or disability benefits for any of our executive officers that are not also available to our employees generally.
 
Termination by us other than for cause or termination by executive for good reason following a change in control.   Our executive agreements with each of our executive officers provide that, in the event of a termination of employment other than for cause, or if such executive terminates his employment for good reason, within 24 months following a change in control in


101


Table of Contents

the case of Messrs. Canekeratne and Smith and 12 months following a change in control in the case of each other executive officer, the executive is entitled to a lump-sum severance payment (less applicable withholding taxes) equal to:
 
•  200% of Messrs. Canekeratne’s and Smith’s annual base salary and 50% of the annual base salary of each other executive officer
 
•  200% in the case of Messrs. Canekeratne and Smith, and 100% in the case of each other executive officer of the prorated share of the annual bonus, if any, which the executive officer would have earned in the year in which the termination of employment occurs
 
In addition, upon any such termination, Messrs. Canekeratne and Smith are entitled to continued health benefits for 24 months and each other executive officer is entitled to six months of continued health benefits. All unvested equity awards held by each such executive officer also become fully-vested and immediately exercisable. The foregoing benefits are subject to the execution of a general release by the executive officer.
 
Automatic acceleration of vesting upon a change in control.   The terms of our executive agreements with our executive officers provide that the equity awards held by each of our executive officers will have their vesting accelerated by 12 months upon any change in control, regardless of whether there is a subsequent termination of employment.
 
In addition, our 2000 Option Plan provides that 25% of the total number of shares that are not vested and exercisable as of a date of a change of control become vested and exercisable.
 
Kris Canekeratne
 
The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon employment termination or change in control for Kris Canekeratne, our chairman and chief executive officer, as if his employment terminated as of March 30, 2007, the last business day of our last fiscal year.
 
                         
            Termination by the
   
            company for other
   
            than cause or voluntary
   
Executive benefits
  Voluntary
  Termination by
  resignation for good
  Acceleration
and payments upon
  resignation for
  company for other
  reason following
  following change
termination   good reason   than cause   change in control   in control
 
Base salary
  $ 225,000   $ 225,000   $ 450,000   $
Bonus(1)
    175,000     175,000     350,000    
Equity acceleration
               
Continued health benefits
    12,420     12,420     24,840    
   
Total
  $ 412,420   $ 412,420   $ 824,840   $
 
 
 
(1) Assumes that corporate revenue and operating profit margin targets are achieved at 100% under our VCCP.


102


Table of Contents

Thomas R. Holler
 
The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon employment termination or change in control for Thomas R. Holler, our executive vice president and chief financial officer, as if his employment terminated as of March 30, 2007, the last business day of our last fiscal year.
 
                         
            Termination by the
   
            company for other
   
            than cause or voluntary
   
Executive benefits
  Voluntary
  Termination by
  resignation for good
  Acceleration
and payments upon
  resignation for
  company for other
  reason following
  following change
termination   good reason   than cause   change in control   in control
 
Base salary
  $ 95,000   $ 95,000   $ 95,000   $
Bonus(1)
    60,000     60,000     60,000    
Equity acceleration(2)
                   
Continued health benefits
    5,910     5,910     5,910    
   
Total
  $ 160,910   $ 160,910   $ 160,910   $  
 
 
 
(1) Assumes that corporate revenue and operating profit margin targets are achieved at 100% under our VCCP.
 
(2) There was no public market for our common stock at March 30, 2007. Accordingly, the value of accelerated equity awards has been estimated based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
Danford F. Smith
 
The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon employment termination or change in control for Danford F. Smith, our president and chief operating officer, as if his employment terminated as of March 30, 2007, the last business day of our last fiscal year.
 
                         
            Termination by the
   
            company for other
   
            than cause or voluntary
   
Executive benefits
  Voluntary
  Termination by
  resignation for good
  Acceleration
and payments upon
  resignation for
  company for other
  reason following
  following change
termination   good reason   than cause   change in control   in control
 
Base salary
  $ 250,000   $ 250,000   $ 500,000   $
Bonus(1)
    200,000     200,000     400,000    
Equity acceleration(2)
                       
Continued health benefits
    12,420     12,420     24,840    
   
Total
  $ 462,420   $ 462,420   $ 924,840   $  
 
 
 
(1) Assumes that corporate revenue and operating profit margin targets are achieved at 100% under our VCCP.
 
(2) There was no public market for our common stock at March 30, 2007. Accordingly, the value of accelerated equity awards has been estimated based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.


103


Table of Contents

 
Roger Keith Modder
 
The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon employment termination or change in control for Roger Keith Modder, our executive vice president and managing director, Asian operations, as if his employment terminated as of March 30, 2007, the last business day of our last fiscal year. All cash amounts in U.S. dollars in the table below would be paid in Sri Lankan rupees.
 
                         
            Termination by the
   
            company for other
   
            than cause or voluntary
   
Executive benefits
  Voluntary
  Termination by
  resignation for good
  Acceleration
and payments upon
  resignation for
  company for other
  reason following
  following change
termination   good reason   than cause   change in control   in control
 
Base salary
  $ 66,000   $ 66,000   $ 66,000   $
Bonus(1)
    43,000     43,000     43,000    
Equity acceleration(2)
                   
Continued health benefits
    3,163     3,163     3,163    
   
Total
  $ 112,163   $ 112,163   $ 112,163   $  
 
 
 
(1) Assumes that corporate revenue and operating profit margin targets are achieved at 100% under our VCCP.
 
(2) There was no public market for our common stock at March 30, 2007. Accordingly, the value of accelerated equity awards has been estimated based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
T.N. Hari
 
The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon employment termination or change in control for T.N. Hari, our senior vice president and global head of human resources, as if his employment terminated as of March 30, 2007, the last business day of our last fiscal year. All cash amounts in U.S. dollars in the table below would be paid in Indian rupees.
 
                         
            Termination by the
   
            company for other
   
            than cause or voluntary
   
Executive benefits
  Voluntary
  Termination by
  resignation for good
  Acceleration
and payments upon
  resignation for
  company for other
  reason following
  following change
termination   good reason   than cause   change in control   in control
 
Base salary
  $ 55,000   $ 55,000   $ 55,000   $
Bonus(1)
    20,000     20,000     20,000    
Equity acceleration(2)
                   
Continued health benefits
    58     58     58    
   
Total
  $ 75,058   $ 75,058   $ 75,058   $  
 
 
 
(1) Assumes that corporate revenue and operating profit margin targets are achieved at 100% under our VCCP.
 
(2) There was no public market for our common stock at March 30, 2007. Accordingly, the value of accelerated equity awards has been estimated based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.


104


Table of Contents

Director compensation
 
In April 2007, upon recommendation of the compensation committee, our board of directors approved a non-employee director compensation policy that provides for annual compensation of $80,000, of which we will make an annual stock option grant to each non-employee director with an economic value of $48,000 (based on a Black-Scholes valuation on the date of grant) and an annual retainer fee of $32,000. In addition, the chairmen of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive an annual fee of $18,000, $11,000 and $7,000, respectively. All cash payments will be on a quarterly basis.
 
In addition, we will make a one-time, initial grant of options to purchase up to 20,000 shares of our common stock to any new non-employee director who joins the board of directors.
 
Each stock option award granted to a non-employee director under the non-employee director compensation policy will be made at the board of directors’ meeting immediately following our annual meeting, and will have a four-year vesting period, with 25% vesting after one year and with the remaining shares vesting in equal installments each three-month period thereafter. The vesting of all of the options granted to our non-employee directors will also accelerate by 12 months in the event of a change in control.
 
We reimburse all non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors or any committees thereof.
 
The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation we paid to our non-employee directors in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007:
 
2007 Director compensation
 
                                                         
 
                            Change in
             
                            pension value
             
    Fees
                Non-equity
    and nonqualified
             
    earned
                incentive
    deferred
             
    or paid
    Stock
    Option
    plan
    compensation
    All other
       
    in cash
    awards
    awards
    compensation
    earnings
    compensation
    Total
 
Name   ($)     ($)     ($)(1)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
 
 
Izhar Armony
                22,825 (2)                       22,825  
Robert E. Davoli
                                         
Andrew P. Goldfarb
                                         
Ronald T. Maheu
                73,660 (3)                       73,660  
Rowland T. Moriarty
                49,411 (4)                       49,411  
Martin Trust
                102,000 (5)                       102,000  
(1) All stock options were granted at the fair market value on the date of grant under our 2000 Stock Option Plan, except for options granted to Mr. Trust, which were granted outside of our 2000 Stock Option Plan. We account for stock option-based compensation under the provisions of SFAS 123R. The value reported above for each named executive officer is the amount of SFAS 123R compensation expense expected to be recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, assuming no option award forfeitures. Our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 have not yet been audited. The consolidated financial statements for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 are expected to be prepared in May 2007. For a discussion of the assumptions used for SFAS 123R valuations and compensation expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, see note 3 to our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
(2) Represents stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2007 for a stock option award, made on September 3, 2004, to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.20 per share, which vests in equal quarterly installments over a three-year period. The grant date fair value of this stock option award is $68,500.
 
(3) Represents stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2007 for a stock option award, made on April 28, 2004, to purchase 196,793 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.75 per share, which vests in equal quarterly installments over a three-year period. The grant date fair value of this stock option award is $220,984.


105


Table of Contents

 
(4) Represents stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2007 for a stock option award, made on August 7, 2006, to purchase 222,757 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.34 per share, which vests in equal quarterly installments over a three-year period. The grant date fair value of this stock option award is $175,555.
 
(5) Represents stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2007 for a stock option award, made on September 22, 2004, to purchase 220,144 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.20 per share, which vests in equal quarterly installments over a three-year period. The grant date fair value of this stock option award is $305,843.
 
Limitation of liability and indemnification
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
 
•  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders
 
•  any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law
 
•  any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions
 
•  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit
 
These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.
 
In addition, our by-laws provide that:
 
•  we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law
 
•  we will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings, subject to limited exceptions
 
Contemporaneous with the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available.
 
We also maintain general liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s


106


Table of Contents

investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.
 
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such indemnification.


107


Table of Contents

 
Certain relationships and related person transactions
 
Other than compensation agreements and other arrangements which are described in the “Compensation” section of this prospectus and the transactions described below, since April 1, 2004, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of five percent or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
 
We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth below on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transactions set forth below were approved or ratified by a majority of our board of directors. In connection with this offering, we have adopted a written policy that requires all future transactions between us and any related persons (as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K) or their affiliates, in which the amount involved is equal to or greater than $120,000, be approved in advance by our audit committee.
 
Transactions with our executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders
 
In October 2004, in connection with Mr. Maheu joining our board of directors, TNR Partnership, a trust whose general partner is the spouse of Mr. Maheu, purchased from us 15,000 shares of our common stock at $2.20 per share for aggregate consideration of $33,000. In addition, in February 2006, TNR Partnership purchased from us 35,870 shares of our common stock at $0.92 per share for aggregate consideration of $33,000.
 
In October 2004, Mr. Trust, in connection with his joining our board of directors, purchased 660,438 shares of our common stock from us at $2.20 per share for aggregate consideration of $1,452,964. In addition, in February 2006, the Martin Trust Florida Intangible Tax Trust, a trust established on behalf of Mr. Trust, purchased 796,938 shares of our common stock from us at $0.92 per share for aggregate consideration of $733,183.
 
In August 2006, in connection with his joining our board of directors, Mr. Moriarty purchased 275,022 shares from us at a price of $1.34 per share for aggregate consideration of $368,529 and purchased 400,000 shares from a stockholder at a price of $1.34 per share for aggregate consideration of $536,000.
 
In March 2007, in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock to a wholly-owned subsidiary of BT, we amended and restated our stockholders agreement and our registration rights agreement to include the wholly-owned BT vehicle as a party. Certain members of our leadership team, including Messrs. Moriarty, Trust, Davoli and Canekeratne, and each of the holders of 5% or more of our shares, Sigma Partners, Globespan Capital Partners and Charles River Ventures, as well as related parties to these stockholders, are parties to these agreements. Sigma Partner Associates includes Sigma Partners V, L.P., Sigma Associates V, L.P. and Sigma Investors V, L.P. Mr. Davoli, who is one of our directors, is the managing director or the general partner of each of the Sigma Partner Associates funds. Globespan Capital Partners includes JAFCO America Technology Fund III, L.P., JAFCO America Technology Cayman Fund III, L.P., JAFCO USIT Fund III, L.P. and JAFCO America Technology Affiliates Fund III. Mr. Goldfarb, who is one of our directors, is a managing member of JAV Management Associates III LLC, the general partner of the Globespan Capital Partners funds. Charles River Ventures includes Charles River Partnership XI, L.P., Charles River Friends XI-A, L.P. and Charles River Friends XI-B. Mr. Armony,


108


Table of Contents

who is one of our directors, is a general partner or managing member (as applicable) of the general partner of each of the Charles River Ventures funds. The stockholders agreement provides for certain rights of first refusal and co-sale rights in the event of any proposed sales of our shares, as well as rights of participation in the event of any proposed sales by us. This agreement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering. Under the registration rights agreement, we granted such parties certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock held by them. For more information regarding the registration rights agreement, see “Description of capital stock — Registration rights” elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
In April 2007, we entered into executive agreements with Messrs. Canekeratne, Smith, Holler, Modder and Hari, which provide for certain compensation and benefits in the event of a change in control or the termination of their employment. Prior to entering into the executive agreements, we had employment agreements with certain of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Compensation.”
 
From time to time, our executive officers enter into stock restriction agreements upon the exercise of their option grants. For information regarding stock options and stock awards granted to our named executive officers and directors, see “Compensation.”
 
Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors, providing for indemnification against expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with their service for us on our behalf. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Compensation—Limitation of liability and indemnification.”
 
During our fiscal years ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, we engaged Lotus Air Travel Services and incurred fees of approximately $942,000, $739,000 and $752,000, respectively, related to travel service fees. The managing director of Lotus Travel Services is the mother of Mrs. Canekeratne, who was our executive vice president, technical operations, until April 2006 and who is the spouse of Mr. Canekeratne, our chairman and chief executive officer.
 
In our fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, we engaged BG Air Services, Inc. as a travel agent incurring fees of approximately $731,000 in connection with services from BG Air Services, Inc. The managing director of BG Air Services, Inc. is the mother of Mrs. Canekeratne.


109


Table of Contents

 
Principal stockholders
 
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2007, by:
 
•  each named executive officer
 
•  each of our directors
 
•  all of our executive officers and directors as a group
 
•  each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock
 
The information in the following table assumes that all previously outstanding shares of our preferred stock have been converted into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and that no outstanding warrants or options have been exercised. The column entitled “Percentage beneficially owned—Prior to offering” is based on 57,676,390 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007. The column entitled “Percentage beneficially owned—After offering” is based on           shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, including the          shares of common stock that we are selling in this offering. We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of           additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.
 
In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock reflected as beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.


110


Table of Contents

 
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of the persons and entities listed on the table is c/o Virtusa Corporation, 2000 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581.
 
                     
        Percentage
    Number of shares
  beneficially owned
Name   beneficially owned   Prior to offering     After offering
 
Five percent stockholders:
                   
Sigma Partners Associates(1)
    14,165,074     24.6 %     %
Charles River Ventures(2)
    9,319,953     16.2                 
Globespan Capital Partners(3)
    9,014,960     15.6                 
Executive officers and directors:
                   
Kris A. Canekeratne(4)
    8,374,269     14.5                 
Danford F. Smith(5)
    1,562,500     2.7                 
Thomas R. Holler(6)
    492,316     *                 
Roger Keith Modder(7)
    504,308     *                 
T.N. Hari(8)
    55,000     *                 
Robert Davoli(9)
    14,480,869     25.1                 
Andrew P. Goldfarb(10)
    9,014,960     15.6                 
Izhar Armony(11)
    9,361,619     16.2                 
Ronald T. Maheu(12)
    247,663     *                 
Martin Trust(13)
    1,760,512     3.0                 
Rowland T. Moriarty(14)
    850,394     1.5                 
All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(15)
    46,704,410     77.3                 
 
 
 
Represents less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.
 
(1) Consists of 11,059,544 shares held by Sigma Partners V, L.P., 2,456,437 shares held by Sigma Associates V, L.P. and 649,093 shares held by Sigma Investors V, L.P. and Mr. Davoli. Mr. Davoli is a managing director and the general partner of Sigma Partners V, L.P., Sigma Associates V, L.P. and Sigma Investors V, L.P. and may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by those entities. Mr. Davoli disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of the funds managed by Sigma Partners Associates except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address for the Sigma entities is 1600 Camino Real, Suite 280, Menlo Park, California 94025.
 
(2) Consists of 9,043,479 shares held by Charles River Partnership XI, L.P., 228,428 shares held by Charles River Friends XI-A, L.P. and 48,046 shares held by Charles River Friends XI-B, L.P. Mr. Armony is a general partner or managing member, as applicable, of the general partner of each of Charles River Partnership XI, L.P., Charles River Friends XI-A, L.P. and Charles River Friends XI-B, L.P. and may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by those entities. Mr. Armony disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of the entities managed by its respective general partnership of which Mr. Armony is the general partner or managing member, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address for the Charles River Ventures entities is 1000 Winter Street, Suite 3300, Waltham, Massachusetts 02451.
 
(3) Consists of 3,640,311 shares held by JAFCO America Technology Fund III, L.P., 3,321,726 shares held by JAFCO America Technology Cayman Fund III, L.P., 1,606,623 shares held by JAFCO USIT Fund III, L.P., 396,300 shares of JAFCO America Technology Affiliates Fund III, L.P. and 50,000 shares held by JAV Management Associates III, L.L.C., the general partner of the JAFCO funds listed above. Mr. Goldfarb is executive managing partner of Globespan Capital Management, LLC and a managing member of JAV Management Associates III LLC, the general partner of each of JAFCO America Technology Fund III, L.P., JAFCO America Technology Cayman Fund III, L.P., JAFCO USIT Fund III, L.P. and JAFCO America Technology Affiliates Fund III, L.P. and may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by those funds and JAV Management Associates III, L.L.C. Mr. Goldfarb disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of the funds managed by Globespan, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address for Globespan Capital Partners is One Boston Place, Suite 2810, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.
 
(4) Consists of 5,011,770 shares held by Mr. Canekeratne and 3,362,499 shares held by Tushara Canekeratne, Mr. Canekeratne’s wife and a former executive officer of Virtusa. Excludes 1,103,386 shares held by Mr. Canekeratne’s father and 1,013,386 shares held by Mr. Canekeratne’s mother of which Mr. Canekeratne disclaims beneficial ownership.


111


Table of Contents

 
(5) Consists of 1,562,500 shares issuable to Mr. Smith upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007.
 
(6) Includes 129,825 shares issuable to Mr. Holler upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007.
 
(7) Consists of 504,308 shares issuable to Mr. Modder upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007.
 
(8) Consists of 55,000 shares issuable to Mr. Hari upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007.
 
(9) Consists of 11,059,544 shares held by Sigma Partners V, L.P., 2,456,437 shares held by Sigma Associates V, L.P., 649,093 shares held by Sigma Investors V, L.P. and 315,795 shares held by Mr. Davoli. Mr. Davoli is a managing director and the general partner of Sigma Partners V, L.P., Sigma Associates V, L.P. and Sigma Investors V, L.P. and may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by those entities. Mr. Davoli disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of the funds managed by Sigma Partners Associates except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
 
(10) Consists of 3,640,311 shares held by JAFCO America Technology Fund III, L.P., 3,321,726 shares held by JAFCO America Technology Cayman Fund III, L.P., 1,606,623 shares held by JAFCO USIT Fund III, L.P., 396,300 shares of JAFCO America Technology Affiliates Fund III, L.P. and 50,000 shares held by JAV Management Associates III, L.L.C., the general partner of the JAFCO funds listed above. Mr. Goldfarb is executive managing partner of Globespan Capital Management, LLC and a managing member of JAV Management Associates III LLC, the general partner of each of JAFCO America Technology Fund III, L.P., JAFCO America Technology Cayman Fund III, L.P., JAFCO USIT Fund III, L.P. and JAFCO America Technology Affiliates Fund III, L.P. and may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by those funds and JAV Management Associates III, L.L.C. Mr. Goldfarb disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of the funds managed by Globespan, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
 
(11) Consists of 9,043,479 shares held by Charles River Partnership XI, L.P., 228,428 shares held by Charles River Friends XI-A, L.P., 48,046 shares held by Charles River Friends XI-B, L.P. and 41,666 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Armony exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007. Mr. Armony is a general partner or managing member, as applicable, of the general partner of Charles River Partnership XI, L.P., Charles River Friends XI-A, L.P. and Charles River Friends XI-B, L.P. and may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by those entities. Mr. Armony disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of the funds managed by its respective general partnership of which Mr. Armony is the general partner or managing member, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. Pursuant to the terms of the Charles River Partnership XI, L.P. agreement, Mr. Armony is obligated to transfer the stock options (or underlying shares or proceeds) held by him to charity.
 
(12) Includes 50,870 shares of our common stock held by TNR Partnership, a limited partnership, of which Mr. Maheu’s spouse is the general partner. Mr. Maheu disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. Also includes 196,793 shares issuable to Mr. Maheu upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007.
 
(13) Includes 1,577,059 shares of our common stock held by the Martin Trust 2006 GRAT, a trust. Mr. Trust disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Martin Trust 2006 GRAT except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. Also includes 183,453 shares of issuable to Mr. Trust upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007.
 
(14) Includes 55,689 shares issuable to Mr. Moriarty upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007.
 
(15) Includes an aggregate of 2,729,234 shares issuable to our executive officers and directors upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007.


112


Table of Contents

 
Description of capital stock
 
General
 
Upon the closing of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of 120,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value. We intend to adopt and intend to submit for approval by our stockholders, a seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws to become effective in connection with this offering. The discussion herein describes our capital stock, seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws as anticipated to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. The following summary of certain provisions of our capital stock describes certain material provisions of, but does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by, our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws to be in effect at the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part and to the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. We refer in this section to our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation and we refer to our amended and restated by-laws as our by-laws.
 
Common stock
 
As of March 31, 2007 there were 57,676,390 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 96 stockholders, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock.
 
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. Except as described below in “Certain anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws,” a majority vote of common stockholders is generally required to take action under our certificate of incorporation and by-laws.
 
Preferred stock
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors can fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future


113


Table of Contents

financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might harm the market price of our common stock.
 
Our board of directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to our company’s best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
Warrants
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have two outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 116,882 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.75 per share. One warrant to purchase 48,701 shares of our common stock will expire on April 9, 2008 and the remaining warrant to purchase 68,181 shares of our common stock will expire on February 27, 2009. These warrants provide for adjustments in the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise in the event of stock splits, reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions or other changes in our capital structure as well as some types of consolidations, mergers or asset sales.
 
Holders of the warrants to purchase common stock have registration rights which are outlined below under the heading “Registration rights.”
 
Registration rights
 
We entered into a fourth amended and restated registration rights agreement, dated as of March 29, 2007, with our founders, certain members of our management and other stockholders. Under our registration rights agreement, the parties have certain “demand” registration rights, “piggyback” registration rights (meaning holders may request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing) and S-3 registration rights. All of these registration rights are subject to conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in such registration and our right not to effect a requested registration within six months following any offering of our securities, including this offering.
 
Demand registration rights.  At any time which is six months after this initial public offering of shares of our common stock, the holders of approximately            shares of common stock, subject to certain exceptions, are entitled to certain demand registration rights, upon the request of holders of a certain percentage of such shares issued on conversion of preferred stock, pursuant to which they may require us to file a registration statement at our expense with respect to their shares of common stock. We are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect any such registration.
 
Piggyback registration rights.  If we propose to register any of our securities for our own account or the account of any other holder, the holders of approximately            shares of common stock, after this offering, are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include shares of their common stock in such registration.
 
S-3 registration rights.  The holders of approximately           shares of common stock, after this offering, are entitled to demand registration rights pursuant to which they may require us


114


Table of Contents

to file a registration statement on Form S-3 with respect to their shares of common stock and we are required to use our reasonable commercial efforts to effect that registration.
 
We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, related to any demand, piggyback or S-3 registration. The registration rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.
 
Stockholders agreement
 
We entered into a fifth amended and restated stockholders agreement, dated as of March 29, 2007 with our founders, certain members of our management and other stockholders. The stockholders agreement contains provisions that require the nomination and election of directors based on nominations made by certain holders of common stock and preferred stock, subject to certain required percentages held by the holders and based on the particular series of preferred stock held by the holders. The stockholders agreement also contains certain restrictions on transfer of our shares, rights of first refusal, co-sale rights and other protective provisions. The stockholders agreement will terminate in connection with the closing of this offering, except that certain lock-up provisions with respect to shares of stock held by such parties shall survive termination. See “Shares eligible for future sale—Lock-up agreements.”
 
Certain anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.
 
Board composition and filling vacancies.  In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. As a result, approximately one-third of the board of directors is elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board of directors, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. These provisions may deter a stockholder from removing incumbent directors and simultaneously gaining control of the board of directors by filling the vacancies created by such removal with its own nominees.
 
No written consent of stockholders.  Our certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our by-laws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.


115


Table of Contents

 
Meetings of stockholders.  Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our by-laws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.
 
Advance notice requirements.  Our by-laws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in the by-laws.
 
Amendment to certificate of incorporation and by-laws.  As required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be adopted by a majority of our board of directors and must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our by-laws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the by-laws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.
 
Undesignated preferred stock.  Our certificate of incorporation provides for 5,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.


116


Table of Contents

 
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:
 
•  before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder
 
•  upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and employee stock plans, in some instances
 
•  at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder
 
Section 203 defines a business combination to include:
 
•  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder
 
•  any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation
 
•  subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder
 
•  subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder
 
•  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation


117


Table of Contents

NASDAQ Global Market listing
 
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “VRTU.”
 
Transfer agent and registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Limited.


118


Table of Contents

 
Shares eligible for future sale
 
Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, stock appreciation rights or warrants or in the public market after this offering, or the anticipation of those sales, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “VRTU.”
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the issuance of           shares of common stock offered in this offering. The remaining           shares of common stock held by existing stockholders were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Of these shares,           shares will be subject to “lock-up” agreements described below on the effective date of this offering. Upon expiration of the lock-up agreements 180 days after the effective date of this offering,          shares will become eligible for sale, subject in most cases to the limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, holders of stock options, stock appreciation rights could exercise such securities and sell certain of the shares issued upon exercise as described below.
 
           
Days after date of
  Shares eligible
   
this prospectus   for sale   Comment
 
Date of this prospectus
        Shares sold in the offering
Date of this prospectus
        Freely tradable shares saleable under Rule 144(k) that are not subject to lock-up
90 days
        Shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701 that are not subject to lock-up
180 days
        Lock-up released; shares saleable under Rules 144, 144(k) and 701
Thereafter
        Restricted securities held for one year or less
 
 
 
Rule 144
 
In general and subject to the lock-up agreements described below, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or to market makers, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
•  one percent of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after this offering, or
 
•  the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale


119


Table of Contents

 
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. We cannot estimate the number of shares of common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.
 
Rule 144(k)
 
In general and subject to the lock-up agreements described below, pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act a person may sell shares of common stock acquired from us without regard to manner of sale, availability of public information about us or volume, if:
 
•  the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding the sale
 
•  the person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of certain prior owners
 
Rule 701
 
In general and subject to the lock-up agreements described below, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act certain of our employees, consultants, directors, officers and advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering are eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering under certain conditions. Shares sold by non-affiliates are subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144, and shares sold by our affiliates must comply with all of the provisions of Rule 144 other than the one-year holding period requirement.
 
Lock-up agreements
 
We expect that the holders of substantially all of our currently outstanding capital stock will agree that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to exceptions specified in the lock-up agreements, offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock. Further, these holders have agreed that, during this period, they will not make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. The 180-day lock-up period may be extended under specified circumstances. The lock-up restrictions, specified exceptions and the circumstances under which the 180-day lock-up period may be extended are described in more detail under “Underwriting.”
 
Registration rights
 
Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, upon the closing of this offering, the holders of            shares of our common stock have certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. After registration pursuant to these rights,


120


Table of Contents

these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. See “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”
 
Stock options and stock appreciation rights
 
As of March 31, 2007, we had outstanding options to purchase 10,052,476 shares of common stock, of which options to purchase 5,263,029 shares of common stock were vested as of March 31, 2007. As of March 31, 2007, we also had outstanding SARs to purchase 614,235 shares of our common stock after this offering, reduced by the exercise prices of these SARs, of which SARs to purchase 286,906 shares were vested as of March 31, 2007. Immediately after the closing of this offering, we intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for future issuance under the 2000 Option Plan and the SAR Plan. See “Compensation-Benefit plans” for additional information about these plans. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under the registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares.


121


Table of Contents

 
Material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations to non-U.S. holders
 
The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of our common stock that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder that acquires our common stock pursuant to this offering. The discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change (possibly on a retroactive basis) or to differing interpretations so as to result in tax considerations different from those summarized below. We have not sought and will not seek, any ruling from the IRS with respect to the tax consequences discussed in this prospectus and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the tax consequences discussed below or that any such positions taken by the IRS would not be sustained.
 
The discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
 
•  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States
 
•  a corporation (including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia
 
•  an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source
 
•  a trust (1) if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person for such purposes
 
This discussion does not address the U.S. federal income and estate tax rules applicable to any person who holds our common stock through entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or to such entities themselves. If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) owns our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in that partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder that is a partnership or a holder of interests in a partnership that holds our common stock should consult such holder’s or person’s tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This discussion does not consider:
 
•  any state, local or foreign tax consequences
 
•  any tax consequences or computation of the alternative minimum tax
 
•  any U.S. federal gift tax consequences
 
•  any U.S. federal tax considerations that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances or to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special treatment under


122


Table of Contents

U.S. federal tax laws, including without limitation, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, certain trusts, pension plans, hybrid entities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” certain former citizens or residents of the U.S., holders subject to U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, broker-dealers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies and holders that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment
 
This discussion is for general purposes only. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. federal income and estate tax laws to their particular situations and the consequences under U.S. federal gift tax laws, as well as foreign, state and local laws and tax treaties.
 
Dividends
 
As previously discussed, we do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we pay dividends on our common stock, however, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will first constitute a return of capital up to such non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of common stock and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Gain on disposition of common stock.”
 
A dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate, or a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder within the United States). Non-U.S. holders will be required to satisfy certain certification and disclosure requirements (generally on a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN) in order to claim a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty. These forms must be periodically updated. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Special rules apply in the case of common stock held by certain non-U.S. holders that are entities rather than individuals.
 
Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. In such cases, we will not have to withhold U.S. federal income tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally on a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI). In addition, a “branch profits tax” may be imposed at a 30% rate, or a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty, on dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States.
 
A non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing with the IRS an appropriate claim for a refund together with the required information.


123


Table of Contents

 
Gain on disposition of common stock
 
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless one of the following applies:
 
•  the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States or, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code), unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply
 
•  the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax on the amount by which the gain derived from the sale or other disposition of our common stock and any other U.S.-source capital gains realized by the non-U.S. holder in the same taxable year exceed the U.S.-source capital losses realized by the non-U.S. holder in that taxable year unless an applicable income tax treaty provides an exemption or a lower rate
 
•  we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. We do not believe that we have been, are, or will become, a United States real property holding corporation, although there can be no assurance in this regard. If we are, or were to become, a United States real property holding corporation at any time during the applicable period, however, any gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder that did not own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than five percent of our common stock at any time during the applicable period generally would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, provided that, at the time of the disposition, our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code)
 
Federal estate tax
 
Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise, and, therefore, such individual’s estate may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.
 
Information reporting and backup withholding tax
 
Generally, we must report to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. Pursuant to income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.
 
Dividends and proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock are potentially subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%. In general, backup


124


Table of Contents

withholding will not apply to dividends on our common stock paid by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. holder if the holder has provided the required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder.
 
In general, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to proceeds from the disposition of our common stock paid to a non-U.S. holder within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries if the holder has provided the required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
 
Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.
 
Prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of owning and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.


125


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. is acting as sole book-running manager. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Cowen and Company, LLC and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
 
       
Name   Number of shares
 
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
     
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 
     
Cowen and Company, LLC
     
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 
     
       
Total
     
 
 
 
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
 
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of five percent of the shares of common stock offered in this offering.
 
The underwriters have an option to buy up to           additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
 
The underwriting fee is equal to the initial public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $      per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and


126


Table of Contents

commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
 
Underwriting discounts and commissions
 
             
    Without over-
  With over-
    allotment exercise   allotment exercise
 
Per share
  $                        $                     
Total
  $     $  
 
 
 
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $           million, all of which is payable by us.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
 
We have agreed that we will not offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. These restrictions shall not apply to (a) the offer and sale of common stock in this offering, (b) the grant of options or other rights to purchase shares of common stock under existing employee stock option plans or employee stock purchase plans, (c) issuances of shares of common stock upon the exercise of options granted under our equity incentive plans and (d) the issuance of shares of our common stock upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding on the date of this prospectus.
 
Our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders and option holders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or


127


Table of Contents

indirectly, any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock that may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. These restrictions shall not apply to (a) transactions relating to common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the closing of this offering, provided that no filing by any party under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions, (b) transfers as a bona fide gift, (c) dispositions to any trust, family limited partnership or family limited liability company for the direct or indirect benefit of such person and/or the immediate family of such person, or (d) distributions to limited partners, members or stockholders of such person, provided that in the case of any transfer, disposition or distribution pursuant to clause (b), (c) or (d), (i) each donee, transferee or distributee shall agree to be bound by these restrictions and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the period during which these restrictions apply.
 
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “VRTU.”
 
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.


128


Table of Contents

 
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Exchange Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
 
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:
 
•  the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives
 
•  our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete
 
•  an assessment of our management
 
•  our prospects for future earnings
 
•  the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering
 
•  the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us
 
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares of common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., which is an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., and Bear, Sterns & Co. Inc. are currently our clients. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. represented 11% of our revenue in fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and 7% in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. represented 0.1% of our revenue in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, 0.5% in fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and 2% in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2007.


129


Table of Contents

 
Legal matters
 
Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, has passed upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby. Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, is representing the underwriters in this offering. Partners at Goodwin Procter LLP hold an aggregate of 30,409 shares of our common stock.
 
Experts
 
The consolidated financial statements of Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2005 and 2006, for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2006, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The audit report covering the March 31, 2006 consolidated financial statements refers to a change in accounting for share-based payments.
 
Where you can find more information
 
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-          ) under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering to sell. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and exhibits. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.
 
Upon the effectiveness of our registration statement, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We will make available through our website at www.virtusa.com annual reports, quarterly reports, current reports and amendments thereto as reasonably practicable after filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You can read our Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov.  You may also read and copy any document we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission at its Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room.


130


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
 
Index to consolidated financial statements
 
         
    Page
 
  F-2
Consolidated financial statements:
   
  F-3
  F-5
  F-6
  F-8
  F-11
 
 


F-1


Table of Contents

 
Report of independent registered public accounting firm
 
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Virtusa Corporation and Subsidiaries:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Virtusa Corporation and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Virtusa Corporation and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for share-based payments effective April 1, 2005.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
August 25, 2006, except as to note 17, which is as of April 5, 2007


F-2


Table of Contents

Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
 
Consolidated balance sheets
 
                   
            December 31,
    March 31,   2006
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)   2005
  2006
  (Unaudited)
 
Assets
                 
Current assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 28,406   $ 30,237   $ 32,207
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $89, $415 and $398 (unaudited), at March 31, 2005 and 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively
    10,435     16,339     26,913
Unbilled accounts receivable
        662     1,624
Prepaid expenses
    3,479     4,192     4,896
Deferred tax, net of allowance—short-term
            3,181
Other current assets
    30     1,345     1,803
                   
Total current assets
    42,350     52,775     70,624
Property and equipment, net
    6,877     4,810     7,012
Long-term investments
    57     40     41
Restricted cash
    701     701     773
Deferred tax, net of allowance
            1,775
Other long-term assets
    100     393     407
                   
Total assets
  $ 50,085   $ 58,719   $  80,632
                   
                   
Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
                 
Current liabilities:
                 
Accounts payable
  $ 1,901   $ 1,728   $ 2,264
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
    2,757     4,561     5,617
Accrued expenses—other
    1,901     3,487     4,760
Deferred revenue
    58     784     1,038
Income taxes payable
    68     274     737
Current portion of capital lease obligations
    229     39     3
Stock appreciation rights
        206     879
Other current liabilities
            259
                   
Total current liabilities
    6,914     11,079     15,557
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
    48     8     24
Other long-term liabilities
    264     428     484
                   
Total liabilities
    7,226     11,515     16,065
                   


F-3


Table of Contents

                         
 
                December 31,  
    March 31,     2006  
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)   2005
    2006
    (Unaudited)  
 
 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, at accreted redemption value:
                       
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized, issued and outstanding 4,043,582 shares (liquidation preference of $13,500)
    13,488       13,494       13,499  
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized, 8,749,900 shares; issued and outstanding 8,647,043 shares (liquidation preference of $15,312)
    15,115       15,124       15,131  
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized, issued and outstanding 12,807,624 shares (liquidation preference of $12,230)
    12,210       12,221       12,229  
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized, issued and outstanding 7,458,494 shares (liquidation preference of $20,000)
    19,945       19,975       19,997  
                         
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
    60,758       60,814       60,856  
                         
Commitments and guarantees
                       
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
                       
Common stock, $0.01 par value; Authorized 80,000,000 shares; issued 18,730,291, 19,816,372 and 20,303,764 shares at March 31, 2005, March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively; outstanding 17,417,050, 18,503,131 and 18,990,523 shares at March 31, 2005, March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively
    187       198       203  
Less—Treasury stock, 1,313,241 common shares, at cost
    (442 )     (442 )     (442 )
Additional paid-in capital
    3,146       5,470       7,130  
Deferred compensation
    (71 )            
Notes receivable from employee stockholders
    (49 )     (51 )     (53 )
Accumulated deficit
    (20,219 )     (18,238 )     (2,725 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (451 )     (547 )     (402 )
                         
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (17,899 )     (13,610 )     3,711  
                         
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 50,085     $ 58,719     $ 80,632  
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-4


Table of Contents

Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of operations
 
                                         
 
                      Nine months ended
 
                      December 31,  
    Year ended March 31,     2005     2006  
(In thousands except per share amounts)   2004
    2005
    2006
    (Unaudited)  
 
 
Revenue
  $ 42,822     $ 60,484     $ 76,935     $ 53,740     $ 89,388  
Costs of revenue
    22,648       31,813       43,417       31,015       48,578  
                                         
Gross profit
    20,174       28,671       33,518       22,725       40,810  
                                         
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    20,309       27,838       32,925       23,847       30,583  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    20,309       27,838       32,925       23,847       30,583  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (135 )     833       593       (1,122 )     10,227  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income, net of expense
    156       361       800       569       850  
Gain on sale of investments
          146       927       231        
Foreign currency transaction gains (losses)
    75       117       (193 )     (135 )     460  
Other, net
    (158 )     (248 )     30       (4 )     (104 )
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    73       376       1,564       661       1,206  
                                         
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    (62 )     1,209       2,157       (461 )     11,433  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    146       99       176       164       (4,080 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (208 )   $ 1,110     $ 1,981     $ (625 )   $ 15,513  
                                         
Net income (loss) per share of common stock
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.07     $ 0.11     $ (0.04 )   $ 0.83  
                                         
Diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.02     $ 0.04     $ (0.04 )   $ 0.27  
                                         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
                                       
Basic
    17,407       17,052       17,571       17,441       18,713  
                                         
Diluted
    17,407       53,562       54,341       17,441       56,761  
                                         
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-5


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity
 
                                                                                     
 
                                    Notes
                         
                                    receivable
          Accumulated
          Total
 
                        Additional
          from
          other
    Total
    comprehensive
 
(In thousands except
  Common stock   Treasury stock     paid-in
    Deferred
    employee
    Accumulated
    comprehensive
    stockholders’
    income
 
per share amounts)   Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount     capital     compensation     stockholders     deficit     loss     equity     (loss)  
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2003
    16,486,786   $ 165         $     $ 931     $     $ (610 )   $ (21,121 )   $ (713 )   $ (21,348 )        
Issuance of restricted stock
    1,248,245     12                 112                               124          
Repurchase of restricted stock
            (689,118 )     (379 )                 379                            
Accrued interest on notes receivable from employees
                                    (28 )                 (28 )        
Accretion of stock issuance costs
                        (32 )                             (32 )        
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    241,214     2                 119             (7 )                 114          
Revaluation of options issued
                        47                                 47          
Share-based compensation
                        657       (497 )                         160          
Cumulative translation adjustment, net of taxes
                                                179       179     $ 179  
Net (loss)
                                          (208 )             (208 )     (208 )
                                                                                     
Balance at March 31, 2004
    17,967,245   $ 179     (689,118 )   $ (379 )   $ 1,834     $ (497 )   $ (266 )   $ (21,329 )   $ (534 )   $ (20,992 )   $ (29 )
                                                                                     
Repurchase of restricted stock
            (624,123 )     (63 )                                   (63 )        
Accrued interest on notes receivable from employees
                                    (9 )                 (9 )        
Repayment of accrued interest on notes
                                    226                   226          
Accretion of stock issuance cost
                        (57 )                             (57 )        
Proceeds from sale of common stock
    675,438     7                 1,479                               1,486          
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    78,608     1                 39                               40          
Issuance of options below fair market value
                        197       35                         232          
Revaluation of options issued to nonemployees
                        45                               45          
Reverse deferred compensation related to employee terminations
                        (391 )     391                                  
Cumulative translation adjustment, net of taxes
                                                83       83     $ 83  
Net income
                                          1,110             1,110       1,110  
                                                                                     
Balance at March 31, 2005
    18,730,291   $ 187     (1,313,241 )   $ (442 )   $ 3,146     $ (71 )   $ (49 )   $ (20,219 )   $ (451 )   $ (17,899 )   $ 1,193  
                                                                                     
Accrued interest on notes receivable from employees
                                    (2 )                 (2 )        
Accretion of preferred stock issuance cost
                        (56 )                             (56 )        
Proceeds from sale of common stock
    832,808     8                 758                               766          
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    253,273     3                 106                               109          


F-6


Table of Contents

                                                                                   
 
                                  Notes
                         
                                  receivable
          Accumulated
          Total
 
                        Additional
        from
          other
    Total
    comprehensive
 
(In thousands except
  Common stock   Treasury stock     paid-in
    Deferred
  employee
    Accumulated
    comprehensive
    stockholders’
    income
 
per share amounts)   Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount     capital     compensation   stockholders     deficit     loss     equity     (loss)  
 
 
Share-based compensation
                        1,516       71                       1,587          
Cumulative translation adjustment, net of taxes
                                              (96 )     (96 )   $ (96 )
Net income
                                        1,981             1,981       1,981  
                                                                                   
Balance at March 31, 2006
    19,816,372   $ 198     (1,313,241 )   $ (442 )   $ 5,470     $   $ (51 )   $ (18,238 )   $ (547 )   $ (13,610 )   $ 1,885  
                                                                                   
Accrued interest on notes receivable from employees (unaudited)
                                  (2 )                 (2 )        
Accretion of preferred stock issuance cost (unaudited)
                        (42 )                           (42 )        
Proceeds from sale of common stock (unaudited)
    275,022     3                 366                             369          
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options (unaudited)
    212,370     2                 118                             120          
Share-based compensation (unaudited)
                        1,369                             1,369          
Cumulative translation adjustment, net of taxes (unaudited)
                                              145       145     $ 145  
Transfer of warrants from equity to liabilities (unaudited)
                        (151 )                           (151 )        
Net income (unaudited)
                                        15,513             15,513       15,513  
                                                                                   
Balance at December 31, 2006 (unaudited)
    20,303,764   $ 203     (1,313,241 )   $ (442 )   $ 7,130     $   $ (53 )   $ (2,725 )   $ (402 )   $ 3,711     $ 15,658  
                                                                                   

 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-7


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of cash flows
 
                                         
 
                      Nine months ended
 
                      December 31,  
    Year ended March 31,     2005     2006  
(In thousands)   2004
    2005
    2006
    (Unaudited)  
 
 
Cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (208 )   $ 1,110     $ 1,981     $ (625 )   $ 15,513  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    2,326       2,713       3,051       2,329       2,381  
Share-based compensation expense
    207       276       1,792       1,291       2,050  
Minority interest in net income of consolidated affiliate
    16       3       3             9  
Gain on sale of equity investment
          (146 )     (927 )     (231 )      
Unrealized (loss) gain on foreign currency exchange contracts
                (68 )     88        
Interest income on notes receivable from employee stockholders
    (28 )     (9 )     (2 )           (2 )
Loss/(Gain) on disposal of property and equipment
    11       145       245       (1 )     (7 )
Warrants issued for services
                            108  
Deferred income taxes, net
                            (4,956 )
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                       
Accounts receivable
    (2,640 )     (2,544 )     (6,757 )     (6,873 )     (10,579 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (740 )     (1,736 )     (1,593 )     34       (1,515 )
Other assets
    6       (91 )     (297 )     (280 )     (9 )
Accounts payable
    760       292       (136 )     (229 )     (254 )
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
    1,319       280       1,846       1,341       984  
Accrued expenses—other
    1,451       (265 )     1,630       851       1,112  
Deferred revenue
    8       (98 )     748       604       171  
Income taxes payable
    291       (232 )     207       148       454  
Other long-term liabilities
    (175 )     6       169       53       16  
                                         
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities
    2,604       (296 )     1,892       (1,500 )     5,476  
                                         


F-8


Table of Contents

                                         
 
                      Nine months ended
 
                      December 31,  
    Year ended March 31,     2005     2006  
(In thousands)   2004
    2005
    2006
    (Unaudited)  
 
 
Cash flows provided by (used for) investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sale of equity investment
    2       407       461       231       466  
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
                103       98       7  
Purchase of investments
    (28 )     (21 )           15       (3 )
Additions to internally-developed software costs
    (631 )     (300 )     (297 )     (121 )     (151 )
Purchase of property and equipment
    (3,338 )     (3,198 )     (1,132 )     (709 )     (4,421 )
                                         
Net cash used for investing activities
    (3,995 )     (3,112 )     (865 )     (486 )     (4,102 )
                                         
Cash flows provided by (used for) financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs
    130                          
Proceeds from issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs
    19,912                          
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options
    114       40       109             120  
Proceeds from sale of common stock
          1,486       766       24       369  
Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock
    124                          
Purchase of restricted stock
          (63 )                  
Increase in restricted cash
    (649 )     (26 )                 (72 )
Principal payments on capital lease obligation
    (168 )     (126 )     (216 )     (181 )     (29 )
Repayments of notes receivable
          226                    
Principal payments on notes payable
    (345 )     (90 )                  
                                         
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    19,118       1,447       659       (157 )     388  
                                         
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (30 )     6       145       (61 )     208  
                                         

F-9


Table of Contents

                                   
                  Nine months ended
                  December 31,
    Year ended March 31,   2005     2006
(In thousands)   2004
  2005
    2006
  (Unaudited)
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    17,697     (1,955 )     1,831     (2,204 )     1,970
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    12,664     30,361       28,406     28,406       30,237
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 30,361   $ 28,406     $ 30,237   $ 26,202     $ 32,207
                                   
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                                 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 28   $ 19     $ 28   $ 11     $ 34
Cash receipts from interest
  $ 147   $ 353     $ 807   $ 571     $ 833
Cash paid for income tax
  $ 20   $ 131     $ 65   $ 46     $ 400
Cash paid to settle stock appreciation rights exercised
  $   $     $ 2   $     $ 3
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
                                 
Acquisition of property and equipment under capital leases
  $ 203   $     $   $     $
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-10


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements
 
(Unaudited with respect to December 31, 2005 and 2006)
 
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(1) Nature of the Business
 
Virtusa Corporation (the Company or Virtusa) is a global information technology services company. The Company uses an offshore delivery model to provide a broad range of information technology, or IT services, including IT consulting, technology implementation and application outsourcing. Using its enhanced global delivery model, innovative platforming approach and industry expertise, the Company provides cost-effective services that enable its clients to accelerate time to market, improve service and enhance productivity. Headquartered in Massachusetts, Virtusa has offices in the United States and the United Kingdom, and global delivery centers in Hyderabad and Chennai, India and Colombo, Sri Lanka.
 
(2) Unaudited interim financial information
 
The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006, the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statement of cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s statement of financial position at December 31, 2006 and its results of operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. The results for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending March 31, 2007.
 
(3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
(a) Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements reflect the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, Virtusa (India) Private Limited, organized and located in India, Virtusa (Sri Lanka) Private Limited, organized and located in Sri Lanka, Virtusa UK Limited, organized and located in the United Kingdom, and Virtusa Securities Corporation, a Massachusetts securities corporation located in the United States. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
(b) Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, including the recoverability of tangible assets, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of


F-11


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Management reevaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis. The most significant estimates relate to the recognition of revenue and profits based on the percentage of completion method of accounting for certain fixed-price contracts, income taxes and related deferred tax assets and liabilities, valuation of long-lived assets, contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The actual amounts may vary from the estimates used in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
(c) Foreign Currency Translation
 
The functional currencies of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are the local currency. India, Sri Lanka and the United Kingdom’s operating and capital expenditures are denominated in their local currency which is the currency most compatible with their expected economic results. India and Sri Lanka local expenditures form the underlying basis for inter-company transactions which are subsequently conducted in both U.S. dollars and U.K. pounds sterling. U.K. client sales contracts are conducted in U.K. pounds sterling.
 
All transactions and account balances are denominated in the local currency. The Company translates the value of these non U.S. subsidiaries’ local currency denominated assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The local currency denominated statement of operations amounts are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates in effect during the period. Realized foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries do not operate in “highly inflationary” countries.
 
(d)  Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
The Company accounts for its derivative instruments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , and SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities , an amendment of SFAS No. 133. These statements establish accounting and reporting standards requiring that derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value as either assets or liabilities. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on the intended use and designation of the derivative at its inception. Any changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are recognized immediately in earnings. At March 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company had outstanding derivative contracts with notional values of $7,569, and $10,472, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had no outstanding derivative contracts.
 
(e)  Cash and Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Investments
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a remaining maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. At March 31, 2005 and 2006, and December 31, 2006, cash equivalents consisted of money market instruments.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
The Company leases its Westborough, Massachusetts facility. The lease is secured by a credit facility, which, in turn is secured by a pledge of restricted cash. At March 31, 2005 and 2006, and December 31, 2006, cash in the amount of $615, $615, and $489 (unaudited) respectively, was restricted in support of the Westborough, Massachusetts lease. The Company also has restricted cash in India to secure the import of computer equipment of approximately $86 at both March 31, 2006 and 2005, and $284 (unaudited) at December 31, 2006, which includes deposits under lien of $215 (unaudited) against a bank guarantee issued by a bank in favor of Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure Corporation Limited, or APIICL, a government agency in India.
 
At March 31, 2005 and 2006, and December 31, 2006, the Company held long-term investments in equity instruments of companies which it accounts for under the cost method as ownership is less than 20% and the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over their operations. In prior years, because evidence indicated that it would be highly unlikely that the Company would be able to sell or otherwise recover the cost basis of certain investments, the Company had reduced the carrying value of certain investments to zero to reflect the value of the investments.
 
In the year ended March 31, 2005, the Company recognized a gain of $146 on the sale of an investment which had a carrying value of $261. During the year ended March 31, 2006, the Company recognized an additional gain of $696 from “earn out” payments on the sale of this same investment. The Company also recognized a gain of $231 on the sale of a second investment which had a carrying value of zero.
 
The Company also has investments in Sri Lanka treasury notes and bills totaling $57, $40 and $41 (unaudited) at March 31, 2005 and 2006, and December 31, 2006, respectively. The purpose of these investments is to provide the funding necessary to meet Sri Lankan employee pension obligations as they arise. While the duration period to maturity of these investments is usually less than one year, the Company considers these investments to be long-term in nature given their intended purpose.
 
(f)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
At March 31, 2005 and 2006, and December 31, 2006, the carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which included cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, unbilled accounts receivable, restricted cash, accounts payable, accrued employee compensation and benefits and other accrued expenses, approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for leases with similar terms, the carrying value of capital lease obligations approximated fair value at March 31, 2006 and 2005 and December 31, 2006.
 
(g)  Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
 
Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily comprised of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and unbilled accounts receivable. The Company places its temporary cash in highly rated financial institutions. Management believes its credit policies reflect normal industry terms and business risk. The


F-13


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

Company does not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties and, accordingly, does not require collateral.
 
At March 31, 2006, two customers accounted for 27% and 13% of gross accounts receivable, and at December 31, 2006, one customer accounted for 34% (unaudited) of gross accounts receivable. At March 31, 2005, two customers accounted for 13% and 11% of gross accounts receivable. During the year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, two customers accounted for 11% and 10%, and 22% (unaudited) and 7% (unaudited), respectively, of the Company’s revenue. During the year ended March 31, 2005, two customers accounted for 14% and 11% of the Company’s revenue. For the year ended March 31, 2004, three customers accounted for 18%, 16%, and 12% of the Company’s revenue.
 
(h)  Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Property and equipment held under capital leases, which involve a transfer of ownership, are amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset. Other property and equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
 
(i) Long-lived Assets
 
Our long-lived assets include property and equipment and long-term investments. We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets and the resulting losses are included in the statement of operations.
 
(j)  Internally-Developed Software
 
Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use , requires research and development costs associated with the application development stage to be capitalized for internal use software. During the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, capitalized software development costs pursuant to SOP 98-1 were approximately $300, $297, $121 (unaudited) and $151 (unaudited), respectively. These costs were recorded in property and equipment. Capitalized internal use software development costs are amortized over their estimated useful life, generally 3 years, using the straight line method, beginning with the date that an asset is ready for its intended use. For the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, amortization of capitalized software


F-14


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

development costs amounted to approximately $11, $87, $138, $89 (unaudited) and $171 (unaudited), respectively.
 
(k) Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109) , using the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
 
At March 31, 2005 and 2006, a full valuation allowance was recorded against the gross deferred tax asset since management believed that after considering all the available objective evidence, both positive and negative, historical and prospective, with greater weight given to historical evidence, it was more likely than not that these assets would not be realized primarily due to the cumulative losses in recent years.
 
As of September 30, 2006, the Company’s U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets were fully offset by a valuation allowance primarily because at the time, it did not have sufficient history of taxable income to conclude that it was more likely than not that it would be able to realize the tax benefits of those deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2006, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that most of its deferred tax assets would be realized based upon its positive cumulative operating results and its assessment of its expected future results. As a result, the Company released most of its valuation allowance and recognized a discrete income tax benefit of $4,956 (unaudited) in its consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
 
In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in multiple jurisdictions. The Company records liabilities for estimated tax obligations in the United States and other tax jurisdictions.
 
(l)  Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
 
The carrying value of redeemable convertible preferred stock is increased by periodic accretions so that the carrying amount will equal the redemption amount at the redemption date. These increases are affected through charges to additional paid-in capital.
 
(m) Revenue Recognition
 
The Company derives its revenue from a variety of IT consulting, technology implementation and application outsourcing services. Contracts for these services have different terms and conditions based on the scope, deliverables, and complexity of the engagement which require management to make judgments and estimates in determining the overall cost to the customer. Fees for these contracts may be in the form of time-and-materials or fixed price arrangements.


F-15


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
Revenue is recognized as work is performed and amounts are earned in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition . The Company considers amounts to be earned once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. For contracts with fees based on time-and-materials, the Company recognizes revenue over the period of performance. Depending on the specific contractual provisions and nature of the deliverable, revenue may be recognized on a proportional performance model based on level of effort, as milestones are achieved or when final deliverables have been provided.
 
Revenue from fixed price contracts is accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 81-1 (SOP 81-1), Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts . Under the percentage-of-completion method, management estimates the percentage of completion based upon efforts incurred as a percentage of the total estimated efforts for the specified engagement. When total cost estimates exceed revenues, the Company accrues for the estimated losses immediately. The use of the percentage-of-completion method requires significant judgment relative to estimating total contract revenue and efforts, including assumptions relative to the length of time to complete the project, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, and anticipated changes in other engagement-related costs. Estimates of total contract revenues and efforts are continuously monitored during the term of the contract and are subject to revision as the contract progresses. When revisions in estimated contract revenues and efforts are determined, such adjustments are recorded in the period in which they are first identified. Depending on the specific contractual provisions and nature of the deliverable, revenue may be recognized as milestones are achieved or when final deliverables have been provided.
 
Revenue includes reimbursements of travel and out-of-pocket expenses with equivalent amounts of expense recorded in costs of revenue of $1,521, $2,573, $1,724, $1,245 (unaudited) and $2,209 (unaudited) for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
(n)  Costs of Revenue and Operating Expenses
 
Costs of revenue consist principally of salaries, employee benefits and stock compensation expense, reimbursable and non-reimbursable travel costs, and immigration related expenses for IT professionals.
 
Selling and marketing expenses are charged to income as incurred. Selling and marketing expenses are those expenses associated with promoting and selling the Company’s services and include such items as sales and marketing personnel salaries, stock compensation expense and related fringe benefits, commissions, travel, and the cost of advertising and other promotional activities. Advertising and promotional expenses incurred were approximately $88, $107 and $455 for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $73 (unaudited) and $155 (unaudited) for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
General and administrative expenses include other operating items such as officers’ and administrative personnel salaries and stock compensation expense and related fringe benefits, legal and audit expenses, insurance, provision for doubtful accounts, depreciation and operating lease expenses.
 
(o) Share-Based Compensation
 
Effective April 1, 2005, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Share Based Payment , (SFAS 123R) using the modified prospective method. Accordingly, the statements of operations for the year ended March 31, 2006 and nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited) include compensation costs related to newly granted share-based awards calculated in accordance with SFAS 123R, as well as for those issued in prior years calculated in accordance with SFAS 123 that vest after the adoption date. The compensation cost is determined by estimating the fair value at the grant date of the Company’s common stock using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and expensing the total compensation cost on a straight line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the requisite employee service period. The total SFAS 123R compensation expense for the year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $1,792, $1,291 (unaudited) and $2,050 (unaudited), respectively, with $537, $378 (unaudited), and $818 (unaudited), respectively, of this amount included in the costs of revenue, and $1,255, $907 (unaudited) and $1,232 (unaudited), respectively, in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
Under SFAS No. 123R’s modified prospective method, the effect of the standard is recognized in the period of adoption and in future periods, but prior periods are not restated to reflect the impact of adopting the new standard at earlier dates. Prior to April 1, 2005, employee stock awards under the Company’s compensation plan were accounted for using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by the Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations. In accordance with the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation , and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure an Amendment to Statement No. 123 , had compensation cost been determined based on the fair value of the options granted to employees at the grant date consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123,


F-17


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

the Company’s net income (loss) for the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 on a pro forma basis would be as follows:
 
                 
 
    Year ended March 31,  
    2004     2005  
 
 
Net income (loss), as reported
  $ (208 )   $ 1,110  
Add—Share-based employee compensation expense determined and recognized under the intrinsic value method (APB Opinion No. 25)
    6       10  
Deduct—Share-based employee compensation expense determine using the fair value method (SFAS 123)
    (272 )     (905 )
                 
Pro forma net income (loss)
  $ (474 )   $ 215  
                 
Income (loss) per share:
               
As reported
               
Basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.07  
                 
Diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.02  
                 
Pro forma
               
Basic
  $ (0.03 )   $ 0.01  
                 
Diluted
  $ (0.03 )   $ 0.00  
                 
 
The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model with the following assumptions:
 
                                         
Weighted average fair
              Nine months ended
value options pricing
  Year ended March 31,   December 31,
model assumptions   2004   2005   2006   2005   2006
                (Unaudited)
 
Risk-free interest rate
    3 .00%     3 .57%     4 .24%     4 .20%     4 .76%
Expected term/life (in years)
    6 .24     6 .30     6 .44     6 .38     7 .00
Anticipated common stock volatility
    70 .90%     66 .10%     60 .10%     61 .35%     50 .74%
Expected dividend yield
                             
 
 
 
The risk-free interest rate assumptions are based on the interpolation of various U.S. Treasury bill rates in effect during the month in which stock option awards are granted. The Company’s volatility assumption is based on the historical volatility rates of the common stock of its publicly held peers over periods commensurate with the expected term of each grant.
 
The expected term of employee share-based awards represents the weighted average period of time that awards are expected to remain outstanding. The determination of the expected term of share-based awards assumes that employees’ behavior is a function of the awards vested, contractual lives, and the extent to which the award is in the money. Given that the Company is privately-held and its share-based award plans are relatively new, it has very little experience or


F-18


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

history to be able to determine the expected term of its share-based awards. Accordingly, the Company has elected to utilize the SAB No. 107 “simplified” method of determining the expected term or life of its share-based awards. The SEC permits the use of this method by non-public companies that have relatively little plan history or peer-company, industry, or other empirical data available to determine the expected period or term over which its awards will be held before exercise.
 
As of March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and 2006, there was $4,122, $4,370 (unaudited) and $3,572 (unaudited), respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s 2000 Amended and Restated Option Plan (the Option Plan). That cost is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average period of 2.95 years.
 
In addition to the share-based compensation arrangements described above, the Company established a stock appreciation rights (SARs) compensation plan during the year ended March 31, 2006 (see note 9 for a more complete description of this plan). Because SARs are required to be settled in cash, the compensation cost and the future liability for these SARs are determined by establishing the fair value of the SARs at the date of grant and remeasuring the fair value of the vested SARs at the close of each reporting period. Accordingly, prior to the full vesting of a SARs, the cumulative compensation cost and the resultant liability associated with the SAR will be recognized and be equal to the proportionate fair value of the SAR earned to date. Subsequent to full vesting, the change in fair value of a SAR is recorded as an adjustment to the future liability and as compensation expense in the determination of periodic earnings. During the year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005, and 2006, the Company recognized compensation expense in the amount of $206, $117 (unaudited) and $679 (unaudited) with $185, $104 (unaudited) and $606 (unaudited) of this amount included in costs of revenue, and $21, $13 (unaudited) and $73 (unaudited) in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
Each SAR’s fair value was determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The pricing model assumptions include a U.S. Treasury bills derived, risk-free interest rate of 3.95% to 4.86%, an expected term or life of each award ranging from 6.25 to 7.0 years, an anticipated stock volatility of 47% to 72%, and no expected dividend yield. The amount of the liability associated with these awards is $206 and $879 (unaudited) at March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
 
No current period or prior year share-based compensation expenses has been capitalized into property and equipment.
 
(p) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by evaluating the relative credit worthiness of each customer, historical collections experience and other information, including the aging of the receivables.


F-19


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
(q) Unbilled Accounts Receivable
 
Unbilled accounts receivable represent revenues on contracts to be billed, in subsequent periods, as per the terms of the related contracts.
 
(r) Earnings (Loss) per Share
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share include the dilutive effect of share-based compensation such as options, preferred stock and restricted stock.
 
The following table provides an illustration of the dilutive effect of our outstanding stock options, preferred stock and warrants:
 
                               
                Nine months ended
    Year ended March 31,   December 31,
    2004   2005   2006   2005   2006
   
 
                (Unaudited)
 
Basic shares used in the calculation of earnings (loss) per share
    17,406,840     17,052,470     17,570,755     17,441,030     18,713,179
Effect of dilutive securities:
                             
Stock options and warrants
        746,851     1,007,660         2,285,195
Preferred stock
        35,762,836     35,762,836         35,762,836
                               
Diluted shares used in the calculation of earnings (loss) per share
    17,406,840     53,562,157     54,341,251     17,441,030     56,761,210
                               
Per share effect of dilutive securities on net income
  $   $ 0.05   $ 0.07   $   $ 0.56
 
 
 
During the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, options to purchase 2,368,347, 4,463,826, 5,720,588, 5,664,506 (unaudited) and 2,949,032 (unaudited) shares of common stock, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share because they would have had an anti-dilutive effect.
 
During the year ended March 31, 2004 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 (unaudited), 35,762,836 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock were not included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share because they would have had an anti-dilutive effect. For the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited), all redeemable convertible preferred stock was included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share.


F-20


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
(s) Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post-Retirement Plans—an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 123(R). This standard requires recognition of the funded status of benefit plans in statements of financial position. The standard also requires recognition in other comprehensive income of certain gains and losses that arise during the period but are deferred under pension accounting rules; and it modifies the timing of reporting and adds certain disclosures. The recognition and disclosure elements of SFAS No. 158 are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2007 and the measurement elements are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. Management is planning to adopt the recognition and disclosure requirements for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2007 and is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of SFAS No. 158 will have on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS No. 157). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 157 will have on its financial position and results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. This bulletin summarizes the SEC staff’s views regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB No. 108 is effective for reporting periods ending after November 15, 2006. SAB No. 108 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on description, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that FIN 48 will have on its financial position and results of operations.
 
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments . SFAS No. 155 is an amendment to SFAS No. 133 and No. 140 and allows financial instruments that have embedded derivatives to be accounted for as a whole (eliminating the need to bifurcate the derivative from its host) if the holder elects to account for the whole instrument on a fair value basis. SFAS No. 155 is effective for an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company does not expect that SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
(4)  Notes Receivable
 
In May 2002, in connection with a restricted stock agreement (note 8), the Company entered into a promissory note totaling approximately $42 with an executive officer. The note bore interest at 7.0% per year, compounded annually. The principal and interest were due on May 22, 2008. The note receivable plus accrued interest at March 31, 2005, 2006 and December 31, 2006 were approximately $49, $51 and $53 (unaudited), respectively, and was recorded as a reduction to stockholders’ equity.
 
In August 2002, the Company modified an executive officer and director’s existing stock options (note 8), to allow the stock options to become immediately exercisable as restricted stock subject to reverse vesting. In connection with the exercise of the stock options and the issuance of the restricted stock, the Company entered into two promissory notes totaling approximately $193. The notes bore interest at 4.24% per year, compounded annually. The principal and interest were due on August 21, 2008. During the year ended March 31, 2005, the executive officer and director repaid the two promissory notes and accrued interest in full totaling approximately $212.
 
(5)  Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment and their estimated useful lives in years consists of the following:
 
                       
        Year ended March 31,   December 31,
    Estimated Useful   2005   2006   2006
             
    Life (Years)           (Unaudited)
 
Computer equipment
  3   $ 11,200   $ 12,049   $ 15,189
Furniture and fixtures
  7     1,608     1,626     1,878
Vehicles
  4     187     171     165
Software
  3     2,248     2,624     2,821
Leasehold improvements
  Lesser of     982     438     438
    Estimated                  
    Useful Life or                  
    Lease Term                  
Capital work-in-progress
        236     161     1,095
                       
          16,461     17,069     21,586
Less—Accumulated depreciation and amortization
        9,584     12,259     14,574
                       
        $ 6,877   $ 4,810   $ 7,012
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006 was $2,326, $2,713, and $3,051, respectively and $2,329 (unaudited) and $2,381 (unaudited) for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Capital work-in-progress


F-22


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

represents advances paid towards the acquisition of property and equipment and the cost of property and equipment not put to use before the balance sheet date.
 
As of March 31, 2005 and 2006 and as of December 31, 2006, the cumulative cost of equipment acquired under capital leases included in property and equipment totaled $596, $570 and $36 (unaudited), with related accumulated amortization of $289, $540 and $36 (unaudited) respectively. The Company abandoned a project relating to the internal development of certain software and charged $208 to general and administrative expense in the accompanying statement of operations during the year ended March 31, 2006.
 
(6)  Debt
 
The Company has a $3,000 (unaudited) revolving line of credit with a bank with a $1,500 ($620 as of March 31, 2006) sub-limit for letters of credit as of December 31, 2006. The revolving line of credit also includes a foreign exchange line of credit requiring 15% of foreign exchange contracts to be supported by the Company’s borrowing base which does not support any foreign currency contracts at December 31, 2006. Advances under this credit facility accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the prime rate minus 0.25%. The credit facility is secured by the grant of a security interest in all of the Company’s U.S. assets in favor of the bank and contains financial and reporting covenants and limitations. The Company is currently in compliance with all covenants contained in its credit facility and believe that the credit facility provides sufficient flexibility so that it will remain in compliance with its terms. The credit facility expires on September 30, 2007. The Company had no amounts (unaudited) outstanding under this credit facility as of December 31, 2006.
 
(7)  Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
 
Series A Preferred Stock
 
On May 25, 2000, the Company issued 3,826,425 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A preferred stock) at a price of $3.3386 per share. Proceeds were recorded net of issuance costs of $60. In addition, during the year ended March 31, 2000, the Company converted $725 of convertible promissory notes into 217,157 shares of Series A preferred stock.
 
Series B Preferred Stock
 
On December 21, 2000, the Company issued 8,647,043 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B preferred stock) at a price of $1.75 per share. Proceeds were recorded net of issuance costs of $77. In connection with securing certain bank loans, the Company issued warrants to a bank to purchase 42,857 and 60,000 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock, each at an exercise price of $1.75 per share, subject to certain antidilutive adjustments, which expire in April 2008 and February 2009, respectively.


F-23


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
Series C Preferred Stock
 
On November 1, 2002, February 27, 2003, March 31, 2003, July 10, 2003 and February 11, 2004, the Company issued 6,623,867, 5,759,765, 104,723, 104,723 and 31,416 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series C preferred stock) at prices of $0.9813 to $0.9549 per share. Proceeds were recorded net of issuance costs of $49.
 
Series D Preferred Stock
 
On February 5, 2004 the Company issued 7,458,494 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series D preferred stock) at a price of $2.681507 per share. Proceeds were recorded net of issuance costs of $88.
 
The Series A, B, C and D preferred stock have the following characteristics:
 
Voting Rights
 
The holders of the preferred stock are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common stock, on all matters submitted to stockholders for a vote. Each preferred stockholder is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each preferred share is convertible at the time of such vote.
 
Dividends
 
The holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D preferred stock are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the board of directors and out of funds legally available, noncumulative dividends declared on the common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each preferred share is convertible as of the record date times the dividend per share. No dividends have been declared or paid by the Company.
 
The reduced conversion prices for Series A and B preferred stock, as a result of subsequent “down rounds” of financing, triggered certain anti-dilution provisions in the Company’s certificate of incorporation which gave rise to deemed dividends. Deemed dividends of approximately $1,100 were recorded as a debit to common stock additional paid in capital and a credit to preferred stock additional paid in capital in the accompanying financial statements.
 
In accordance with the terms of the Series C preferred stock agreement, the holders of 6,623,867 shares of Series C preferred stock were issued 183,130 additional shares of Series C preferred stock as a result of the second and third rounds of Series C preferred stock financings taking place at a lower per share price than the first round of Series C financing, triggered anti-dilution provisions in the Company’s certificate of incorporation which gave rise to a deemed dividend. A deemed dividend of approximately $175 was recorded as a debit to common stock additional paid in capital and a credit to preferred stock additional paid in capital in the accompanying financial statements.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
Liquidation Preference
 
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, the holders of the then outstanding Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock have the right to receive for each share an amount equal to the sum of $3.3386, $1.7500, $0.9549, and $2.6815 per share of Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends, payable in preference and priority to any payments made to the holders of the then outstanding common stock. An extraordinary transaction such as a merger or sale of the company may also be deemed a liquidation event in which the holders of preferred stock would have a right to their applicable liquidation preference. If a liquidation event is triggered, under the certificate of incorporation, after payment in full of the applicable per share liquidation preference amounts as listed above to the holders of preferred stock from assets of the Company, to the extent there are any assets of the Company still available for distribution, the holders of the preferred stock have the right to share ratably with the holders of common stock with the remaining assets of the company until such time as the holders of preferred stock will have received an amount equal to at least two and one half times their applicable per share liquidation preference amount.
 
Conversion
 
Each share of preferred stock, at the option of the holder, is convertible into a number of fully paid shares of common stock as determined by dividing the respective preferred stock issue price by the conversion price in effect at the time. The current conversion price of Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock is $2.3807, $1.5400, $0.9549, and $2.6815, respectively, and is subject to adjustment in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the Company’s certificate of incorporation. Conversion is automatic immediately upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which the aggregate proceeds raised from the offering exceed $25,000, and at a pre-money valuation for the Company (on a fully diluted basis) of at least $325,000.
 
Redemption
 
On or after February 5, 2007, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D preferred stock may, by written request, require the Company to redeem 33.3% of the then outstanding shares, an additional 33.4% of the original outstanding shares on February 5, 2008, and all of the remaining outstanding shares on February 5, 2009. The per share redemption price shall be equal to the original purchase price plus the amount of any declared and unpaid dividends.
 
If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock to be redeemed at the aforementioned redemption dates, then the Company shall redeem such shares ratably to the extent possible and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as sufficient funds are legally available.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
(8)  Common Stock
 
The Company has authorized the issuance of 80,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value common stock. In addition, the Company has reserved as of March 31, 2005 and 2006, and as of December 31, 2006 a total of 46,542,044 , 44,778,959 and 44,566,589 (unaudited) shares of common stock, respectively, for the conversion of Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock, the exercise and subsequent conversion of warrants, and the exercise of stock options.
 
Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding.
 
In September 2004, the Company sold a total of 675,438 shares of its common stock to two newly-appointed members of the board of directors at $2.20 per share. In February 2006, the Company sold a total of 832,808 shares of its common stock to two existing stockholders at $0.92 per share. The per share prices were equal to the estimated fair value of the common stock at the dates of sale as determined by the board of directors. In August 2006, the Company sold 275,022 (unaudited) shares of its common stock to a newly-appointed member of the board of directors at $1.34 (unaudited) per share.
 
(a) Restricted Stock
 
At March 31, 2005 and 2006, and at December 31, 2006 (unaudited), the Company had 13,020,834 shares of common stock outstanding which are subject to restrictions as to transfer.
 
In October 2001, the Company granted 516,796 shares of restricted common stock to an executive officer at a purchase price of $0.50 per share, the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. The Company’s right to repurchase the shares lapsed over four years, 25% on the first anniversary of the grant, and the remainder in equal quarterly installments. The only risk of forfeiture was if the executive officer voluntarily terminated employment with the Company, in which case the Company may repurchase the unvested shares for the original purchase of $0.50 per share. In connection with the grant, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with the executive officer for the purchase price of the stock (note 4). On February 24, 2004 the executive officer was terminated without cause. The Company agreed to repurchase all of the underlying vested and unvested restricted stock for approximately $379. The Company paid $0.50 per share for the unvested restricted shares in accordance with the restricted stock agreement. The Company paid $0.59 per share for the vested shares. The Company exchanged the outstanding promissory notes due from the executive officer for the purchase price of the shares.
 
In April and May 2002, the Company granted 86,140 and 172,322 shares of restricted common stock, respectively, to two executive officers at a purchase price of $0.50 per share, the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. The Company’s right to repurchase the shares lapses 6.25% at the end of each full calendar quarter from the date of grant. The Company’s repurchase price is equal to the officers’ original purchase price per share of $0.50. In


F-26


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

connection with the restricted stock agreements, the Company entered into promissory note agreements with the officers for the purchase price of the stock (note 4).
 
In April 2002, the Company provided two executive officers and all directors of the Company the opportunity to modify existing stock option agreements so that all options would become immediately exercisable as restricted stock. One officer and two directors elected to modify their agreements resulting in a total of 469,530 shares becoming exercisable. The Company’s right to repurchase the officers restricted shares lapsed 25% immediately and the remainder in equal quarterly installments beginning September 24, 2002. The Company’s right to repurchase the directors’ shares lapsed 33% immediately, 33% on January 24, 2003 and 33% on January 24, 2004. The Company’s right to repurchase these unvested shares which has expired was equal to the lesser of the officer or director’s original purchase price of $0.50 or the fair value per share on the date of repurchase. The Company entered into promissory note agreements with the officer and one of the directors for the purchase price of the stock (note 4), and the other director paid cash for the purchase price of approximately $38.
 
In June 2003, the Company granted 1,248,245 shares of restricted common stock to an executive officer of the Company at a purchase price of $0.10 per share, below the $0.52 fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. The Company’s right to repurchase the shares lapsed 25% on the first anniversary of the officer’s hire date and an additional 6.25% lapsed each three full month period thereafter. The Company’s repurchase price is equal to the officers’ original purchase price per share of $0.10. The Company recorded a charge to deferred compensation of $534 related to this grant, and recognized compensation expense of $2 and $131 during the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
On April 5, 2004, as part of a termination agreement with the executive officer referred to in the paragraph above, the Company agreed to accelerate the vesting of the executive’s shares of restricted stock by one year. As a result, vesting of 312,061 shares was accelerated. The Company recognized additional non-cash compensation expense of approximately $197 during the year ended March 31, 2005. Additionally, the Company exercised its right to repurchase the remaining 624,123 unvested shares of restricted stock at the original purchase price of $0.10 per share for a total of $62.
 
(b) Common Stock Warrant
 
On December 21, 2000, in connection with the issuance of the Series B preferred stock, the Company issued a warrant for the purchase of 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.50 per share. The warrant expired on December 21, 2005.
 
(9) Stock Options and Appreciation Rights
 
During the year ended March 31, 2001, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan (the Option Plan) under which an initial 3,870,000 shares of the Company’s common stock was reserved for issuance to employees, directors, and consultants. The Option Plan was amended over the years to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance to a maximum of 11,779,856 in the year ended March 31, 2005, before reducing the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance in July 2005 to a total of 10,270,000. Options granted under the Option


F-27


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

Plan may be incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, or restricted stock. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The compensation committee of the board of directors determines the term of awards on an individual case basis. The exercise price of incentive stock options shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. If an individual owns stock representing more than 10% of the outstanding shares, the price of each share shall be at least 110% of fair market value as determined by the board of directors.
 
In July 2005, Virtusa adopted the Virtusa Corporation 2005 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the SAR Plan). Under the SAR Plan, the Company may grant up to 1,500,000 stock appreciation rights (SARs) to employees and consultants of Virtusa and its foreign subsidiaries, and settle the SAR in cash or common stock, as set forth in the SAR Plan. In connection with the adoption of the SAR Plan, the Company reduced the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Option Plan by 1,500,000 shares, to 10,270,000, canceled options previously granted to certain non-U.S. employees, and issued SARs in replacement of the cancelled options that had the identical exercise price, exercise period after termination and vesting period as the canceled options. The SAR Plan generally restricts the exercise of the SARs at any time prior to the date of an initial public offering (IPO) of the Company’s common stock, unless the employee’s employment is terminated. Prior to an IPO, the SARs can only be settled in cash. After an IPO, the cash settlement feature of the SARs will cease and exercises will only be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock. After an IPO, the employee may also exercise the SAR during the term of employment and for 90 days post-termination.


F-28


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Option Plan for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the nine months ended December 31, 2006:
 
               
    Number of options
     
    to purchase common
    Weighted average
    shares     exercise price
 
Outstanding at March 31, 2003
    3,446,457     $ 0.50
Granted
    2,018,459       0.53
Exercised
    (241,214 )     0.50
Canceled
    (1,073,573 )     0.50
               
Outstanding at March 31, 2004
    4,150,129       0.52
Granted
    3,046,106       1.91
Exercised
    (78,608 )     0.50
Canceled
    (404,898 )     1.05
               
Outstanding at March 31, 2005
    6,712,729       1.11
Granted
    1,378,150       0.91
Exercised
    (253,273 )     0.43
Canceled and replaced with SARs
    (649,327 )     1.28
Canceled
    (1,084,132 )     1.28
               
Outstanding at March 31, 2006
    6,104,147       1.05
Granted (unaudited)
    1,834,507       1.68
Exercised (unaudited)
    (212,370 )     0.57
Canceled (unaudited)
    (239,502 )     1.46
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2006 (unaudited)
    7,486,782       1.21
 
 
 
The following table summarizes options exercisable and available for future grant at March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2006:
 
             
    March 31,
  December 31,
    2006   2006
(Unaudited)
 
Options exercisable
    2,992,354     3,482,445
Weighted average grant date fair value of exercisable options
  $ 0.47   $ 0.56
Options available for future grant
    2,845,090     1,200,085
 
 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value and weighted average remaining contractual life of stock options outstanding during the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was approximately $1,005 and 7.98 years, $968 and 7.95 years, $2,367 and 7.34 years, and $15,070 (unaudited) and 7.39 (unaudited) years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value and weighted average remaining contractual life of stock options exercisable


F-29


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

during the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was approximately $464 and 6.91 years, $672 and 6.55 years, $1,752 and 6.04 years, and $8,222 (unaudited) and 5.82 (unaudited) years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was $1, $17, $56 and $207 (unaudited), respectively.
 
The following tables summarize additional information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2006:
 
March 31, 2006
 
                               
    Options outstanding   Options exercisable
        Weighted
           
        average
  Weighted
      Weighted
        remaining
  average
      average
Option
  Number
  contractual
  exercise
  Number
  exercise
exercise price   outstanding   life in years   price   exercisable   price
 
$0.10
    172,206     7.14   $ 0.10     102,766   $ 0.10
0.50
    2,628,476     5.65     0.50     2,325,860     0.50
0.76
    73,800     9.62     0.76     10,000     0.76
0.92
    642,000     9.83     0.92     20,000     0.92
0.95 - 1.45
    544,700     9.00     0.99     26,670     1.37
1.70
    81,702     8.88     1.70     17,170     1.70
1.75
    1,113,808     8.08     1.75     226,885     1.75
2.00
    306,235     8.25     2.00     82,676     2.00
2.20
    443,420     8.43     2.20     168,297     2.20
2.30
    97,800     8.69     2.30     12,030     2.30
                               
      6,104,147     7.34     1.06     2,992,354     0.74
 
 


F-30


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

December 31, 2006 (unaudited)
 
                               
    Options outstanding   Options exercisable
        Weighted
           
        average
  Weighted
      Weighted
        remaining
  average
      average
Option
  Number
  contractual
  exercise
  Number
  exercise
exercise price   outstanding   life in years   price   exercisable   price
 
$0.10
    172,206     6.39   $ 0.10     144,430   $ 0.10
0.50
    2,366,676     4.92     0.50     2,243,969     0.50
0.76 - 0.95
    1,195,500     8.76     0.92     214,300     0.93
1.34
    1,183,757     9.60     1.34     52,152     1.34
1.45 - 1.70
    106,200     7.71     1.59     47,135     1.54
1.75
    1,097,733     7.32     1.75     408,505     1.75
2.00
    266,085     7.49     2.00     111,520     2.00
2.20
    385,075     7.67     2.20     234,859     2.20
2.30
    94,800     7.94     2.30     25,575     2.30
2.36
    618,750     9.96     2.36        
                               
      7,486,782     7.39     1.21     3,482,445     0.86
 
 
 
The tables below summarize information about the SAR Plan activity for the fiscal year 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 as follows:
 
               
    SAR Plan activity
          Weighted
          average
    Number of
    exercise
    SARs     price
 
Outstanding at March 31, 2005
        $
SARs issued in replacement of canceled options
    649,327       1.28
Granted
    36,550       0.87
Exercised
    (10,840 )     0.50
Forfeited or expired
    (103,924 )     1.53
               
Outstanding at March 31, 2006
    571,113       1.23
Granted (unaudited)
    157,157       1.42
Exercised (unaudited)
    (8,306 )     0.55
Forfeited or expired (unaudited)
    (85,937 )     1.42
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2006 (unaudited)
    634,027       1.26
 
 


F-31


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

SARs exercisable and available for future grant at March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2006:
 
             
    March 31,
  December 31,
    2006   2006
(Unaudited)
 
SARs exercisable
    269,564     286,433
Weighted average grant date fair value of exercisable SARs
  $ 0.74   $ 2.66
SARs available for future grant
    928,887     865,973
 
 
 
The following table summarizes information about SARs outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2006:
 
March 31, 2006
 
                             
    SARs outstanding   SARs exercisable
        Weighted
           
        average
  Weighted
      Weighted
        remaining
  average
      average
SAR exercise
  Number
  contractual
  exercise
  Number
  exercise
price   outstanding   life in years   price   exercisable   price
 
$0.50
    243,427   5.95   $ 0.50     208,909   $ 0.50
0.76 – 0.95
    54,000   9.10 – 9.83     0.86        
1.45
    21,633   7.90     1.45     11,185     1.45
1.70
    33,290   8.88     1.70     4,726     1.70
1.75
    31,173   8.08     1.75     9,881     1.75
2.00
    114,949   8.21     2.00     21,673     2.00
2.20
    30,096   8.43     2.20     8,220     2.20
2.30
    42,545   8.69     2.30     4,970     2.30
                             
      571,113   7.43     1.23     269,564     0.81
 
 


F-32


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

December 31, 2006 (unaudited)
 
                     
    SARs outstanding   SARs exercisable
        Weighted
           
        average
  Weighted
       
        remaining
  average
      Weighted
SAR exercise
  Number
  contractual
  exercise
  Number
  average
price   outstanding   life in years   price   exercisable   exercise price
 
$0.50
  215,743   5.16   $0.50   200,937   $0.50
0.76 – 0.95
  44,460   8.35 – 9.07   0.86   3,890   0.85
1.34
  129,920   9.60   1.34    
1.45
  17,916   7.15   1.45   11,399   1.45
1.70
  33,402   8.13   1.70   5,052   1.70
1.75
  25,541   7.32   1.75   12,627   1.75
2.00
  96,482   7.45   2.00   33,324   2.00
2.20
  24,198   7.67   2.20   10,639   2.20
2.30
  34,015   7.94   2.30   8,565   2.30
2.36
  12,350   9.96   2.36    
                     
    634,027   7.30   1.26   286,433   0.91
 
 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value and weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding SARs as of March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2006 was approximately $189 and 7.43 years and $1,240 (unaudited) and 7.30 (unaudited) years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value and weighted average remaining contractual life of the exercisable SARs as of March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2006 was approximately $146 and 6.30 years and $662 (unaudited) and 5.79 (unaudited) years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of SARs exercised during the year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was $3 and $9 (unaudited), respectively.


F-33


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
The following table summarizes the Company’s nonvested stock options and SARs at December 31, 2006:
 
                             
    Stock options   SARs
          Weighted
        Weighted
          average
        average
          grant
        grant
          date fair
        date fair
    Shares     value   SARs     value
 
Nonvested at April 1, 2005
    3,896,779     $ 1.01         $
Granted
    1,378,150       0.55     36,550       0.49
Canceled and replaced with SARs
    (369,421 )     0.64     369,421       1.04
Vested
    (722,173 )     0.93     (498 )     1.04
Forfeited or expired
    (1,071,542 )     0.90     (103,924 )     0.98
                             
                             
Nonvested at March 31, 2006
    3,111,793       0.88     301,549       1.03
Granted (unaudited)
    1,834,507       0.97     157,157       0.83
Vested (unaudited)
    (725,284 )     0.83     (43,649 )     0.95
Forfeited or expired (unaudited)
    (216,679 )     0.98     (67,847 )     0.98
                             
Nonvested at December 31, 2006 (unaudited)
    4,004,337       0.93     347,210       0.97
 
 
 
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was $0.41, $1.25, $0.55, and $0.97 (unaudited), respectively. The weighted average fair value of options vested during the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was $0.30, $0.48, $0.93 and $0.83 (unaudited), respectively. The weighted average fair value of SARs granted during the year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was $0.49 and $0.83 (unaudited), respectively. The weighted average fair value of vested SARs during the year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was $1.04 and $0.95 (unaudited), respectively. There were no SARs granted prior to April 1, 2005.
 
Prior to April 1, 2005, the Company followed SFAS 123 in accounting for stock options granted to individuals other than employees and directors. During the year ended March 31, 2004, the Company granted nonqualified options to a non-employee for the purchase of 10,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.50 per share with immediate vesting. During the year ended March 31, 2005, the Company granted nonqualified options to three non-employees for the purchase in aggregate of 62,500 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $2.00 to $2.30 per share, with immediate vesting terms. During the year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, the Company granted nonqualified options of 20,000 shares and 20,000 (unaudited) shares, respectively, of common stock to a non-employee at an exercise price of $0.92 and 2.36 (unaudited) per share, respectively, with immediate vesting and a two-year vesting period, respectively. The value of all of the options was determined using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions: no dividend yield, 50% to 80% volatility, risk-free interest rates of 4.16% to 4.86%, and expected terms of five to


F-34


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

10 years. The value of the 2004 non-employee options was not material at March 31, 2004 and no compensation was recognized. The valuation of the options issued during the year ended March 31, 2005 resulted in compensation expense of approximately $34. During the year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, compensation expense related to non-employee options was not material.
 
In May 2004, the Company granted 222,206 nonqualified stock options to two employees of the Company at an exercise price of $0.10 per share which was below the $0.52 fair market of the common stock at the date of grant. The Company recorded a charge to deferred compensation of $93 and compensation expense of $23 during the year ended March 31, 2005. During the year ended March 31, 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, the remaining unamortized deferred compensation and the related subsequent amortization thereof is included in the accounting associated with the adoption of SFAS 123R (note 3(o)).
 
During the year ended March 31, 2005, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,720,144 of common stock outside of the Option Plan at an exercise price of $2.20 per share. Of the total grants, an option to purchase 2,500,000 shares was issued to an executive officer and an option to purchase 220,144 shares was issued to a director of the Company. On the first anniversary of the employment date of the executive officer, the executive officer’s option vested as to 25% of the shares, and the remainder vests in equal quarterly installments over the following three years. The director’s option vests in equal quarterly installments over three years. During the year ended March 31, 2005, no compensation expense was recorded related to these options. During the year ended March 31, 2006, the executive officer’s option agreement was amended to reduce the exercise price from $2.20 to $0.76. The compensation related to these options, including the effect of the modification, is included in the accounting associated with the adoption of SFAS 123R (note 3(o)).
 
(10) Income Taxes
 
The income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) shown below is based on the geographic location to which such income is attributed for each of the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006:
 
                                       
    Year ended
    Nine months ended
    March 31,     December 31,
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006
           
                      (Unaudited)
 
United States
  $ (1,615 )   $ (924 )   $ (1,744 )   $ (2,332 )   $ 4,384
Foreign
    1,553       2,133       3,901       1,871       7,049
                                       
Total
  $ (62 )   $ 1,209     $ 2,157     $ (461 )   $ 11,433
 
 


F-35


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

The provision for income taxes for each of the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 consisted of the following:
 
                                         
 
          Nine months ended
 
    Year ended March 31,     December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
             
                      (Unaudited)  
 
 
Current provision:
                                       
Federal
  $ 127     $ 99     $ 97     $ 118     $ 170  
State
    19             24       8       152  
Foreign
                55       38       554  
    $ 146     $ 99     $ 176     $ 164     $ 876  
Deferred provision (benefit):
                                       
Federal
  $ 1,307     $ 343     $ (74 )   $ (56 )   $ 1,721  
State
                            339  
Foreign
          (133 )     (24 )     (18 )     35  
Change in valuation allowance
    (1,307 )     (210 )     98       74       (7,051 )
                                         
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $ 146     $ 99     $ 176     $ 164     $ (4,080 )
 
 
 
The items which gave rise to differences between the income taxes in the statements of operations and the income taxes computed at the U.S. statutory rate are summarized as follows:
 
                                         
 
    Year ended
    Nine months ended
 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
             
                      (Unaudited)  
 
 
Statutory tax rate
    (34.0% )     34.0%       34.0%       (34.0% )     34.0%  
U.S. state and local taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax effects
    3.6       3.7       (0.9 )     (0.9 )     3.9  
Benefit from foreign subsidiaries’ tax holidays
    (370.6 )     (58.4 )     (54.4 )     (54.4 )     (14.8 )
Investment tax credits
    30.7       0.7                    
Change in valuation allowance
    (1,717.9 )     (15.8 )     4.5       98.5       (61.9 )
Permanent items
    637.5       44.0       26.5       26.5       3.1  
Provision to return adjustments
    1,686.2             (1.6 )            
                                         
Effective income tax rate
    235.5%       8.2%       8.1%       35.7%       (35.7% )
 
 
 
The Company’s Sri Lanka subsidiary has entered into an agreement with the Sri Lanka Board of Investment whereby income of the subsidiary is exempt from Sri Lanka tax through March 31,


F-36


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

2007. Additionally, the Company’s India subsidiary operates two Software Technology Parks (STPs) which qualify as Export Oriented Units and are exempt from India tax on business income through March 31, 2009.
 
The effect of the income tax holidays was to increase both earnings and diluted earnings per share in the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 by $532, $995, $1,173, $965 (unaudited) and $2,034 (unaudited), respectively, and by $0.03, $0.02, $0.03, $0.06 (unaudited) and $0.03 (unaudited), respectively.
 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of March 31, 2006 and 2005 and as of December 31, 2006 were as follows:
 
                         
 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2006     2006  
   
   
 
                (Unaudited)  
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 8,155     $ 7,242     $ 4,365  
Bad debt reserve
    35       139       218  
Depreciation
    107       240       177  
Tax credit carryforwards
    31       72       220  
Accrued expenses and reserves
    329       531       580  
Compensation expense
          535       1,104  
Other
    24       20       20  
                         
Total deferred tax asset
    8,681       8,779       6,684  
Valuation allowance
    (8,681 )     (8,779 )     (1,728 )
                         
Net deferred tax asset
  $     $     $ 4,956  
 
 
 
The Company provided a full valuation allowance at March 31, 2005 and 2006 for the full amount of its deferred tax assets. Based on the weight of available evidence at those dates, it was determined more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets would not be realized. At December 31, 2006, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that most of its deferred tax assets would be realized based upon its positive cumulative operating results and its assessment of its expected future results. As a result, the Company released most of the valuation allowance and recognized a discrete income tax benefit of $4,956 (unaudited) in the consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
 
At December 31, 2006, the Company has federal and state net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $11,518 (unaudited) and $7,590 (unaudited), respectively, which may be available to reduce future income tax liabilities, which expire at various dates through 2025. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had foreign NOL carryforwards of $307 (unaudited) which have no expiration date. The Company’s ability to utilize its NOL carryforwards may be limited due to changes in ownership of the Company as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 382. Generally, an ownership change occurs when the ownership percentages of 5% or greater stockholders change by more than 50% over a three-year period.


F-37


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 
The Company intends to reinvest certain of its foreign earnings indefinitely. Accordingly, no U.S. income taxes have been provided for approximately $15,600 (unaudited) of un-remitted earnings of international subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006.
 
(11) Post-retirement Benefits
 
The Company has noncontributory defined benefit plans (the Benefit Plans) covering its employees in India and Sri Lanka as mandated by the Indian and Sri Lankan governments. Benefits are based on the employee’s years of service and compensation. Benefits are paid directly by the Company when they become due, in conformity with the funding requirements of applicable government regulations.
 
Net periodic benefit cost included the following components:
 
                                 
 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006  
             
                      (Unaudited)  
 
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 185     $ 187     $ 241     $ 595  
                                 
Change in projected benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
  $ 123     $ 209     $ 258     $ 370  
Service cost
    37       78       107       151  
Interest cost
    11       13       21       31  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    46       (31 )     17       363  
Benefits paid
    (10 )     (9 )     (26 )     (39 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
    2       (2 )     (7 )     (11 )
                                 
Benefit obligation at year end
  $ 209     $ 258     $ 370     $ 865  
                                 
Unfunded status of the plan
  $ 209     $ 258     $ 370     $ 865  
Unrecognized actuarial gain (loss)
    (35 )     7       (30 )     (387 )
Unrecognized transition asset
    34       17              
                                 
Accrued benefit cost
  $ 208     $ 282     $ 340     $ 478  
                                 


F-38


Table of Contents

Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

                               
    March 31,     December 31,
    2004     2005     2006     2006
           
                      (Unaudited)
 
Components of net periodic pension expense:
                             
Service cost
  $ 37     $ 78     $ 107     $ 151
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
    11       13       21       31
Amortization of the unrecognized transition obligation
    (17 )     (17 )     (16 )    
Recognized net actuarial (gain)
          (2 )          
                               
Net periodic pension expense
  $ 31     $ 72     $ 112     $ 182
                               
Assumptions:
                             
Discount rate
    8.5%       9.0%       9.0%       9.0%
Rate of compensation increase
    5.0% every       5.0% every       5.0% every       6.5%-8.0%
      four years       four years       four years       annually
      to 8.0%       to 8.0%       to 8.0%        
      annually       annually       annually        
 
 

 
The benefits expected to be paid from the Benefit Plans in each year ended March 31, 2007 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 are $63, $79, $128, $190 and $223, respectively. The aggregate benefits expected to be paid in the five years from March 31, 2012 through March 31, 2016 are $1,052. The expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligation at December 31, 2006 and include estimated future employee service.
 
(12) 401(k) Plan
 
The Company sponsors a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the 401(k) Plan). The 401(k) Plan covers substantially all employees in the United States who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to contribute a portion of their annual compensation on a pretax basis. Company contributions to the 401(k) Plan may be made at the discretion of the board of directors. During the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months period ended December 31, 2005, and 2006, the Company did not contribute to the 401(k) Plan.
 
For the years ended March 31, 2000 through March 31, 2005, Virtusa did not offer all temporary non-U.S. company employees of their offshore subsidiaries who were working in the United States the right to participate in the 401(k) Plan. The Company excluded these non-U.S.

F-39


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

company employees from participation in the 401(k) Plan based on the belief that this retirement savings plan was strictly for U.S. company employees, and the fact that these non-U.S. company employees were covered by other retirement plans in their countries of permanent employment. During the year ended March 31, 2005, it came to the attention of the Company that excluding these non-U.S. company employees constituted a 401(k) Plan failure and including these employees in 401(k) testing calculations also resulted in testing failures. The Company has formally filed an application for settlement with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) under the Voluntary Correction Program that requires the Company to make a one time contribution of approximately $131 to cure both the plan and testing failures. During the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the Company recognized $29, $47 and $55, respectively, of the settlement amount. The Company believes that the 401(k) Plan is in compliance with all IRS rules and regulations.
 
(13) Related Party Transactions
 
In connection with the hiring of an executive officer, the Company issued an interest-free loan of 2,935,000 Sri Lankan rupees, or approximately $29, due and payable when the fair market value of the Company’s common stock reaches $20 per share following its initial public offering. The loan balance at March 31, 2005 and 2006 and December 31, 2006 was approximately $29, $28 and $27, respectively, and recorded in other current assets.
 
During the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company provided services to a customer of which certain officers of the Company were stockholders. For the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company recorded revenue of approximately $1,979 and $3,500, respectively, for services provided to this customer. At March 31, 2005, $12 was included in accounts receivable from this customer. At March 31, 2004, the Company held 250,000 shares of common stock of this related entity. The carrying value of the shares was $261 and was included in long term investments. On January 14, 2005, the related entity was acquired by an unrelated party. The Company received cash of $407, $230 and $466 (unaudited) related to the sale of this investment during the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, and the nine months ended December 31, 2006. The Company recorded gains of $146 and $696 in other income (expense), net related to the sale of this investment during the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
Virtusa utilized BG Air Services, Inc. as a travel agent during the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, and contracted approximately $841 and $731, respectively, in services from BG Air Services, Inc. The managing director of BG Air Services, Inc. is a relative of an executive officer of the Company.
 
During the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company purchased approximately $739, $942, $600 (unaudited) and $752 (unaudited), respectively, in services from Lotus Travel Services. The managing director of Lotus Travel Services is a relative of an executive officer of the Company.
 
Virtusa obtained capital and operating leases for equipment from Alliance Finance Company. During the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company made capital and operating lease payments of


F-40


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

approximately $328, $323, $291, $164 (unaudited) and $221 (unaudited), respectively, to Alliance Finance Company. Relatives of an executive officer of the Company are directors of Alliance Finance Company.
 
(14)  Commitments and Guarantees
 
The Company leases its office space, temporary housing for international employees and certain office equipment under noncancelable operating leases ranging from one to 12 months. Total rental expense under these operating leases was approximately $1,855, $1,947 and $2,598 for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $1,829 (unaudited) and $2,278 (unaudited) for the nine month period ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
In January 2006, the Company relocated its U.S. West Coast sales and service office. The noncancelable operating lease for the abandoned office space is scheduled to expire at the end of February 2008. In May 2006, the Company finalized a sublease agreement to sublease the vacated office space. Accordingly, at March 31, 2006, in accordance with SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities , the Company recorded an accrued liability and a charge of $65 to selling, general and administrative expenses representing all of the remaining costs associated with the lease through its scheduled expiration date, less the amount of the sublease income.
 
The Company has also entered into various leasing arrangements for various office equipment and has accounted for these transactions as capital leases. Accordingly, the Company has recorded assets and obligations equal to the present value of the minimum lease payments over the lease terms.
 
Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases at March 31, 2006 are:
 
       
    Operating
    leases
 
Year ending March 31:
     
2007
  $ 2,364
2008
    2,355
2009
    2,172
2010
    1,943
2011
    1,259
Thereafter
    695
       
    $ 10,788
 
 
 
The operating lease commitment for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2007 is net of $97 of sub-lease income.
 
The Company indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at its request in a defined capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum potential amount


F-41


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification obligations is unlimited. The costs incurred to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification obligations have not been material. As a result, the Company believes that its estimated exposure on these obligations is minimal. Accordingly, the Company had no liabilities recorded for these obligations as of December 31, 2006.
 
The Company is insured against any actual or alleged act, error, omission, neglect, misstatement or misleading statement or breach of duty by any current or former officer, director or employee while rendering information technology services. The Company believes that its financial exposure from such actual or alleged actions, should they arise, is minimal and no liability was recorded at December 31, 2006.
 
(15)  Derivative Financial Instruments and Trading Activities
 
During the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended December 31, 2006, the Company entered into derivative foreign currency forward financial instruments with the objective of limiting its exposure to changes in the Indian rupee. These contracts did not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133 Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities and, accordingly, the changes in fair value of these derivative instruments were recorded in current earnings. The Company uses quoted market prices from published sources or brokers to value these contracts. The notional purchase and notional sales amounts of these foreign currency contracts at March 31, 2005 and 2006 were $7,569 and $10,472, respectively. There were no foreign currency contracts outstanding at December 31, 2006. Foreign exchange losses on hedge contracts and changes in fair value of $0, $12 and $133 were recorded in the statement of operations for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $247 (unaudited) and $202 (unaudited) for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
(16)  Business Segment Information
 
The Company views, measures and has organized itself to operate as one global, enterprise-wide business. Total revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on location of the customer. Geographic information is summarized as follows:
 
                               
    Year ended March 31,   Nine months ended December 31,
    2004   2005   2006   2005   2006
   
 
                (Unaudited)
 
Customer revenues:
                             
United States
  $ 42,822   $ 58,540   $ 66,020   $ 48,600   $ 67,377
India
        32     288     157     389
United Kingdom
        1,912     10,627     4,983     21,622
                               
Consolidated Revenue
  $ 42,822   $ 60,484   $ 76,935   $ 53,740   $ 89,388
 
 
 


F-42


Table of Contents

Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

                   
    March 31,   December 31,
    2005   2006   2006
         
            (Unaudited)
 
Long-lived assets, net of accumulated
                 
depreciation:
                 
United States
  $ 1,696   $ 1,090   $ 1,184
India
    3,677     2,703     3,777
Sri Lanka
    1,500     1,005     1,964
United Kingdom
    4     12     87
                   
Consolidated long lived assets, net
  $ 6,877   $ 4,810   $ 7,012
 
 

 
(17)  Subsequent Events
 
In March 2007, the Company entered into a Co-Developer Agreement and a Lease Deed with APIICL, a state government agency in India, by which the Company leased approximately 6.3 acres of land in Hyderabad, India for 99 years for a one-time payment of $364. Under the terms of the Lease Deed, the Company is required, within three years, to either create 857 permanent new IT software development jobs or expend at least approximately $15,000 to develop and outfit a facility at that site. Under the terms of the Lease Deed, the Company has issued a bank guarantee of $207 in order to collateralize a refund that would be due should the Company fail to hire the required number of new employees, in which case the bank guarantee would be forfeited to APIICL. Under the terms of the Co-Developer Agreement, the Company is required to expend at least 675,000,000 Indian rupees, or approximately $15,485, and construct a minimum of 250,000 square feet, within three years from the date of construction.
 
The Company had issued warrants to a bank to purchase 42,857 and 60,000 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.75 per share, subject to certain anti-dilutive adjustments, which are exercisable for a period of seven years, expiring in April, 2008 and February 2009, respectively (note 7). On March 23, 2007, the Company amended these warrant agreements to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The other terms and conditions of the warrant agreements remain unchanged.
 
On March 29, 2007, the Company issued 2,875,869 shares of common stock at $3.92 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $11,273 to a wholly-owned subsidiary of British Telecommunications plc (BT). The per share price was equal to the estimated fair value of the common stock at the date of sale as determined by Virtusa’s board of directors based upon a contemporaneous independent third-party valuation. The sale represents 4.99% of the Company’s outstanding common stock taking into consideration the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock, on an as-converted basis.
 
On March 29, 2007, the Company entered into a five-year IT services agreement with BT, which is premised upon BT making minimum aggregate expenditures of approximately $200,000 over the term of the agreement. In the event that BT fails to meet annual minimum expenditure

F-43


Table of Contents

 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

targets, BT will lose any discounts under the agreement for the applicable annual period. In such event, BT is also obligated to pay an increasing percentage of any expenditure shortfall to the Company as liquidated damages. BT is entitled to increasing discounts for expenditures above annual minimum expenditure targets.
 
In February 2007, the Finance Minister of India proposed several changes to the Indian tax laws. The proposed changes include a service tax on rental property income, minimum alternative income tax and fringe benefit taxes, and increases in the corporate income and dividend distribution tax rates. The most significant proposal is the proposed change to the fringe benefit tax, which would impose an employer tax on stock compensation paid to the Company’s Indian employees and which would vary depending on the value of the Company’s stock. The Finance Minister’s proposal also included provisions to limit the tax benefit associated with Special Economic Zone tax holidays. The Company expects the proposed changes, subject to modification, to be put before the Indian Parliament during April 2007. The Company will be better able to evaluate the potential impact on earnings and cash flows when this proposal is finalized.
 
In March 2007, the Company’s Sri Lankan subsidiary was granted an income tax holiday which expires on March 31, 2019 by the Sri Lanka Board of Investment. The tax holiday is contingent upon the Company creating 1,025 jobs by March 31, 2010. Any inability to meet the agreed upon level or timetable for new job creation would jeopardize this holiday arrangement.
 
In February 2007 a note receivable from an officer totaling $53 (unaudited) including accrued interest at December 31, 2006 was repaid in full. During March 2007, a loan to a different officer totaling $27, as of December 31, 2006, was repaid in full.


F-44


Table of Contents

          shares
 
(VIRTUSA LOGO)
 
Common stock
 
Prospectus
 
JPMorgan  
  Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.  
  Cowen and Company  
  William Blair & Company
 
               , 2007
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are offering to sell and are seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
 
No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in any jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.
 
Until          , 2007 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II
 
Information not required in prospectus
 
Item 13.   Other expenses of issuance and distribution.
 
The following table sets forth the expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be payable by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the National Association of Securities Dealers, or NASD filing fees.
 
       
    Amount
 
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $ 2,825
NASD filing fee
    9,700
The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee
    100,000
Printing and engraving expenses
    *
Legal fees and expenses
    *
Accounting fees and expenses
    *
Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)
    *
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
    *
Miscellaneous
    *
Total expenses
  $ *
 
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
Item 14.  Indemnification of directors and officers.
 
Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred


II-1


Table of Contents

by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.
 
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
Article VII of our certificate of incorporation, provides that no director of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
 
Article VII of the certificate of incorporation further provides that any repeal or modification of such article by our stockholders or an amendment to the Delaware General Corporation Law will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.
 
Article V of our by-laws, provides that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same may be amended (except that in the case of an amendment, only to the extent that the amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than the Delaware General Corporation Law permitted us to provide prior to such the amendment) against any and all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by the director, officer or such employee or on the director’s, officer’s or employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party because he or she is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of our company, or at our request as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company and, with respect to any criminal


II-2


Table of Contents

proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Article V of the by-laws further provides for the advancement of expenses to each of our directors and, in the discretion of the board of directors, to certain officers and employees.
 
In addition, Article V of the by-laws provides that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Furthermore, Article V of the by-laws authorizes us to provide insurance for our directors, officers and employees, against any liability, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the provisions of Article V of the by-laws.
 
In connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and the certificate of incorporation and by-laws.
 
We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.
 
In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act against certain liabilities.
 
Item 15.    Recent sales of unregistered securities.
 
In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:
 
Issuances of capital stock
 
In February 2004, we raised approximately $20 million through the issuance of 7,458,494 shares of series D convertible participating preferred stock. Each share of series D convertible participating preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering. No underwriters were used in this transaction.
 
In October 2004, in connection with Mr. Maheu joining our board of directors, we issued and sold to TNR Partnership, a trust whose general partner is the spouse of Mr. Maheu, an aggregate of 15,000 shares of our common stock at $2.20 per share for aggregate consideration of $33,000.
 
In October 2004, in connection with Mr. Trust joining our board of directors, we issued and sold to Mr. Trust an aggregate of 660,438 shares of our common stock at $2.20 per share for aggregate consideration of $1,452,964.
 
In February 2006, we issued and sold to TNR Partnership an aggregate of 35,870 shares of our common stock at $0.92 per share for aggregate consideration of $33,000.


II-3


Table of Contents

 
In February 2006, we issued and sold to the Martin Trust Florida Intangible Tax Trust (a trust created on behalf of Mr. Trust) an aggregate of 796,938 shares of our common stock at $0.92 per share for an aggregate consideration of $733,183.
 
In August 2006, in connection with Mr. Moriarty joining our board of directors, we issued and sold to Mr. Moriarty an aggregate 275,022 shares of our common stock at $1.34 per share for an aggregate consideration of $368,529.
 
In March 2007, we issued and sold to a wholly-owned subsidiary of BT an aggregate of 2,875,869 shares of common stock at a per share price of $3.92 for aggregate consideration of $11.3 million.
 
Each of the foregoing sales of securities were made in reliance upon the exemption for registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
 
Grants and exercise of stock options’ awards of restricted stock
 
Since April 1, 2004, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,809,188 shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.76 to $3.22 per share to employees located in India, Sri Lanka and the United Kingdom pursuant to our 2000 Stock Option Plan. Since July 2005, we granted 816,009 SARS with exercise prices ranging from $0.50 to $3.22 to employees located in India and Sri Lanka pursuant to our SAR Plan. We believe that the issuances of these options and SARs were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of the exemption set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act for sales of securities to non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions. Each of those option and SAR recipients was a non-U.S. person at the time the options and SARs were granted and we obtained appropriate representations and covenants to ensure compliance with the requirements of Regulation S.
 
From April 1, 2004 through June 2005, we granted options pursuant to our 2000 Stock Option Plan to purchase an aggregate of 2,481,318 shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.95 to $2.30 per share to officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants located in the United States. We believe that these grants were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of a “no-sale” theory under Section 5 of the Securities Act, since none of the option recipients provided any consideration for the grants (the sale of the underlying option shares will only occur when the option is exercised and the purchase price is paid to us). We also believe the grants are exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.
 
From July 2005 through February 27, 2007, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,083,257 shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.76 to $3.22 per share to employees, consultants and non-employee directors located in the U.S. pursuant to our 2000 Stock Option Plan. We believe that these grants are exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of the exemption available under Rule 701 of the Securities Act for securities offered under compensatory plans. With regard to our reliance on Rule 701, all such option grants were to employees, consultants and directors pursuant to compensatory benefit


II-4


Table of Contents

plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. We also believe that the grants are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of a “no-sale” theory under Section 5 of the Securities Act, since none of the option recipients provided any consideration for the grants (the sale of the underlying option shares will only occur when the option is exercised and the purchase price is paid to us). In addition, we believe that the grants were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.
 
On September 22, 2004, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,720,144 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $2.20 per share to an officer and a non-employee director outside of our 2000 Stock Plan. Of these option grants, in November 2005, we repriced the stock option to the officer that was exercisable for 2,500,000 shares of common stock from $2.20 to $0.76 per share. We believe that these grants are exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.
 
From November 4, 2005 to December 31, 2006, we issued 80,062 shares of common stock upon the exercise by six individuals of options described in the second and third paragraph above with exercise prices ranging from $0.50 to $2.00 per share. We believe that these issuances are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and/or Rule 701 of the Securities Act and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.
 
Warrants
 
We have not issued any warrants in the three years preceding this offering.
 
Item 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule.
 
(a) Exhibits.
 
The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and are incorporated herein by reference.


II-5


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedule.
 
Virtusa Corporation and subsidiaries
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
For the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months
ended December 31, 2005 and 2006
(in thousands)
 
                         
    Balance at
  Charged to
      Balance at
    beginning of
  costs and
  Deductions/
  end of
Description   period   expenses   other   period
 
Accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts:
                       
Year ended March 31, 2004
  $ 76   $ 31   $ 31   $ 76
Year ended March 31, 2005
  $ 76   $ 110   $ 97   $ 89
Year ended March 31, 2006
  $ 89   $ 326   $   $ 415
Nine months ended December 31, 2005 (unaudited)
  $ 89   $ 320   $   $ 409
Nine months ended December 31, 2006 (unaudited)
  $ 415   $ 168   $ 185   $ 398
 
 
 
Item 17.   Undertakings.
 
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(i) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.


II-6


Table of Contents

 
(ii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-7


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Westborough, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 6th day of April 2007.
 
VIRTUSA CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/   Kris A. Canekeratne
Kris A. Canekeratne
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Signatures and Power Of Attorney
 
We, the undersigned directors and/or officers of Virtusa Corporation (the “Company”), hereby severally constitute and appoint Kris A. Canekeratne, Danford F. Smith and Thomas R. Holler and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to any of them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement on Form S-1 filed herewith, and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of equity securities of the Company, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, and each of them, or their substitute or substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on April 6, 2007.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
/s/   Kris A. Canekeratne

Kris A. Canekeratne
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/   Danford F. Smith

Danford F. Smith
  President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
     
/s/   Thomas R. Holler

Thomas R. Holler
  Executive Vice President of Finance and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


II-8


Table of Contents

         
Signature
 
Title
 
/s/   Robert E. Davoli

Robert E. Davoli
  Director
     
/s/   Andrew P. Goldfarb

Andrew P. Goldfarb
  Director
     
/s/   Izhar Armony

Izhar Armony
  Director
     
/s/   Ronald T. Maheu

Ronald T. Maheu
  Director
     
/s/   Martin Trust

Martin Trust
  Director
     
/s/   Rowland T. Moriarty

Rowland T. Moriarty
  Director


II-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit index
 
         
Exhibit no.
 
Exhibit index
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Form of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant
  3 .3   Form of Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be filed following the closing of this offering)
  4 .1*   Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock
  4 .2   Fourth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and the Investors named therein, dated as of March 29, 2007
  5 .1*   Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
  10 .1*   Warrant by and between Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of April 9, 2001, as amended
  10 .2*   Warrant by and between Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of February 27, 2002, as amended
  10 .3   Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and W9/TIB Real Estate Limited Partnership, dated June 2000, as amended by a First Amendment thereto, dated November 2000, and a Second Amendment and Extension of Lease thereto, dated December 30, 2003
  10 .4   Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder
  10 .5   2005 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan and form of agreement thereunder
  10 .6*   Material Service Provider Agreement by and between the Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. dated December 6, 2004
  10 .7   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors
  10 .8*   Provision of IT Services for BT Contract by and between the Registrant and British Telecommunications plc, dated March 29, 2007
  10 .9   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Registrant and Citizens Bank of Massachusetts, dated as of September 29, 2006, including Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, Amended and Restated Security Agreement, Negative Pledge Agreement and Stock Pledge Agreement, each dated as of September 29, 2006
  10 .10   Executive Agreement between the Registrant and Kris Canekeratne dated as of April 5, 2007
  10 .11   Executive Agreement between the Registrant and Danford F. Smith, dated as of April 5, 2007
  10 .12   Executive Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas R. Holler, dated as of April 5, 2007
  10 .13*   Executive Agreement between the Registrant and Roger Keith Modder, dated as of April 5, 2007
  10 .14*   Executive Agreement between the Registrant and T.N. Hari, dated as of April 5, 2007
  10 .15*   Co-Developer Agreement and Lease Deed between the Registrant and APIICL, a state government agency in India, dated as of March 2007
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of KPMG LLP
  23 .2*   Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
 
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.


II-10

Exhibit 3.1

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

Virtusa Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Virtusa Corporation. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was April 19, 2000 (the "Original Certificate"). The name under which the Corporation filed the Original Certificate was eRunway, inc.

2. A Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 21, 2000 under the name eRunway, inc.

3. The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was amended by a Certificate of Amendment filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 25, 2002 under the name Virtusa, Inc. and was corrected by a Certificate of Correction filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on on May 2, 2002 to correct the Corporation's name to Virtusa Corporation.

4. A Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 2, 2002.

5. A Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 27, 2003.

6. A Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 5, 2004.

7. This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate") amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL").

4. The text of the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Virtusa Corporation.

1

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred eighty-seven million, seventy-five thousand, six hundred and thirty-eight (187,075,638) shares, of which (i) one hundred twenty million (120,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), (ii) sixty-two million, seventy-five thousand six hundred and thirty-eight (62,075,638) shares shall be a class designated as pre-IPO preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "pre-IPO Preferred Stock"), and (iii) five million (5,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Undesignated Preferred Stock" and, together with the pre-IPO Preferred Stock, the "Preferred Stock").

The number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock and Undesignated Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred STOCK (subject to the terms of the pre-IPO Preferred Stock and except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock).

The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions upon, each class or series of stock shall be determined in accordance with, or as set forth below in, this Article IV.

A. COMMON STOCK

Subject to all the rights, powers and preferences of the Preferred Stock and except as provided by law or in this Article IV (or in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock):

(a) the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (the "Directors") and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each outstanding share entitling the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to

2

vote on any amendment to this Certificate (or on any amendment to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Undesignated Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled to vote, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, on such amendment pursuant to this Certificate (or pursuant to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL;

(b) dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof; and

(c) upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.

B. PRE-IPO PREFERRED STOCK

1. Designation. A total of 4,043,582 shares of the Corporation's pre-IPO Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series A Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), a total of 8,749,900 shares of the Corporation's pre-IPO Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Series B Preferred Stock"), a total of 12,807,624 shares of the Corporation's pre-IPO Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series C Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Series C Preferred Stock") and a total of 7,458,494 shares of the Corporation's pre-IPO Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series D Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Series D Preferred Stock" and, together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock, the "Convertible Preferred Stock").

2. Voting. Each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the largest number of full shares of Common Stock into which their shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock taken together in the aggregate could be converted pursuant to Section B.6 hereof on the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no such record date is established, on the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is effected. Each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock, voting together as a single class, upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a class or Series vote pursuant to the terms hereof (including, without limitation, Section B.8) or by law.

3

3. Dividends. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor, any dividends declared on the Common Stock (treating each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock as being entitled to the number of shares of Common Stock into which each of such holder's shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock would be converted if they were converted pursuant to the provisions of Section B.6 hereof with such number determined as of the record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend). This Section 3 shall not apply to dividends on the Common Stock payable solely in Common Stock. In addition, the holders of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of the funds legally available therefor, such other dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on a pro-rata, as-if converted basis.

4. Liquidation and Extraordinary Transactions.

(a) Liquidation Preference. Upon (i) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (a "Liquidation Event"), or (ii) (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation (except for a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of such surviving corporation; or (ii) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation), (y) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (z) any purchase of shares of capital stock of the Corporation (either through a negotiated stock purchase or a tender for such shares) in one or more transactions by any party or group that did not beneficially own a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such purchase, the effect of which is that such party or group beneficially owns at least a majority of such voting power immediately after such purchase (except any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Corporation or any successor, or indebtedness of the Corporation is cancelled or converted, or any combination thereof) (each an "Extraordinary Transaction"), each holder of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders, whether such assets are capital, surplus or earnings:

(i) Before any amount shall be paid or distributed to the holders of Common Stock or of any other stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock (w) each holder of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be paid an amount in cash (to the extent that cash is available, as described below) equal to (i) $3.3386 per share (adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) (the "Series A Base Liquidation Amount") plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends per share not paid pursuant to Section 6(a) below (the sum of clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to herein as the "Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount"), (x) each holder of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be paid an amount in cash (to the extent

4

cash is available, as described below) equal to (i) $1.75 per share (adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) (the "Series B Base Liquidation Amount") plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends per share not paid pursuant to Section 6(a) below (the sum of clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to herein as the "Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount"), (y) each holder of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be paid an amount per share in cash (to the extent cash is available, as described below) equal to (i) $0.9549 per share (adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) (the "Series C Base Liquidation Amount") plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends not paid pursuant to Section 6(a) below (the sum of clauses (i) and
(ii) being referred to herein as the "Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount" and (z) each holder of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be paid an amount per share in cash (to the extent cash is available, as described below) equal to (i) $2.681507 per share (adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock) (the "Series D Base Liquidation Amount") plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends not paid pursuant to Section 6(a) below (the sum of clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to herein as the "Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount"); provided that if, upon any Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction, the assets to be distributed to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such stockholders of the full preferential amounts aforesaid, then all of the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock on the basis of the Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount payable with respect to such Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount payable with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount payable with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount payable with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock if each such liquidation preference was paid in full; and

(ii) After the payment of the Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount, Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount, Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount and Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount, any assets remaining available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Common Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock based upon the number of shares of Common Stock (i) then held by each holder of Common Stock, and (ii) issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock held by a holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section B.6 immediately prior to the occurrence of any such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction (such amount with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, the "Residual Convertible Liquidation Amount"). The Residual Convertible Liquidation Amount with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock together with the Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount shall be deemed the "Total Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount," the Residual Convertible Liquidation Amount with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock together with the Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount shall be deemed the "Total Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount", the Residual Convertible

5

Liquidation Amount with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock together with the Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount shall be deemed the "Total Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount") and the Residual Convertible Liquidation Amount with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock together with the Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount shall be deemed the "Total Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount"). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event (i) shall the aggregate per share amount distributed to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock as the Total Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount pursuant to this Section B.4, in connection with any such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction exceed two and one-half (2 1/2) times the Series A Base Liquidation Amount, (ii) shall the aggregate per share amount distributed to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as the Total Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount pursuant to this Section B.4, in connection with any such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction exceed two and one-half (2 1/2) times the Series B Base Liquidation Amount, (iii) shall the aggregate per share amount distributed to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock as the Total Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount pursuant to this Section B.4, in connection with any such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction exceed two and one-half (2 1/2) the Series C Base Liquidation Amount nor (iv) shall the aggregate per share amount distributed to the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock as the Total Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount pursuant to this Section B.4, in connection with any such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction exceed two and one-half (2 1/2) times the Series D Base Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive the Residual Convertible Liquidation Amount pursuant to this Section B.4(a)(ii) if the aggregate gross proceeds paid to the stockholders of the Corporation in connection with any such Liquidity Event or Extraordinary Transaction exceed $285,000,000 (a "Qualified Transaction"); thereafter, upon the occurrence of any such Qualified Transaction (and except as set forth in Section B.4(b) below), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive only the Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount pursuant to this Section B.4, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive only the Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount pursuant to this Section B.4, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive only the Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount pursuant to this Section B.4 and the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive only the Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount pursuant to this Section B.4.

For the purposes of this Section B.4, the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock, by majority vote, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction, may elect for all holders of Convertible Preferred Stock to have any transaction or event that would otherwise be deemed a Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction to not be deemed to be a Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction.

(b) Conversion Rights Not Impaired. Nothing in this Section B.4 shall with respect to any Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction in any way limit the right of each holder of a Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock to elect to have the conversion rights of Section B.6 govern such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction.

6

(c) Non-Cash Consideration. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section B.4(a), in connection with any Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall, on the effective date of such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction, be paid by the Corporation or by a third party, as applicable, the Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount, Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount, Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount or Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount, as applicable, in cash solely to the extent that cash is paid in such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction and then (or alternatively if no cash payments are involved, as applicable), in such other consideration as is delivered in such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction an amount equal to the remaining Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount, Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount, Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount or Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount, as applicable. The Residual Convertible Liquidation Amount shall be paid in the same combination of cash and other consideration as remains payable to pay to the holders of the Common Stock and the holders entitled to the Residual Convertible Liquidation Amount (after payment of Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount, Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount, Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount or Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount, as applicable, if any) based upon the number of shares of Common Stock (i) then held by each holder of Common Stock and (ii) issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock held by a holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section B.6 immediately prior to the occurrence of any such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction.

(d) Surrender of Certificates. On the effective date of any Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction (or thereafter, if so provided in accordance with the terms of such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction), the Corporation (or third party, as applicable) shall pay all cash and other consideration to which the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled under this Section B.4. Each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto) to the Corporation (or third party, as applicable) at the principal executive office of the Corporation or the offices of the transfer agent for the Corporation (or third party, as applicable), or shall notify the Corporation or any transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and shall execute an affidavit or agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (or third party, as applicable) to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith (an "Affidavit of Loss"), and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired.

(e) Notice. Prior to the occurrence of any Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction, the Corporation will furnish each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock notice in accordance with Section B.9 hereof, together with a certificate prepared by the chief financial officer of the Corporation describing the facts of such Liquidation Event or Extraordinary Transaction, stating in reasonable detail the amount(s) per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock each holder of Series A Preferred

7

Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock would receive pursuant to the provisions of Section B.4(a) hereof and stating in reasonable detail the facts upon which such amount was determined and, in connection with any Extraordinary Transaction, describing in reasonable detail all material terms of such Extraordinary Transaction, including without limitation the consideration to be delivered in connection with such Extraordinary Transaction, the valuation of the Corporation, as determined by the other party to the Extraordinary Transaction at the time of such Extraordinary Transaction, and the identities of the parties to the Extraordinary Transaction.

5. Redemption.

(a) Convertible Preferred Stock Redemption. On February 5, 2007 (the "Redemption Date"), at the election of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem up to the Redemption Percentage (as set forth below) of the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock held by all holders of Convertible Preferred Stock at the applicable Redemption Price specified in Section 5(b) herein. The foregoing election shall be made by such holders giving the Corporation written notice of requested redemption not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Redemption Date. Within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice, the Corporation shall provide written notice to all other holders of Convertible Preferred Stock notifying all such holders of the request for redemption. The "Redemption Percentage" for each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock shall equal the following cumulative percentage of each such holder's Convertible Preferred Stock upon the applicable date set forth below, in each case reduced by the cumulative percentage of each such holder's Convertible Preferred Stock previously redeemed pursuant to this Section 5:

                             Redemption
      Date                   Percentage
      ----                   ----------
February 5, 2007                33.3%
February 5, 2008                66.7%
February 5, 2009               100.0%

(b) Upon the proper election of the Convertible Preferred Stock in accordance with Section B.5(a), on the Redemption Date and two subsequent anniversaries thereof, the Corporation shall redeem such number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock as is equal to the appropriate Redemption Percentage of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock for a per share redemption price equal to the Series A Convertible Liquidation Amount with respect to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Convertible Liquidation Amount with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Convertible Liquidation Amount with respect to the shares of Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Convertible Liquidation Amount with respect to the shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the "Redemption Price"). On the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate evidencing such shares to the Corporation and shall thereupon be entitled to receive payment of the applicable Redemption Price.

(c) From and after the Redemption Date, upon payment in full of the Redemption Price for each share redeemed, all rights of the holders with respect to such

8

redeemed shares of Convertible Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the Redemption Price shall cease and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of this Corporation or be deemed outstanding for any purposes whatsoever.

(d) If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock on the Redemption Date are insufficient to pay the full applicable Redemption Price, for each redeemed share, the Corporation shall pay those funds which are legally available ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed, based on the full Redemption Price which they are otherwise entitled to receive. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for payment of the applicable Redemption Price, such funds will immediately be used to pay the balance of the amount which the Corporation has become obligated to pay on the Redemption Date but which has not been paid together with any accrued interest thereon as provided below.

6. Conversion. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall have the following conversion rights:

(a) Voluntary Conversion. Each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock may elect at any time to convert all or a portion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock then held by such holder into a number of shares of Common Stock computed by multiplying the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock to be converted by their applicable per share Conversion Value and dividing the result by the per share Conversion Price then in effect. The "Conversion Value" of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $3.3386 per share (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock). The "Conversion Price" for the Series A Preferred Stock shall initially be $2.3807 per share (which price reflects an adjustment due to the Corporation's issuance of Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock), and may be subject to further adjustment as hereinafter provided. The "Conversion Value" of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $1.75 per share (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock). The "Conversion Price" for the Series B Preferred Stock shall initially be $1.54 per share (which price reflects an adjustment due to the Corporation's issuance of shares of Series C Preferred Stock), and may be subject to further adjustment as hereinafter provided. The "Conversion Value" of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be equal to $0.9549 per share (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock). The "Conversion Price" for the Series C Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to the Series C Conversion Value, subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided. The "Conversion Value" of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be equal to $2.681507 per share (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock). The "Conversion Price" for the Series D Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to the Series D Conversion Value, subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided. Additionally, each share of Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding shall automatically be converted into the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares are convertible according to the formula set forth above at the then effective

9

Conversion Price upon the date specified by the holders of not less than a majority of the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding. Except as otherwise provided in this Section B.6(a) hereof, if shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock are converted pursuant to this Section B.6(a) at a time when there are any declared and unpaid dividends or other amounts due on such shares, before any amount shall be paid or distributed to the holders of Common Stock, or of any other stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, such dividends and other amounts shall be paid in full by the Corporation in connection with such conversion; provided, however, that in the event shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock are so converted into shares of Common Stock in connection with an Extraordinary Transaction or a Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall pay, before any amount shall be paid to the holders of Common Stock, or of any other stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, to each holder of such shares, any declared and unpaid dividends or other amounts due on such shares.

(b) Automatic Conversion Upon Qualified Public Offering. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock outstanding shall automatically be converted into the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares are convertible as computed according to the formula set forth in Section B.6(a) hereof at the then effective Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, as applicable, as of, and in all cases subject to, the closing of the Corporation's first underwritten offering to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), provided that (i) such registration statement covers the offer and sale of Common Stock of which the aggregate gross proceeds attributable to sales for the account of the Corporation exceed $25,000,000 and (ii) at a pre-money valuation of the Corporation (on a fully diluted basis) of at least $325,000,000 (a "QPO" or a "Qualified Public Offering"); provided, that if a closing of a QPO occurs, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such closing. If the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock are required to convert the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section B.6(b) at a time when there are any declared but unpaid dividends or other amounts due on or in respect of such shares, before any amount shall be paid or distributed to the holders of Common Stock, or of any other stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, such dividends and other amounts shall be paid in full in cash by the Corporation in connection with such conversion.

(c) Procedure for Voluntary Conversion. Upon conversion pursuant to
Section B.6(a), the relevant holder or holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock being converted, duly assigned or endorsed for

10

transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto), at the principal executive office of the Corporation or the offices of the transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock or such office or offices in the continental United States of an agent for conversion as may from time to time be designated by notice to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock by the Corporation, or in the event the certificate or certificates are lost, stolen or missing, shall deliver an Affidavit of Loss with respect to such certificates. The issuance by the Corporation of Common Stock upon a conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock upon election to convert pursuant to Section B.6(a) hereof shall be effective as of the surrender of the certificate or certificates for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock to be converted, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto), or as of the delivery of an Affidavit of Loss. Upon surrender of a certificate representing Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock for conversion, or delivery of an Affidavit of Loss, the Corporation shall issue and send by hand delivery, by courier or by first class mail (postage prepaid) to the holder thereof or to such holder's designee, at the address designated by such holder, certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holders shall be entitled upon conversion, plus a cash payment in the amount of any accrued but unpaid dividends and other amounts as contemplated by this Section B.6 in respect of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock which are converted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section B.6(a), the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares or an Affidavit of Loss are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent and all rights with respect to such applicable Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall terminate, except any of the rights of the holders thereof upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefore or delivery of an Affidavit of Loss thereof to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock have been converted plus all declared but unpaid dividends and other amounts as contemplated by this Section B.6 in respect of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock which are converted. The issuance of certificates for Common Stock upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock will be made without charge to the holders of such shares for any costs incurred by the Corporation in connection with such conversion and the related issuance of such stock.

(d) Procedure for Automatic Conversion on Qualified Public Offering. As of, and in all cases subject to, the closing of a Qualified Public Offering (the "Automatic Conversion Date"), all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically into shares of Common Stock as set forth in Section B.6(b) hereof and without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock

11

or Affidavit of Loss relating thereto are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. On the Automatic Conversion Date, all rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock so converted shall terminate, except any of the rights of the holders thereof upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor or delivery of an Affidavit of Loss thereof to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock have been converted plus all accrued but unpaid dividends and other amounts as contemplated by Section B.6(b). If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. Upon surrender of such certificates or Affidavit of Loss, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates or Affidavit of Loss, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock surrendered are convertible on the Automatic Conversion Date and shall pay all declared but unpaid dividends and other amounts as contemplated by Section B.6(b) in respect of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock which are converted.

(e) Fractional Shares. The Corporation shall not be obligated to deliver to holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock any fractional shares of Common Stock issuable upon any conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, but in lieu thereof shall make a cash payment in respect thereof for the then-fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(f) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(g) No Closing of Transfer Books. The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock in any manner which would interfere with the timely conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock.

12

7. Adjustments. The Conversion Price in effect from time to time shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(a) Dividends and Stock Splits. If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after February 5, 2004 is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or by a subdivision or split-up of shares of Common Stock, then, on the date such payment is made or such change is effective, the applicable Conversion Price shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase of outstanding shares of Common Stock.

(b) Reverse Stock Splits. If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after February 5, 2004 is decreased by a combination or reverse split of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, on the effective date of such combination or reverse split, the applicable Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock.

(c) Sale of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after February 5, 2004, or from time to time, issue, sell or exchange any shares of Common Stock (including shares held in the Corporation's treasury but excluding (i) up to 11,770,000 shares of Common Stock (as appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) issued (pursuant to the exercise of options or otherwise) to the Corporation's employees, directors and consultants pursuant to employee stock and option plans approved by the Corporation's Board of Directors, (ii) any additional shares of Common Stock issued (pursuant to the exercise of options or otherwise) to the Corporation's employees, directors, and consultants, provided that each such issuance is unanimously approved by the Board of Directors, (iii) shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued pursuant to that certain Series D Convertible Participating Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of or around February 5, 2004 and any Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, (iv) shares issued for consideration other than cash in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition, or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors including each of the representatives elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, (v) shares of Common Stock issued (pursuant to the exercise of warrants or otherwise) in connection with any capital lease arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution, provided that the transaction is approved by the Board of Directors, including each of the representatives elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, and that the primary purpose of such transaction is other than equity financing, (vi) any shares of Common Stock issued (pursuant to the exercise of warrants or otherwise) in connection with strategic transactions involving the Corporation and other entities involving joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements or technology transfer or development agreements, provided that such strategic transactions and the issuance of such Common stock has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors including each of the representatives elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred

13

Stock; and (vii) and any Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a stock split, stock dividend or other distribution shares of Common Stock that is covered by Sections B.7(a) and (b) hereof (the securities referred to in clauses
(i) through (vii) shall collectively be referred to as the "Excluded Shares")) for a consideration per share (the "Purchase Price") less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance, sale or exchange of such shares (any such issuance, sale or exchange is hereafter referred to as a "Dilutive Transaction"), then, and thereafter successively upon each such Dilutive Transaction each applicable Conversion Price shall forthwith be reduced to an amount determined by multiplying the Conversion Price by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which shall be (X) the number of shares of Common Stock of all classes outstanding immediately prior to the Dilutive Transaction (excluding treasury shares but including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding Preferred Stock, options, warrants, rights or other convertible securities) plus (Y) the number of shares of Common Stock which the net aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of such additional shares of Common Stock so issued in the Dilutive Transaction would purchase at the applicable Conversion Price (prior to such adjustment); and (ii) the denominator of which shall be (X) the number of shares of Common Stock of all classes outstanding immediately prior to the Dilutive Transaction (excluding treasury shares but including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding Preferred Stock, options, warrants, rights or other convertible securities), plus (Y) the aggregate number of such additional shares of Common Stock so issued in the Dilutive Transaction; provided, however, that if the Purchase Price is less than or equal to $0.875 (as adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) then the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be reduced to the Purchase Price.

(d) Sale of Options, Rights or Convertible Securities. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after February 5, 2004, issue options, warrants or rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock, or issue any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock (other than any options, warrants, rights or securities for or representing Excluded Shares), for a Purchase Price (determined by dividing the Net Aggregate Consideration (as determined below) by the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued if all such options, warrants, rights or other convertible securities were exercised or converted to the fullest extent permitted by their terms) less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such options, warrants or rights or other convertible or exchangeable securities, each Conversion Price shall forthwith be reduced to an amount determined by multiplying the Conversion Price by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which shall be (X) the number of shares of Common Stock of all classes outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such options, warrants, rights or other convertible securities (excluding treasury shares but including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding Preferred Stock, options, warrants, rights or other convertible securities), plus (Y) the number of shares of Common Stock which the total amount of consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance of such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities plus the minimum amount set forth in the terms of such security as payable to the Corporation upon the exercise or conversion thereof (the "Net Aggregate Consideration") would purchase at the Conversion Price prior to adjustment; and (ii) the denominator of which shall be (X) the number of shares of Common Stock of all classes outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such options, warrants, rights or other convertible securities (excluding treasury shares but including

14

all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding Preferred Stock, options, warrants, rights or other convertible securities), plus (Y) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued if all such options, warrants, rights or other convertible securities were exercised or converted; provided, however, that if the Purchase Price is less than or equal to $0.875 (as adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) then the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be reduced to the Purchase Price.

(e) Expiration or Change in Price. If the consideration per share provided for in any options, warrants, convertible securities or any other rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock or any securities exchangeable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock (other than any such options, warrants, or other convertible securities for Excluded Shares), changes at any time, each Conversion Price in effect at the time of such change shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had such options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights provided for such changed consideration per share (determined as provided in Section B.7(d) hereof), at the time initially granted, issued or sold; provided, that such adjustment of each Conversion Price will be made only as and to the extent that such Conversion Price effective upon such adjustment remains less than or equal to such Conversion Price that would be in effect if such options, warrants, rights or securities had not been issued. No adjustment of a Conversion Price shall be made under this Section B.7 upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock which are issued pursuant to the exercise of any warrants, options or other subscription or purchase rights or pursuant to the exercise of any conversion or exchange rights in any convertible securities if an adjustment shall previously have been made upon the issuance of such warrants, options or other rights. Any adjustment of a Conversion Price shall be disregarded if, as, and when the rights to acquire shares of Common Stock upon exercise or conversion of the warrants, options, rights or convertible securities which gave rise to such adjustment expire or are canceled without having been exercised, so that the applicable Conversion Price effective immediately upon such cancellation or expiration shall be equal to the applicable Conversion Price in effect at the time of the issuance of the expired or canceled warrants, options, rights or convertible securities, with such additional adjustments as would have been made to the applicable Conversion Price had the expired or canceled warrants, options, rights or convertible securities not been issued.

(f) Other Adjustments. In the event the Corporation shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event lawful and adequate provision shall be made so that the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, shall receive upon conversion thereof in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the number of securities of the Corporation which they would have received had their Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this Section B.7 as applied to such distributed securities.

15

(g) Reorganization, etc. If the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for above, or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section B.7), then and in each such event the holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock shall have the right to receive upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such reorganization, reclassification or other change, by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock might have been converted immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(h) Mergers and Other Reorganizations. If at any time or from time to time there shall be a capital reorganization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or reclassification provided for elsewhere in this
Section B.7) or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation's properties and assets to any other person, then, as part of and as a condition to the effectiveness of such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale, lawful and adequate provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or of the successor corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or sale, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such capital reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale. In any such case, appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock after the reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale to the end that the provisions of this Section B.7 (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, with respect to any shares of stock, securities or assets to be deliverable thereafter upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.

The holders of a majority-in-interest of Convertible Preferred Stock, shall, upon the occurrence of a capital reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets and properties as such events are more fully set forth in the first paragraph of this Section B.7(h), have the option of electing treatment of all shares of Convertible Preferred Stock under either this Section B.7(h) or
Section B.4 hereof.

(i) Calculations. All calculations under this Section B.7 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of a share, as the case may be.

16

(j) Certificate. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Section B.7, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the applicable Conversion Price before and after such adjustment or readjustment, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock, if applicable, and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder's shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock.

(k) Adjustments for Failure of Participation. Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 7(c) or 7(d) to the contrary, the holder of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to the anti-dilution benefits of Section 7(c) or 7(d) as a result of any future financing (or any subsequent financing) of any class or Series of capital stock, or warrants, options, subscriptions or other purchase rights with respect thereto), which would otherwise result in an adjustment to an amount less than or equal to $0.875 (as adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (a "Dilutive Offering"), if such holder has failed to purchase its pro rata share of such financing by acquiring in such Dilutive Offering such number of shares such stockholder was entitled to purchase in accordance with the terms of Section 3 of that certain Third Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated February 5, 2004, by and among the Corporation and certain of its stockholders, as amended from time to time.

The Corporation and the Board of Directors shall take all necessary actions to designate a new Series of Preferred Stock on any occasion that any holder of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock shall fail to fully participate in any Dilutive Offering. Each share of such holder's Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into one share of the newly created Series of Preferred Stock, provided however, that the Conversion Price and the Conversion Value for such newly-created Series of Preferred Stock shall be the Conversion Price and Conversion Value for the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock or the Series D Preferred Stock, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such Dilutive Offering. Such new Series of Preferred Stock shall otherwise be identical in all respects to the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as applicable. Except as otherwise required by law, any newly created Series of Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class with the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as applicable, on all matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote or a written consent.

8. Protective Provisions.

(a) Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. So long as (i) at least 1,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding or
(ii) at least 750,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, (whether by merger,

17

consolidation, amendment or otherwise), without first having obtained the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, each voting as a separate class:

(i) take any action or enter into any agreement to create, designate or authorize any new class or Series of securities which has a preference over the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets or other amounts in connection with a Liquidation Event or an Extraordinary Transaction or as to dividends or redemption rights or voting rights, or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new class or series;

(ii) effect any (x) Liquidation Event or (y) Extraordinary Transaction;

(iii) declare or pay dividends or make any distributions of cash, property or securities of the Corporation with respect to any shares of its Common Stock or any other capital stock of the Corporation other than dividends payable solely in Common Stock;

(iv) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation, except for (x) the repurchase of shares from employees, directors or consultants pursuant to agreements permitting the Corporation to repurchase such shares upon termination of such employee's, director's, or consultant's relationship with the Corporation or in exercise of the Corporation's right of first refusal upon a proposed transfer, and (y) the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to and as provided in Section 5 of this Certificate of Incorporation; or

(v) amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of, or add any provision to, this Certificate of Incorporation (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), including any filing of a Certificate of Designation, in a manner that affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock in a manner different than any other outstanding class or Series of the Corporation's capital stock.

(b) Series C Preferred Stock. So long as at least 750,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, (whether by merger, consolidation, amendment or otherwise), without first having obtained the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a two-thirds majority-in-interest of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of, or add any provision to, this Certificate of Incorporation (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), including any filing of a Certificate of Designation, (i) in a manner that materially adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock or (ii) that otherwise materially adversely affects the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, in each case in a manner that is disproportional to the effect on the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.

(c) Series D Preferred Stock. So long as at least 500,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, (whether by merger, consolidation,

18

amendment or otherwise), without first having obtained the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a two-thirds majority-in-interest of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of, or add any provision to, this Certificate of Incorporation in a manner that materially adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock or that otherwise materially adversely affects the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that is disproportional to the effect on the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.

The vote required by this Section 8 shall be in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or under applicable law.

9. Notice.

(a) Liquidation Events, Extraordinary Transactions, Etc. In the event (i) the Corporation establishes a record date to determine the holders of any class of securities who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution or who are entitled to vote at a meeting (or by written consent) in connection with any of the transactions identified in clause (ii) hereof, or
(ii) any Liquidation Event, Extraordinary Transaction or QPO becomes reasonably likely to occur, the Corporation shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid) to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock at least ten (10) days (or as soon as practicable after the Corporation becomes aware of the possibility of such transaction) prior to such record date specified therein or the expected effective date of any such transaction, whichever is later, a notice specifying (A) the date of such record date for the purpose of such dividend or distribution or meeting or consent and a description of such dividend or distribution or the action to be taken at such meeting or by such consent, (B) the date on which any such Liquidation Event, Extraordinary Transaction or QPO is expected to become effective, and (C) the date on which the books of the Corporation shall close or a record shall be taken with respect to any such event.

(b) Waiver of Notice. The holder or holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock and the holders of not less than sixty six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, may, at any time upon written notice to the Corporation, waive any notice provisions specified herein for the benefit of such holders, and any such waiver shall be binding upon all holders of such securities.

(c) General. In the event that the Corporation provides any notice, report or statement to any holder of Common Stock or any other class or Series of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall at the same time provide a copy of any such notice, report or statement to each holder of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.

10. No Reissuance of Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock acquired

19

by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

C. UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof is expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series of such stock, and by filing a certificate pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

ARTICLE V

STOCKHOLDER ACTION

1. Action without Meeting. Except as otherwise provided herein, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof.

2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

DIRECTORS

1. General. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

2. Election of Directors. Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation (the "By-laws") shall so provide.

3. Number of Directors; Term of Office. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors, except as otherwise provided for those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the

20

term for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible. The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be Robert E. Davoli and Andrew P. Goldfarb; the initial Class II Directors of the Corporation shall be Izhar Armory, Rowland Moriarty and Martin Trust; and the initial Class III Directors of the Corporation shall be Krishan A. Canekeratne, Ronald T. Maheu and Danford F. Smith. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable thereto.

4. Vacancies. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VI.3 hereof, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

5. Removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such stock have the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) only with cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors. At least forty-five (45) days prior to any meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

21

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of this Article VII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

1. Amendment by Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

2. Amendment by Stockholders. The By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose as provided in the By-laws, by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Whenever any vote of the holders of voting stock is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, and in addition to any other vote of holders of voting stock that is required by this Certificate or by law, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of

22

each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII or Article IX of this Certificate.

[End of Text]

23

THIS SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed

as of this ____ day of __________, 2007.

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

By:__________________________
Krishan A. Canekeratne
Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

(the "Corporation")

ARTICLE I

Stockholders

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders (any such meeting being referred to in these By-laws as an "Annual Meeting") shall be held at the hour, date and place within or without the United States which is fixed by the Board of Directors, which time, date and place may subsequently be changed at any time by vote of the Board of Directors. If no Annual Meeting has been held for a period of thirteen months after the Corporation's last Annual Meeting, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held, and such special meeting shall have, for the purposes of these By-laws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an Annual Meeting. Any and all references hereafter in these By-laws to an Annual Meeting or Annual Meetings also shall be deemed to refer to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.

SECTION 2. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an Annual Meeting (a) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-law. In addition to the other requirements set forth in this By-law, for any proposal of business to be considered at an Annual Meeting, it must be a proper subject for action by stockholders of the Corporation under Delaware law.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph
(a)(1) of this By-law, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's Annual Meeting; provided, however, that in the event


that the date of the Annual Meeting is advanced by more than 30 days before or delayed by more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such Annual Meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, for the first Annual Meeting following the initial public offering of common stock of the Corporation, a stockholder's notice shall be timely if delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such Annual Meeting is first made or sent by the Corporation. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (including such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and the names and addresses of other stockholders known by the stockholder proposing such business to support such proposal, and the class and number of shares of the Corporation's capital stock beneficially owned by such other stockholders; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner; (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understanding between such beneficial owner and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made; and (iv) a representation whether the beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's outstanding capital stock requirement to elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such nomination.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph
(a)(2) of this By-law to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least 85 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's Annual Meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this By-law shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

2

(b) General.

(1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of this By-law shall be eligible for election and to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, the presiding officer of the Annual Meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. If the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any stockholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the Annual Meeting.

(2) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 2 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director submitted by a stockholder.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, except as otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(4) For purposes of this By-law, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(5) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-law. Nothing in this By-law shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the

3

Exchange Act or (ii) the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.

SECTION 3. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings; Adjournments. A notice of each Annual Meeting stating the hour, date and place, if any, of such Annual Meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the Annual Meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by delivering such notice to such stockholder or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the Corporation's stock transfer books.

Notice of all special meetings of stockholders shall be given in the same manner as provided for Annual Meetings, except that the notice of all special meetings shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called.

Notice of an Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders need not be given to a stockholder if a waiver of notice is executed before or after such meeting by such stockholder or if such stockholder attends such meeting, unless such attendance is for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

The Board of Directors may postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders and any record date with respect thereto, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2 of this Article I of these By-laws or otherwise. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice under Section 2 of this Article I of these By-laws.

When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting if (a) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, (b) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the stockholders to consider fully information which the Board of Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to stockholders, or (c) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is otherwise in the best interests of the Corporation. When any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders is adjourned to another hour, date or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the hour, date and

4

place, if any, to which the meeting is adjourned and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat and each stockholder who, by law or under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may hereafter be amended and/or restated, the "Certificate") or these By-laws, is entitled to such notice.

SECTION 5. Quorum. A majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders. If less than a quorum is present at a meeting, the holders of voting stock representing a majority of the voting power present at the meeting or the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in
Section 4 of this Article I. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 6. Voting and Proxies. Stockholders shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them of record according to the stock ledger of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate. Stockholders may vote either (i) in person, (ii) by written proxy or (iii) by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"). Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Proxies shall be filed in accordance with the procedures established for the meeting of stockholders. Except as otherwise limited therein or as otherwise provided by law, proxies authorizing a person to vote at a specific meeting shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but they shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by or on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them.

SECTION 7. Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, any matter before any such meeting (other than an election of a director or directors) shall be decided by a majority of the votes properly cast for and against such matter, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes properly cast on the election of directors.

5

SECTION 8. Stockholder Lists. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or the Corporation's transfer agent or other person authorized by these By-laws or by law) shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

SECTION 9. Presiding Officer. The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or if not elected or in his or her absence, the President, shall preside at all Annual Meetings or special meetings of stockholders and shall have the power, among other things, to adjourn such meeting at any time and from time to time, subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Article I. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of the stockholders shall be determined by the presiding officer.

SECTION 10. Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the presiding officer shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Any inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall perform such duties as are required by the DGCL, including the counting of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors. The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspectors, and in so doing the presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspectors. All determinations by the inspectors and, if applicable, the presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by any court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE II

Directors

SECTION 1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or required by law.

SECTION 2. Number and Terms. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate.

6

SECTION 3. Qualification. No director need be a stockholder of the Corporation.

SECTION 4. Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 5. Removal. Directors may be removed from office only in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 6. Resignation. A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Secretary. A resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

SECTION 7. Regular Meetings. The regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without notice other than this Section 7, on the same date and at the same place as the Annual Meeting following the close of such meeting of stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such hour, date and place as the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time determine and publicize by means of reasonable notice given to any director who is not present at the meeting at which such resolution is adopted.

SECTION 8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by or at the request of a majority of the directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. The person calling any such special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the hour, date and place thereof.

SECTION 9. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the hour, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President or such other officer designated by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communication, sent to his or her business or home address, at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address, at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when hand delivered to such address, read to such director by telephone, deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed, dispatched or transmitted if faxed, telexed or telecopied, or when delivered to the telegraph company if sent by telegram.

A written waiver of notice signed before or after a meeting by a director and filed with the records of the meeting shall be deemed to be equivalent to notice of the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, neither

7

the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

SECTION 10. Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 9 of this Article II. Any business which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed may be transacted at such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this section, the total number of directors includes any unfilled vacancies on the Board of Directors.

SECTION 11. Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall constitute action by the Board of Directors, unless otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws.

SECTION 12. Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Such consent shall be treated as a resolution of the Board of Directors for all purposes.

SECTION 13. Manner of Participation. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting for purposes of these By-laws.

SECTION 14. Committees. The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, may elect one or more committees, including, without limitation, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws may not be delegated. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these By-laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any time. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors.

SECTION 15. Compensation of Directors. Directors shall receive such compensation for their services as shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, or a designated

8

committee thereof, provided that directors who are serving the Corporation as employees and who receive compensation for their services as such, shall not receive any salary or other compensation for their services as directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

Officers

SECTION 1. Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Financial Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.

SECTION 2. Election. At the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer and the Secretary. Other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors at such regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors or at any other regular or special meeting.

SECTION 3. Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder or a director. Any person may occupy more than one office of the Corporation at any time.

SECTION 4. Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or by these By-laws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

SECTION 5. Resignation. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

SECTION 6. Removal. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

SECTION 7. Absence or Disability. In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

9

SECTION 8. Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 9. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

SECTION 10. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if he or she is absent, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 11. President. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

SECTION 12. Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents. Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 13. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and except as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may otherwise provide, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation. He or she shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 14. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board) in books kept for that purpose. In his or her absence from any such meeting, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation). The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix it to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by his or her signature or that of an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform his or her duties and responsibilities. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

10

SECTION 15. Other Powers and Duties. Subject to these By-laws and to such limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

SECTION 1. Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Corporation seal and the signatures by the Corporation's officers, the transfer agent or the registrar may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. Notwithstanding any other provision in these By-laws, the Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares by electronic or other means not involving any issuance of certificates, including provisions for notice to purchasers in substitution for any required statements on certificates, and as may be required by applicable corporate securities laws, which system has been approved by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Any system so adopted shall not become effective as to issued and outstanding certificated securities until the certificates therefor have been surrendered to the Corporation.

SECTION 2. Transfers. Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock may be transferred only on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate theretofore properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

SECTION 3. Record Holders. Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

11

SECTION 4. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting and (b) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

SECTION 5. Replacement of Certificates. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

ARTICLE V

Indemnification

SECTION 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Article:

(a) "Corporate Status" describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a Director of the Corporation, (ii) as an Officer of the Corporation, or (iii) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1(a), an Officer or Director of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Corporate Status" shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person's activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

(b) "Director" means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any committee thereof;

(c) "Disinterested Director" means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

12

(d) "Expenses" means all attorneys' fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

(e) "Liabilities" means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;

(f) "Non-Officer Employee" means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

(g) "Officer" means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(h) "Proceeding" means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and

(i) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

SECTION 2. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

(a) Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) and to the extent authorized in this Section 2.

(1) Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director's or Officer's behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director's or Officer's Corporate Status, if such

13

Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

(2) Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director's or Officer's behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Company, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director's or Officer's Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2(a)(2) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deem proper.

(3) The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce an Officer or Director's rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these By-laws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

SECTION 3. Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees. Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee's behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee's Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 3 shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the

14

benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

SECTION 4. Good Faith. Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

SECTION 5. Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition.

(a) The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director's Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding was (i) authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (ii) brought to enforce Director's rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these By-laws.

(b) If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to the action and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

15

(c) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 6. Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition.

(a) The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such is involved by reason of the Corporate Status of such Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer and Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

(b) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 7. Contractual Nature of Rights.

(a) The foregoing provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Article V is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any Proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

(b) If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to the action and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.

16

(c) In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 8. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

SECTION 9. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person's Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.

SECTION 10. Other Indemnification. The Corporation's obligation, if any, to indemnify any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

SECTION 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

SECTION 3. Execution of Instruments. All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer (if any) or the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may authorize.

SECTION 4. Voting of Securities. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of this Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or

17

attorney in fact for this Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by this Corporation.

SECTION 5. Resident Agent. The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

SECTION 6. Corporate Records. The original or attested copies of the Certificate, By-laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock transfer books, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, may be kept outside the State of Delaware and shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at the office of its counsel or at an office of its transfer agent or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 7. Certificate. All references in these By-laws to the Certificate shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

SECTION 8. Amendment of By-laws.

(a) Amendment by Directors. Except as provided otherwise by law, these By-laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

(b) Amendment by Stockholders. These By-laws may be amended or repealed at any Annual Meeting, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholder approval shall not be required unless mandated by the Certificate, these By-laws, or other applicable law.

SECTION 9. Notices. If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

SECTION 10. Waivers. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice

18

required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

Adopted __________ _____, 2007 and effective as of __________ ____, 2007.

19

Exhibit 3.3

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

Virtusa Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Virtusa Corporation. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was April 19, 2000 (the "Original Certificate"). The name under which the Corporation filed the Original Certificate was eRunway, inc.

2. A Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 21, 2000 under the name eRunway, inc.

3. The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was amended by a Certificate of Amendment filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 25, 2002 under the name Virtusa, Inc. and was corrected by a Certificate of Correction filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 2, 2002 to correct the Corporation's name to Virtusa Corporation.

4. A Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 2, 2002.

5. A Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 27, 2003.

6. A Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 5, 2004.

7. A Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on ________ ___, 2007.

8. This Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate") amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL").

9. The text of the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

1

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Virtusa Corporation.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred twenty-five million (125,000,000) shares, of which (i) one hundred twenty million (120,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock") and
(ii) five million (5,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Undesignated Preferred Stock").

The number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock and Undesignated Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote, without a vote of the holders of the Undesignated Preferred Stock (except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock).

The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions upon, each class or series of stock shall be determined in accordance with, or as set forth below in, this Article IV.

A. COMMON STOCK

Subject to all the rights, powers and preferences of the Undesignated Preferred Stock and except as provided by law or in this Article IV (or in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock):

(a) the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (the "Directors") and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each outstanding share entitling the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to

2

vote on any amendment to this Certificate (or on any amendment to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Undesignated Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled to vote, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, on such amendment pursuant to this Certificate (or pursuant to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL;

(b) dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof; and

(c) upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.

B. UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof is expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series of such stock, and by filing a certificate pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

ARTICLE V

STOCKHOLDER ACTION

1. Action without Meeting. Except as otherwise provided herein, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof.

2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

3

ARTICLE VI

DIRECTORS

1. General. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

2. Election of Directors. Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation (the "By-laws") shall so provide.

3. Number of Directors; Term of Office. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors, except as otherwise provided for those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible. The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be Robert E. Davoli and Andrew P. Goldfarb; the initial Class II Directors of the Corporation shall be Izhar Armory, Rowland Moriarty and Martin Trust; and the initial Class III Directors of the Corporation shall be Kris A. Canekeratne, Ronald T. Maheu and Danford F. Smith. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Undesignated Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable thereto.

4. Vacancies. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until

4

such Director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VI.3 hereof, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

5. Removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such stock have the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) only with cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors. At least forty-five (45) days prior to any meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of this Article VII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

1. Amendment by Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

5

2. Amendment by Stockholders. The By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose as provided in the By-laws, by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Whenever any vote of the holders of voting stock is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, and in addition to any other vote of holders of voting stock that is required by this Certificate or by law, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII or Article IX of this Certificate.

[End of Text]

6

THIS SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed

as of this ____ day of __________, 2007.

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

By:__________________________
Krishan A. Canekeratne
Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 4.2

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (this "Agreement") is made as of this 29th day of March, 2007 by and among Virtusa Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the "Company"), the Investors and the Stockholders (each as defined below).

WHEREAS, this Agreement amends and restates in its entirety that certain Third Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 5, 2004, among the Company and the parties identified therein (the "Original Agreement");

WHEREAS, certain Investors have previously acquired shares of the Company's Series A Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Series A Preferred Stock"), Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Series B Preferred Stock"), Series C Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Series C Preferred Stock") and Series D Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Series D Preferred Stock").

WHEREAS, the Company and BT Americas Inc. (together with its Affiliates, "BT") are simultaneously entering into a certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the "Common Stock Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which BT has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), from the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions contained therein; and

WHEREAS, the execution of this Agreement is a condition precedent to the purchase by BT of the Common Stock under the Common Stock Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

"Affiliates" of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. In addition, for any Person that is a venture capital fund, the term "Affiliate" shall also mean other venture capital funds with the same management company.

"Commission" shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.


"Common Stock" shall mean (i) Common Stock and (ii) any other securities into which or for which any of the securities described in clause (i) above may be converted or exchanged pursuant to a plan of recapitalization, reorganization, merger, sale of assets or otherwise.

"Conversion Shares" shall mean shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

"Focus" means Focus Ventures II, L.P., V Investors II QP, L.P., FV Investors II A, L.P., and their Affiliates.

"Globespan" means JAFCO America Technology Fund III, L.P., JAFCO America Technology Cayman Fund III, L.P., JAFCO USIT Fund III, L.P. and JAFCO America Technology Affiliates Fund III, L.P. and their Affiliates.

The "Investors" shall mean the investors listed under the heading "Investors" on the signature pages hereto (including BT).

"Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a joint venture, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability company, a government and any agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock.

"Registrable Securities" shall mean (i) any shares of Common Stock now held, or hereafter acquired, by the Investors or Stockholders, (ii) the Conversion Shares, and (iii) any other Common Stock issued and issuable with respect to any such shares described in clauses (i) and (ii) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization (it being understood that for purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to then acquire or obtain from the Company any Registrable Securities, whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, "Registrable Securities" shall not at any time include any securities (i) registered and sold pursuant to the Securities Act or (ii) which may be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

"Sigma" means Sigma Partners V, L.P., Sigma Associates V, L.P., and Sigma Investors V, L.P. and their Affiliates.

2

"Stockholders" shall mean the stockholders listed under the heading "Stockholders" on the signature pages hereto.

2. PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS. If at any time or times after the date hereof the Company shall seek to register any shares of its Common Stock under the Securities Act for sale to the public for its own account or on the account of others (except with respect to registration statements on Form S-4, S-8 or another form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public but including any registrations initiated pursuant to Section 3 hereof), the Company will promptly give written notice thereof to all holders of Registrable Securities (the "Holders"). If within twenty (20) days after their receipt of such notice one or more Holders request the inclusion of some or all of the Registrable Securities owned by them in such registration, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to include such Registrable Securities in such registration. In the case of the registration of shares of capital stock by the Company in connection with any underwritten public offering, if the underwriter(s) determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of Registrable Securities to be offered, subject to the following sentence, the Company shall not be required to register Registrable Securities of the Holders in excess of the amount, if any, of shares of the capital stock which the principal underwriter of such underwritten offering shall reasonably and in good faith agree to include in such offering in addition to any amount to be registered for the account of the Company.

If any limitation of the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be registered by the Holders is required in the good faith judgment of the managing underwriter of such public offering pursuant to this Section 2, in connection with an initial public offering, the number of shares to be excluded shall be determined in the following sequence: (i) first, securities held by any Persons not having any such contractual, incidental "piggy back" registration rights, (ii) second, securities held by any Persons (other than the Holders) having such contractual, incidental "piggy back" rights pursuant to an agreement which is not this Agreement, (iii) third, Registrable Securities sought to be included by the Holders who are Stockholders as determined on a pro rata basis
(based upon the respective holdings of securities by such Holders) and (iv)
fourth, Registrable Securities sought to be included by the Holders who are Investors as determined on a pro rata basis (based upon the respective holdings of securities by such Holders). If any limitation of the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be registered by the Holders is required pursuant to this Section 2, in a registration that is not an initial public offering, the number of shares to be excluded shall be determined in the following sequence:
(i) first, securities held by any Persons not having any such contractual, incidental "piggy back" registration rights, (ii) second, securities held by any Persons (other than the Holders) having such contractual, incidental "piggy back" rights pursuant to an agreement which is not this Agreement, and (iii) third, Registrable Securities sought to be included by the Holders as determined on a pro rata basis (based upon the respective holdings of securities by such Holders); provided, that, if such registration was initiated pursuant to Section 3 hereof and the Holders initiating such registration have the number of Registrable Securities they sought to have registered cut back hereunder, such registration shall not be deemed a demand registration under Section 3 by such Holders. No such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Investors included in the registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Company's initial public offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which

3

event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Investors may be excluded in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.

3. REQUIRED REGISTRATIONS.

(A) SERIES A DEMAND REGISTRATION. At any time after the date that is six (6) months after the initial public offering of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (an "Initial Public Offering'), on not more than one (1) occasion, Investors holding at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock may request that the Company register under the Securities Act all or a portion of the Registrable Securities held by such requesting Investors so long as the public offering is anticipated to have an aggregate gross offering price to the public of at least $15,000,000; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 3(a) shall not be available to the Investors if such Registrable Securities may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to the provisions of
Section 3(f) below. A registration will not count as a requested registration under this Section 3(a) until the registration statement relating to such registration has been declared effective by the Commission at the request of the requesting Investors.

(B) SERIES B DEMAND REGISTRATION. At any time after the date that is six (6) months after an Initial Public Offering, on not more than one (1) occasion, Investors holding at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock may request that the Company register under the Securities Act all or a portion of the Registrable Securities held by such requesting Investors so long as the public offering is anticipated to have an aggregate gross offering price to the public of at least $15,000,000; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 3(b) shall not be available to the Investors if such Registrable Securities may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(g) below. A registration will not count as a requested registration under this Section 3(b) until the registration statement relating to such registration has been declared effective by the Commission at the request of the requesting Investors.

(C) SERIES C DEMAND REGISTRATION. At any time after the date that is six (6) months after an Initial Public Offering, on not more than one (1) occasion, Investors holding at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock may request that the Company register under the Securities Act all or a portion of the Registrable Securities held by such requesting Investors so long as the public offering is anticipated to have an aggregate gross offering price to the public of at least $15,000,000; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 3(c) shall not be available to the Investors if such Registrable Securities may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(h) below. A registration will not count as a requested registration under this Section 3(c) until the registration statement relating to such registration has been declared effective by the Commission at the request of the requesting Investors.

(D) SERIES D DEMAND REGISTRATION. At any time after the date that is six (6) months after an Initial Public Offering, on not more than one (1) occasion, Investors holding at

4

least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock may request that the Company register under the Securities Act all or a portion of the Registrable Securities held by such requesting Investors so long as the public offering is anticipated to have an aggregate gross offering price to the public of at least $15,000,000; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 3(d) shall not be available to the Investors if such Registrable Securities may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to the provisions of
Section 3(i) below. A registration will not count as a requested registration under this Section 3(d) until the registration statement relating to such registration has been declared effective by the Commission at the request of the requesting Investors.

(E) BT DEMAND REGISTRATION. At any time after the date that is six (6)
months after an Initial Public Offering, on not more than one (1) occasion, BT may request that the Company register under the Securities Act all or a portion of the Registrable Securities held by BT so long as the public offering is anticipated to have an aggregate gross offering price to the public of at least $15,000,000; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 3(e) shall not be available to BT if such Registrable Securities may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to the provisions of
Section 3(j) below. A registration will not count as a requested registration under this Section 3(e) until the registration statement relating to such registration has been declared effective by the Commission at the request of BT.

(F) SERIES A FORM S-3. After an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act. So long as the Company is qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form), on not more than two (2) occasions during any given twelve
(12) month period, Investors holding at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right to request registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form) for the Registrable Securities held by such requesting Investors so long as the public offering is anticipated to have a gross aggregate offering price to the public of at least $5,000,000. Such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of disposition of such shares by such requesting Investors.

(G) SERIES B FORM S-3. After an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act. So long as the Company is qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form), on not more than two (2) occasions during any given twelve
(12) month period, Investors holding at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right to request registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form) for the Registrable Securities held by such requesting Investors so long as the public offering is anticipated to have a gross aggregate offering price to the public of at least $5,000,000. Such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of disposition of such shares by such requesting Investors.

(H) SERIES C FORM S-3. After an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall

5

use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act. So long as the Company is qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form), on not more than two (2) occasions during any given twelve (12) month period, Investors holding at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock shall have the right to request registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form) for the Registrable Securities held by such requesting Investors so long as the public offering is anticipated to have a gross aggregate offering price to the public of at least $5,000,000. Such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of disposition of such shares by such requesting Investors.

(I) SERIES D FORM S-3. After an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act. So long as the Company is qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form), on not more than two (2) occasions during any given twelve
(12) month period, Investors holding at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock shall have the right to request registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form) for the Registrable Securities held by such requesting Investors so long as the public offering is anticipated to have a gross aggregate offering price to the public of at least $5,000,000. Such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of disposition of such shares by such requesting Investors.

(J) BT FORM S-3. After an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act. So long as the Company is qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form), on not more than two (2) occasions during any given twelve (12) month period, if BT holds at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities purchased by BT pursuant to the Common Stock Purchase Agreement, BT shall have the right to request registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form) for all or a portion of the Registrable Securities held by BT so long as the public offering is anticipated to have a gross aggregate offering price to the public of at least $5,000,000. Such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of disposition of such shares by BT.

(K) REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS. Following a request pursuant to Section
3(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (j) above, the Company will promptly notify all of the other Holders of Registrable Securities and such Holders of Registrable Securities shall then have 20 days to notify the Company of their desire to participate in the registration. Thereupon, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to include such Registrable Securities in the registration in accordance with the terms of this Section 3. If the request for registration contemplates an underwritten public offering, the Company shall state such in the written notice and in such event the right of any Person to participate in such registration shall be conditioned upon their participation in such underwritten public offering and the inclusion of their securities in the underwritten public offering to the extent provided herein.

6

(L) UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING. If a requested registration involves an underwritten public offering and the managing underwriter of such offering determines in good faith that the number of securities sought to be offered should be limited due to market conditions, then the number of securities to be included in such registration and such underwritten public offering shall be reduced to a number deemed satisfactory by such managing underwriter, provided that the shares to be excluded shall be determined in the following sequence:
(i) first, securities held by any Persons not having any contractual, incidental "piggy back" registration rights to include such securities on the registration statement, (ii) second, securities held by any other Persons (other than the Holders) having contractual, incidental "piggy back" rights to include such securities in the registration statement pursuant to an Agreement which is not this agreement, (iii) third, Registrable Securities held by the Stockholders
(based upon the respective holdings of securities by such Stockholders), (iv) fourth, Registrable Securities of Investors who did not make the original request for registration (based upon the respective holdings of securities by such Investors), and (v) fifth, Registrable Securities of Investors who requested such registration (based on the respective holdings of securities by all such Investors). With respect to a request for registration pursuant to
Section 3(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (j) which is for an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter shall be chosen by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to the requesting Investors. If the managing underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities or other securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account in such registration if the managing underwriter so agrees and if the number of Registrable Securities and other securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities of the Investors to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration.

(M) POSTPONEMENT. The Company may postpone the filing of any registration statement required hereunder for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed one hundred twenty (120) days in the aggregate during any twelve-month period, if the Company furnishes to the Holders requesting registration a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors stating that the Board of Directors has determined reasonably and in good faith it would not be in the best interest of the Company or its stockholders for such registration to be effected at such time. The Company shall not be required to cause a registration statement requested pursuant to this Section 3 to become effective prior to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement on Form S-1 initiated by the Company for an initial public offering of its Common Stock; or ninety (90) days following the effective date of any other registration statement initiated by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve such effectiveness promptly following such period.

4. BLACK-OUT PERIOD.

(A) Following the effectiveness of a registration statement and filings with any state securities commissions, the Holders agree that they will not effect any sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement or any such filings at any time after they have received notice from the Company to suspend sales (i) as a result of the occurrence or

7

existence pending negotiations relating to, or consummation of, a transaction or the occurrence of an event that would require additional disclosure of material information by the Company in the registration statement, or (ii) so that the Company may correct or update the registration statement or such filing pursuant to Sections 3(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (j); provided that the Company shall not delay a request for registration more than twice in any twelve (12) month period and in each such instances for not more than ninety
(90) days. The Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the registration statement or such filings following further written notice to such effect from the Company, which notice shall be given by the company not later than five (5) business days after the conclusion of any such event.

(B) Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(a), such Holder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company all copies other than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities which is current at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give any such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when sellers of such Registrable Securities under such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus.

5. FURTHER OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY. Whenever the Company is required hereunder to register any Registrable Securities, it agrees that it shall also do the following:

(A) Pay all expenses of such registrations and offerings (exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions and fees and expenses of counsel for the Holders) in connection with any registrations pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 hereof;

(B) Use commercially reasonable efforts to diligently prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement and such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto (but for no more than 180 days) and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale of securities covered by such registration statement for such period;

(C) Furnish to each selling Holder such copies of each preliminary and final prospectus and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request to facilitate the public offering of its Registrable Securities;

(D) Enter into any reasonable underwriting agreement required by the proposed underwriter, if any, in such form and containing such terms as are customary; provided, however, that each Holder shall be required to make such representations or warranties as

8

required by the managing underwriter;

(E) Use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under the securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as any selling Holder may reasonably request; provided, that, the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration or qualification unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction;

(F) Immediately notify each selling Holder, at any time when a prospectus relating to his, her or its Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such selling Holder, prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(G) Cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or quoted;

(H) Make available to each selling Holder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by any such selling Holder or underwriter (collectively, the "Inspectors"), all financial records and pertinent corporate documents, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility;

(I) Otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of the United States and other applicable jurisdictions and all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and comparable governmental agencies in other applicable jurisdictions and make generally available to its holders, in each case as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days after the close of the period covered thereby, an earnings statement of the Company which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

(J) Otherwise cooperate with the underwriter or underwriters, the Commission and other regulatory agencies and take all actions and execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all documents necessary to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities hereunder; and

(K) Use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any.

6. INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION.

9

(A) Incident to any registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each underwriter, each Holder who offers or sells any such Registrable Securities in connection with such registration statement (including its partners (including partners of partners and stockholders of any such partners), and directors, officers, employees, representatives and agents of any of them (a "Selling Holder"), and each person who controls any of them within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (a "Controlling Person"), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses and liabilities, joint or several (including any investigation, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted, as the same are incurred), to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based on (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement (including any related preliminary or definitive prospectus, or any amendment or supplement to such registration statement or prospectus) or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state in such document a material fact required to be stated in it or necessary to make the statements in it not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable to the extent that such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability arises from and is based on an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance on and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such underwriter, Selling Holder or Controlling Person expressly for use in such registration statement. With respect to such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission in the information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Holder expressly for use in such registration statement, such Selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless each underwriter, the Company (including its directors, officers, employees, representatives and agents), each other Selling Holder (including its partners (including partners of partners and stockholders of such partners) and directors, officers, employees, representatives and agents of any of them, and each person who controls any of them within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses and liabilities, joint or several, to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise to the same extent provided in the immediately preceding sentence; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement of such Selling Holder contained in this Section 6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Selling Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that in no event shall any indemnity by a Selling Holder under this Section 6(a) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Selling Holder.

(B) If the indemnification provided for in Section 6(a) above for any reason is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under this Section 6, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall

10

contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company, the Selling Holders and the underwriters from the offering of the Registrable Securities and (ii) the relative fault of the Company, the Selling Holders and the underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, the Selling Holders and the underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions that the net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Holders and the underwriting discount received by the underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the applicable prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Registrable Securities. The relative fault of the Company, the Selling Holders and the underwriters shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Selling Holders or the underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Selling Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Selling Holder.

(C) The amount paid by an indemnifying party or payable to an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in this Section 6 shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim, payable as the same are incurred. The indemnification and contribution provided for in this Section 6 will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified parties or any officer, director, employee, agent or controlling person of the indemnified parties. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall enter into a consent of entry of any judgment or enter into a settlement without the consent of the indemnified party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

7. RULE 144 AND RULE 144A REQUIREMENT. In the event that the Company becomes subject to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take all action as may be required as a condition to the availability of Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar exemptive rules hereafter in effect). The Company shall furnish to any Holder, within 15 days of a written request, a written statement executed by the Company as to the steps it has taken to comply with the current public information requirement of Rule 144 or Rule 144A or such successor rules.

8. TRANSFERABILITY OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. The registration rights set forth in this Agreement are transferable to any transferee of Registrable Securities who receives an aggregate of at least 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities. Each subsequent holder of Registrable Securities must consent in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement in order to acquire the rights granted pursuant to this Agreement.

9. RIGHTS WHICH MAY BE GRANTED TO SUBSEQUENT INVESTORS. Other than transferees of Registrable Securities under Section 8 hereof, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Investors holding a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities

11

held by all Investors, grant any other registration rights to any third parties which are pari passu or senior to the rights of the Holders hereunder.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(A) AMENDMENTS. For the purposes of this Agreement and all agreements executed pursuant hereto, no course of dealing between or among any of the parties hereto and no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder or thereunder shall operate as a waiver of the rights hereof and thereof. This Agreement may not be amended or modified or any provision hereof waived without the joint written consent of the Company and the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that any amendment to this Agreement which does not affect a party in the same fashion as the other parties hereto shall require the consent of such affected party.

(B) NOTICES AND DEMANDS. Any notice or demand which, by any provision of this Agreement or any agreement, document or instrument executed pursuant hereto or thereto, except as otherwise provided therein, is required to be given shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or served and received for all purposes when delivered by hand, telecopy, telex or other method of facsimile or five (5) days after being sent by certified or registered mail, postage and charges prepaid, return receipt requested, or two (2) days after being sent by overnight delivery providing receipt of delivery, to the following addresses:

(I) If to the Company, Virtusa Corporation 2000, West Park Drive, Westborough, MA 01581 or at such other address designated by the Company to the Investors in writing, with a copy to John J. Egan III, P.C., Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

(II) If to the Investors, at the mailing addresses as shown on the signature pages hereto, or at such other address designated by an Investor to the Company in writing, and, (i) if to Sigma or Focus, with a copy to Mark P. Tanoury, Esq., Cooley Godward LLP, Five Palo Alto Square, 3000 El Camino Real, Palo Alto, CA 94306-2155, and (ii) if to Globespan, with a copy to William J. Schnoor, Jr., Esq., Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02109; and (iii) if to BT, with a copy to Toby S. Myerson, Esq., Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.

(III) If to the Stockholders, at the mailing addresses as shown on Exhibit A hereto.

(C) REMEDIES; SEVERABILITY. It is specifically understood and agreed that any breach of the provisions of this Agreement by any person subject hereto will result in irreparable injury to the other parties hereto, that the remedy at law alone will be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and that, in addition to any other remedies which they may have, such other parties may enforce their respective rights by actions for specific performance (to the extent permitted by law). Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed prohibited or invalid under such applicable law, such provision shall be

12

ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, and such prohibition or invalidity shall not invalidate the remainder of such provision or the other provisions of this Agreement.

(D) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument. One or more counterparts of this Agreement may be delivered via telecopier, with the intention that they shall have the same effect as an original counterpart hereof.

(E) EFFECT OF HEADING. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(F) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be deemed a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and together with the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its conflicts of laws principles.

(G) JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY AGREEMENTS OR TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY SUBMITS TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS FOR THE PURPOSES THEREOF AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM OF IMPROPER VENUE AND ANY CLAIM THAT SUCH COURTS ARE AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND TO THE ADDRESSES SET FORTH ON THE SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE TEN (10) DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING, WHETHER AT LAW OR EQUITY, BROUGHT BY ANY OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(H) INTEGRATION. This Agreement, including the exhibits, documents and instruments referred to herein or therein, constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The Company and the parties hereto that are parties to the Original Agreement hereby agree that this Agreement replaces and supersedes the Original Agreement in its entirety and that the Original Agreement is hereafter null and void.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

COMPANY:

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

By: /s/ Krishan A. Canekeratne
    -------------------------------------------
    Name:  Krishan A. Canekeratne
    Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Address:

2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581


INVESTORS:

SIGMA PARTNERS V, L.P.

By: Sigma Management V, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ Robert E. Davoli
    -------------------------------------------
    Name:  Robert E. Davoli
    Title: Managing Director

Address:


1600 El Camino Real, Suite 280
Menlo Park, CA 94025

SIGMA ASSOCIATES V, L.P.

By: Sigma Management V, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ Robert E. Davoli
    -------------------------------------------
    Name: Robert E. Davoli
    Title: Managing Director

Address:


1600 El Camino Real, Suite 280
Menlo Park, CA 94025

SIGMA INVESTORS V, L.P.

By: Sigma Management V, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ Robert E. Davoli
    -------------------------------------------
    Name: Robert E. Davoli
    Title: Managing Director

Address:


1600 El Camino Real, Suite 280
Menlo Park, CA 94025


JAFCO AMERICA TECHNOLOGY FUND III, L.P. JAFCO AMERICA TECHNOLOGY CAYMAN FUND III, L.P. JAFCO USIT FUND III, L.P. JAFCO AMERICA TECHNOLOGY AFFILIATES FUND III, L.P.

/s/ Andrew P. Goldfarb
-----------------------------------------------
By:    Andrew P. Goldfarb
Title: Managing Member
       JAV Management Associates III, L.L.C.
       Its General Partner
       One Boston Place, Suite 2810
       Boston, MA 02108


CHARLES RIVER PARTNERSHIP XI, LP

By: Charles River XI GP LP
Its General Partner

By: Charles River XI GP, LLC
Its General Partner

By: /s/ Izhar Armony
    ------------------------------
    Authorized Manager

Address: 1000 Winter Street, Suite 3300 Waltham, MA 02451

CHARLES RIVER FRIENDS XI-A, LP

By: Charles River XI GP, LLC
Its General Partner

By: /s/ Izhar Armony
    -----------------------------------
    Authorized Manager

Address: 1000 Winter Street, Suite 3300 Waltham, MA 02451

CHARLES RIVER FRIENDS XI-B, LP

By: Charles River XI GP, LLC
Its General Partner

By: /s/ Izhar Armony
    -----------------------------------
    Authorized Manager

Address: 1000 Winter Street, Suite 3300 Waltham, MA 02451


THE STORAGENETWORKS LIQUIDATING TRUST

By:

Name:


Title:

BT AMERICAS INC.

By: /s/ Kristen Venderame
    -------------------------------------------
    Name: Kristen Venderame
    Title: Secretary & Chief Counsel

BBCP 104 LLC

By: Back Bay Venture 104 Nominee Trust

By:

Name:


Title:


Jim Blaschke


Jeff Casale


Romani DeSilva


Mike Daunais

/s/ Robert Davoli
-----------------------------------------------
Robert Davoli


Naren Durgampudi


William O. Flannery


Steven Levitt


James Matteson

MWE INVESTORS

By:

Name:


Title:


Paul Ratnayake


Glenn Snyder


John E. Steinkrauss


Ashokh Suppiah

WASHINGTON MALL PARTNERS

By:

Name:


Title:


Thilan Wijesinghe


Allyn C. Woodward, Jr.

FOCUS VENTURES II, L.P.

By: /s/ Kevin J. McQuillan
    -------------------------------------------
    Name:  Kevin J. McQuillan
    Title: General Partner

Address:


525 University Avenue
Suite 1400
Palo Alto, CA 94301

FOCUS VENTURES II QP, L.P.

By: /s/ Kevin J. McQuillan
    -------------------------------------------
    Name:  Kevin J. McQuillan
    Title: General Partner

Address:


525 University Avenue
Suite 1400
Palo Alto, CA 94301


FOCUS VENTURES II A, L.P.

By: /s/ Kevin J. McQuillan
    -------------------------------------------
    Name:  Kevin J. McQuillan
    Title: General Partner

Address:


525 University Avenue
Suite 1400
Palo Alto, CA 94301

/s/ Rowland Moriarty
-----------------------------------------------
Rowland Moriarty

Martin Trust 2006 GRAT

By: /s/ Robert F. Wade
    -------------------------------------------
Name:  Robert F. Wade
Title: Trustee

TNR Partnership

By: /s/ Jane A. Maheu
    -------------------------------------------
Name:  Jane A. Maheu
Title: General Partner


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS:

By: /s/ Krishan A. Canekeratne
    -------------------------------------------
    Krishan A. Canekeratne

Address:


c/o Virtusa Corporation
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581

By: /s/ Tushara Canekeratne
    -------------------------------------------
    Tushara Canekeratne

Address:


c/o Virtusa Corporation
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581

By: /s/ Ranjan Canekeratne
    -------------------------------------------
    Ranjan Canekeratne

Address:


c/o Virtusa Corporation
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581

By: /s/ Shireen Canekeratne
    -------------------------------------------
    Shireen Canekeratne

Address:


c/o Virtusa Corporation
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581


By: /s/ John L. Gillis
    -------------------------------------------
    John L. Gillis

Address:


c/o Virtusa Corporation
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581

By: /s/ Sandra L. Gillis
    -------------------------------------------
    Sandra L. Gillis

Address:


c/o Virtusa Corporation
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581


Exhibit 10.3


LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN

W9/TIB REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

AS LANDLORD, AND

ERUNWAY, INC.,

AS TENANT

DATED AS OF JUNE __, 2000

WESTBOROUGH, MASSACHUSETTS


MASSACHUSETTS OFFICE LEASE FORM
VERSION 13 - LAST REVISED AUGUST 1999


BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

Lease Date:                      as of June ___, 2000.

Landlord:                        W9/TIB REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a
                                 Delaware limited partnership.

Tenant:                          ERUNWAY, INC., a Delaware corporation.

Premises:                        Suite No. 310, containing 10,499 rentable
                                 square feet, in the building (the "BUILDING"),
                                 whose street address is 2000 West Park Drive,
                                 Westborough, Massachusetts. The Premises are
                                 shown cross-hatched on the plan attached to the
                                 Lease as Exhibit A. The term "Building"
                                 includes the land (the "LAND") on which the
                                 Building is located, and the driveways, parking
                                 facilities, and similar improvements located
                                 thereon.

Office Park:                     The buildings whose street address are 1500
                                 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts,
                                 1700 West Park Drive, Westborough,
                                 Massachusetts, 1800 West Park Drive,
                                 Westborough, Massachusetts, 1900 West Park
                                 Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts, and 2000
                                 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts,
                                 and the land on which such buildings are
                                 located and all other buildings or improvements
                                 now or hereafter located on such land. The
                                 parcels of land which presently comprise the
                                 Office Park (the "OFFICE PARK LAND") are
                                 described on Exhibit B attached hereto.

Term:                            Approximately 60 months, commencing on the
                                 Commencement Date and ending at 5:00 p.m. local
                                 time on the last day of the 60th full calendar
                                 month following the Commencement Date, subject
                                 to adjustment and earlier termination as
                                 provided in the Lease.

Commencement Date:               The earlier of (a) the date on which Tenant
                                 occupies any portion of the Premises and begins
                                 conducting business therein, or (b) July 1,
                                 2000 (provided, that if Landlord is unable to
                                 deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by
                                 such date, then, as provided in Section 3 of
                                 the Lease, Tenant shall accept possession of
                                 the Premises on the date Landlord tenders
                                 possession thereof to Tenant, which date will
                                 then be the "Commencement Date").

Basic Rent:                      Basic Rent shall be the following amounts for
                                 the following periods of time:

                                 Lease Month   Monthly Basic Rent
                                 -----------   ------------------
                                 1 - 60            $21,872.92

                                 As used herein, the term "LEASE MONTH" shall
                                 mean each calendar month during the Term (and
                                 if the Commencement Date does not occur on the
                                 first day of a calendar month, the period from
                                 the Commencement Date to the first day of the
                                 next calendar month shall be included in the
                                 first Lease Month for purposes of determining
                                 the duration of the Term and the monthly Basic
                                 Rent rate applicable

i

                                 for such partial month).

Security Deposit:                $262,475.04.

Additional Security Deposit:     $291,199.96

Rent:                            Basic Rent, Tenant's Proportionate Share of
                                 Taxes and Electrical Costs, Tenant's share of
                                 Additional Rent, and all other sums that Tenant
                                 may owe to Landlord or otherwise be required to
                                 pay under the Lease.

Permitted Use:                   General office use.

Tenant's Proportionate Share:    16.62%, which is the percentage obtained by
                                 dividing (a) the number of rentable square feet
                                 in the Premises as stated above by (b) 63,180,
                                 which is the number of rentable square feet in
                                 the Building. Landlord and Tenant stipulate
                                 that the number of rentable square feet in the
                                 Premises and in the Building set forth above
                                 shall be binding upon them.

Expense Stop:                    Operating Costs per rentable square foot in the
                                 Building for the calendar year 2000 (grossed up
                                 as provided in Section 4.(b)(6) of the Lease).

Base Tax Year:                   The fiscal year ending June 30, 2001.

Initial Liability Insurance
Amount:                          $3,000,000.00.

ii

Tenant's     Prior to Commencement Date:              Following Commencement Date:
Address:     eRunway, Inc.                            eRunvay, Inc.
             176 East Main Street                     2000 West Park Drive
             Westborough, Massachusetts 01581         Westborough, Massachusetts 01581
             Attention: Chief Financial Officer       Attention: Chief Financial Officer
             Telephone: 508-366-9955                  Telephone: 508-366-9955
             Telecopy: 508-366-9901                   Telecopy: 508-366-9901

Landlord's   For all Notices:                         With a copy to:
Address:     W9/TIB Real Estate Limited Partnership   W9/TIB Real Estate Limited Partnership
             c/o Archon Group, L.P.                   c/o Archon Group, L.P.
             1275 K Street, N. W., Suite 900          600 East Las Colinas Blvd., Suite 400
             Washington, D.C. 20005                   Irving, Texas 75039
             Attention: Asset Manager                 Attention: General Counsel - 2000
             Telephone: 202-216-5800                  West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts
             Telecopy: 202-216-5801                   Telephone: 972-368-2200
                                                      Telecopy: 972-368-3199

iii

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease identified above. If any conflict exists between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, then the Lease shall control.

LANDLORD:                               W9/TIB REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                                        a Delaware limited partnership

                                        By: W9/TIB Gen-Par, Inc., a Delaware
                                            corporation, its general partner


                                        By: /s/ Stephen M. Abelman
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: Stephen M. Abelman
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President


TENANT:                                 ERUNWAY, INC, a Delaware corporation


                                        By: /s/ JACK STEINKRAUSS
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: JACK STEINKRAUSS
                                        Title: SVP

iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
1. Definitions and Basic Provisions .....................................     1

2. Lease Grant; Common Areas ............................................     1

3. Tender of Possession .................................................     2

4. Rent .................................................................     2
   (a) Payment ..........................................................     2
   (b) Operating Costs; Taxes; Electrical Costs .........................     2
   (c) Tenant Inspection Right ..........................................     4

5. Delinquent Payment; Handling Charges .................................     5

6. Security Deposit .....................................................     5

7. Landlord's Obligations ...............................................     6
   (a) Services .........................................................     6
   (b) Excess Utility Use ...............................................     7
   (c) Restoration of Services ..........................................     7
   (d) Alternate Service Provide ........................................     7

8. Improvements; Alterations; Repairs; Maintenance ......................     8
   (a) Improvements; Alterations ........................................     8
   (b) Repairs; Maintenance .............................................     8
   (c) Performance of Work ..............................................     8
   (d) Mechanic's Liens .................................................     8

9. Use ..................................................................     9

10. Assignment and Subletting ...........................................     9
   (a) Transfers ........................................................     9
   (b) Consent Standards ................................................     9
   (c) Request for Consent ..............................................     9
   (d) Conditions to Consent ............................................    10
   (e) Cancellation .....................................................    10

v

   (f) Additional Compensation ..........................................    10
   (g) Permitted Transfers ..............................................    10

11.Insurance; Waivers; Subrogation; Indemnity ...........................    11
   (a) Tenant's Insurance ...............................................    11
   (b) Landlord's Insurance .............................................    12
   (c) No Subrogation ...................................................    12
   (d) Indemnity ........................................................    12

12.Subordination; Attornment; Notice to Landlord's Mortgagee ............    12
   (a) Subordination ....................................................    12
   (b) Attornment .......................................................    13
   (c) Notice to Landlord's Mortgagee ...................................    13
   (d) Landlord's Mortgagee's Protection Provisions .....................    13

13.Rules and Regulations ................................................    13

14.Condemnation .........................................................    13
   (a) Total Taking .....................................................    13
   (b) Partial Taking-Tenant's Rights ...................................    13
   (c) Partial Taking-Landlord's Rights .................................    14
   (d) Award ............................................................    14

15.Fire or Other Casualty ...............................................    14
   (a) Repair Estimate ..................................................    14
   (b) Tenant's Rights ..................................................    14
   (c) Landlord's Rights ................................................    14
   (d) Repair Obligation ................................................    14
   (e) Abatement of Rent ................................................    15

16.Personal Property Taxes ..............................................    15

17.Events of Default ....................................................    15
   (a) Payment Default ..................................................    15
   (b) Abandonment ......................................................    15
   (c) Estoppel .........................................................    15
   (d) Other Defaults ...................................................    15
   (e) Insolvency .......................................................    15
   (e) Additional Security Deposit ......................................    16

18.Remedies .............................................................    16
   (a) Termination of Lease .............................................    16

vi

   (b) Termination of Possession ........................................    16
   (c) Alteration of Locks ..............................................    16

19.Payment by Tenant; Non-Waiver; Cumulative Remedies ...................    16
   (a) Payment by Tenant ................................................    16
   (b) No Waiver ........................................................    17
   (c) Cumulative Remedies ..............................................    17

20.Landlord's Lien ......................................................    17

21.Surrender of Premises ................................................    17

22.Holding Over .........................................................    18

23.Certain Rights Reserved by Landlord ..................................    18
   (a) Building Operations ..............................................    18
   (b) Security .........................................................    18
   (c) Prospective Purchasers and Lenders ...............................    18
   (d) Prospective Tenants ..............................................    18

24.[Intentionally Omitted] ..............................................    19

25.Miscellaneous ........................................................    19
   (a) Landlord Transfer ................................................    19
   (b) Landlord's Liability .............................................    19
   (c) Force Majeure ....................................................    19
   (d) Brokerage ........................................................    19
   (e) Estoppel Certificates ............................................    19
   (f) Notices ..........................................................    19
   (g) Separability .....................................................    19
   (h) Amendments; and Binding Effect ...................................    20
   (i) Quiet Enjoyment ..................................................    20
   (j) No Merger ........................................................    20
   (k) No Offer .........................................................    20
   (1) Entire Agreement .................................................    20
   (m) Waiver of Jury Trial .............................................    20
   (n) Governing Law ....................................................    20
   (o) Recording ........................................................    20
   (p) Joint and Several Liability ......................................    20
   (q) Financial Reports ................................................    20
   (r) Landlord's Fees ..................................................    21
   (s) Telecommunications ...............................................    21
   (t) Confidentiality ..................................................    21

vii

   (u) Authority ........................................................    21
   (v) Hazardous Materials ..............................................    22
   (w) List of Exhibits .................................................    22

26.Other Provisions .....................................................    22

viii

LEASE

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this "LEASE") is entered into as of June _________________, 2000, between W9/TIB REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership ("LANDLORD"), and ERUNWAY, INC., a Delaware corporation ("TENANT").

1. DEFINITIONS AND BASIC PROVISIONS. The definitions and basic provisions set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the "BASIC LEASE INFORMATION") executed by Landlord and Tenant contemporaneously herewith are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. Additionally, the following terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Lease: "AFFILIATE" means any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the party in question; "BUILDING'S STRUCTURE" means the Building's exterior walls, roof, elevator shafts, footings, foundations, structural portions of load-bearing walls, structural floors and subfloors, and structural columns and beams; "BUILDING'S SYSTEMS" means the Building's HVAC, life-safety, plumbing, electrical, and mechanical systems; "INCLUDING" means including, without limitation; "LAWS" means all federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations, all court orders, governmental directives, and governmental orders, and all restrictive covenants affecting the Building, and "LAW" shall mean any of the foregoing; and "TENANT PARTY" means any of the following persons: Tenant; any assignees claiming by, through, or under Tenant; any subtenants claiming by, through, or under Tenant; and any of their respective agents, contractors, employees, and invitees.

2. LEASE GRANT; COMMON AREAS. Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises.

Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right during the Term to use the Common Areas (as defined below) for itself, its employees, agents, customers, invitees and licensees. The phrase "COMMON AREAS" as used herein shall mean the portions of the Building which are from time to time designated and improved for common use by or for the benefit of more than one tenant of the Building, including, but not limited to, any of the following: the land and facilities used as parking areas, access and perimeter roads, landscaping areas, exterior walks, stairways, ramps, interior corridors, stairs, but excluding any portion thereof when designated by Landlord for a non-common use. All Common Areas shall be subject to the exclusive control and management of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to (i) to close, if necessary, all or any portion of the Common Areas to such extent as may be legally necessary to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any rights of any person or of the public therein; (ii) to close temporarily all or any portion of the Common Areas to discourage non-tenant use;
(iii) to use portions of the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements or repairs or alterations to the Building; and (iv) to do and perform such other acts in, to and with respect to the Common Areas as Landlord shall determine to be appropriate for the Building. Landlord shall have the right to increase the size of the Common Areas, including the expansion thereof to adjacent property, to reduce the Common Area, to reconfigure the parking spaces and improvements on the Common Areas, and to make such changes therein and thereto from time to time which in Landlord's opinion are desirable and in the best interests of all persons using the Common Areas. Any portion of the Building not originally included within the Common Areas shall be so included if and when so designated by Landlord for common use. Tenant shall use and shall use reasonable efforts to cause its agents, employees, invitees, vendors, suppliers and independent contractors to use such access roads and operate trucks and trailers delivering merchandise to and from the Premises upon and over such access roads as are designated by Landlord as a means of ingress to and egress from the Premises. Landlord may establish a system or systems of validation or other type of operation to control the parking areas within

1

the Common Areas. Nothing contained in this Lease shall prohibit or otherwise restrict Landlord from changing, from time to time, the location, layout or type of parking areas within the Common Areas.

3. TENDER OF POSSESSION. Landlord and Tenant presently anticipate that possession of the Premises will be tendered to Tenant (with the Work to be performed by Landlord therein, if any, Substantially Completed) on or about July 1, 2000 (the "ESTIMATED DELIVERY DATE"). If Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Premises in such condition to Tenant by the Estimated Delivery Date, then (a) Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for damages therefor, and (b) Tenant shall accept possession of the Premises when Landlord tenders possession thereof to Tenant. By occupying the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises in their condition as of the date of such occupancy, subject to the performance of punch-list items that remain to be performed by Landlord, if any. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, within 10 days after Landlord has requested the same, a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto confirming (1) the Commencement Date and the expiration date of the initial Term, (2) that Tenant has accepted the Premises, and (3) that Landlord has performed all of its obligations with respect to the Premises (except for punch-list items specified in such letter). Occupancy of the Premises by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease excepting only those requiring the payment of Basic Rent, Additional Rent, Taxes and Electrical Costs (each as defined herein).

4. RENT.

(a) PAYMENT. Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord Rent, without notice, demand, deduction or set off (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), at Landlord's address provided for in this Lease or as otherwise specified by Landlord and shall be accompanied by all applicable state and local sales or use taxes. Basic Rent, adjusted as herein provided, shall be payable monthly in advance. The first monthly installment of Basic Rent shall be payable contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease; thereafter, Basic Rent shall be payable on the first day of each month beginning on the first day of the second full calendar month of the Term. The monthly Basic Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall equal the product of 1/365 of the annual Basic Rent in effect during the partial month and the number of days in the partial month from and after the Commencement Date, and shall be due on the Commencement Date.

(b) OPERATING COSTS; TAXES; ELECTRICAL COSTS.

(1) Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount (per each rentable square foot in the Premises) ("ADDITIONAL RENT") by which the annual Operating Costs (defined below) per rentable square foot in the Building exceed the Expense Stop (per rentable square foot in the Building). Landlord may make a good faith estimate of the Additional Rent to be due by Tenant for any calendar year or part thereof during the Term. During each calendar year or partial calendar year of the Term (after the base year, if the Expense Stop is calculated on a base year basis), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance concurrently with each monthly installment of Basic Rent, an amount equal to the estimated Additional Rent for such calendar year or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. From time to time, Landlord may estimate and re-estimate the Additional Rent to be due by Tenant and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Additional Rent payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the calendar year in question, Tenant shall have paid all of the Additional Rent as estimated by Landlord. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when actual Operating Costs are available for each calendar year.

2

(2) The term "OPERATING COSTS" shall mean all expenses and disbursements (subject to the limitations set forth below) that Landlord incurs in connection with the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Building, determined in accordance with sound accounting principles consistently applied, including the following costs: (A) wages and salaries (including management fees) of all on-site employees at or below the grade of senior building manager engaged in the operation, maintenance or security of the Building (together with Landlord's reasonable allocation of expenses of off-site employees at or below the grade of senior building manager who perform a portion of their services in connection with the operation, maintenance or security of the Building), including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto; (B) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Building; (C) costs for improvements made to the Building which, although capital in nature, are expected to reduce the normal operating costs (including all utility costs) of the Building, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the time period reasonably estimated by Landlord to recover the costs thereof taking into consideration the anticipated cost savings, as determined by Landlord using its good faith, commercially reasonable judgment, as well as capital improvements made in order to comply with any Law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority or any interpretation hereafter rendered with respect to any existing Law, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion; (D) cost of all utilities, except Electrical Costs and the cost of other utilities reimbursable to Landlord by the Building's tenants other than pursuant to a provision similar to this Section 4.(b); (E) insurance expenses; (F) repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of the Building; and (G) service or maintenance contracts with independent contractors for the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, or security of the Building (including alarm service, window cleaning, and elevator maintenance).

Operating Costs shall also include the Building's pro rata share of the costs of operating, managing, maintaining and cleaning (including, without limitation, snow and ice removal) the common areas and facilities of the Office Park shared by the Building and other buildings in the Office Park, including, without limitation, the costs of landscaping, insurance, security, snow plowing/sanding; the cost of maintaining and repairing the entrance and side roads and sidewalks within the Office Park, the drainage system, the Office Park directory and signage, the irrigation system and the street lights: and the cost of providing electricity to the street lights. The Building's pro rata share (as referred to in the preceding sentence) shall be equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of rentable square feet of floor area in the Building and the denominator of which is the total number of rentable square feet of floor area in all the buildings in the Office Park, from time to time.

Operating Costs shall not include costs for (i) capital improvements made to the Building, other than capital improvements described in Section
4.(b)(2)(C) and except for items which are generally considered maintenance and repair items, such as painting of common areas, replacement of carpet in elevator lobbies, and the like; (ii) repair, replacements and general maintenance paid by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties; (iii) interest, amortization or other payments on loans to Landlord; (iv) depreciation; (v) leasing commissions; (vi) legal expenses for services, other than those that benefit the Building tenants generally (e.g., tax disputes); (vii) renovating or otherwise improving space for occupants of the Building or vacant space in the Building; (viii) Taxes; and (ix) federal income taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Building. If the Expense Stop is calculated on a base year basis, Operating Costs for the base year only shall not include market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including boycotts and strikes; utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargos or other

3

shortages; or amortized costs relating to capital improvements.

(3) Tenant shall also pay its Proportionate Share of any increase in Taxes for each year and partial year falling within the Term over the Taxes for the Base Tax Year. Tenant shall pay its Proportionate Share of Taxes in the same manner as provided above for Additional Rent with regard to Operating Costs. "TAXES" shall mean taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or fees whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments (including non-governmental assessments for common charges under a restrictive covenant or other private agreement that are not treated as part of Operating Costs) now or hereafter attributable to the Building (or its operation), excluding, however, penalties and interest thereon and federal and state taxes on income (if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of the whole or any part of any Taxes, there is levied on Landlord a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Building, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term "Taxes" for purposes hereof). Taxes shall include the costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Building. For property tax purposes, Tenant waives all rights to protest or appeal the appraised value of the Premises, as well as the Building, and all rights to receive notices of reappraisement.

(4) Tenant shall also pay to Landlord Tenant's Proportionate Share of the cost of all electricity used by the Building ("ELECTRICAL COSTS"). Such amount shall be payable in monthly installments on the Commencement Date and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter. Each installment shall be based on Landlord's estimate of the amount due for each month. From time to time during any calendar year, Landlord may estimate or re-estimate the Electrical Costs to be due by Tenant for that calendar year and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Electrical Costs payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations.

(5) By April 1 of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement of Operating Costs and Electrical Costs for the previous year, in each case adjusted as provided in Section 4.(b)(6), and of the Taxes for the previous year (the "OPERATING COSTS AND TAX STATEMENT"). If the Operating Costs and Tax Statement reveals that Tenant paid more for Operating Costs or Electrical Costs than the actual amount for the year for which such statement was prepared, or more than its actual share of Taxes for such year, then Landlord shall promptly credit or reimburse Tenant for such excess; likewise, if Tenant paid less than Tenant's actual Proportionate Share of Additional Rent or share of Taxes due, then Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord such deficiency.

(6) With respect to any calendar year or partial calendar year in which the Building is not occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof, the Operating Costs and Electrical Costs for such period shall, for the purposes hereof, be increased to the amount which would have been incurred had the Building been occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof.

(c) TENANT INSPECTION RIGHT. Provided no Event of Default then exists after receiving an annual Operating Costs and Tax Statement and giving Landlord 30 days' prior written notice thereof, Tenant may inspect or audit Landlord's records relating to Operating Costs for the period of time covered by such Operating Costs and Tax Statement in accordance with the following provisions.

4

If Tenant fails to object to the calculation of Operating Costs on an annual Operating Costs and Tax Statement within 30 days after the statement has been delivered to Tenant, or if Tenant fails to conclude its audit or inspection within 90 days after the statement has been delivered to Tenant, then Tenant shall have waived its right to object to the calculation of Operating Costs for the year in question and the calculation of Operating Costs set forth on such statement shall be final. Tenant's audit or inspection shall be conducted where Landlord maintains its books and records, shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Landlord's business, and shall be conducted only during business hours reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall pay the cost of such audit or inspection, including $150 per hour of Landlord's or the building manager's employee time devoted to such inspection or audit, to reimburse Landlord for its overhead costs allocable to the inspection or audit, unless the total Operating Costs for the period in question is determined to be in error by more than 5% in the aggregate, and, as a result thereof, Tenant paid to Landlord $1.00 per square foot in the Premises more than the actual Operating Costs due for such period, in which case Landlord shall pay the audit cost (not to exceed the amount Tenant was overcharged for the period in question). Tenant may not conduct an inspection or have an audit performed more than once during any calendar year. Tenant or the accounting firm conducting such audit shall, at no charge to Landlord, submit its audit report in draft form to Landlord for Landlord's review and comment before the final approved audit report is submitted to Landlord, and any reasonable comments by Landlord shall be incorporated into the final audit report. If such inspection or audit reveals that an error was made in the Operating Costs previously charged to Tenant, then Landlord shall refund to Tenant any overpayment of any such costs, or Tenant shall pay to Landlord any underpayment of any such costs, as the case may be, within 30 days after notification thereof. Provided Landlord's accounting for Operating Costs is consistent with the terms of this Lease, Landlord's good faith judgment regarding the proper interpretation of this Lease and the proper accounting for Operating Costs shall be binding on Tenant in connection with any such audit or inspection. Tenant shall maintain the results of each such audit or inspection confidential and shall not be permitted to use any third party to perform such audit or inspection, other than an independent firm of certified public accountants (1) reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (2) which is not compensated on a contingency fee basis or in any other manner which is dependent upon the results of such audit or inspection (and Tenant shall deliver the fee agreement or other similar evidence of such fee arrangement to Landlord upon request), and (3) which agrees with Landlord in writing to maintain the results of such audit or inspection confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to conduct an audit if Landlord furnishes to Tenant an audit report for the period of time in question prepared by an independent certified public accounting firm of recognized national standing (whether originally prepared for Landlord or another party). Nothing in this Section 4.(c) shall be construed to limit, suspend or abate Tenant's obligation to pay Rent, including Additional Rent, when due.

5. DELINQUENT PAYMENT; HANDLING CHARGES. All past due payments required of Tenant hereunder shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the lesser of 18% per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest; additionally, Landlord may charge Tenant a fee equal to 5% of the delinquent payment to reimburse Landlord for its cost and inconvenience incurred as a consequence of Tenant's delinquency. In no event, however, shall the charges permitted under this
Section 5 or elsewhere in this Lease, to the extent they are considered to be interest under applicable Law, exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the late fee referenced above shall not be charged with respect to the first occurrence (but not any subsequent occurrence) during any 12-month period that Tenant fails to make payment when due, until 5 days after Landlord delivers written notice of such delinquency to Tenant.

6. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Security Deposit, which shall be held by Landlord to secure Tenant's performance of its obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure or limit

5

of Landlord's damages upon an Event of Default (as defined herein). Landlord may, from time to time following an Event of Default and without prejudice to any other remedy, use all or a part of the Security Deposit to perform any obligation Tenant fails to perform hereunder. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Provided that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall, within 30 days after the Term ends, return to Tenant the portion of the Security Deposit which was not applied to satisfy Tenant's obligations. The Security Deposit may be commingled with other funds, and no interest shall be paid thereon. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises and the transferee assumes Landlord's obligations under this Lease, then Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and Landlord thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit.

In lieu of a Security Deposit in immediately available funds, Tenant may deliver to Landlord a standby, unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit in the face amount of the Security Deposit, naming Landlord as beneficiary, issued by any of the 5 largest national banking associations with banking offices in Dallas, Texas, permitting partial draws thereon, and otherwise in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto or another form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall from time to time cause its letter of credit to be renewed no later than 30 days prior to any expiration date thereof so that its letter of credit remains in effect for 30 days after the scheduled expiration date of the Term or any renewal Term; if Tenant fails timely to renew its letter of credit, then Landlord shall have the right to draw thereon, and retain the amounts so drawn as the Security Deposit. Landlord may draw upon the letter of credit and apply the proceeds thereof to perform any of Tenant's unperformed obligations under this Lease. After any such draw, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so drawn to be held as part of the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, such power of attorney being coupled with an interest, with full power of substitution, to do any one or more of the following in its sole discretion upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Lease: (a) demand, collect, receive, sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all amounts which may be or become due or payable with respect to the letter of credit and all funds evidenced thereby,
(b) execute any and all withdrawal receipts or others orders for the payment of monies drawn from the letter of credit, (c) endorse the name of Tenant on all commercial paper given in payment or in partial payment of the letter of credit,
(d) file any claim or institute any proceeding with respect to the letter of credit, (e) transfer the letter of credit into the name of Landlord or its nominee, and (f) take any other action which Landlord may deem necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve the right, title, and interest of Landlord under the Lease. To further secure Tenant's obligations under the Lease, Tenant hereby pledges to Landlord and grants to Landlord a security interest in, the letter of credit, and all renewals and replacements thereof, and proceeds therefrom.

7. LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS.

(a) SERVICES. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish to Tenant (1) water at those points of supply provided for general use of tenants of the Building; (2) heated and refrigerated air conditioning ("HVAC") as appropriate, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are standard for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building; (3) janitorial service to the Premises on weekdays, other than holidays, for Building-standard installations and such window washing as may from time to time be reasonably required; (4) elevators for ingress and egress to the floor on which the Premises are located, in common with other tenants, provided that Landlord may reasonably limit the number of operating elevators during non-business hours and holidays; and (5) electrical current during normal business hours for equipment that does not require more than 110 volts and whose electrical energy consumption does not exceed normal office usage. Landlord shall maintain the common areas of the Building in reasonably good order and condition, except for damage caused by a Tenant Party. If Tenant desires any of the services specified in Section 7(a)(2): (A) at any time other than between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. on weekdays

6

(other than holidays), or (B) on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, then such services (i.e, after-hour HVAC services) shall be supplied to Tenant upon the written request of Tenant delivered to Landlord before 3:00 p.m. on the business day preceding such extra usage, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such services within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. The costs incurred by Landlord in providing after-hour HVAC service to Tenant shall include costs for electricity, water, sewage, water treatment, labor, metering, filtering, and maintenance reasonably allocated by Landlord to providing such service.

(b) EXCESS UTILITY USE. Landlord shall not be required to furnish electrical current for equipment that requires more than 110 volts or other equipment whose electrical energy consumption exceeds normal office usage. If Tenant's requirements for or consumption of electricity exceed the electricity to be provided by Landlord as described in Section 7.(a), Landlord shall, at Tenant's expense, make reasonable efforts to supply such service through the then-existing feeders and risers serving the Building and the Premises, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such service within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord may determine the amount of such additional consumption and potential consumption by any verifiable method, including installation of a separate meter in the Premises installed, maintained, and read by Landlord, at Tenant's expense. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of 110 volts or otherwise exceeding Building capacity unless approved in advance by Landlord. The use of electricity in the Premises shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders and risers to or wiring in the Premises. Any risers or wiring required to meet Tenant's excess electrical requirements shall, upon Tenant's written request, be installed by Landlord, at Tenant's cost, if, in Landlord's judgment, the same are necessary and shall not cause permanent damage to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs, or expenses, or interfere with or disturb other tenants of the Building. If Tenant uses machines or equipment in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or otherwise overload any utility, Landlord may install supplemental air conditioning units or other supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation, use, and maintenance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor.

(c) RESTORATION OF SERVICES. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to restore any service required of it that becomes unavailable; however, such unavailability shall not render Landlord liable for any damages caused thereby, be a constructive eviction of Tenant, constitute a breach of any implied warranty, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of Tenant's obligations hereunder.

(d) ALTERNATE SERVICE PROVIDER. Landlord has advised Tenant that presently Massachusetts Electric Company (the "ELECTRIC SERVICE PROVIDER") is the electric utility company selected by Landlord to provide electricity service for the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right at any time and from time to time before or during the Term to either contract for electric service from a different company or companies providing electricity service (each such company shall hereinafter be referred to as an "ALTERNATIVE SERVICE PROVIDER") or continue to contact for electricity service from the Electric Service Provider. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord, the Electric Service Provider and any Alternative Service Provider at all times and, as reasonably necessary, shall allow Landlord, the Electric Service Provider and any Alternative Service Provider reasonable access to the Building's electric lines, feeders, risers, wiring and other machinery within the Premises.

7

8. IMPROVEMENTS; ALTERATIONS; REPAIRS; MAINTENANCE.

(a) IMPROVEMENTS; ALTERATIONS. Improvements to the Premises shall be installed at Tenant's expense only in accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall be governed by standards in the following sentence. No alterations or physical additions in or to the Premises may be made without Landlord's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; however, Landlord may withhold its consent to any alteration or addition that would adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord)
(1) the Building's Structure or the Building's Systems (including the Building's restrooms or mechanical rooms), (2) the exterior appearance of the Building, or
(3) the appearance of the Building's common areas or elevator lobby areas. Tenant shall not paint or install lighting or decorations, signs, window or door lettering, or advertising media of any type on or about the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; however, Landlord may withhold its consent to any such painting or installation which, would affect the appearance of the exterior of the Building or of any common areas of the Building. All alterations, additions, and improvements shall be constructed, maintained, and used by Tenant at its risk and expense, in accordance with all Laws; Landlord's consent to or approval of any alterations, additions or improvements (or the plans therefor) shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord, nor Landlord's acceptance, that the same comply with sound architectural and/or engineering practices or with all applicable Laws, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring all such compliance.

(b) REPAIRS; MAINTENANCE. Tenant shall maintain the Premises in a clean, safe, and operable condition, and shall not permit or allow to remain any waste or damage to any portion of the Premises. Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlord's direction and supervision, any damage to the Building caused by a Tenant Party. If Tenant fails to make such repairs or replacements within 15 days after the occurrence of such damage, then Landlord may make the same at Tenant's cost. If any such damage occurs outside of the Premises, then Landlord may elect to repair such damage at Tenant's expense, rather than having Tenant repair such damage. The cost of all repair or replacement work performed by Landlord under this Section 8 shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor.

(c) PERFORMANCE OF WORK. All work described in this Section 8 shall be performed only by Landlord or by contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to procure and maintain insurance coverage naming Landlord as an additional insured against such risks, in such amounts, and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require. All such work shall be performed in accordance with all Laws and in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage the Building (including the Premises, the Building's Structure and the Building's Systems). All such work which may affect the Building's Structure or the Building's Systems must be approved by the Building's engineer of record, at Tenant's expense and, at Landlord's election, must be performed by Landlord's usual contractor for such work. Tenant shall provide sworn statements, including the names, addresses and copies of contracts for all contractors, and upon completion of any work shall promptly furnish Landlord with sworn owner's and contractor's statements and full and final waivers of lien covering all labor and materials included in the work in question.

(d) MECHANIC'S LIENS. Tenant shall not permit any mechanic's liens to be filed against the Premises or the Building for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant. If such a lien is filed, then Tenant shall, within 10 days after Landlord has delivered notice of the filing thereof to Tenant (or such earlier time period as may be necessary to prevent the forfeiture of the Building or any interest of Landlord therein or the imposition of a civil or criminal fine

8

with respect thereto), either (1) pay the amount of the lien and cause the lien to be released of record, or (2) diligently contest such lien and deliver to Landlord a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely take either such action, then Landlord may pay the lien claim, and any amounts so paid, including expenses and interest, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor. All materialmen, contractors, artisans, mechanics, laborers and any other persons now or hereafter contracting with Tenant or any contractor or subcontractor of Tenant for the furnishing of any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment with respect to any portion of the Premises, at any time from the date hereof until the end of the Term, are hereby charged with notice that they look exclusively to Tenant to obtain payment for same. Nothing herein shall be deemed a consent by Landlord to any liens being placed upon the Building or Landlord's interest therein due to any work performed by or for Tenant.

9. USE. Tenant shall continuously occupy and use the Premises only for the Permitted Use and shall comply with all Laws relating to the use, condition, access to, and occupancy of the Premises. The population density within the Premises as a whole shall at no time exceed one person for each 300 rentable square feet in the Premises. Tenant shall not conduct second or third shift operations within the Premises; however, Tenant may use the Premises after normal business hours, so long as Tenant is not generally conducting business from the Premises after normal business hours. The Premises shall not be used for any use which is disreputable, creates extraordinary fire hazards, or results in an increased rate of insurance on the Building or its contents, or for the storage of any Hazardous Materials (other than typical office supplies
[e.g., photocopier toner] and then only in compliance with all Laws). Tenant shall not use any substantial portion of the Premises for a "call center," any other telemarketing use, or any credit processing use. If, because of a Tenant Party's acts, the rate of insurance on the Building or its contents increases, then such acts shall be an Event of Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such increase on demand, and acceptance of such payment shall not waive any of Landlord's other rights. Tenant shall conduct its business and control each other Tenant Party so as not to create any nuisance or unreasonably interfere with other tenants or Landlord in its management of the Building.

10. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

(a) TRANSFERS. Except as provided in Section 10.(g), Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, (1) assign, transfer, or encumber this Lease or any estate or interest herein, whether directly or by operation of law, (2) permit any other entity to become Tenant hereunder by merger, consolidation, or other reorganization, (3) if Tenant is an entity other than a corporation whose stock is publicly traded, permit the transfer of an ownership interest in Tenant so as to result in a change in the current control of Tenant,
(4) sublet any portion of the Premises, (5) grant any license, concession, or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, or (6) permit the use of the Premises by any parties other than Tenant (any of the events listed in
Section 10.(a)(l)through 10.(a)(6) being a "TRANSFER").

(b) CONSENT STANDARDS. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment or subletting of the Premises, provided that the proposed transferee (A) is creditworthy, (B) has a good reputation in the business community, (C) will use the Premises for the Permitted Use (thus, excluding, without limitation, uses for credit processing and telemarketing) and will not use the Premises in any manner that would conflict with any exclusive use agreement or other similar agreement entered into by Landlord with any other tenant of the Building, (D) is not a governmental entity, or subdivision or agency thereof, and (E) is not another occupant of the Building or person or entity with whom Landlord is negotiating to lease space in the Building; otherwise, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole discretion.

(c) REQUEST FOR CONSENT. If Tenant requests Landlord's consent to a Transfer, then, at

9

least 15 business days prior to the effective date of the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written description of all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, copies of the proposed documentation, and the following information about the proposed transferee: name and address; reasonably satisfactory information about its business and business history; its proposed use of the Premises; banking, financial, and other credit information; and general references sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the proposed transferee's creditworthiness and character. Concurrently with Tenant's notice of any request for consent to a Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee of $1,000 to defray Landlord's expenses in reviewing such request, and Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord immediately upon request for its reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection with considering any request for consent to a Transfer.

(d) CONDITIONS TO CONSENT. If Landlord consents to a proposed Transfer, then the proposed transferee shall deliver to Landlord a written agreement whereby it expressly assumes Tenant's obligations hereunder; however, any transferee of less than all of the space in the Premises shall be liable only for obligations under this Lease that are properly allocable to the space subject to the Transfer for the period of the Transfer. No Transfer shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease, but rather Tenant and its transferee shall be jointly and severally liable therefor. Landlord's consent to any Transfer shall not waive Landlord's rights as to any subsequent Transfers. If an Event of Default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are subject to a Transfer, then Landlord, in addition to its other remedies, may collect directly from such transferee all rents becoming due to Tenant and apply such rents against Rent. Tenant authorizes its transferees to make payments of rent directly to Landlord upon receipt of notice from Landlord to do so following the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder. Tenant shall pay for the cost of any demising walls or other improvements necessitated by a proposed subletting or assignment.

(e) CANCELLATION. Landlord may, within 30 days after submission of Tenant's written request for Landlord's consent to an assignment or subletting, cancel this Lease as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet or assigned as of the date the proposed Transfer is to be effective. If Landlord cancels this Lease as to any portion of the Premises, then this Lease shall cease for such portion of the Premises and Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the cancellation date relating to the portion of the Premises covered by the proposed Transfer. Thereafter, Landlord may lease such portion of the Premises to the prospective transferee (or to any other person) without liability to Tenant.

(f) ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, immediately upon receipt thereof, the excess of (1) all compensation received by Tenant for a Transfer less the costs reasonably incurred by Tenant with unaffiliated third parties in connection with such Transfer (i.e., brokerage commissions, tenant finish work, and the like) over (2) the Rent allocable to the portion of the Premises covered thereby.

(g) PERMITTED TRANSFERS. Notwithstanding Section 10.(a), Tenant may Transfer all or part of its interest in this Lease or all or part of the Premises (a "PERMITTED TRANSFER") to the following types of entities (a "PERMITTED TRANSFEREE") without the written consent of Landlord:

(1) an Affiliate of Tenant;

(2) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity in which or with which Tenant, or its corporate successors or assigns, is merged or consolidated, in accordance with applicable statutory provisions governing merger and consolidation of business entities, so long as (A) Tenant's obligations hereunder are assumed by the entity surviving such merger or created by such consolidation; and (B) the Tangible Net Worth of the surviving or created entity is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant as of the date hereof; or

10

(3) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity acquiring all or substantially all of Tenant's assets if such entity's Tangible Net Worth after such acquisition is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant as of the date hereof.

Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any such Permitted Transfer. Tenant shall remain liable for the performance of all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or if Tenant no longer exists because of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume in writing the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Additionally, the Permitted Transferee shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Permitted Use, and the use of the Premises by the Permitted Transferee may not violate any other agreements, affecting the Premises, the Building, Landlord or other tenants of the Building. At least 30 days after the effective date of any Permitted Transfer, Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord with copies of the instrument effecting any of the foregoing Transfers and documentation establishing Tenant's satisfaction of the requirements set forth above applicable to any such Transfer. The occurrence of a Permitted Transfer shall not waive Landlord's rights as to any subsequent Transfers. "TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means the excess of total assets over total liabilities, in each case as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied ("GAAP"), excluding, however, from the determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP including goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and franchises. Any subsequent Transfer by a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Section 10.

11. INSURANCE; WAIVERS; SUBROGATION; INDEMNITY.

(a) TENANT'S INSURANCE. Tenant shall maintain throughout the Term the following insurance policies: (1) commercial general liability insurance in amounts of $3,000,000.00 per occurrence or, following the expiration of the initial Term, such other amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require (and, if the use and occupancy of the Premises include any activity or matter that is or may be excluded from coverage under a commercial general liability policy (e.g., the sale, service or consumption of alcoholic beverages], Tenant shall obtain such endorsements to the commercial general liability policy or otherwise obtain insurance to insure all liability arising from such activity or matter [including liquor liability, if applicable] in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require), insuring Tenant, Landlord, Landlord's agents and their respective Affiliates against all liability for injury to or death of a person or persons or damage to property arising from the use and occupancy of the Premises, (2) insurance covering the full value of Tenant's property and improvements, and other property (including property of others) in the Premises, (3) contractual liability insurance sufficient to cover Tenant's indemnity obligations hereunder (but only if such contractual liability insurance is not already included in Tenant's commercial general liability insurance policy), (4) worker's compensation insurance, and (5) business interruption insurance. Tenant's insurance shall provide primary coverage to Landlord when any policy issued to Landlord provides duplicate or similar coverage, and in such circumstance Landlord's policy will be excess over Tenant's policy. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord certificates of such insurance and such other evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of all insurance coverages required hereunder, and Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to notify Landlord at least 30 days before cancellation or a material change of any such insurance policies. All such insurance policies shall be in form, and issued by companies, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

11

(b) LANDLORD'S INSURANCE. Throughout the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain, as a minimum, the following insurance policies: (1) fire and extended risk insurance for the Building's replacement value and (2) commercial general liability insurance in an amount of not less than $3,000,000.00. The cost of all insurance carried by Landlord with respect to the Building shall be included in Operating Costs. The foregoing insurance policies and any other insurance carried by Landlord shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under Landlord's sole control, and Tenant shall have no right or claim to any proceeds thereof or any other rights thereunder.

(c) NO SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant each waives any claim it might have against the other for any injury to or death of any person or persons or damage to or theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of any property (a "LOSS"), to the extent the same is insured against under any insurance policy that-covers the Building, the Premises, Landlord's or Tenant's fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements, or business, or is required to be insured against under the terms hereof, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE OTHER PARTY CAUSED SUCH LOSS. Each party shall cause its insurance carrier to endorse all applicable policies waiving the carrier's rights of recovery under subrogation or otherwise against the other parry.

(d) INDEMNITY. Subject to Section 11.(c), Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and its representatives and agents from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages, and expenses (including attorneys' fees) arising from (1) any Loss arising from any occurrence on the Premises, except to the extent caused by the negligence or fault of Landlord or its agents, or (2) Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease. Subject to Section 11.(c), Landlord shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Tenant and its agents from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, and expenses (including attorneys' fees) for any Loss arising from any occurrence in the Building's common areas, except to the extent caused by the negligence or fault of Tenant or its agents. The indemnities set forth in this Section 11.(d) shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease and shall not terminate or be waived, diminished or affected in any manner by any abatement or apportionment of Rent under any provision of this Lease. If any proceeding is filed for which indemnity is required hereunder, the indemnifying party agrees, upon request therefor, to defend the indemnified party in such proceeding at its sole cost utilizing counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party.

12. SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT: NOTICE TO LANDLORD'S MORTGAGEE.

(a) SUBORDINATION. This Lease shall be subordinate to any deed of trust, mortgage, or other security instrument (each, a "MORTGAGE"), or any ground lease, master lease, or primary lease (each, a "PRIMARY LEASE"), that now or hereafter covers all or any part of the Premises (the mortgagee under any such Mortgage, beneficiary under any such deed of trust, or the lessor under any such Primary Lease is referred to herein as a "LANDLORD'S MORTGAGEE"). Any Landlord's Mortgagee may elect, at any time, unilaterally, to make this Lease superior to its Mortgage, Primary Lease, or other interest in the Premises by so notifying Tenant in writing. The provisions of this Section shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required; however, in confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord (or such other party designated by Landlord) within ten days after written request therefor such documentation, in recordable form if required, as a Landlord's Mortgagee may reasonably request to evidence the subordination of this Lease to such Landlord's Mortgagee's Mortgage or Primary Lease (including a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement) or, if the Landlord's Mortgagee so elects, the subordination of such Landlord's Mortgagee's Mortgage or Primary Lease to this Lease.

12

(b) ATTORNMENT. Tenant shall attorn to any party succeeding to Landlord's interest in the Premises, whether by purchase, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, power of sale, termination of lease, or otherwise, upon such party's request, and shall execute such agreements confirming such attornment as such party may reasonably request.

(c) NOTICE TO LANDLORD'S MORTGAGEE. Tenant shall not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default on the part of Landlord without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, specifying the default in reasonable detail, to any Landlord's Mortgagee whose address has been given to Tenant, and affording such Landlord's Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to perform Landlord's obligations hereunder.

(d) LANDLORD'S MORTGAGEE'S PROTECTION PROVISIONS. If Landlord's Mortgagee shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, Landlord's Mortgagee shall not be: (1) liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor (including Landlord); (2) bound by any rent or additional rent or advance rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior lessor (including Landlord), and all such rent shall remain due and owing, notwithstanding such advance payment; (3) bound by any security or advance rental deposit made by Tenant which is not delivered or paid over to Landlord's Mortgagee and with respect to which Tenant shall look solely to Landlord for refund or reimbursement; (4) bound by any termination, amendment or modification of this Lease made without Landlord's Mortgagee's consent and written approval, except for those terminations, amendments and modifications permitted to be made by Landlord without Landlord's Mortgagee's consent pursuant to the terms of the loan documents between Landlord and Landlord's Mortgagee; (5) subject to the defenses which Tenant might have against any prior lessor (including Landlord); and (6) subject to the offsets which Tenant might have against any prior lessor (including Landlord) except for those offset rights which (A) are expressly provided in this Lease, (B) relate to periods of time following the acquisition of the Building by Landlord's Mortgagee, and (C) Tenant has provided written notice to Landlord's Mortgagee and provided Landlord's Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the event giving rise to such offset event. Landlord's Mortgagee shall have no liability or responsibility under or pursuant to the terms of this Lease or otherwise after it ceases to own an interest in the Building. Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to require Landlord's Mortgagee to see to the application of the proceeds of any loan, and Tenant's agreements set forth herein shall not be impaired on account of any modification of the documents evidencing and securing any loan.

13. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Building which are attached hereto as Exhibit C. Landlord may, from time to time, change such rules and regulations for the safety, care, or cleanliness of the Building and related facilities, provided that such changes are applicable to all tenants of the Building, will not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises and are enforced by Landlord in a non-discriminatory manner. Tenant shall be responsible for the compliance with such rules and regulations by each Tenant Party.

14. CONDEMNATION.

(a) TOTAL TAKING. If the entire Building or Premises are taken by right of eminent domain or conveyed in lieu thereof (a "TAKING"), this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the Taking.

(b) PARTIAL TAKING - TENANT'S RIGHTS. If any part of the Building becomes subject to a Taking and such Taking will prevent Tenant from conducting its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking for a period of more than 180 days, then Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date of such Taking by giving written notice to Landlord within 30 days after the Taking, and Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the

13

date of such Taking. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease, then Rent shall be abated on a reasonable basis as to that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the Taking.

(c) PARTIAL TAKING - LANDLORD'S RIGHTS. If any material portion, but less than all, of the Building becomes subject to a Taking, or if Landlord is required to pay any of the proceeds arising from a Taking to a Landlord's Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to Tenant within 30 days after such Taking, and Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such Taking. If Landlord does not so terminate this Lease, then this Lease will continue, but if any portion of the Premises has been taken, Rent shall abate as provided in the last sentence of Section 14.(b).

(d) AWARD. If any Taking occurs, then Landlord shall receive the entire award or other compensation for the Land, the Building, and other improvements taken; however, Tenant may separately pursue a claim (to the extent it will not reduce Landlord's award) against the condemnor for the value of Tenant's personal property which Tenant is entitled to remove under this Lease, moving costs, loss of business, and other claims it may have.

15. FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY.

(a) REPAIR ESTIMATE. If the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other casualty (a "CASUALTY"), Landlord shall, within 90 days after such Casualty, deliver to Tenant a good faith estimate (the "DAMAGE NOTICE") of the time needed to repair the damage caused by such Casualty.

(b) TENANT'S RIGHTS. If a material portion of the Premises is damaged by Casualty such that Tenant is prevented from conducting its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Casualty and Landlord estimates that the damage caused thereby cannot be repaired within 270 days after the Casualty (the "REPAIR PERIOD"), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord of its election to terminate within 30 days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant.

(c) LANDLORD'S RIGHTS. If a Casualty damages the Premises or a material portion of the Building and (1) Landlord estimates that the damage to the Premises cannot be repaired within the Repair Period, (2) the damage to the Premises exceeds 50% of the replacement cost thereof (excluding foundations and footings), as estimated by Landlord, and such damage occurs during the last two years of the Term, (3) regardless of the extent of damage to the Premises, Landlord makes a good faith determination that restoring the Building would be uneconomical, or (4) Landlord is required to pay any insurance proceeds arising out of the Casualty to a Landlord's Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of its election to terminate within 30 days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant.

(d) REPAIR OBLIGATION. If neither party elects to terminate this Lease following a Casualty, then Landlord shall, within a reasonable time after such Casualty, begin to repair the Premises and shall proceed with reasonable diligence to restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as they existed immediately before such Casualty; however, Landlord shall only be required to reconstruct the Premises to the extent of any improvements existing therein on the date of the damage that were installed by Landlord as part of the Work (if any) pursuant to Exhibit D ("LANDLORD'S CONTRIBUTION"), and Landlord's obligation to repair or restore the Premises shall be limited to the extent of the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for the Casualty in question. Tenant shall be responsible for repairing or replacing its furniture, equipment, fixtures, alterations and other improvements which Landlord is not obligated to restore, and shall use the proceeds of its insurance for such purpose. Tenant shall pay the difference

14

between the total cost of reconstructing the Premises and Landlord's Contribution ("TENANT'S CONTRIBUTION"). Prior to Landlord's commencement of reconstruction, Tenant shall place Landlord's estimate of Tenant's Contribution in escrow with Landlord (or furnish Landlord other commercially reasonable assurances of payment thereof)

(e) ABATEMENT OF RENT. If the Premises are damaged by Casualty, Rent for the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the damage shall be abated on a reasonable basis from the date of damage until the completion of Landlord's repairs (or until the date of termination of this Lease by Landlord or Tenant as provided above, as the case may be), unless a Tenant Party caused such damage, in which case, Tenant shall continue to pay Rent without abatement.

16. PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES. Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture, or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises. If any taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord's property and Landlord elects to pay the same, or if the assessed value of Landlord's property is increased by inclusion of such personal property, furniture or fixtures and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within 30 days following written request, the part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder; however, Landlord shall not pay such amount if Tenant notifies Landlord that it will contest the validity or amount of such taxes before Landlord makes such payment, and thereafter diligently proceeds with such contest in accordance with Law and if the non-payment thereof does not pose a threat of loss or seizure of the Building or interest of Landlord therein or impose any fee or penalty against Landlord.

17. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following occurrences shall be an "EVENT OF DEFAULT":

(a) PAYMENT DEFAULT. Tenant's failure to pay Rent within 5 days after Landlord has delivered written notice to Tenant that the same is due; however, an Event of Default shall occur hereunder without any obligation of Landlord to give any notice if Tenant fails to pay Rent when due and, during the 12 month interval preceding such failure, Landlord has given Tenant written notice of failure to pay Rent on one or more occasions;

(b) ABANDONMENT. Tenant (1) abandons or vacates the Premises or any substantial portion thereof or (2) fails to continuously operate its business in the Premises;

(c) ESTOPPEL. Tenant fails to provide any estoppel certificate after Landlord's written request there for pursuant to Section 25.(e) and such failure shall continue for 5 days after Landlord's second written notice thereof to Tenant;

(d) OTHER DEFAULTS. Tenant's failure to perform, comply with, or observe any other agreement or obligation of Tenant under this Lease and the continuance of such failure for a period of more than 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant written notice thereof;

(e) INSOLVENCY. The filing of a petition by or against Tenant (the term "TENANT" shall include, for the purpose of this Section 17.(e), any guarantor of Tenant's obligations hereunder) (1) in any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding; (2) seeking any relief under any state or federal debtor relief law; (3) for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver for all or substantially all of Tenant's property or for Tenant's interest in this Lease; or (4) for the reorganization or modification of Tenant's capital structure; however, if such a petition is filed against Tenant, then such filing shall not be an Event of Default unless Tenant fails to have the proceedings initiated by such petition dismissed within 90 days after the filing thereof; and

15

(f) ADDITIONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant's failure to pay the Additional Security Deposit within 5 days after Landlord has delivered written notice to Tenant that the same is due.

18. REMEDIES. Upon any Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law or equity, take any one or more of the following actions:

(a) TERMINATION OF LEASE. Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of
(1) all Rent accrued hereunder through the date of termination, (2) all amounts due under Section 19.(a), and (3) an amount equal to (A) the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term plus Landlord's estimate of aggregate expenses of reletting the Premises, minus (B) the then present fair rental rate value of the Premises for such period;

(b) TERMINATION OF POSSESSION. Terminate Tenant's right to possess the Premises without terminating this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord (1) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (2) all amounts due from time to time under Section 19.(a), and (3) all Rent and other net sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such period, after deducting all costs incurred by Landlord in reletting the Premises. If Landlord elects to proceed under this
Section 18.(b), Landlord may remove all of Tenant's property from the Premises and store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of, and for the account of, Tenant, without becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on such terms as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine (including a term different from the Term, rental concessions, and alterations to, and improvement of, the Premises); however, Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises before leasing other portions of the Building. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant's obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord's failure to relet the Premises or to collect rent due for such reletting. Tenant shall not be entitled to the excess of any consideration obtained by reletting over the Rent due hereunder. Reentry by Landlord in the Premises shall not affect Tenant's obligations hereunder for the unexpired Term; rather, Landlord may, from time to time, bring an action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant, without the necessity of Landlord's waiting until the expiration of the Term. Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant expressly stating that it has elected to terminate this Lease, all actions taken by Landlord to dispossess or exclude Tenant from the Premises shall be deemed to be taken under this Section 18.(b). If Landlord elects to proceed under this
Section 18.(b), it may at any time elect to terminate this Lease under Section 18.(a); or

(c) ALTERATION OF LOCKS. Additionally, with or without notice, and to the extent permitted by Law, Landlord may alter locks or other security devices at the Premises to deprive Tenant of access thereto, and Landlord shall not be required to provide a new key or right of access to Tenant.

Any and all remedies set forth in this Lease: (i) shall be in addition to any and all other remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity; (ii) shall be cumulative; and (iii) may be pursued successively or concurrently as Landlord may elect. The exercise of any remedy by Landlord shall not be deemed an election of remedies or preclude Landlord from exercising any other remedies in the future. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall only recover its damages allowed hereunder once.

19. PAYMENT BY TENANT; NON-WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

(a) PAYMENT BY TENANT. Upon any Event of Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs incurred by Landlord (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) in

16

(1) obtaining possession of the Premises, (2) removing and storing Tenant's or any other occupant's property, (3) repairing, restoring, altering, remodeling, or otherwise putting the Premises into condition acceptable to a new tenant, (4) if Tenant is dispossessed of the Premises and this Lease is not terminated, reletting all or any part of the Premises (including brokerage commissions, cost of tenant finish work, and other costs incidental to such reletting), (5) performing Tenant's obligations which Tenant failed to perform, and (6) enforcing, or advising Landlord of, its rights, remedies, and recourses arising out of the Event of Default. To the full extent permitted by law, Landlord and Tenant agree the federal and state courts of the state in which the Premises are located shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any matter relating to or arising from this Lease and the parties' rights and obligations under this Lease.

(b) NO WAIVER. Landlord's acceptance of Rent following an Event of Default shall not waive Landlord's rights regarding such Event of Default. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms contained herein shall waive Landlord's rights regarding any future violation of such term. Landlord's acceptance of any partial payment of Rent shall not waive Landlord's rights with regard to the remaining portion of the Rent that is due, regardless of any endorsement or other statement on any instrument delivered in payment of Rent or any writing delivered in connection therewith; accordingly, Landlord's acceptance of a partial payment of Rent shall not constitute an accord and satisfaction of the full amount of the Rent that is due.

(c) CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. Any and all remedies set forth in this Lease:
(1) shall be in addition to any and all other remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity, (2) shall be cumulative, and (3) may be pursued successively or concurrently as Landlord may elect. The exercise of any remedy by Landlord shall not be deemed an election of remedies or preclude Landlord from exercising any other remedies in the future.

20. LANDLORD'S LIEN. In addition to any statutory landlord's lien, now or hereafter enacted, Tenant grants to Landlord, to secure performance of Tenant's obligations hereunder, a security interest in all goods (including equipment and inventory), fixtures, and other personal property of Tenant situated on the Premises, and all proceeds thereof (the "COLLATERAL"), and the Collateral shall not be removed from the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord (other than in Tenant's ordinary course of business) until all obligations of Tenant have been fully performed. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies, without notice or demand except as provided below, exercise the rights afforded to a secured parry under the Uniform Commercial Code of the state in which the Premises are located (the "UCC"). To the extent the UCC requires Landlord to give to Tenant notice of any act or event and such notice cannot be validly waived before a default occurs, then five-days' prior written notice thereof shall be reasonable notice of the act or event. Tenant grants to Landlord a power of attorney to execute and file any financing statement or other instrument necessary to perfect Landlord's security interest under this Section 20, which power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable during the Term. Landlord may also file a copy of this Lease as a financing statement to perfect its security interest in the Collateral. Within ten days following written request therefor, Tenant shall execute financing statements to be filed of record to perfect Landlord's security interest in the Collateral.

21. SURRENDER OF PREMISES. No act by Landlord shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by Landlord. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the Premises with all improvements located therein in good repair and condition, free of Hazardous Materials placed on the Premises during the Term, broom-clean, reasonable wear and tear (and condemnation and Casualty damage not caused by Tenant, as to which Sections 14 and 15 shall control) excepted, and shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises. Provided that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant may remove all unattached trade fixtures, furniture, and personal property placed in the

17

Premises or elsewhere in the Building by Tenant (but Tenant may not remove any such item which was paid for, in whole or in part, by Landlord or any wiring or cabling unless Landlord requires such removal). Additionally, at Landlord's option. Tenant shall remove such alterations, additions, improvements, trade fixtures, personal property, equipment, wiring, cabling, and furniture as Landlord may request; however, Tenant shall not be required to remove any addition or improvement to the Premises if Landlord has specifically agreed in writing that the improvement or addition in question need not be removed. Tenant shall repair all damage caused by such removal. All items not so removed shall, at Landlord's option, be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to Tenant and without any obligation to account for such items; any such disposition shall not be considered a strict foreclosure or other exercise of Landlord's rights in respect of the security interest granted under
Section 20. The provisions of this Section 21 shall survive the end of the Term.

22. HOLDING OVER. If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises at the end of the Term, then Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance and, in addition to all other damages and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled for such holding over,
(a) Tenant shall pay, in addition to the other Rent, Basic Rent equal to the greater of (1) 150% of the Basic Rent payable during the last month of the Term, or (2) 125% of the prevailing rental rate in the Building for similar space, and
(b) Tenant shall otherwise continue to be subject to all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 22 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

23. CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD. Provided that the exercise of such rights does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's occupancy of the Premises, Landlord shall have the following rights:

(a) BUILDING OPERATIONS. To decorate, and to make inspections, repairs, alterations, additions, changes, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, or any part thereof; to enter upon the Premises (after giving Tenant reasonable notice thereof, which may be oral notice, except in cases of real or apparent emergency, in which case no notice shall be required) and, during the continuance of any such work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space, and corridors in the Building; to interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities; to change the name of the Building; and to change the arrangement and location of entrances or passageways, doors, and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, restrooms, or other public parts of the Building;

(b) SECURITY. To take such reasonable measures as Landlord deems advisable for the security of the Building and its occupants; evacuating the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes; temporarily denying access to the Building; and closing the Building after normal business hours and on Sundays and holidays, subject, however, to Tenant's right to enter when the Building is closed after normal business hours under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time;

(c) PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS AND LENDERS. To enter the Premises at all reasonable hours to show the Premises to prospective purchasers or lenders; and

(d) PROSPECTIVE TENANTS. At any time during the last 12 months of the Term (or earlier if Tenant has notified Landlord in writing that it does not desire to renew the Term) or at any time following the occurrence of an Event of Default, to enter the Premises at all reasonable hours to show the

18

Premises to prospective tenants.

24. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

25. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) LANDLORD TRANSFER. Landlord may transfer any portion of the Building and any of its rights under this Lease. If Landlord assigns its rights under this Lease, then Landlord shall thereby be released from any further obligations hereunder arising after the date of transfer, provided that the assignee assumes Landlord's obligations hereunder in writing.

(b) LANDLORD'S LIABILITY. The liability of Landlord (and its partners, shareholders or members) to Tenant (or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant) for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any matter relating to or arising out of the occupancy or use of the Premises and/or other areas of the Building shall be limited to Tenant's actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor and shall be recoverable only from the interest of Landlord in the Building, and Landlord (and its partners, shareholders or members) shall not be personally liable for any deficiency.

(c) FORCE MAJEURE. Other than for Tenant's obligations under this Lease that can be performed by the payment of money (e.g., payment of Rent and maintenance of insurance), whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by either party hereto, such party shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation of any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations, or restrictions, or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the control of such party.

(d) BROKERAGE. Neither Landlord nor Tenant has dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, other than Trammell Crow Company and CB Richard Ellis/Whittier Partners L.P., whose commission shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate written agreement. Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys' fees, liens and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

(e) ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. From time to time, Tenant shall furnish to any party designated by Landlord, within 10 days after Landlord has made a request therefor, a certificate signed by Tenant confirming and containing such factual certifications and representations as to this Lease as Landlord may reasonably request. Unless otherwise required by Landlord's Mortgagee or a prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Building, the initial form of estoppel certificate to be signed by Tenant is attached hereto as Exhibit F.

(f) NOTICES. All notices and other communications given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be (1) mailed by first class, United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified, with return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties hereto at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information, (2) hand delivered to the intended address, (3) sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (4) sent by facsimile transmission during normal business hours followed by a confirmatory letter sent in another manner permitted hereunder. All notices shall be effective upon delivery to the address of the addressee. The parties hereto may change their addresses by giving notice thereof to the other in conformity with this provision.

(g) SEPARABILITY. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws, then the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby

19

and in lieu of such clause or provision, there shall be added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.

(h) AMENDMENTS; AND BINDING EFFECT. This Lease may not be amended except by instrument in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord, and no custom or practice which may evolve between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof shall waive or diminish the right of Landlord to insist upon the performance by Tenant in strict accordance with the terms hereof. The terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their respective successors in interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise herein expressly provided. This Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and, other than Landlord's Mortgagee, no third party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof.

(i) QUIET ENJOYMENT. Provided Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without hindrance from Landlord or any party claiming by, through, or under Landlord, but not otherwise, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

(j) NO MERGER. There shall be no merger of the leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Premises or any part thereof if the same person acquires or holds, directly or indirectly, this Lease or any interest in this Lease and the fee estate in the leasehold Premises or any interest in such fee estate.

(k) NO OFFER. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, and Tenant shall not have any rights under this Lease unless Landlord executes a copy of this Lease and delivers it to Tenant.

(l) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings relating thereto. Except for those set forth in this Lease, no representations, warranties, or agreements have been made by Landlord or Tenant to the other with respect to this Lease or the obligations of Landlord or Tenant in connection therewith. The normal rule of construction that any ambiguities be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto.

(m) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Landlord and Tenant each waive right to trial by jury in any litigation arising out of or with respect to this Lease.

(n) GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.

(o) RECORDING. Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld or denied in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord.

(p) JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. If Tenant is comprised of more than one party, each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for Tenant's obligations under this Lease. All unperformed obligations of Tenant at the end of the Term shall survive.

(q) FINANCIAL REPORTS. Within 15 days after Landlord's request, Tenant will furnish Tenant's most recent audited financial statements (including any notes to them) to Landlord, or, if no such

20

audited statements have been prepared, such other financial statements (and notes to them) as may have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or, failing those, Tenant's internally prepared financial statements. If Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, Tenant may satisfy its obligations hereunder by providing to Landlord Tenant's most recent annual and quarterly reports. Tenant will discuss its financial statements with Landlord and, following the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, will give Landlord access to Tenant's books and records in order to enable Landlord to verify the financial statements. Landlord will not disclose any aspect of Tenant's financial statements that Tenant designates to Landlord as confidential except
(1) to Landlord's Mortgagee or prospective mortgagees or purchasers of the Building, (2) in litigation between Landlord and Tenant, and (3) if required by court order. Tenant shall not be required to deliver the financial statements required under this Section 25.(q) more than once in any 12-month period unless requested by Landlord's Mortgagee or a prospective buyer or lender of the Building or an Event of Default occurs.

(r) LANDLORD'S FEES. Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action not required of it hereunder or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for Landlord's reasonable, out-of-pocket costs payable to third parties and incurred by Landlord in reviewing the proposed action or consent, including reasonable attorneys', engineers' or architects' fees, within 30 days after Landlord's delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. Tenant will be obligated to make such reimbursement without regard to whether Landlord consents to any such proposed action.

(s) TELECOMMUNICATIONS. Tenant and its telecommunications companies, including local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies, shall have no right of access to and within the Building, for the installation and operation of telecommunications systems, including voice, video, data, Internet, and any other services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless, and any other transmission systems ("TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES"), for part or all of Tenant's telecommunications within the Building and from the Building to any other location without Landlord's prior written consent. All providers of Telecommunications Services shall be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Building, applicable Laws and Landlord's policies and practices for the Building. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to provide or arrange for any Telecommunications Services and that Landlord shall have no liability to any Tenant Party in connection with the installation, operation or maintenance of Telecommunications Services or any equipment or facilities relating thereto. Tenant, at its cost and for its own account, shall be solely responsible for obtaining all Telecommunications Services. However, nothing in this Section 25.(s) shall prohibit Tenant's employees from accessing areas solely within the Premises that do not contain any equipment serving other tenants of the Building or the Building's Systems.

(t) CONFIDENTIALITY. Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain confidential for Landlord's benefit, and may not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone, by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, without Landlord's prior written consent. The consent by Landlord to any disclosures shall not be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Landlord of any prohibition against any future disclosure.

(u) AUTHORITY. Tenant (if a corporation, partnership or other business entity) hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located, that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located, that Landlord has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so.

21

(v) HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. The term "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means any substance, material, or waste which is now or hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous, toxic, or dangerous under any Law relating to pollution or the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or in the Building. Tenant shall not use, generate, store, or dispose of, or permit the use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises or the Building except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant's business, and then in compliance with all Laws. If Tenant breaches its obligations under this Section 25.(v), Landlord may immediately take any and all action reasonably appropriate to remedy the same, including taking all appropriate action to clean up or remediate any contamination resulting from Tenant's use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and its representatives and agents from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and cost of clean up and remediation) arising from Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 25.(v). This indemnity provision shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease.

(w) LIST OF EXHIBITS. All exhibits and attachments attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference.

Exhibit A - Plan Showing the Premises Exhibit A-1 - Plan Showing the Additional Premises

Exhibit B -   Description of the Land
Exhibit C -   Building Rules and Regulations
Exhibit D -   Tenant Finish-Work
Exhibit E -   Form of Confirmation of Commencement Date Letter
Exhibit F -   Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificate
Exhibit G -   Parking
Exhibit H -   Renewal Option
Exhibit I -   Additional Premises
Exhibit J -   Form of Letter of Credit

26. OTHER PROVISIONS.

LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANTS INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE, AND TENANTS OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER IS NOT DEPENDENT UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, TENANT SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY THE RENT, WITHOUT ABATEMENT, DEMAND, SETOFF OR DEDUCTION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ITS DUTIES OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and in consideration of the mutual entry into this Lease and for other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound, each party hereto has caused this Lease to be duly executed as a Massachusetts instrument under seal as of the day and year first above written.

22

LANDLORD:                               W9/TIB REAL ESTATE LIMITED
                                        PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
                                        partnership

                                        By: W9/TIB Gen-Par, Inc., a Delaware
                                            corporation, its general partner


                                        By: /s/ Stephen M. Abelman
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: Stephen M. Abelman
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President


TENANT:                                 ERUNWAY, INC.,
                                        a Delaware corporation


                                        By: /s/ JACK STEINKRAUSS
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: JACK STEINKRAUSS
                                        Title: SVP

23

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment to Lease (this "First Amendment") is hereby entered into as of the ______ day of November, 2000 by and between W9/TIB REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership having an address c/o Archon Group, L.P., 1275 K Street, N.W., Suite 900, Washington, D.C. 20005 ("Landlord"), and ERUNWAY, INC., a Delaware corporation having an address at 2000 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581 ("Tenant").

WHEREAS, Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, entered into that certain Lease Agreement (the "Lease") dated as of June _______, 2000 by which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord a portion of the building (the "Building") located at and numbered 2000 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts consisting of approximately 10,499 rentable square feet of floor area on the third floor of the Building, as more particularly described in the Basic Lease Information (as defined in the Lease) and as shown cross-hatched on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A (the "Original Premises").

WHEREAS, the Term (as defined in the Lease) commenced on September 1, 2000 and expires on August 31, 2005.

WHEREAS, pursuant to Exhibit I attached to the Lease, Landlord shall lease to Tenant and Tenant shall lease from Landlord a portion of the third floor of the Building consisting of approximately 11,648 rentable square feet of floor area as shown cross-hatched on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A-l (the "Additional Premises") commencing on the Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease).

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have agreed to extend the Term beyond August 31, 2005 to expire on the Expiration Date (as defined below) in accordance with the terms and provisions of this First Amendment.

WHEREAS, Landlord now desires to lease to Tenant and Tenant now desires to lease from Landlord additional space on the first floor of the Building in accordance with the terms and provisions of this First Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements contained herein and in Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. The Term is hereby extended so as to expire on the last day of the sixtieth full calendar month following the later of (i) January 1, 2001 or (ii) the Additional Premises Commencement Date (the "Expiration Date"). Therefore, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, the "Term" shall be defined as the period commencing on September 1, 2000 and ending at 5:00 p.m. local time on the Expiration Date, subject to adjustment and earlier termination as provided in the Lease or this First Amendment.

2. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord a portion of the first floor of the Building consisting of approximately 7,848 rentable square feet of floor area, as shown cross-hatched on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference (the "First Amendment Premises"), upon the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease and this First Amendment for the Original Premises except as otherwise provided in this First Amendment, for a


term commencing on December 1, 2000 and expiring on the Expiration Date, unless terminated earlier as provided in the Lease or this First Amendment. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, for the period from and including December 1, 2000 to the day prior to the Additional Premises Commencement Date, the word "Premises", wherever such word appears in the Lease or this First Amendment, shall mean the Original Premises and the First Amendment Premises. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, effective on and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date, the word "Premises", wherever such word appears in the Lease or this First Amendment, shall mean, collectively, the Original Premises, the Additional Premises and the First Amendment Premises.

3. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease, to the contrary, effective on and after December 1, 2000 through the end of the Term, the Basic Rent due and payable by Tenant to Landlord under the Lease (as amended by this First Amendment) for the First Amendment Premises shall be as follows:

              Period                   Monthly Basic Rent      110       160
              ------                   ------------------   --------   -------
December 1, 2000 - December 31, 2002       $18,639.00       15112.13   3526.87
January 1, 2003 - December 31, 2003        $19,293.00       15642.38   3650.62
January 1, 2004 - Expiration Date          $19,947.00       16172.63   3774.37

Basic Rent for the First Amendment Premises shall be conditionally abated during the month of December 2000. Commencing with January 1, 2001, Tenant shall make Basic Rent payments for the First Amendment Premises as otherwise provided in the Lease and this First Amendment. Notwithstanding such abatement of Basic Rent for the First Amendment Premises (a) all other sums due under the Lease or this First Amendment shall be payable as provided in the Lease, and (b) any increases in Basic Rent for the First Amendment Premises set forth in the Lease and this First Amendment shall occur on the dates scheduled therefor.

4. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, effective on and after September 1, 2005 through the end of the Term, the Basic Rent due and payable by Tenant to Landlord under the Lease (as amended by this First Amendment) for the Original Premises and the Additional Premises shall be $56,290.91 per calendar month.

5. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease, including, without limitation, the definition of the phrase "Tenant's Proportionate Share" as set forth in the Basic Lease Information, to the contrary, effective on and after January 1, 2001, Tenant's Proportionate Share shall be 47.48%, which is the percentage obtained by dividing the rentable square feet in the Premises (29,995) by the rentable square feet in the Building (63,180). Landlord and Tenant stipulate that the number of rentable square feet in the Original Premises, the Additional Premises, the First Amendment Premises and the Building as set forth in the Lease and this First Amendment shall be binding upon them.

6. Tenant's taking possession of the First Amendment Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the First Amendment Premises were in good order and satisfactory condition when Tenant took possession thereof. No agreement of Landlord to alter, remodel, decorate, clean or improve the First Amendment Premises (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same) and no representation or warranty regarding the condition of the First Amendment Premises or the suitability of the First Amendment Premises for Tenant's proposed use thereof, have been made by or on behalf of

-2-

Landlord or relied upon by Tenant in connection with this First Amendment, except as otherwise provided in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated by this reference.

7. Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this First Amendment by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord $239,364.00, which shall be held by Landlord to secure Tenant's performance of its obligations under the Lease and this First Amendment pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 6 of the Lease. Therefore, the Basic Lease Information is hereby amended by changing the amount of the Security Deposit (as defined in the Basic Lease Information) from "$553,675.00" to "793,039.00".

8. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any brokers other than Trammel Crow Company and CB Richard Ellis/Whitter Partners L.P. (collectively, the "Brokers") in connection with this First Amendment and that, insofar as Tenant knows, no other broker negotiated this First Amendment or is entitled to any commission or fee in connection herewith. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its asset manager, its property manager and their respective employees harmless from and against any claim for a fee or commission made by any broker, other than the Brokers, claiming to have acted by or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this First Amendment.

9. Section 4.(b) of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting all of such
Section 4.(b). In addition, all references in the Lease to the phrase "Electrical Costs" are hereby deleted. Section 7 of the Lease is hereby amended by adding at the end thereof a new subsection (e) as follows:

10. "To the extent that the Premises are separately metered for electricity, Tenant shall pay (as hereinafter described) for the use of all electrical service to the Premises. Tenant shall be billed directly by the electric utility company and Tenant agrees to pay each bill promptly in accordance with its terms, and upon default in making such payment, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant. In the event for any reason Tenant cannot be billed directly, Landlord shall forward each bill received with respect to the Building to Tenant of which Tenant shall pay its proportionate share (as reasonably determined by Landlord based upon either square footage or level of use) promptly and in accordance with its terms. If the Premises are not separately metered for any reason, Tenant shall pay Landlord as further additional rent, in monthly installments at the time prescribed for monthly installments of Basic Rent, a pro rata share of the cost of electricity for the Premises as estimated by Landlord from time to time in Landlord's reasonable discretion. Initially, the cost estimate by Landlord shall be at the rate of $1.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per annum. Landlord may require the purchase and installation of a meter and/or sub-meter, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, for the purpose of metering and/or sub-metering Tenant's consumption of electricity. Tenant shall keep such meter and/or sub-meter serving the Premises and their related installation equipment in good working order and repair."

The terms and provisions of this paragraph 9 shall take effect retroactive to September 1, 2000.

11. Given that the Additional Premises Work has already commenced and is proceeding, it is assumed herein that the Additional Premises Commencement Date will occur prior to January 1, 2001. However, if the Additional Premises Commencement Date occurs after January 1, 2001, then paragraph 5 of this First Amendment shall be modified to provide that, effective on and after the January 1, 2001 "Tenant's Proportionate Share" shall be 29.04%, and, effective on and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date, "Tenant Proportionate Share" shall be 47.48%.

-3-

12. Submission of this First Amendment for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of space or an option for lease, and this First Amendment shall not be effective unless and until execution and delivery thereof by both Landlord and Tenant.

13. In all other respects, Landlord and Tenant hereby reaffirm all of the covenants, agreements, terms, conditions and other provisions of the Lease except as modified hereby, and the Lease is hereby incorporated in full herein by reference. The terms and provisions of this First Amendment shall be effective as of the date first above written, except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this First Amendment to Lease as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

LANDLORD:

W9/TIB REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: W9/TIB GEN-PAR, INC.,
its General Partner

By: /s/ Stephen M. Abelman
    ------------------------------------
Name: Stephen M. Abelman
Title: Assistant Vice President

TENANT:

ERUNWAY, INC.

By: /s/ JACK STEINKRAUSS
    ------------------------------------
Name: JACK STEINKRAUSS
Title: SVP

-4-

SECOND AMENDMENT AND EXTENSION OF LEASE

THIS INSTRUMENT, dated as of December 30, 2003, by and between 2000 Westborough Office Park LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Landlord") and Virtusa Corporation, a Delaware corporation formerly known as eRunway, Inc. (the "Tenant") is an amendment and extension of a certain lease by and between the Landlord and the Tenant.

Reference is made to the following facts:

A. W9/TIB Real Estate Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership ("W9/TIB") and Tenant entered into a certain lease dated as of June, 2000, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated as of November, 2000 (as amended, the "Lease"), with respect to certain space (the "Premises") in the building at 2000 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts, containing 29,995 rentable square feet of floor area on the first and third floors of such building.

B. The Landlord is the successor-in-interest to W9/TIB under the Lease.

C. The Term of the Lease, as previously extended, is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2005.

D. The Landlord and Tenant are wiling to amend and to extend the Lease, upon the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows (Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given in the Lease.):

1. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended until February 28, 2011.

2. The Tenant accepts the Premises in its "as is" condition as of the date of this Amendment and agrees that all obligations of the Landlord to perform any construction or other leasehold improvement work in the Premises have been performed in full.

3. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, effective January 1, 2004 (the "Restructure Date"), the Basic Rent shall be payable at the following rates (the period from January 1, 2004, through February 28, 2011, is hereinafter referred to as the "Restructure Term"):

(i) for the period from January 1, 2004, through December 31, 2004:
$614,897.50 per annum ($51,241.46 per month);

-1-

(ii) for the period from January 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005:
$633,344.43 per annum ($52,778.70 per month);

(iii) for the period from January 1, 2006, through December 31, 2006:
$652,344.76 per annum ($54,362.06 per month);

(iv) for the period from January 1, 2007, through December 31, 2007:
$671,915.10 per annum ($55,992.93 per month);

(v) for the period from January 1, 2008, through December 31, 2008:
$692,072.55 per annum ($57,672.71 per month);

(vi) for the period from January 1, 2009, through December 31, 2009:
$712,834.73 per annum ($59,402.89 per month);

(vii) for the period from January 1, 2010, through December 31, 2010:
$734,219.77 per annum ($61,184.98 per month); and

(viii) for the period from January 1, 2011, through February 28, 2011:
$756,246.36 per annum ($63,020.53 per month).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Basic Rent shall accrue or be payable for and with respect to the period from January 1, 2006, through February 28, 2006.

4. The Tenant may elect to extend the term of the Lease for one (1) five
(5) year period (the "Option Term"), by giving the Landlord notice of such election (the "Election Notice") not earlier than twelve (12) months nor later than nine (9) months before the expiration of the Restructure Term, provided the Tenant is not in default on the date such notice is given or on the commencement date of the Option Term. Such extension shall be upon the same terms, covenants, and conditions contained in the Lease except that the Tenant shall have no further right to extend the Term and except that the Basic Rent for the Option Term shall be at a rate equal to the greater of $756,246.36 per annum or the fair market rent for the Premises as of the commencement of the Option Term. If the Landlord and the Tenant are unable to agree in writing on the amount of such fair market rent by the date that is thirty (30) days after the date of the Election Notice, then the fair market rent shall be determined as follows: On or before the date that is forty (40) days after the date of the Election Notice, the Landlord shall specify in writing the rent (the "Landlord's Rental Rate") at which the Landlord is willing to lease the Premises for the Option Term and the Tenant shall specify in writing the rent (the "Tenant's Rental Rate") which the Tenant is willing to pay for the Option Term, the Landlord and the Tenant shall each appoint one appraiser. The two appraisers so appointed shall endeavor to determine the fair market rent. If such appraisers are unable to agree on the amount of such fair market rent on or before the date that is seventy (70)

-2-

days after the date of the Election Notice, they shall appoint a third appraiser on or before the date that is eighty (80) days after the date of the Election Notice. The three appraisers shall stipulate the fair market rent within thirty
(30) days after the appointment of the third appraiser. The fair market rent shall be the amount agreed upon in writing by any two of the three appraisers and the fair market rent so determined shall be conclusive on the Landlord and the Tenant. The total costs of such appraisal shall be split equally between the parties;

5. Effective as of the date hereof, the Lease shall be amended as follows:

(a) the paragraph on page (ii) of the basic Lease information entitled "Landlord's Address" shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be substituted in its place:

"Landlord's   For all Notices:           With a copy to:
Address:      1900 Westborough Office    1900 Westborough Office
              Park LLC                   Park LLC
              c/o General Investment &   c/o General Investment &
              Development Co.            Development Co.
              600 Atlantic Ave.,         600 Atlantic Ave.,
              Suite 2000                 Suite 2000
              Boston, MA 02110           Boston, MA 02110
              ATTN: Portfolio Manager    ATTN: Legal Counsel
              Telephone: 617-973-9680    Telephone: 617-973-9680
              Telecopy: 617-973-9646     Telecopy: 617-973-9679

6. As of the Effective Date, the Lease shall be amended as follows:

(i) in the paragraph of Basic Lease Information entitled "Expense Stop", delete "calendar year 2000" and insert in its place "calendar year 2004";

(ii) in the paragraph of Basic Lease Information entitled "Base Tax Year", delete "the fiscal year ending June 30, 2001" and insert in its place "Calendar year 2004 (For purposes of calculating the Taxes for calendar year 2004, such amount shall equal fifty percent (50%) of the Taxes payable for fiscal year 2004 (i.e., July 1, 2003, through June 30, 2004) plus fifty percent (50%) of the Taxes payable for fiscal year 2005 (i.e., July 1, 2004, through June 30, 2005);

It is understood that the expenses will be grossed up to reflect a 95% occupancy of the Building and/or Office Park, as applicable.

-3-

The foregoing changes shall not affect the calculation of additional rent payable under the Lease for the period prior to the commencement of the Restructure Term.

(iii) In Section 10(e), delete the first sentence thereof in its entirety and insert in its place the following:

"Landlord may, within 30 days after submission of Tenant's written request for Landlord's consent to an assignment or to a subletting that, collectively with all previous subleases, results in a subleasing of more than 40% of the rentable floor area of the Premises, cancel this Lease as to the portion of Premises proposed to be sublet or assigned as of the date the proposed Transfer is to be effective."

(iv) In Section 10(f), insert, in the second line thereof, between "thereof," and "the excess", the following:

"50% of".

(v) In Section 10(c), delete the last sentence thereof in its entirety.

(vi) In Section 22, delete the first sentence in its entirety and insert in its place the following:

"If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises at the end of the Term, then Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance and, in addition to all other damages and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled for such holding over, (a) Tenant shall pay, in addition to the other Rent, Basic Rent equal to 150% of the Basic Rent payable during the last month of the Term, (provided, however, that if such holding over continues for more than sixty (60) days, then the Basic Rent shall increase to 200% of the Basic Rent payable during the last month of the Term (b) Tenant shall otherwise continue to be subject to all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease."

7. Each party hereto warrants and represents that it has dealt with no real estate broker or agent other than Spaulding and Slye LLC and Richards Barry Joyce & Partners (collectively, the "Broker") in connection with this transaction and agrees to defend, indemnify and save the other party harmless from and against any and all claims for commissions or fees resulting from a breach of the warranting party's warranties and representations. Landlord shall be responsible for any commissions or fees owed to the Broker in connection with this transaction in accordance with a separate agreement between Broker and Landlord.

-4-

8. Right of First Offer (a) If at any time prior to January 1, 2008, Landlord in its sole discretion determines that any separately demised leaseable area on the first floor of the Building (each such area, a "ROFO Space") has become "available for leasing" (as hereinafter defined), and provided that the conditions precedent set forth in Subsection (c) below are then satisfied, then prior to offering to lease such ROFO Space to any 3rd parties, Landlord shall deliver notice thereof to Tenant (the "ROFO Notice") setting forth a description of the ROFO Space in question (including the rentable area thereof), the Landlord's determination of the Basic Rent and Additional Rent for the ROFO Space, the other material business terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease the ROFO Space, and the date Landlord anticipates that the ROFO Space will become available for leasing (the "ROFO Space Availability Date"). Provided that all of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 8 are fully satisfied by Tenant, Tenant shall have the option (the "ROFO Option"), exercisable by Tenant delivering written notice (the "Acceptance Notice") to Landlord within twenty (20) calendar days after delivery by Landlord of the ROFO Notice, to lease the ROFO Space upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in the ROFO Notice, including the Annual Fixed Rent, escalation rent, and Additional Rent for the ROFO Space designated by Landlord as set forth therein. Time shall be of the essence as to Tenant's giving of the Acceptance Notice with respect to any ROFO Space. If (a) Tenant fails to deliver an Acceptance Notice within such twenty (20) day period, or (b) if Tenant timely delivers an Acceptance Notice as aforesaid but does not execute and deliver a final fully executed amendment to this Lease with respect to the leasing of the ROFO Space, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord within forty five (45) days after delivery of the Acceptance Notice, then Tenant shall be deemed to have rejected the option to lease the applicable ROFO Space (the "Rejected ROFO Space"). In such event, the Landlord shall be free for one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the ROFO Notice to lease the ROFO Space to any party without again offering such space to the Tenant; provided, however, that if the Landlord offers the ROFO Space for a rental rate that is less than ninety (90%) percent of the rate set forth in the ROFO notice, then the Landlord shall first offer the ROFO Space to the Tenant on such terms. If Landlord does not lease the ROFO Space during such one hundred eighty (180) day period or if the Landlord proposes to lease the ROFO Space during such period at a rental rate below ninety (90%) percent of the effective rate, taking into consideration rental rate and concessions, set forth in the ROFO Notice, the terms of this Section 8 shall continue to apply to such space.

(b) For purposes of this Section 8, space shall be deemed "available for leasing" when Landlord has determined in its discretion that (a) the space is vacant, or (b) the respective existing tenant or occupant will not extend or renew the term of its lease or other occupancy agreement for the ROFO Space and that said existing tenant or occupant is not interested either in extending or renewing its lease or other occupancy agreement for the ROFO Space or in entering into a new lease for such ROFO Space. For purposes of this Section 8, space shall not be deemed "available for leasing" if, at the time in question
(a) any person or entity holds any option or right to lease or occupy the ROFO Space, or to renew its lease or right(s) of occupancy thereof, or any other rights or claims thereto (including, without limitation, any rights of first offer, rights of first refusal or

-5-

expansion rights) or (b) Landlord intends to occupy the ROFO Space. Without limitation, so long as a tenant or other occupant leases or occupies all or a portion of the ROFO Space, Landlord shall be free to extend or renew any such tenancy or occupancy, whether or not pursuant to a lease or other agreement, and such space shall not be deemed to be "available for leasing." In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any failure by any then existing tenant or occupant (the "Hold-Over Tenant") to vacate any ROFO Space by any particular date. However, if such Hold-Over Tenant continues to occupy such ROFO Space for 120 days after the ROFO Space Availability Date then Tenant may elect to terminate its agreement to lease the ROFO Space by giving Landlord written notice of such election at any time after the expiration of such 120-day period and before Landlord delivers possession of the ROFO Space, in which event Tenant's election to lease the ROFO Space shall become void on the date that is thirty (30) days after Tenant gives Landlord such termination notice, unless on or before the expiration of such 30-day period, Landlord delivers possession of the ROFO Space to Tenant, in which event such termination shall become void. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant's Right of First Offer pursuant to this Section is subject and subordinate in all respects to the rights (whether such rights are designated as a right of first offer, right of first refusal, expansion option or otherwise) of any tenant or occupant of the Building existing on the date hereof.

(c) Tenant shall have no right to exercise the ROFO Option unless all of the following conditions have been satisfied both on the date of the Acceptance Notice and on the ROFO Space Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined): (a) no default or Event of Default shall exist at the time of the offer, (b) Landlord shall not have validly given Tenant more than (2) notices of monetary default under the Lease in the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding to the Acceptance Notice and (c) the named Tenant herein (i.e. Virtusa Corporation) shall occupy not less than seventy percent (70%) of the rentable floor area of the Premises.

(d) Effective as of the date on which Landlord delivers the ROFO Space to Tenant (the "ROFO Space Commencement Date"):

(i) The ROFO Space shall be added to and be deemed to be a part of the Premises for all purposes under this Lease (except as otherwise provided in this
Section 8);

(ii) The ROFO Space shall be delivered in broom-clean condition, free of all tenants and occupants subject to improvement allowance, if any, offered in the ROFO Notice.

(iii) Basic Rent and Additional Rent (including a Base Year) for the ROFO Space shall be as set forth in the ROFO Notice; and

-6-

(iv) Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent payable under this Lease with respect to the applicable ROFO Space, except to the extent that any such Additional Rent is included in the amounts payable under clause (iii) above.

(e) If Tenant exercises the ROFO Option, upon request made by Landlord, Tenant will execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an amendment to this Lease confirming the ROFO Space Commencement Date, the Annual Fixed Rent, the improvement allowance, if any, escalation rent and Additional Rent payable with respect to the ROFO Space, the incorporation of the ROFO Space into the Premises, and the modifications to this Lease resulting therefrom, as provided in Subsection (d) above. The failure of either party to execute and deliver such an amendment shall not affect the rights, liabilities or obligations of the parties with respect to the ROFO Space.

9. Security Deposit Reduction: Notwithstanding any other provision of the Lease to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to the Security Deposit under the lease:

(a) As of the date of this Amendment, the Security Deposit being held by the Landlord equals $793,039.00. Subject to the following conditions, on the Effective Date the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $614,897.50. Such reduction, and any future reductions provided for in this Section 9, shall, so long as the Security Deposit is in the form of one or more letters of credit, be accomplished by the Tenant providing the Landlord with a substitute or replacement letter(s) of credit in the reduced amount of the security deposit, whereupon the Landlord shall forthwith return to the Tenant the letter(s) of credit for the previous amount of the Security Deposit.

The reduction permitted in this Subsection (a) is made on the condition that at all times from the Effective Date until December 31, 2005, the Tenant shall (i) timely make all payments of Basic Rent and Additional Rent and (ii) maintain a net worth of at least $15,000,000.00 and a cash balance of $5,500,000. If either such condition ceases to the satisfied at any time before December 31, 2005, then, forthwith upon demand therefor by the Landlord, the Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord an additional Security Deposit in the amount of $178,141.50 (i.e., $793,039.00 minus $614,897.50). Upon written request by Landlord, the Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord, within thirty (30) days after the close of each calendar quarter through December 31, 2005, a quarterly financial statement for the Tenant, as certified by the Tenant's Chief Financial Officer, for the most recently expired calendar quarter, showing the Tenant's financial condition in reasonable detail, including, without limitation, a balance sheet which outlines the Tenant's net worth and cash balance as of the close of such quarter.

-7-

(b) In addition to the reduction provided for in Subsection (a) above, and regardless of whether such reduction is in effect as of the first Reduction Date (defined below), if, as of any Reduction Date, as hereinafter defined, (i) there is no uncured Event of Default and (ii) in the twelve (12) months immediately preceding to the Reduction Date, Landlord shall not have validly given Tenant two (2) notices of monetary default under the Lease which monetary defaults remained uncured for more than thirty (30) days after the applicable notice (notwithstanding the cure period provided in the Lease, which shall be unaffected by this Amendment), then the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced to equal the amount set forth below opposite each Reduction Rate:

Reduction Date   Security Deposit
--------------   ----------------
January 1,2006      $489,258.56
January 1,2008      $346,036.28
January 1,2010      $183,554.94

10. The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Landlord's agreement to reduce the Basic Rent payable for the period (the "Rent Reduction Period") from January 1, 2004, through December 31,2005, is made in consideration of the Tenant's agreement to extend the Term of the Lease as provided herein and on the understanding that the Tenant will perform its obligations hereunder and under the Lease as amended hereby. Accordingly, the Tenant agrees that throughout the Rent Reduction Period, Basic Rent shall continue to accrue at the rates set forth in the Lease without taking into account this Amendment (the "Previous Rate"), provided that Basic Rent shall be payable at the rates set forth herein. The amount, as of any date, by which the accrued Basic Rent (i.e., at the Previous Rate) for the Rent Reduction Period exceeds the Basic Rent payable hereunder (i.e., at the rates set forth in this Amendment) is hereinafter referred to as the "Deferred Basic Rent". If before December 31,2005, (i) an Event of Default occurs pursuant to Section 17 (a) the Lease which Event of Default continues for more than twenty (20) days, i.e. thirty (30) days after the giving of notice with respect to such default (notwithstanding the cure period provided in the Lease, which shall be unaffected by this Amendment) or
(ii) an Event of Default occurs pursuant to Section 17(e) of the Lease (unless, notwithstanding the occurrence of such Event of Default, Tenant continues to make all required payments and performs all of its other obligations under the Lease through December 31, 2005), then in the event that the Landlord terminates the Lease or takes possession of the Premises under Section 18(b) of the Lease as a result of such Event of Default, in addition to such damages as may be payable under Article 19 of the Lease, (i) the Tenant shall also be liable to Landlord in damages for the amount of the Deferred Basic Rent, as of the date of such termination or taking of possession and (ii) for the balance of the Rent Reduction Period, Basic Rent shall be payable at the Previous Rate for the purposes of calculating the Landlord's damages on account of such Event of Default. If no Event of Default has occurred by January 1,2006, then this
Section 11 shall automatically become void and of no further effect.

-8-

11. Tenant acknowledges that the rate currently charged by Landlord for after-hour HVAC services is $35.00 per hours and that the rate currently charged by Landlord for electric service is $1.25 per square foot per annum. Nothing contained herein shall affect Landlord's right to adjust such charges from time to time as provided in the Lease.

12. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

WITNESS the execution hereof under seal as of the date first set forth above.

LANDLORD:

2000 WESTBOROUGH OFFICE PARK LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By: Windsor Realty Fund IV-2002 L.P.,
its sole member and manager

By: Windsor Advisory IV LLC,
its general partner

By: Windsor Investment Company, Inc.,
its sole member and manager

By: /s/ Robert S. Farrington, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
Name: Robert S. Farrington, Jr.
Title: Clerk

TENANT:

VITUSA CORPORATION

By: /s/ Paul D. Tutun
    ------------------------------------
Name: Paul D. Tutun
Title: Corporate Counsel

-9-

Exhibit 10.4

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
AMENDED & RESTATED AS OF APRIL 17, 2002

1. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN.

The purposes of this 2000 Stock Option Plan of Virtusa Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), are to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by strengthening the Company's ability and that of its Subsidiaries to attract, motivate, and retain employees, directors, Consultants and advisors of exceptional ability and to provide a means to encourage stock ownership and a proprietary interest in the Company to selected employees, directors, Consultants and advisors of the Company upon whose judgment, initiative, and efforts the financial success and growth of the business of the Company largely depend.

2. DEFINITIONS.

(a) "Acquisition " means

(i) a merger, reorganization or consolidation between the Company and another person or entity (other than a holding company or Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) as a result of which the holders of the Company's outstanding voting stock immediately prior to the transaction hold less than a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction,

(ii) the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to one or more persons (other than any wholly owned Subsidiary) in a single transaction or series of related transactions, or

(iii) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than 50% of all of the Common Stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity as a result of which the holders of the Company's outstanding voting stock immediately prior to the transaction hold less than a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction.

(b) "Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(c) "Award" or "Awards" shall include Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock, and Unrestricted Stock, or any combination of the forgoing.

(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company or its successor entity.


-2-

(e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

(f) "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board; provided, that the Board by resolution duly adopted may at any time or from time to time determine to assume any or all of the functions of the Committee under the Plan, and during the period of effectiveness of any such resolution, references herein to the "Committee" shall mean the Board acting in such capacity.

(g) "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share.

(h) "Company has the meaning specified in Section 1.

(i) "Consultant" means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an employee or director) to the Company or its Subsidiaries, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Act.

(j) "Covered Employee " has the meaning specified in Section 4(b).

(k) "Eligible Person" means any person who is an employee (including officers and employee directors), director, Consultant or advisor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

(l) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect from time to time.

(m) "Fair Market Value" means the value of a share of Common Stock as of the relevant time of reference, as determined in good faith by the Committee without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse; provided, however: (i) if the Common Stock is then traded on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value on any given date shall not be less than the last reported closing price of a share of Common Stock on such securities exchange; (ii) if the Common Stock is then traded on the Nasdaq National Market System, the Fair Market Value on any given date shall not be less than the last reported closing price of the Common Stock as reported on such system; or (iii) if the Common Stock is admitted to quotation on the Nasdaq National Market System, the Fair Market Value on any given date shall not be less than the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for the Common Stock reported for such date or, if no bid and asked prices were reported for such date, for the last day preceding such date for which such prices were reported; provided further that, if the date for which the Fair Market Value is determined is the first


-3-

day when trading prices for the Common Stock are reported on the Nasdaq National Market System or trading on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the "Price to the Public" (or its equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company's Initial Public Offering. After the Initial Public Offering, if the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Common Stock has traded on the Nasdaq National Market System or on a national securities exchange or market, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Common Stock was so traded prior to the relevant Date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

(n) "Incentive Stock Option" means an option designated and intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option" under Section 422(b) of the Code.

(o) "Initial Public Offering" means the consummation of the first fully underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or their then equivalents, covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities or such other event as a result of or following which the stock shall be publicly held.

(p) "Nonqualified Stock Option" means an Option that is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(q) "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

(r) "Option Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Participant and any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise thereof. An Option Agreement may consist of a "Notice of Grant of Stock Option" and a form of "Stock Option Agreement" incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms as the Committee may approve from time to time.

(s) "Outside Director" has the meaning specified in Section 4(b).

(t) "Parent" means any parent of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(u) "Participant" means any Eligible Person selected to receive an Option pursuant to Section 5 or any Permitted Transferee.

(v) "Permitted Transferee" means any member of a Participant's immediate family, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, or a limited liability company in which such family members are the only members.

(w) "Plan" means this 2000 Stock Option Plan as set forth herein and as amended and/or restated from time to time.


-4-

(x) "Restricted Stock" has the meaning specified in Section 7(a).

(y) "Restricted Stock Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of an award of Restricted Stock granted to the Participant and any shares of Common Stock subject thereto.

(z) "Section 260.140.45" has the meaning specified in Section 3(d).

(aa) "Service Relationship" means a Participant's employment or service with the Company or its Subsidiary, whether in the capacity of an employee, director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant's Service Relationship shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or a transfer between locations of the Company or its Subsidiaries or a transfer between the Company and any Subsidiary, provided that there is no interruption or other termination of the Service Relationship. Subject to the foregoing and Section 10 below, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant's Service Relationship has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

(bb) "Subsidiary" means any subsidiary of the Company as defined in
Section 424(f)of the Code.

(cc) "Unrestricted Stock" has the meaning specified in Section 8(a).

(dd) "10% Owner Optionee" means an individual who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(b) of the Code) more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3. SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 11 below, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 6,000,000 shares.

(b) The shares of Common Stock to be delivered under the Plan will be made available, at the discretion of the Committee, from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and/or from previously issued shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company.

(c) For purposes of the limitation set forth in Section 3(a) above, the shares of Common Stock underlying any Award which is forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company, satisfied without the issuance of Common Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.


-5-

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time that the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to the compliance with
Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations ("Section 260.140.45"), the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Awards (together with options, restricted stock or unrestricted stock outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

(a) The Plan will be governed by and interpreted and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (without reference to principles of conflicts or choice of law). The captions of sections of the Plan are for reference only and will not affect the interpretation or construction of the Plan.

(b) The Plan will be administered by the Committee, which shall consist of not less than two directors; provided, however, that if each member of the Committee is not a "Non-Employee Director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(a)(3) of the Exchange Act, then any Awards granted to individuals subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be approved by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the end of the reliance period as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.162-27(f) following the Company's Initial Public Offering, Awards granted to "Covered Employees" which might reasonably be anticipated to result in the payment of employee remuneration that would otherwise exceed the limit on employee remuneration deductible for income tax purposes pursuant to
Section 162(m) of the Code shall be approved by a Committee composed solely of two or more "Outside Directors" (each within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code).

(c) The Committee has and may exercise such powers and authority as may be necessary or appropriate for the Committee to carry out its functions as described in the Plan. The Committee shall make all determinations required under the Plan, including the Eligible Persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards may be granted, the exercise price or purchase price (if any) of each Award, whether each Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option, and the number of shares subject to each Award. The Committee also has authority (i) to interpret the Plan, (ii) to determine the terms and provisions of the Awards, (iii) to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and Participants, (iv) to approve the form of written agreements evidencing the Awards, and (v) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for Plan administration. The Committee has authority to prescribe, amend, and


-6-

rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan. All interpretations, determinations, and actions by the Committee will be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties.

(d) No member of the Committee will be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith by the Committee with respect to the Plan or any Awards granted under it.

(e) The Committee, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer, President and/or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company all or part of the Committee's authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards at Fair Market Value to individuals who are not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Covered Employees. The Committee may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Committee's delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

5. GRANTS.

(a) The Committee shall determine and designate from time to time those Eligible Persons who are to be granted Awards, the type of Award to be granted and the number of shares covered thereby or issuable upon exercise thereof. Each Award will be evidenced by a written agreement which shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve; provided that, agreements issued to Eligible Persons need not be identical.

(b) Awards may be granted to employees, directors, Consultants and advisors of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including prospective employees, directors, Consultants and advisors to whom Awards are granted in connection with written offers of employment or other service with the Company or its Subsidiaries) who are responsible for, or contribute to, the management, growth or profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(c) No 10% Owner Optionee will be eligible for the grant of an Incentive Stock Option; provided that, if at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted, its exercise price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock and, by its terms, it is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant, then such 10% Owner Optionee may be granted an Incentive Stock Option.

(d) Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted to a prospective employee upon the condition that such person becomes an employee and such grant shall be deemed granted effective on the date that such person commences service with the Company or its Subsidiaries, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Sections 5(c) and 6(a).

(e) No Incentive Stock Options shall be granted under the Plan after May 4, 2010.


-7-

6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a) Subject to Section 5(c) and 5(d) above, the price at which Common Stock may be purchased by a Participant under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that the exercise price under an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of such Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price per share set forth herein and in Sections 5(c) and 5(d) above if the Incentive Stock Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under Section 424(a) of the Code.

(b) Each Option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such periods, and for such numbers of shares as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement evidencing the Option. A Participant shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by an appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 below. Subject to Section 5(c) above, the term of each Option shall expire no later than the 10th anniversary of its date of grant.

(c) Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased. Payment of the exercise price may be made by one or more of the following methods to the extent provided in the Option Agreement:

(A) in cash, by certified or bank check, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee in U.S. funds payable to the order of the Company;

(B) if permitted by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion (x) at the time of grant if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option or (y) at any time if the Option is a Nonqualified Stock Option, by the Participant delivering to the Company a promissory note (which may be recourse or partially recourse to the Participant) in a form approved by the Committee; provided that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Common Stock shall be paid other than with a promissory note if otherwise required by state law;

(C) after the closing of the Company's Initial Public Offering, if permitted by the Committee, (x) through the delivery (or attestation to ownership) of shares of Common Stock held by the Participant for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company's earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the


-8-

exercise date, or (y) by the Participant delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the exercise price; provided that, in the event the Participant chooses such payment procedure, the Participant and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(D) any combination of the payment methods set forth in clauses (A), (B), and (C) above.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. No certificates for shares of Common Stock so purchased will be issued to the Participant until the Company has completed all steps required by law to be taken in connection with the issuance and sale of such shares, including, without limitation, obtaining from Participant payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option. The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Common Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be contingent upon receipt from the Participant (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Option) by the Company of the full exercise price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Agreement or applicable provisions of law. If the Participant chooses to pay the exercise price by delivery of previously owned shares of Common Stock by the attestation method set forth in clause (C)(x) above, the shares of Common Stock transferred to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option shall be net of the number of the shares of Common Stock delivered.

(d) To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant in any calendar year (under all option plans of the Company, its Parent and/or its Subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit as may be required by the Code) such Incentive Stock Options shall constitute Nonqualified Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(d), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. If pursuant to the above, an Incentive Stock Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and a Nonqualified Stock Option in part, the Participant may designate which portion of the Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first.

(e) No Option shall be transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and all Options shall be exercisable, during a Participant's lifetime, only by the Participant, or, in the event of the Participant's incapacity, by the Participant's legal representative or guardian. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Option Agreement


-9-

regarding a given Nonqualified Option that a Participant may transfer, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Nonqualified Stock Option to any Permitted Transferee; provided that such Permitted Transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Option Agreement.

(f) Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to Options may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement. The Company shall have the right to assign to any person at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such rights is then exercisable.

7. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.

(a) The Company may, pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock, sell, at par value or such greater purchase price as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, shares of Common Stock subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee may determine at the time of grant, which purchase price shall be payable in cash or, if permitted by the Committee at the time of grant of such Award, by promissory note (which may be recourse or partially recourse to the Participant), in a form approved by the Committee; provided that, at least so much of the purchase price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid other than with a promissory note if required by state law. Conditions may be based on continuation of a Service Relationship and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives or such other terms as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The grant of Restricted Stock is contingent on the Participant executing a Restricted Stock Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Restricted Stock Agreement shall be determined by the Committee and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and Participants.

(b) Upon execution of the Restricted Stock Agreement and payment of any applicable purchase price, a Participant shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Stock, subject to any conditions contained in the Restricted Stock Agreement. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the Participant shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank.

(c) Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Agreement. Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an award of Restricted Stock may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement. The Company shall have the right to assign to


-10-

any person at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable.

(d) The Committee at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement.

(e) The Restricted Stock Agreement may require or permit the immediate payment, waiver, deferral or investment of dividends paid on the Restricted Stock..

8. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.

(a) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant or sell an Unrestricted Stock Award to any Participant, pursuant to which such Participant may receive shares of Common Stock free of any vesting restrictions ("Unrestricted Stock") under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted or sold as described in the preceding sentence in respect of past services or other valid consideration.

(b) The right to receive shares of Unrestricted Stock on a deferred basis may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

9. TAX WITHOLDING.

(a) Each Participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Common Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the Participant for federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any federal, state, foreign, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.

(b) Subject to approval by the Committee, a Participant may elect to have the minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due, or (ii) transferring to the Company shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Common Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligation shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

10. LEAVE OF ABSENCE.


-11-

For purposes of the vesting and exercisability of Awards under the Plan an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company shall not be deemed a termination of the Service Relationship; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave, the Participant's Service Relationship shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Participant's right to return to service is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract. Further, an approved leave of absence for maternity or, in the Company's sole discretion, a medical reason, shall be treated as service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant's Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement; provided that, if any such leave exceeds 12 weeks, then beginning on the first day of the 13th week, such leave shall not be treated as service for purposes of vesting (i.e., the vesting schedule shall be tolled for the period of the leave of absence beyond 12 weeks). Notwithstanding anything stated herein, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, any other leave of absence shall not be treated as service for purposes of vesting.

11. ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS.

(a) Subject to Section 11(b), if the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are increased, decreased, or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities, or if additional shares or new or different shares or other securities are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock or other securities, through merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the property of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other distribution with respect to such shares of Common Stock, or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the numbers and kinds of shares or other securities subject to the then outstanding Awards, (iii) the exercise price and/or repurchase price for each share subject to then outstanding Options (without change in the aggregate exercise price and/or repurchase price as to which such Options remain exercisable), and (iv) the repurchase price per share for each outstanding Restricted Stock Award); provided that, such exercise and/or repurchase price may not be less than the par value of the Common Stock.

(b) Upon the effectiveness of an Acquisition:

(i) except with respect to specific Awards as the Committee otherwise determines at the time of grant and as set forth therein, all shares subject to outstanding Awards not otherwise accelerated and vested under the terms of the original grant, to the extent not assumed by the acquiring entity or replaced by comparable options to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor or acquiring entity or parent thereof (the determination of comparability to be made by the Committee, which determination shall be final, binding, and conclusive) (an "Assumption") shall, subject to and conditioned upon the effectiveness of the Acquisition, become vested and exercisable in full 10 days prior to the anticipated effective date of the Acquisition as determined by the Committee, except with


-12-

respect to specific Awards as the Committee otherwise determines at the time of grant; and

(ii) unless there is an Assumption, the Plan and all outstanding Options shall terminate upon the effectiveness of the Acquisition.

(c) In the event that Options are terminated pursuant to Section 1 l(b)(ii) above, each Participant shall be permitted to exercise for a period of at least 10 days prior to the anticipated effective date of such Acquisition all outstanding Options held by such Participant which are then vested and exercisable (after giving effect to the acceleration of vesting provided for in connection with the Acquisition); provided, however: (i) the exercise of the portion of such Options that became vested and exercisable in connection with the Acquisition shall be subject to and conditioned upon the effectiveness of the Acquisition, and (ii) the Participant may, but will not be required to, condition the exercise of any portion of an Option not described in (i) above upon the effectiveness of the Acquisition.

(d) Following the effectiveness of an Assumption, the unvested portion of all outstanding Awards, if any, shall continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in such Awards, in the same proportions and on the same dates as the shares of Common Stock would have vested had there been no acceleration of vesting (i.e. if 25% of the original shares of Common Stock subject to the Award would have vested on a specified date, then 25% of the original shares of Common Stock subject to the Award, less the number of shares of Common Stock that would have vested on that date but which accelerated in connection with the Acquisition, shall vest on such specified date) and all such Awards shall otherwise be adjusted as provided in Section 11(a) above.

(e) Adjustments under this Section 11 will be made by the Committee, whose determination as to what adjustments will be made and the extent thereof so as to effectuate the intent of this Section 11 will be final, binding, and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments, but the Committee, in its discretion, may either make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares or round any resulting fractional share down to the nearest whole number.

(f) In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any outstanding Options issued under the Plan shall be terminated if not exercised prior to such event.

(g) The Committee may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock based awards held by employees, directors or consultants of another company in connection with a merger or consolidation of such company with the Company (or its Parent or any Subsidiary) or the acquisition by the Company (or its Parent or any Subsidiary) of property or stock of such company. The Committee may direct that the substitute Awards be granted on such terms and conditions as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances. Any substitute Awards granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitation set forth in Section 3
(a) above.


-13-

12. ADDENDUM A: CALIFORNIA GRANTEES.

Addendum A attached hereto shall be incorporated by reference in its entirety and shall only be applicable to the grant of Awards under the Plan to Participants who are located in or providing services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in the State of California.

13. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

(a) Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Committee from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements and such arrangements as may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. Nothing in the Plan or in any instrument executed pursuant to the Plan will confer upon any Participant any right to continued employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment, directorship or consulting or advising relationship of any Participant at any time, with or without cause.

(b) The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of Awards shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Common Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless: (a) a registration statement under the Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Award, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body that has jurisdiction, the authority, if any, deemed by Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Award, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

(c) Stock certificates issued under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the Participant, at the Participant's last known address on file with the Company.

(d) Sale of Common Stock received pursuant to this Plan or upon exercise of an Award under the Plan shall be subject to any insider-trading-policy-related restrictions,


-14-

terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.

(e) In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Plan and the terms and provisions of any Restricted Stock Agreement or Option Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Plan shall govern.

14. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

(a) The Board shall have the power, in its discretion, to amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to applicable law and the rights of holders of outstanding Options on the date of such action. No amendment, modification, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any outstanding Award unless expressly provided hereunder or as determined by the Board. Further, no such amendment, modification, suspension or termination of the Plan, unless taken with the approval of the stockholders of the Company, may: (a) increase the maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which Awards granted under this Plan may be issued (except by operation of Section 11(a)); (b) alter the class of employees eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Plan; or
(c) amend the Plan in any other manner which the Board, in its discretion, determines would require approval of the stockholders under any applicable law, rule or regulation to become effective even though such stockholder approval is not expressly required by this Plan. Nothing in this Section 14(a) shall limit the Board's or Committee's authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 11(b).

(b) No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will, without the consent of the Participant, adversely affect any right or obligation under any Award previously granted to such Participant under the Plan unless (i) required to ensure that an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option or (ii) to comply with applicable law.

15. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN AND DURATION OF PLAN.

The Plan became effective upon its adoption by the Board and by the Company's stockholders on May 5, 2000. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of: (i) its termination by the Board, (ii) the date on which all of the shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Agreements have lapsed, or
(iii) May 4, 2010.


FORM--US EMPLOYEE VERSION

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
VIRTUSA CORPORATION 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

Pursuant to the Virtusa Corporation 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), Virtusa Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the "Company"), hereby grants to the person (the "Grantee") named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option attached hereto (the "Notice") to which this Stock Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement") is attached, an option (together with the Notice, referred to herein as the "Option") to purchase on or prior to the expiration date specified in the Notice (the "Expiration Date"), or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company indicated in the Notice (the "Option Shares" and such shares once issued shall be referred to as the "Issued Shares"), at the exercise price per share specified in the Notice (the "Exercise Price") and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Option Agreement, the Notice and the Plan, including the adjustment provision thereof. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Notice and the Plan (as applicable).

If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, this Option is intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option" as defined in
Section 422(b) of the Code. To the extent that any portion of this Option does not so qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or, if this Option is designated as a Nonqualified Stock Option in the Notice, it shall be deemed a Nonqualified Stock Option. The Grantee should consult with the Grantee's own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option (and any requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements).

1. Vesting and Exercisability.

(a) No portion of this Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested.

(b) Except as set forth below and in Section 5 hereof, this Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option as provided herein, in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares (as determined in the Notice) less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of this Option. In no event shall this Option be exercisable for more than the Number of Option Shares (as designated in the Notice).

(c) In the event that the Grantee's Service Relationship terminates, this Option may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it was vested and exercisable on the date of such termination, until the date specified in Section 1(d) hereof. Any portion of this Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall immediately expire and be null and void.


(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, once any portion of this Option becomes vested and exercisable, it shall continue to be exercisable by the Grantee or his or her representatives and legatees as contemplated herein at any time or times prior to the earliest of (i) the date which is (A) twelve
(12) months following the date on which the Grantee's Service Relationship terminates due to death or disability, or (B) three (3) months following the date on which the Grantee's Service Relationship terminates if the termination is due to any other reason, or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Grantee's Service Relationship is terminated for "Cause", this Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the Grantee's termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable. For purposes hereof, "Cause" means: (i) any material breach by the Grantee of any agreement to which the Grantee and the Company are parties, including breach of covenants not to compete and covenants relating to the protection of confidential information and proprietary rights of the Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreements,
(ii) any act (other than retirement) or omission to act by the Grantee which would reasonably be likely to have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company, as the case may be, or on the Grantee's ability to perform services for the Company, as the case may be, (iii) the Grantee's conviction (including any pleas of guilty or nolo contendre) of any crime (other than ordinary traffic violations) which impairs the Grantee's ability to perform his or her duties,
(iv) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance of duties by the Grantee in connection with the business or affairs of the Company, as the case may be, (v) the Grantee's theft, dishonesty or falsification of the Company's documents or records, or (vi) the Grantee's improper use or disclosure of the Company's confidential or proprietary information. For purposes of the definition of "Cause" set forth herein, all references to the Company shall be deemed to include the Company's Parent or any Subsidiary.

(e) If designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, the Grantee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, subject to any amendments thereof, no sale or other disposition may be made of Issued Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one (l)-year period after the day of the issuance of such Issued Shares to him or her (i.e., the exercise date), nor within the two (2)-year period after the grant of this Option and further, that this Option must be exercised, if and to the extent permitted hereunder, within three (3) months after termination of employment (or twelve (12) months in the case of death or disability to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Grantee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Issued Shares within either of these periods, he or she agrees to notify the Company within thirty (30) days after such disposition. The Grantee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time that the applicable option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options held by the Grantee are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all option plans of the Company, its Parent and/or its Subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Stock Options shall constitute Nonqualified Stock Options. For purposes of this Section l(e), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. If pursuant to the above, an Incentive Stock Option is treated as an Incentive Stock

-2-

Option in part and a Nonqualified Stock Option in part, the Grantee may designate which portion of the Stock Option the Grantee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Grantee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) The Grantee may exercise this Option only by delivering an Option exercise notice (an "Exercise Notice") in substantially the form of Appendix A attached hereto to the Company's Chief Financial Officer or, if none, the Chief Executive Officer, indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares with respect to which this Option has vested at the time of delivery of such Exercise Notice (which amount shall be specified in the Exercise Notice), accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided that such exercise shall be effective only upon receipt by such officer of the Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Option Shares elected to be purchased by the Grantee may be made by one or more of the following methods:

(i) in cash, by certified or bank check, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee in U.S. funds payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of such Option Shares;

(ii) after the closing of the Company's Initial Public Offering, if permitted by the Committee at the discretion of the Committee at the time of exercise, (x) through the delivery (or attestation to ownership) of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of such Option Shares that have been purchased by the Grantee on the open market or that have been held by the Grantee for at least six (6) months and are not subject to restrictions under any plan of the Company, or (y) by the Grantee delivering to the Company a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the Exercise Price of such Option Shares; provided that, in the event the Grantee chooses such payment procedure, the Grantee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(iii) a combination of the payment methods set forth in clauses
(i) and (ii) above.

(b) Certificates for the Option Shares so purchased will be issued and delivered to the Grantee upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Committee with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such issuance. Until the Grantee shall have complied with the requirements hereof and of the Plan, including the withholding requirements set forth in
Section 6 hereof, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the Option Shares subject to this Option, and the determination of the Committee as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Grantee. The Grantee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Issued Shares unless and until this Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall have issued

-3-

and delivered such Issued Shares to the Grantee, and the Grantee's name shall have been entered as a stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have full dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Issued Shares, subject to the terms of this Option Agreement.

(c) The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of this Option.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Option shall be exercisable after the earlier of the Expiration Date or the termination of this Option as contemplated by Section l(d) and
Section 5 hereof.

3. Subject to Plan.

This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Option Agreement or the Notice to the contrary, to the extent of any conflict between the terms of the Plan, this Option Agreement, and the Notice, the terms of the Plan shall control.

4. Transferability.

This Option is personal to the Grantee and is not transferable by the Grantee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided that if this Option is designated as a Nonqualified Stock Option, such Option may be transferred by the Grantee to any Permitted Transferee; provided that, the Permitted Transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. This Option may be exercised during the Grantee's lifetime only by the Grantee (or by the Grantee's legal representative or guardian in the event of the Grantee's incapacity) or by a Permitted Transferee pursuant to this
Section 4. The Grantee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Grantee's Option in the event of the Grantee's death to the extent provided herein. If the Grantee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Grantee, the executor of the Grantee may exercise this Option to the extent permitted herein in the event of the Grantee's death.

5. Effect of Certain Acquisitions.

(a) Acquisitions. Upon the effectiveness of an Acquisition:

(i) twenty five percent (25%) of the total number of Option Shares which are not vested and exercisable as of the date of the Acquisition shall immediately become vested and exercisable;

(ii) to the extent not assumed by the acquiring entity or replaced by

-4-

comparable options to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor or acquiring entity or parent thereof (the determination of comparability to be made by the Committee, which determination shall be final, binding, and conclusive) (an "Assumption") all remaining Option Shares shall, subject to and conditioned upon the effectiveness of the Acquisition, become vested and exercisable in full ten (10) days prior to the anticipated effective date of the Acquisition as determined by the Committee; and

(iii) unless there is an Assumption, this Option shall terminate upon the effectiveness of the Acquisition.

(b) Exercise in Connection with a Termination. In the event that the Option is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b)(iii) above, the Grantee shall be permitted to exercise, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the anticipated effective date of such Acquisition, this Option to the extent that it is then vested and exercisable (after giving effect to the acceleration of vesting provided for in connection with the Acquisition); provided that, the exercise of the portion of the Option that becomes vested and exercisable in connection with the Acquisition shall be subject to and conditioned upon the effectiveness of the Acquisition.

(c) Vesting following an Assumption. Following the effectiveness of an Assumption, the unvested portion of this Option, if any, shall continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice, in the same proportion and on the same dates as the shares of Common Stock would have vested had there been no acceleration of vesting (i.e. if twenty five percent (25%) of the original shares of Common Stock subject to this Option would have vested on a specified date, then twenty five percent (25%) of the original shares of Common Stock subject to this Option, less the number of shares of Common Stock that would have vested on that date but which accelerated in connection with the Acquisition, shall vest on such specified date) and all such Awards shall otherwise be adjusted as provided in Section 1 l(a) of the Plan.

6. Withholding Taxes.

(a) Payment by Grantee. The Grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the exercise of this Option (or, if applicable, the issuance, in whole or in part, of any Issued Shares upon the exercise of this Option, the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest related to this Option, or the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any Issued Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option) gives rise to taxable income and subjects the Company to a tax withholding obligation, authorize the Company to withhold from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Grantee or pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of any federal, state, foreign and local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such income.

(b) Payment in Common Stock. Subject to approval by the Committee, the Grantee may elect to have the minimum tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Common Stock to be issued a number

-5-

of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due, or
(ii) transferring to the Company shares of Common Stock owned by the Grantee with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Common Stock withheld to satisfy any such tax withholding obligation shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

7. Company's Right of First Refusal.

(a) Exercise of Right. If the Grantee or any Permitted Transferee desires to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Issued Shares to any person or entity other than to the Company or a Permitted Transferee (an "Offeror"), the Grantee or Permitted Transferee shall:
(i) obtain in writing an irrevocable and unconditional bona fide offer (the "Offer") for the purchase thereof from the Offerer; and (ii) give written notice (the "Offer Notice") to the Company setting forth the Grantee's or Permitted Transferee's desire to transfer such shares, which Offer Notice shall be accompanied by a photocopy of the Offer and shall set forth the name and address of the Offeror and the price and terms of the Offer. In the event that the Offer constitutes a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of such shares as determined by the Committee in good faith. Upon receipt of the Offer Notice, the Company shall have an assignable option to purchase any or all of such Issued Shares (the "Offered Shares") specified in the Offer Notice, such option to be exercisable by giving, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Offer Notice, a written counter notice to the Grantee or Permitted Transferee. If the Company or its assigns elects to purchase any or all of such Offered Shares, it shall be obligated to purchase, and the Grantee or Permitted Transferee shall be obligated to sell to the Company or its assigns, such Offered Shares at the price and terms indicated in the Offer within thirty (30) days from the date of delivery by the Company of such counter notice (unless a longer period is permitted by the Grantee or Permitted Transferee and the Offeror); provided, however, that in the event that the Offer Notice provides for the payment for the Offered Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Offered Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Offer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Grantee or Permitted Transferee to the Company (or its Parent or any Subsidiary) shall be treated as payment to the Grantee or Permitted Transferee in cash to the extent the unpaid principal balance and any accrued interest is canceled. The Company's exercise or failure to exercise its right of first refusal pursuant to this Section 7(a) with respect to any proposed transfer described in an Offer Notice shall not affect the Company's right to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to any other proposed transfer thereafter.

(b) Sale of Offered Shares to Offeror. The Grantee or Permitted Transferee may, for sixty (60) days after the expiration of such thirty (30)-day option period (or, if applicable, such longer period) as set forth in Section
7(a), sell to the Offeror, pursuant to the terms of the Offer, any or all of such Offered Shares not purchased or agreed to be purchased by the

-6-

Company or its assigns. All Offerors shall be required as a condition of purchasing such Offered Shares to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the Offeror shall purchase and hold such Offered Shares subject to the Company's right of first refusal pursuant to this Section 7 with respect to any subsequent proposed transfer. Further, the Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Grantee or Permitted Transferee and the Offeror that the transfer of the Offered Shares was actually carried out in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Offer Notice. No transfer of the Offered Shares shall be effected on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described above in an Offer Notice shall be null and void. If any or all of such Offered Shares are not sold pursuant to the Offer Notice within the time permitted above, the unsold Offered Shares shall remain subject to the terms of this Section 7.

(c) Failure to Deliver Option Shares. If the Grantee or Permitted Transferee fails or refuses to deliver on a timely basis duly endorsed certificates representing the Offered Shares to be sold to the Company or its assigns pursuant to this Section 7, the Company shall have the right to deposit the purchase price for such Offered Shares in a special account with any bank or trust company, giving notice of such deposit to the Grantee or Permitted Transferee, whereupon such Offered Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased by the Company. All such monies shall be held by the bank or trust company for the benefit of the Grantee or Permitted Transferee. All monies deposited with the bank or trust company but remaining unclaimed for two (2) years after the date of deposit shall be repaid by the bank or trust company to the Company on demand, and the Grantee or Permitted Transferee shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment. The Company may place a legend on any certificate for Issued Shares delivered to the Grantee and Permitted Transferees reflecting the restrictions on transfer provided in this Section 7.

(d) Expiration of Company's Right of First Refusal. The first refusal rights of the Company set forth above shall remain in effect until the closing of an Initial Public Offering or upon the consummation of any Acquisition as a result of which shares of Common Stock are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly traded on NASDAQ/NMS or any national security exchange.

8. Compliance with Legal Requirements.

This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Common Stock may then be listed. In addition, this Option may not be exercised unless: (a) a registration statement under the Act shall at the time of exercise of this Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of this Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the

-7-

authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require the Grantee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

9. Lock-up Provision.

The Grantee agrees, if requested by the Company and any underwriter engaged by the Company, not to sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any securities (including the right to acquire any Common Stock) of the Company (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Act as the Company or such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of the Company's Initial Public Offering or ninety (90) days in the case of any other public offering.

10. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Administration. All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Committee. All determinations by the Committee shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in this Option.

(b) Employment Rights. The grant of this Option does not confer upon the Grantee any right to continued employment or service with the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary to terminate the Grantee's employment or service at any time.

(c) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Option Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Option Agreement.

(d) Change and Modifications. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or this Option at any time; provided that, except as provided in Section 11(b) of the Plan in connection with an Acquisition, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect this Option without the consent of the Grantee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation or, to the extent that this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, is required to enable this Option to continue to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

-8-

(e) Governing Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.

(f) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Option Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Option Agreement.

(g) Integrated Agreement. This Option Agreement, the Notice and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement between the Grantee and the Company with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Grantee and the Company with respect to such subject matter except as provided for herein. To the extent contemplated herein, the provisions of this Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of this Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

(h) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Option Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(i) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission, or two (2) days after deposit in the mail if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight carrier. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed to such address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(j) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Option Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Option Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

-9-

APPENDIX A
STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Virtusa Corporation
200 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581
Attention: Chief Financial Officer                      Date: __________________

                                      Stock Option Grant No.: __________________

Pursuant to the terms of the Notice of Grant of Stock Option dated _______, and the Stock Option Agreement granted pursuant to the Virtusa Corporation 2000 Stock Option Plan and entered into by Virtusa Corporation (the "Company") and _____________________________________ on such date, I hereby exercise such Option for _________________ shares of common stock, all of which have vested in accordance with the Notice of Grant of Stock Option, by including herein payment in the amount of $_____________ representing the purchase price for such shares. I hereby authorize payroll withholding or otherwise will make adequate provision for federal, state, foreign and local tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, that arise in connection with the Option.

I acknowledge that the shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant of Stock Option, and the Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand, including the Company's right of first refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. I acknowledge receipt of, and access to, the Company's Confidential Private Placement Memorandum (the "Memorandum") which Memorandum contains certain disclosures regarding the Company. I represent that I have read and am familiar with its provisions. By my signature below, I acknowledge and confirm that I have been provided access to, and the opportunity to review, the Memorandum, that I have reviewed the Memorandum and have had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers regarding the Options, the Memorandum and the business, prospects and financial condition of the Company and such other information that I believe is necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of the Option and any investment in the common stock of the Company.

I hereby represent that I am purchasing the shares of common stock for my own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution thereof. I understand that Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to such shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I acknowledge that any sale of such shares that might be made in reliance on Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon my request. Finally, I agree that, if the Option is designated as an "incentive stock option" in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option, that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the shares acquired pursuant to the option within one (1) year from the date of exercise of all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the date of grant of the Option.

Print Name:                            Signature:
            ------------------------              ------------------------------
Address:
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Email:                                 Phone:
       -----------------------------          ----------------------------------


NEITHER THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS OPTION AGREEMENT NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH SUCH OPTION IS EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "U.S. SECURITIES ACT") OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, NEITHER SUCH OPTION NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH THE OPTION IS EXERCISABLE MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR ANY SUCH SECURITY UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED THE WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH SALE, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER DOES NOT INVOLVE A TRANSACTION REQUIRING REGISTRATION OF SUCH SECURITY UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. WITHOUT LIMITATION ON THE FOREGOING, NEITHER SUCH OPTION NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH SUCH OPTION IS EXERCISABLE MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES (INCLUDING ITS TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS, ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA) OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, "U.S. PERSONS" (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT), EXCEPT IN TRANSACTIONS WHICH ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S (RULE 901 THROUGH RULE 905, AND PRELIMINARY NOTES), PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. IN ADDITION, HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING EITHER THE OPTION OR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH THE OPTION IS EXERCISABLE MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

FORM--NON-U.S. EMPLOYEE VERSION

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
VIRTUSA CORPORATION 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

Pursuant to the Virtusa Corporation 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), Virtusa Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the "Company"), hereby grants to the person (the "Grantee") named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option attached hereto (the "Notice'") to which this Stock Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement") is attached, an option (together with the Notice, referred to herein as the "Option") to purchase on or prior to the expiration date specified in the Notice (the "Expiration Date"), or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company indicated in the Notice (the "Option Shares" and such shares once issued shall be referred to as the "Issued Shares"), at the exercise price per share specified in the Notice (the "Exercise Price") and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Option Agreement, the Notice and the Plan, including the adjustment provision thereof. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Notice and the Plan (as applicable).

If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, this Option is intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option" as defined in
Section 422(b) of the Code. To the extent that any portion of this Option does not so qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or, if this Option is designated as a Nonqualified Stock Option in the Notice, it shall be deemed a Nonqualified Stock Option. The Grantee should consult with the Grantee's own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option (and any requirements necessary to obtain favorable


income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements).

1. Vesting and Exercisability.

(a) No portion of this Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested.

(b) Except as set forth below and in Section 5 hereof, this Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option as provided herein, in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares (as determined in the Notice) less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of this Option. In no event shall this Option be exercisable for more than the Number of Option Shares (as designated in the Notice).

(c) In the event that the Grantee's Service Relationship terminates, this Option may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it was vested and exercisable on the date of such termination, until the date specified in Section 1(d) hereof. Any portion of this Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall immediately expire and be null and void.

(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, once any portion of this Option becomes vested and exercisable, it shall continue to be exercisable by the Grantee or his or her representatives and legatees as contemplated herein at any time or times prior to the earliest of (i) the date which is (A) twelve
(12) months following the date on which the Grantee's Service Relationship terminates due to death or disability, or (B) three (3) months following the date on which the Grantee's Service Relationship terminates if the termination is due to any other reason, or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Grantee's Service Relationship is terminated for "Cause", this Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the Grantee's termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable. For purposes hereof, "Cause" means: (i) any material breach by the Grantee of any agreement to which the Grantee and the Company are parties, including breach of covenants not to compete and covenants relating to the protection of confidential information and proprietary rights of the Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreements,
(ii) any act (other than retirement) or omission to act by the Grantee which would reasonably be likely to have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company, as the case may be, or on the Grantee's ability to perform services for the Company, as the case may be, (iii) the Grantee's conviction (including any pleas of guilty or nolo contendre) of any crime (other than ordinary traffic violations) which impairs the Grantee's ability to perform his or her duties,
(iv) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance of duties by the Grantee in connection with the business or affairs of the Company, as the case may be, (v) the Grantee's theft, dishonesty or falsification of the Company's documents or records, or (vi) the Grantee's improper use or disclosure of the Company's confidential or proprietary information.

-2-

For purposes of the definition of "Cause" set forth herein, all references to the Company shall be deemed to include the Company's Parent or any Subsidiary.

(e) If designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, the Grantee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, subject to any amendments thereof, no sale or other disposition may be made of Issued Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one (l)-year period after the day of the issuance of such Issued Shares to him or her (i.e., the exercise date), nor within the two (2)-year period after the grant of this Option and further, that this Option must be exercised, if and to the extent permitted hereunder, within three (3) months after termination of employment (or twelve (12) months in the case of death or disability to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Grantee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Issued Shares within either of these periods, he or she agrees to notify the Company within thirty (30) days after such disposition. The Grantee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time that the applicable option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options held by the Grantee are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all option plans of the Company, its Parent and/or its Subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Stock Options shall constitute Nonqualified Stock Options. For purposes of this Section l(e), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. If pursuant to the above, an Incentive Stock Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and a Nonqualified Stock Option in part, the Grantee may designate which portion of the Stock Option the Grantee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Grantee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) The Grantee may exercise this Option only by delivering an Option exercise notice (an "Exercise Notice") in substantially the form of Appendix A attached hereto to the Company's Chief Financial Officer or, if none, the Chief Executive Officer, indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares with respect to which this Option has vested at the time of delivery of such Exercise Notice (which amount shall be specified in the Exercise Notice), accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price; provided that such exercise shall be effective only upon receipt by such officer of the Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Option Shares elected to be purchased by the Grantee may be made by one or more of the following methods:

(i) in cash, by certified or bank check, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee in U.S. funds payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of such Option Shares;

(ii) after the closing of the Company's Initial Public Offering, if permitted by the Committee at the discretion of the Committee at the time of exercise, (x)

-3-

through the delivery (or attestation to ownership) of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of such Option Shares that have been purchased by the Grantee on the open market or that have been held by the Grantee for at least six (6) months and are not subject to restrictions under any plan of the Company, or (y) by the Grantee delivering to the Company a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the Exercise Price of such Option Shares; provided that, in the event the Grantee chooses such payment procedure, the Grantee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(iii) a combination of the payment methods set forth in clauses
(i) and (ii) above.

(b) Certificates for the Option Shares so purchased will be issued and delivered to the Grantee upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Committee with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such issuance. Until the Grantee shall have complied with the requirements hereof and of the Plan, including the withholding requirements set forth in
Section 6 hereof, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the Option Shares subject to this Option, and the determination of the Committee as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Grantee. The Grantee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Issued Shares unless and until this Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall have issued and delivered such Issued Shares to the Grantee, and the Grantee's name shall have been entered as a stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have full dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Issued Shares, subject to the terms of this Option Agreement.

(c) The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of this Option.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Option shall be exercisable after the earlier of the Expiration Date or the termination of this Option as contemplated by Section l(d) and
Section 5 hereof.

(e) Unless the issuance of shares have been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, certificates evidencing Issued Shares shall bear the following legend:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "U.S. SECURITIES ACT") OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR SUCH SECURITY UNDER

-4-

THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED THE WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH SALE, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER DOES NOT INVOLVE A TRANSACTION REQUIRING REGISTRATION OF SUCH SECURITY UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. WITHOUT LIMITATION ON THE FOREGOING, NEITHER THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES (INCLUDING ITS TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS, ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA) OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, "U.S. PERSONS" (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT), EXCEPT IN TRANSACTIONS WHICH ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S (RULE 901 THROUGH RULE 905, AND PRELIMINARY NOTES), PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. IN ADDITION, HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

(f) Grantee certifies and agrees as follows:

(i) Grantee is not a resident in the United States of America, including its territories and possessions, any State in the United States or the District of Columbia,

(ii) Grantee has not acquired this Option, and shall not acquire any Issued Shares for the account or benefit of any "U.S. Person" (as such term is defined in Regulation S),

(iii) Grantee shall resell Issued Shares only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S (Rule 901 through Rule 905, and Preliminary Notes), pursuant to registration under the U.S. Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration,

(iv) Grantee shall not engage in hedging transactions with regard to this Option or Issued Shares unless in compliance with the U.S. Securities Act, and

(v) The Company shall refuse to register any transfer of the Option or Issued Shares not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S (Rule 901 through Rule 905, and Preliminary Notes), pursuant to registration under the U.S. Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration.

-5-

5. Unless the issuance of shares have been registered under the U.S. Securities Act, the Company shall implement administrative procedures designed to ensure, that the Option may not be exercised in, nor the Shares delivered upon exercise within, the United States of America, including its territories and possessions, any State in the United States or the District of Columbia.

3. Subject to Plan.

This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Option Agreement or the Notice to the contrary, to the extent of any conflict between the terms of the Plan, this Option Agreement, and the Notice, the terms of the Plan shall control.

4. Transferability.

This Option is personal to the Grantee and is not transferable by the Grantee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided that if this Option is designated as a Nonqualified Stock Option, such Option may be transferred by the Grantee to any Permitted Transferee; provided that, the Permitted Transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. This Option may be exercised during the Grantee's lifetime only by the Grantee (or by the Grantee's legal representative or guardian in the event of the Grantee's incapacity) or by a Permitted Transferee pursuant to this
Section 4. The Grantee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Grantee's Option in the event of the Grantee's death to the extent provided herein. If the Grantee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Grantee, the executor of the Grantee may exercise this Option to the extent permitted herein in the event of the Grantee's death.

5. Effect of Certain Acquisitions.

(a) Acquisitions. Upon the effectiveness of an Acquisition:

(i) twenty five percent (25%) of the total number of Option Shares which are not vested and exercisable as of the date of the Acquisition shall immediately become vested and exercisable;

(ii) to the extent not assumed by the acquiring entity or replaced by comparable options to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor or acquiring entity or parent thereof (the determination of comparability to be made by the Committee, which determination shall be final, binding, and

-6-

conclusive) (an "Assumption") all remaining Option Shares shall, subject to and conditioned upon the effectiveness of the Acquisition, become vested and exercisable in full ten (10) days prior to the anticipated effective date of the Acquisition as determined by the Committee; and

(iii) unless there is an Assumption, this Option shall terminate upon the effectiveness of the Acquisition.

(b) Exercise in Connection with a Termination. In the event that the Option is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b)(iii) above, the Grantee shall be permitted to exercise, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the anticipated effective date of such Acquisition, this Option to the extent that it is then vested and exercisable (after giving effect to the acceleration of vesting provided for in connection with the Acquisition); provided that, the exercise of the portion of the Option that becomes vested and exercisable in connection with the Acquisition shall be subject to and conditioned upon the effectiveness of the Acquisition.

(c) Vesting following an Assumption. Following the effectiveness of an Assumption, the unvested portion of this Option, if any, shall continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice, in the same proportion and on the same dates as the shares of Common Stock would have vested had there been no acceleration of vesting (i.e. if twenty five percent (25%) of the original shares of Common Stock subject to this Option would have vested on a specified date, then twenty five percent (25%) of the original shares of Common Stock subject to this Option, less the number of shares of Common Stock that would have vested on that date but which accelerated in connection with the Acquisition, shall vest on such specified date) and all such Awards shall otherwise be adjusted as provided in Section 11(a) of the Plan.

6. Withholding Taxes.

(a) Payment by Grantee. The Grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the exercise of this Option (or, if applicable, the issuance, in whole or in part, of any Issued Shares upon the exercise of this Option, the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest related to this Option, or the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any Issued Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option) gives rise to taxable income and subjects the Company to a tax withholding obligation, authorize the Company to withhold from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Grantee or pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of any federal, state, foreign and local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such income.

(b) Payment in Common Stock. Subject to approval by the Committee, the Grantee may elect to have the minimum tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Common Stock to be issued a number of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding

-7-

is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due, or (ii) transferring to the Company shares of Common Stock owned by the Grantee with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Common Stock withheld to satisfy any such tax withholding obligation shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

7. Company's Right of First Refusal.

(a) Exercise of Right. If the Grantee or any Permitted Transferee desires to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Issued Shares to any person or entity other than to the Company or a Permitted Transferee (an "Offeror"), the Grantee or Permitted Transferee shall:
(i) obtain in writing an irrevocable and unconditional bona fide offer (the "Offer") for the purchase thereof from the Offeror; and (ii) give written notice (the "Offer Notice") to the Company setting forth the Grantee's or Permitted Transferee's desire to transfer such shares, which Offer Notice shall be accompanied by a photocopy of the Offer and shall set forth the name and address of the Offeror and the price and terms of the Offer. In the event that the Offer constitutes a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of such shares as determined by the Committee in good faith. Upon receipt of the Offer Notice, the Company shall have an assignable option to purchase any or all of such Issued Shares (the "Offered Shares") specified in the Offer Notice, such option to be exercisable by giving, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Offer Notice, a written counter notice to the Grantee or Permitted Transferee. If the Company or its assigns elects to purchase any or all of such Offered Shares, it shall be obligated to purchase, and the Grantee or Permitted Transferee shall be obligated to sell to the Company or its assigns, such Offered Shares at the price and terms indicated in the Offer within thirty (30) days from the date of delivery by the Company of such counter notice (unless a longer period is permitted by the Grantee or Permitted Transferee and the Offeror); provided, however, that in the event that the Offer Notice provides for the payment for the Offered Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Offered Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Offer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Grantee or Permitted Transferee to the Company (or its Parent or any Subsidiary) shall be treated as payment to the Grantee or Permitted Transferee in cash to the extent the unpaid principal balance and any accrued interest is canceled. The Company's exercise or failure to exercise its right of first refusal pursuant to this Section 7(a) with respect to any proposed transfer described in an Offer Notice shall not affect the Company's right to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to any other proposed transfer thereafter.

(b) Sale of Offered Shares to Offeror. The Grantee or Permitted Transferee may, for sixty (60) days after the expiration of such thirty (30)-day option period (or, if applicable, such longer period) as set forth in Section
7(a), sell to the Offeror, pursuant to the terms of the Offer, any or all of such Offered Shares not purchased or agreed to be purchased by the

-8-

Company or its assigns. All Offerors shall be required as a condition of purchasing such Offered Shares to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the Offeror shall purchase and hold such Offered Shares subject to the Company's right of first refusal pursuant to this Section 7 with respect to any subsequent proposed transfer. Further, the Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Grantee or Permitted Transferee and the Offeror that the transfer of the Offered Shares was actually carried out in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Offer Notice. No transfer of the Offered Shares shall be effected on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described above in an Offer Notice shall be null and void. If any or all of such Offered Shares are not sold pursuant to the Offer Notice within the time permitted above, the unsold Offered Shares shall remain subject to the terms of this Section 7.

(c) Failure to Deliver Option Shares. If the Grantee or Permitted Transferee fails or refuses to deliver on a timely basis duly endorsed certificates representing the Offered Shares to be sold to the Company or its assigns pursuant to this Section 7, the Company shall have the right to deposit the purchase price for such Offered Shares in a special account with any bank or trust company, giving notice of such deposit to the Grantee or Permitted Transferee, whereupon such Offered Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased by the Company. All such monies shall be held by the bank or trust company for the benefit of the Grantee or Permitted Transferee. All monies deposited with the bank or trust company but remaining unclaimed for two (2) years after the date of deposit shall be repaid by the bank or trust company to the Company on demand, and the Grantee or Permitted Transferee shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment. The Company may place a legend on any certificate for Issued Shares delivered to the Grantee and Permitted Transferees reflecting the restrictions on transfer provided in this Section 7.

(d) Expiration of Company's Right of First Refusal. The first refusal rights of the Company set forth above shall remain in effect until the closing of an Initial Public Offering or upon the consummation of any Acquisition as a result of which shares of Common Stock are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly traded on NASDAQ/NMS or any national security exchange.

8. Compliance with Legal Requirements.

This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Common Stock may then be listed. In addition, this Option may not be exercised unless: (a) a registration statement under the Act shall at the time of exercise of this Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of this Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the

-9-

authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require the Grantee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

9. Lock-up Provision.

The Grantee agrees, if requested by the Company and any underwriter engaged by the Company, not to sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any securities (including the right to acquire any Common Stock) of the Company (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Act as the Company or such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of the Company's Initial Public Offering or ninety (90) days in the case of any other public offering.

10. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Administration. All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Committee. All determinations by the Committee shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in this Option.

(b) Employment Rights. The grant of this Option does not confer upon the Grantee any right to continued employment or service with the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary to terminate the Grantee's employment or service at any time.

(c) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Option Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Option Agreement.

(d) Change and Modifications. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or this Option at any time; provided that, except as provided in Section 11(b) of the Plan in connection with an Acquisition, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect this Option without the consent of the Grantee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation or, to the extent that this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, is required to enable this Option to continue to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

-10-

(e) Governing Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.

(f) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Option Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Option Agreement.

(g) Integrated Agreement. This Option Agreement, the Notice and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement between the Grantee and the Company with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Grantee and the Company with respect to such subject matter except as provided for herein. To the extent contemplated herein, the provisions of this Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of this Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

(h) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Option Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(i) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission, or two (2) days after deposit in the mail if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight carrier. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed to such address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(j) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Option Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Option Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

-11-

APPENDIX A
STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Virtusa Corporation
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581
Attention: Chief Financial Officer Date: ______________

Pursuant to the terms of the Notice of Grant of Stock Option dated ________________________________ ____________, ____________ and the Stock Option Agreement granted pursuant to the Virtusa Corporation 2000 Stock Option Plan and entered into by Virtusa Corporation and ___________________________________ on such date, I hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such Option by including herein payment in the amount of $__________________ representing the purchase price for _____________________ shares of common stock, all of which have vested in accordance with the Notice of Grant of Stock Option. I hereby authorize payroll withholding or otherwise will make adequate provision for federal, state, foreign and local tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, that arise in connection with the Option.

I acknowledge that the shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant of Stock Option, and the Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand, including the Company's right of first refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent.

I hereby represent that I am purchasing the shares of common stock for my own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution thereof. I understand that Rule 144, promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the U.S. Securities Act), which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to such shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I acknowledge that any sale of such shares that might be made in reliance on Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon my request.

In addition, without limitation of the foregoing, I hereby certify and agree as follows:

A. I am not a resident in the United States of America, including its territories and possessions, any State in the United States or the District of Columbia,

B. I shall not acquire the shares of common stock for the account or benefit of any "U.S. Person" (as defined in Exhibit A hereto),

C. I shall resell Shares only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S (Rule 901 through Rule 905, and Preliminary Notes), pursuant to registration under the U.S. Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration,


D. I shall not engage in hedging transactions with regard to the common stock unless in compliance with the U.S. Securities Act, and

Sincerely yours,


Name:

Address:


Exhibit A

Definition of "U.S. Person"

1. "U.S. person" means:

i. Any natural person resident in the United States;

ii. Any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States;

iii. Any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person;

iv. Any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person;

v. Any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States;

vi. Any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person;

vii. Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States; and

viii. Any partnership or corporation if:

A. Organized or incorporated under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction; and

B. Formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501 (a)) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.

2. The following are not "U.S. persons":

i. Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of a non-U.S. person by a dealer


or other professional fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States;

ii. Any estate of which any professional fiduciary acting as executor or administrator is a U.S. person if:

A. An executor or administrator of the estate who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the assets of the estate; and

B. The estate is governed by foreign law;

iii. Any trust of which any professional fiduciary acting as trustee is a U.S. person, if a trustee who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the trust assets, and no beneficiary of the trust (and no settlor if the trust is revocable) is a U.S. person;

iv. An employee benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law of a country other than the United States and customary practices and documentation of such country;

v. Any agency or branch of a U.S. person located outside the United States if:

A. The agency or branch operates for valid business reasons; and

B. The agency or branch is engaged in the business of insurance or banking and is subject to substantive insurance or banking regulation, respectively, in the jurisdiction where located; and

vi. The International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations, and their agencies, affiliates and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, their agencies, affiliates and pension plans.


ADDENDUM B TO THE VIRTUSA CORPORATION 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
RULES APPLYING TO STOCK OPTIONS GRANTED TO UK EMPLOYEES

1. ADOPTION OF THE UK ADDENDUM TO THE PLAN

1.1 The Committee, as that term is defined in the Virtusa Corporation 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), has adopted the provisions of this Addendum B (the "UK Addendum" in order to comply with applicable laws with respect to certain options granted to optionees resident in the UK.

1.2 The provisions of this UK Addendum are not intended to qualify as an approved share option plan under Schedule 4 to the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 ("ITEPA").

1.3 If there is any conflict between the provisions contained in the UK Addendum and the provisions of the Plan, then the provisions of the UK Addendum will take precedence in respect of options granted under the UK Addendum.

1.4 References in these Rules to Sections are to sections of the Plan and capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

1.5 No option shall be granted under the UK Plan after termination of the same.

2. PURPOSE - SECTION 1

2.1 The purpose of the UK Addendum to the Plan is to grant Nonqualified Stock Options to employees who are residents of the UK. No UK Option shall be granted to any person who is not an UK Employee on the date of grant.

3. DEFINITIONS

3.1 Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The following additional definitions shall apply for the purposes of options granted under the UK Addendum and Plan:

"Control"           shall have the meaning ascribed by Section 840 of the
                    Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.

"UK Employee"       shall mean any bona fide employee of the Company or
                    any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) who is
                    resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes

"Inland Revenue"    shall mean the Board of Inland Revenue of the
                    United Kingdom.

"Rules"             shall mean the rules of the UK Plan.

"Subsidiary"        shall mean any company of which the Company has
                    Control.

1

      "UK Option"         Shall mean an option granted under Plan, as modified
                          by this Addendum B.

      "UK Stock Option    Shall mean the form of agreement issued upon the
      Agreement"          grant of an UK Option.

4.    GRANTS - SECTION 5

4.1 Any reference to Consultants and advisors of the Company in section 5(b) shall not apply to grants of UK Options.

4.2 No "Incentive Stock Options" shall be granted under the Plan as modified by the UK Addendum.

5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS - SECTION 6

5.1 Section 6(c)(B) is hereby deleted.

5.2 Section 6(e) of the Plan shall not apply. A UK Option shall be personal to the UK Employee to whom it is granted and shall not be transferable or assignable during the Participant's lifetime. In the event of the death of the Participant, UK Options may be exercised only by the Participant's executor or by the administrator of the Participant's estate in accordance with the terms of the relevant UK Stock Option Agreement. An UK Option shall not be charged, pledged or otherwise encumbered and any purported assignment, charge, disposal or dealing with the rights and interest of the Participant otherwise than in accordance with the Plan, the UK Addendum or the relevant UK Stock Option Agreement shall render the UK Option void.

6. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS - SECTION 7

Section 7 of the Plan shall not apply to UK Employees.

7. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS - SECTION 8

Section 8 of the Plan shall not apply to UK Employees.

8. TAX WITHHOLDING - SECTION 9

8.1 Sections 9(a) and 9(b) of the Plan shall not apply.

8.2 If a liability arises in connection with the exercise of a UK Option under which the Company or any Subsidiary is obliged to account for income tax and/or primary social security contributions (otherwise known as employee's National Insurance contributions) and/or secondary social security contributions (otherwise known as employer's National Insurance contributions) (together an "Employee Tax Liability"), then unless:

(a) the relevant Participant has indicated in the form of exercise that he will make a payment to his or her employer or the Company of an amount equal to the Employee Tax Liability; and

2

(b) the Participant does, within seven days of being notified by his or her employer or the Company of the amount of the Employee Tax Liability, make such payment to his employer or the Company;

his or her employer may withhold from the salary of the Participant an amount equal to the Employee Tax Liability.

8.3 It is a condition of the exercise of an UK Option that the Participant agrees, if so requested by the Company, to enter into an election with his employer in respect of the liability for paying any secondary social security contributions (otherwise known as employer's National Insurance contributions) payable in connection with the exercise of a UK Option, provided that any such election has received prior approval from the Inland Revenue.

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS - SECTION 13

The following additional provisions shall apply in respect of UK Options. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or UK Addendum:

9.1 the Plan and the UK Addendum shall not form any part of any contract of employment between the Company or any Subsidiary and any employees of any of those companies, and they shall not confer on any such employees any legal or equitable rights (other than those constituting the UK Options themselves) against the Company or any Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, or give rise to any cause of action in law or in equity against the Company or any Subsidiary;

9.2 the benefits to UK Employees under the Plan and the UK Addendum shall not form any part of their wages or remuneration or count as pay or remuneration for pension fund or other purposes; and

9.3 in no circumstances shall any UK Employee on ceasing to hold the office or employment by virtue of which he is or may be eligible to participate in the the Plan, as modified by the UK Addendum, be entitled to any compensation for any loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under the Plan, as modified by the UK Addendum which he might otherwise have enjoyed whether such compensation is claimed by way of damages for wrongful dismissal or other breach of contract or by way of compensation for loss of office or otherwise.

3

Exhibit 10.5

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

2005 STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Virtusa Corporation 2005 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the "Plan"). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, and other key persons (including consultants) of Virtusa Corporation (the "Company") and its Subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business, to receive incentives directly tied to the success of the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company's welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company's behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

"Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

"Affiliate" of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

"Bankruptcy" shall mean (i) the filing of a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, with respect to the Holder or any Permitted Transferee, or (ii) the Holder or any Permitted Transferee being subjected involuntarily to such a petition or assignment or to an attachment or other legal or equitable interest with respect to the Holder's or such Permitted Transferee's assets, which involuntary petition or assignment or attachment is not discharged within 60 days after its date, and (iii) the Grantee or any Permitted Transferee being subject to a transfer of the Issued Shares by operation of law (including by divorce, even if not insolvent), except by reason of death.

     "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company or its successor
entity.

     "Cause" means (i) any material breach by the Grantee of any agreement to

which the Grantee and the Company are parties, including breach of covenants not to compete and covenants relating to the protection of confidential information and proprietary rights of the Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreements, (ii) any act (other than retirement) or omission to act by the Grantee which would reasonably be likely to have a


material adverse effect on the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or its business relations or prospectus with any customer or prospect, or on the Grantee's ability to perform services for the Company, as the case may be, (iii) the Grantee's commission (including any pleas of guilty or nolo contendre) of any crime (other than ordinary traffic violations) which impairs the Grantee's ability to perform his or her duties, (iv) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance of duties by the Grantee in connection with the business or affairs of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (v) the Grantee's theft, dishonesty or malfeasance in connection with the Company's business, documents or records, or (vi) the Grantee's improper use or disclosure of the Company's confidential or proprietary information. For purposes of the definition of "Cause" set forth herein, all references to the Company shall be deemed to include the Company's parent or any Subsidiary.

"Code" means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

"Committee" means the Committee of the Board referred to in Section 2.

"Effective Date" means the date on which the Plan is approved by stockholders as set forth at the end of this Plan.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

"Fair Market Value" of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee.

"Grantee" means the recipient of a Stock Appreciation Right hereunder.

"Holder" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 6(a) hereof.

"IPO" shall mean the closing of the Company's initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

"Permitted Transferees" shall mean any of the following to whom the Holder may transfer Issued Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 6(a)(i)): the Holder's spouse, children (natural or adopted), stepchildren or a trust for their sole benefit of which the Holder is the settlor; provided, however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Issued Shares during the term of this Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Holder (or a Permitted Transferee to whom shares have been transferred hereunder), the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Holder's (or such deceased Permitted Transferee's) estate, executions, administrations, personal representations, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

"Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

2

"Sale Event" means (i) a merger, reorganization or consolidation between the Company and another person or entity (other than a holding company or Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) as a result of which the holders of the Company's outstanding voting stock immediately prior to the transaction hold less than a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction, (ii) the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to one or more persons (other than any wholly owned Subsidiary) in a single transaction or series of related transactions, or (iii) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than 50% of all of the Common Stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity as a result of which the holders of the Company's outstanding voting stock immediately prior to the transaction hold less than a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction.

"Section 409A" means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

"Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

"Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" means an award granted under the Plan pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

"Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, either directly or indirectly.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE TERMS OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a) Administration of Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised, except as contemplated by Section 2(c), of not less than two Directors. All references herein to the Committee shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).

(b) Powers of Committee. The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant SARs consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i) to select the individuals to whom SARs may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of SARs granted to any one or more Grantees;

3

(iii) to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any SAR and, subject to the provisions of Section 5 below, the exercise price and other terms relating thereto;

(iv) to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any SAR, which terms and conditions may differ among individual SARs and Grantees, and to approve the form of written instruments evidencing the SARs;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any SAR;

(vi) to impose any limitations on SARs granted under the Plan, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations; and

(vii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any SAR (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan Grantees.

(c) Indemnification. Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegatee thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegatee thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable. The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 1,500,000 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any SARs that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company and held in its treasury.

4

(b) Changes in Stock. Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, holding company formation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company's capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding SARs under the Plan, and (iii) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding SARs under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of SARs) as to which such SARs remain exercisable. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

The Committee may also adjust the number of shares subject to outstanding SARs and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding SARs to take into consideration material changes in accounting practices or principles, extraordinary dividends, acquisitions or dispositions of stock or property or any other event if it is determined by the Committee that such adjustment is appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan.

(c) Mergers and Other Transactions. Upon the effectiveness of a Sale Event, except with respect to any other specific SARs as the Committee otherwise expressly determines at the time of grant as being eligible for acceleration hereunder, (i) with respect only to SARs granted on or before August 4, 2005 ("Eligible SARs"), twenty five percent (25%) of the total number of shares subject to outstanding Eligible SARs not otherwise accelerated or vested under the terms of the original grant shall, 10 days prior to the anticipated effective date of the Sale Event as determined by the Committee, subject to and conditioned upon the effectiveness of the Sale Event, become vested subject to the exercise provisions in the applicable SAR Agreement of the SAR holder thereof; (ii) all shares subject to outstanding Eligible SARs not otherwise accelerated and vested under the terms of the original grant, to the extent not assumed by the acquiring entity or replaced by comparable SARs of the successor or acquiring entity or parent thereof (the determination of comparability to be made by the Committee, which determination shall be final, binding, and conclusive)(an "Assumption") shall, subject to and conditioned upon the effectiveness of the Sale Event, become vested in full 10 days prior to the anticipated effective date of the Sale Event as determined by the Committee subject to the exercise provisions in the applicable SAR Agreement of the SAR holder thereof, ; and (iii) unless there is an Assumption with respect to all issued and outstanding SARs, the Plan and all outstanding SARs shall terminate upon the effectiveness of the Sale Event subject to the terms herein. In the event that SARs are terminated pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately prior sentence, each holder shall be permitted to exercise for a period of at least 10 days prior to the anticipated effective date of such Sale Event all outstanding SARs held by such holder which are then vested (and with respect to Eligible SARs only, after giving effect to the acceleration of vesting

5

provided for in connection with the Sale Event); provided, however: (a) the exercise of the portion of such SARs that became vested in connection with the Sale Event shall be subject to and conditioned upon the effectiveness of the Sale Event, and (b) the holder may, but will not be required to, condition the exercise of any portion of a SAR not described in clause (a) above upon the effectiveness of the Sale Event.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c) or any applicable SAR Agreement of a SAR holder (including any provisions governing exercise of a SAR), in the event of a Sale Event pursuant to which holders of the Stock of the Company will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Sale Event, the Company shall have the obligation to make or provide for a cash payment to the Grantees holding SARs in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the value as determined by the Committee of the consideration payable per share of Stock pursuant to the Sale Event (the "Sale Price") times the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding SARs (to the extent then vested at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding SARs.

(d) Substitute Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may grant SARs under the Plan in substitution for stock appreciation rights or other awards held by employees, directors or other key persons of another corporation in connection with a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a Subsidiary or the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of property or stock of the employing corporation. The Committee may direct that the substitute SARs be granted on such terms and conditions as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances. Any substitute SARs granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitation set forth in Section 3(a).

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, directors and key persons (including consultants) of the Company's foreign Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 5. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a) Nature of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right is an award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock or an equivalent cash payment (in local currency) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the SAR multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the SAR shall have been exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Section 9 hereof, SARs exercised before the IPO, shall be settled only in cash (in local currency of the recipient at the then current U.S. dollar exchange rate determined by the Company), and SARs exercised on or after the IPO shall be settled only in shares of Stock (subject to the fractional share provisions in
Section 4(b) of the applicable SAR Agreement of a SAR holder thereof).

6

(b) Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee including the timing and extent to which an SAR may become exercisable, whether an SAR may be settled for cash or shares of Stock and the time after termination of employment during which an SAR may be exercised. Without limiting the foregoing, the payment of any cash settlement of a SAR may be delayed without interest for up to 180 days if the Committee determines in good faith that such a delay is in the best interest of the Company given its then current cash flow position. In addition, no SAR shall have a term of more than ten (10) years from the date of grant.

SECTION 6. RULES APPLICABLE TO ISSUED SHARES

(a) Restrictions on Transfer of Issued Shares. Prior to the IPO, none of the shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of an SAR (the "Issued Shares") shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless such transfer is in compliance with all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act, and with the terms and conditions of this Section 6), and such transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. In connection with any transfer of Issued Shares, the Committee may require the transferor of such Issued Shares (the "Holder") to provide at the Holder's own expense an opinion of counsel to the Holder, satisfactory to the Committee, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act). Any attempted disposition of Issued Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 6 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Issued Shares as a result of any such disposition, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such disposition and shall not in any way give effect to any such disposition of any Issued Shares. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, Issued Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions:

(i) Transfers to Permitted Transferees. The Holder may sell, assign, transfer or give away any or all of the Issued Shares to Permitted Transferees; provided, however, that following such sale, assignment, or other transfer, such Issued Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company.

(ii) Transfers Upon Death. Upon the death of the Holder, any Issued Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Issued Shares acquired thereafter by the Holder's legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder's estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Issued Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated hereby.

(iii) Company's Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Holder
(or any Permitted Transferee holding Issued Shares subject to this Section 6(a)) desires to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of the Issued Shares, the Holder (or Permitted Transferee) first shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder's (or Permitted Transferee's) intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Issued Shares which the Holder (or

7

Permitted Transferee) proposes to sell (the "Offered Shares"), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Holder (or Permitted Transferee) within the foregoing 30-day period. Unless the Company has been advised by its legal counsel that a proposed transfer may be permitted under the "no-action" guidance of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall exercise its purchase rights with the respect to such proposed transfer. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section
6(a)(iii), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Holder (or Permitted Transferee). In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Holder (or Permitted Transferee) may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the SAR holder's (or Permitted Transferee's) notice. Any Shares purchased by such proposed transferee shall no longer be subject to the terms of the Plan. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions under this Section 6(a)(iii) shall terminate in accordance with Section 6(e).

(b) Escrow Arrangement.

(i) Escrow. In order to carry out the provisions of Section 6(a) of this Agreement more effectively, the Company shall hold any Issued Shares in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer, and any Permitted Transferee shall, as an additional condition to any transfer of Issued Shares, execute a like stock power as to such Issued Shares. The Company shall not dispose of the Issued Shares except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Holder and any Permitted Transferee, as the Holder's and each such Permitted Transferee's attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Issued Shares being purchased and to transfer such Issued Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Issued Shares are no longer subject to the Company's repurchase, first refusal and drag along rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder (or the relevant Permitted Transferee) a certificate representing such Issued Shares with the balance of the Issued Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section 6(b).

(ii) Remedy. Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or other rights, in the event that a Holder, any Permitted Transferees or any other Person is required to sell a Holder's Issued Shares pursuant to the provisions of Section 6(a) hereof and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Issued Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Issued Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Issued Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company's independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in

8

escrow, for such Holder, any Permitted Transferees or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Issued Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Section 6(a), such Issued Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

(c) Lockup Provision. A Holder agrees, if requested by the Company and any underwriter engaged by the Company, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Issued Shares (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act as the Company or such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith, not to exceed 180 days in the case of the Company's initial public offering or 90 days in the case of any other public offering.

(d) Termination. The terms and provisions of Section 6(a) and Section 6(b) shall terminate upon the Company's IPO or upon consummation of any Sale Event, but only if the Plan is not Assumed in such Sale Event.

(e) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company's stock, the restrictions contained in this Section 6 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Holder in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Issued Shares.

SECTION 7. TAX WITHHOLDING

Each Grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an SAR or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the Grantee for tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any taxes of any kind required by applicable law to be withheld with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Grantee. The Company's obligation to deliver stock certificates to any Grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax obligations being satisfied by the Grantee.

SECTION 8. TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

9

(a) a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary; or

(b) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Committee, if the employee's right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

SECTION 9. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding SAR (or provide substitute SARs at the same or a reduced exercise price in a manner not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, provided that such price, if any, must satisfy the requirements that would apply to the substitute or amended SAR if it were then initially granted under this Plan for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose), but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding SAR without the holder's consent unless such action is, in the Committee's judgment, necessary to comply with any one or more applicable laws. In addition, if at any time after two (2) years from the Effective Date of this Plan or immediately prior to, upon, or following, the consummation of a Sale Event, the Board of the Company (or any successor company) determines that it is in the best interests of the Company (or any such successor company) to settle all SARs upon exercise in cash or Stock of the Company (or any such successor company) at its sole discretion, then, subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, the Board of the Company (or any such successor company) may amend this Plan (and each outstanding SAR Agreement shall be deemed so amended) such that all SARs issued and outstanding, as well as any other SARs to be granted under the Plan, shall be settled only in Stock under the terms of the applicable SAR Agreement and this Plan. Such amendment shall not be deemed to have an adverse effect on any right of any holder of an outstanding SAR which is effected by such amendment and no consent of any effected Grantee shall be required to effect the amendment. Nothing in this Section 9 shall limit the Committee's authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c).

SECTION 10. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any SAR that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a Grantee, a Grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any SARs. In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company's obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to SARs hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

10

SECTION 11. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements. The Committee may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an SAR to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof. No shares of Stock shall be issued pursuant to an SAR until all applicable securities law and other legal requirements have been satisfied. The Committee may require the placing of restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Stock Appreciation Right award agreements as it deems appropriate.

(b) Delivery of Stock Certificates. Stock certificates to Grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the Grantee, at the Grantee's last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the Grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the Grantee, at the Grantee's last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic "book entry" records).

(c) Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of SARs do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(d) Designation of Beneficiary. Each Grantee may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any SAR or receive any payment under any SAR payable on or after the Grantee's death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased Grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the Grantee, the beneficiary shall be the Grantee's estate.

SECTION 12. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

This Plan shall become effective upon approval by the Board and the stockholders in accordance with applicable law. Subject to such approval by the stockholders and to the requirement that no Stock may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, SARs may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of this Plan by the Board.

SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and all actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

11

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: July 8, 2005

DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: July 8, 2005

12

NEITHER THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS AGREEMENT NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH SUCH STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT IS EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "U.S. SECURITIES ACT") OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, NEITHER SUCH STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH THE STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT IS EXERCISABLE MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR ANY SUCH SECURITY UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED THE WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH SALE, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER DOES NOT INVOLVE A TRANSACTION REQUIRING REGISTRATION OF SUCH SECURITY UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. WITHOUT LIMITATION ON THE FOREGOING, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED OR EXPRESSLY DETERMINED BY THE COMMITTEE OR BOARD WITH RESPECT TO ANY GRANTEE OR SAR GRANT AT THE TIME OF GRANT, NEITHER SUCH STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH SUCH STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT IS EXERCISABLE MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES (INCLUDING ITS TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS, ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA) OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, "U.S. PERSONS" (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT), EXCEPT IN TRANSACTIONS WHICH ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S (RULE 901 THROUGH RULE 905, AND PRELIMINARY NOTES), PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. IN ADDITION, HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING EITHER THE STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT OR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH THE STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT IS EXERCISABLE MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT

UNDER VIRTUSA CORPORATION
2005 STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN

Pursuant to the Virtusa Corporation 2005 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the "Plan") as amended through the date hereof, Virtusa Corporation (the "Company") hereby grants to the person (the "Grantee") named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Appreciation Right attached hereto (the "Notice") to which this Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the "SAR Agreement") is attached, the number of Stock Appreciation Rights set forth in the Notice (the "SARs"). Each of the SARs granted herein and pursuant to the Notice relates to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Stock") of the Company. This SAR Agreement and the Notice shall give the Grantee the right to exercise on or prior to the Expiration Date specified in the Notice all or part of the number of SARs specified in the Notice and to receive shares of Stock or an equivalent cash payment in excess of the Exercise Price per Share specified in the Notice as payment therefor in accordance with paragraph 2 of this SAR Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Notice and in the Plan. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Notice, as the case may be.


1. Vesting Schedule. No SARs may be exercised until they have become vested. The SARs shall vest on the schedule set forth in the Notice and this SAR Agreement.

2. Manner of Exercise.

(a) Prior to IPO. Subject to Section 3(c) and Section 9 of the Plan and Section 12 hereof, prior to the Company's IPO, the Grantee may only exercise the vested SARs during the 90 day period immediately following the Grantee's termination of employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, or, if earlier, during the period following such termination of employment and ending on the Expiration Date of the SARs. The Grantee shall give written notice to the Company of his or her election to exercise some or all of the SARs exercisable at the time of such notice by completion of the form attached hereto as Exhibit
A. This notice shall specify the number of SARs to be exercised.

(b) On or after IPO. Subject to Section 3(c) and Section 9 of the Plan and Section 12 hereof, on or after the Company's IPO, the Grantee may only exercise the vested SARs during the term of the Grantee's employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries and for the 90 day period following the Grantee's termination of employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, provided that the Grantee may not exercise the vested SARs after the Expiration Date of the SARs. The Grantee shall give written notice to the Company of his or her election to exercise some or all of the SARs exercisable at the time of such notice by completion of the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. This notice shall specify the number of SARs to be exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any SAR issued to a Grantee which would be subject to 409A of the Code as the SAR vests on or after the Company's IPO, such SAR shall be deemed exercised for all vested SARs which would be subject to US taxes, as of, and on, each vesting period of the SAR, and the SAR shall be settled under the terms hereunder. Such "deemed exercise provision" shall be in effect for so long as the SAR is subject to Section 409A of the Code.

3. Delivery of Cash or Certificates. The delivery of a cash payment or certificates will be contingent upon any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be delivered pursuant to the exercise of SARs under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

4. Settlement of SARs

(a) Prior to IPO. Upon exercise and satisfaction of the requirements specified herein and in the Plan, the Grantee shall receive a payment equal to the product of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise less the Exercise Price per Share specified in this SAR Agreement, multiplied by (ii) the number of SARs exercised. Such payment shall be in the form of an equivalent amount of cash (in local currency of the recipient at the then current U.S. dollar exchange rate as determined by the Company). Without limiting the foregoing, the payment of any cash settlement of a SAR may be delayed without interest for up to 180 days if the Committee determines in good faith that such a delay is in the best interest of the Company given its then current cash flow position.

2

(b) On or After IPO. Upon exercise and satisfaction of the requirements specified herein and in the Plan, the Grantee shall receive a payment equal to the product of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise less the Exercise Price per Share specified in this SAR Agreement, multiplied by (ii) the number of SARs exercised. Such payment shall be in the form of shares of Stock. Any fractional shares shall be paid in cash (in local currency of the recipient).

5. Issuance of Certificates. Certificates for shares of Stock shall be issued and delivered to the Grantee upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Committee with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such issuance and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Committee as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Grantee. The Grantee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to the SARs unless and until such SARs shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall have issued and delivered the shares to the Grantee, and the Grantee's name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

6. Other Settlement Requirements

(a) The minimum number of SARs that may be exercised at any one time shall be 100, unless the number of SARs being exercised is the total number of SARs subject to exercise under this SAR Agreement at the time.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no SAR shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date thereof.

7. Termination of Employment for Cause. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 2 hereof, if the Grantee's employment terminates for Cause, any SARs held by the Grantee shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect. The Company's determination of the reason for termination of the Grantee's employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Grantee and his or her representatives or legatees.

8. Compliance of Regulation S. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company may require the Grantee to satisfy any qualification that may be necessary or appropriate to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company. Accordingly, in order to satisfy compliance with provisions of Regulation S ("Regulation S") promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, which sets forth conditions pursuant to which securities may be offered and sold to non-U.S. persons in transactions outside the United States without registration under the Securities Act, unless otherwise approved or expressly determined by the Committee or Board with respect to any Grantee or SAR grant, at the time of grant, the Company hereby adopts the following requirements with respect to the SARs:

(a) The following legend is hereby made part of each SAR:

NEITHER THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT
AGREEMENT NOR THE SECURITIES FOR

3

WHICH SUCH STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT IS EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "U.S. SECURITIES ACT") OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, NEITHER SUCH STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH THE STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT IS EXERCISABLE MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR ANY SUCH SECURITY UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED THE WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH SALE, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER DOES NOT INVOLVE A TRANSACTION REQUIRING REGISTRATION OF SUCH SECURITY UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. WITHOUT LIMITATION ON THE FOREGOING, NEITHER SUCH STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH SUCH STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT IS EXERCISABLE MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES (INCLUDING ITS TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS, ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA) OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, "U.S. PERSONS" (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT), EXCEPT IN TRANSACTIONS WHICH ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S (RULE 901 THROUGH RULE 905, AND PRELIMINARY NOTES), PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. IN ADDITION, HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING EITHER THE STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT OR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH THE STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT IS EXERCISABLE MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

(b) Certificates evidencing any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of each SAR shall bear the following legend:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "U.S. SECURITIES ACT") OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR SUCH SECURITY UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED THE WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE

4

COMPANY THAT SUCH SALE, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER DOES NOT INVOLVE A TRANSACTION REQUIRING REGISTRATION OF SUCH SECURITY UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. WITHOUT LIMITATION ON THE FOREGOING, NEITHER THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES (INCLUDING ITS TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS, ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA) OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, "U.S. PERSONS" (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT), EXCEPT IN TRANSACTIONS WHICH ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S (RULE 901 THROUGH RULE 905, AND PRELIMINARY NOTES), PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. IN ADDITION, HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

(c) By the Grantee's signature below, the Grantee does certify, and upon any exercise or permitted transfer of each SAR, the Grantee shall certify, as follows:

A. Grantee has not been since the Grant Date and is not now a resident in the United States of America, including its territories and possessions, any State in the United States or the District of Columbia,

B. Grantee did not acquire the SAR, and shall not acquire any Issued Shares upon exercise of the SAR for the account or benefit of any "U.S. Person" (as defined below),

C. Grantee shall resell Issued Shares only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S (Rule 901 through Rule 905, and Preliminary Notes), pursuant to registration under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration,

D. Grantee has not and shall not engage in hedging transactions with regard to the SAR or Issued Shares unless in compliance with the Securities Act, and

E. The Company shall refuse to register any transfer of the SAR or Issued Shares not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S (Rule 901 through Rule 905, and Preliminary Notes), pursuant to registration under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration; provided that such certification shall not be required in the sole discretion of the Company if the Grantee provides (or the Company otherwise receives) an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion that the SAR and all Issued Shares for which it is

5

exercisable have been registered under the Securities Act or are exempt from registration thereunder.

(d) The Company shall implement administrative procedures designed to ensure that the SAR may not be exercised in, nor the Issued Shares delivered upon exercise within, the United States of America, including its territories and possessions, any State in the United States or the District of Columbia.

(e) Definition of "U.S. Person."

A. A U.S. Person means:

(A) Any natural person resident in the United States;

(B) Any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States;

(C) Any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person;

(D) Any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person;

(E) Any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States;

(F) Any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person;

(G) Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States; and

(H) Any partnership or corporation if:

(1) Organized or incorporated under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction; and

(2) Formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a)) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.

B. The following are not "U.S. Persons":

(A) Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of a non-U.S. person by a dealer or other professional fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident

6

in the United States;

(B) Any estate of which any professional fiduciary acting as

executor or administrator is a U.S. person if:

(C) An executor or administrator of the estate who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the assets of the estate; and

(D) The estate is governed by foreign law;

(E) Any trust of which any professional fiduciary acting as trustee is a U.S. person, if a trustee who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the trust assets, and no beneficiary of the trust (and no settlor if the trust is revocable) is a U.S. person;

(F) An employee benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law of a country other than the United States and customary practices and documentation of such country;

(G) Any agency or branch of a U.S. person located outside the United States if:

(1) The agency or branch operates for valid business reasons; and

(2) The agency or branch is engaged in the business of insurance or banking and is subject to substantive insurance or banking regulation, respectively, in the jurisdiction where located; and

(3) The International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations, and their agencies, affiliates and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, their agencies, affiliates and pension plans

9. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, these SARs shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Committee set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this SAR Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

10. Transferability. This SAR Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. These SARs are exercisable, during the Grantee's lifetime, only by the Grantee, and thereafter, only by the Grantee's legal representative or legatee.

7

11. Tax Withholding. The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of these SARs become a taxable event for tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of any taxes required by applicable law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Grantee may elect to have the minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued, or (ii) transferring to the Company, a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notice hereunder shall be given to the Company at its principal place of business, and shall be given to the Grantee at the address set forth below, or in either case at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

(b) This SAR Agreement does not confer upon the Grantee any rights with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any Subsidiary.

(c) Pursuant and subject to Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may at any time amend or cancel any outstanding portion of these SARs, but no such action may be taken which adversely affects the Grantee's rights under this SAR Agreement without the Grantee's consent unless such action is, in the Committee's judgment, necessary to comply with one or more applicable laws. In addition, if the Board of the Company (or any successor company) amends the Plan pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan to cause all SARs issued and outstanding, as well as any other SARs to be granted under the Plan, to be settled only in Stock as stated in therein, such amendment shall also be deemed to amend this SAR Agreement but such amendment shall not be deemed to have an adverse effect on any right of any Grantee of an outstanding SAR which is effected by such amendment and no consent of any such Grantee shall be required.

8

EXHIBIT A
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS EXERCISE NOTICE

Virtusa Corporation
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581
Attn: Stock Administrator

Date:

Stock Appreciation Right Grant No.:

Pursuant to the terms of the Notice of Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights ("Notice") dated _________________, and the Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement ("SAR Agreement") granted pursuant to the Virtusa Corporation 2005 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan ("Plan") and entered into by Virtusa Corporation (the "Company") and _________________ on such date, I hereby exercise _____ Stock Appreciation Rights (each, a "SAR"), all of which have vested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Notice, to be settled in accordance with the terms of the Plan and SAR Agreement. I hereby authorize payroll withholding or otherwise will make adequate provision for federal, state, foreign, local and any other applicable tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, that arise in connection with the exercise and settlement of the SAR.

I acknowledge that, if the Company settles all or any portion of the SAR in shares of common stock of the Company, I represent that I am acquiring the shares in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice and the SAR Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand, including the Company's right of first refusal and other restrictions on transfer as set forth in the Plan and SAR Agreement, to all of which I hereby expressly assent.

I hereby represent that, if the Company settles all or any portion of the SAR in shares of common stock of the Company, I am purchasing the shares of common stock for my own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution thereof. I understand that Rule 144, promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the U.S. Securities Act), which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to such shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I acknowledge that any sale of such shares that might be made in reliance on Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon my request.

In addition, without limitation of the foregoing, I hereby certify and agree as follows:

A. I am not a resident in the United States of America, including its territories and possessions, any State in the United States or the District of Columbia,

B. If the Company settles all or any portion of the SAR in shares of common stock of the Company, I shall not acquire the shares of common stock for the account or benefit of any "U.S. Person" (as defined in Exhibit A hereto),

C. If the Company settles all or any portion of the SAR in shares of common stock of the Company, I shall resell Shares only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S (Rule 901 through Rule 905, and Preliminary Notes), pursuant to registration under the U.S. Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration,

9

D. If the Company settles all or any portion of the SAR in shares of common stock of the Company, I shall not engage in hedging transactions with regard to the common stock unless in compliance with the U.S. Securities Act, and

E. If the Company settles all or any portion of the SAR in shares of common stock of the Company, the Company shall refuse to register any transfer of the SAR or shares of common stock not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S (Rule 901 through Rule 905, and Preliminary Notes), pursuant to registration under the U.S. Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration.

Print Name:                                                     Signature:
           --------------------------------------------------             --------------------------------------

Address:
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Email:                                                          Phone:
         -------------------------------------------------            ------------------------------------------

10

EXHIBIT A

DEFINITION OF "U.S. PERSON"

1. "U.S. person" means:

i. Any natural person resident in the United States;

ii. Any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States;

iii. Any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person;

iv. Any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person;

v. Any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States;

vi. Any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person;

vii. Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States; and

viii. Any partnership or corporation if:

A. Organized or incorporated under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction; and

B. Formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a)) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.

2. The following are not "U.S. persons":

i. Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of a non-U.S. person by a dealer or other professional fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States;

11

ii. Any estate of which any professional fiduciary acting as executor or administrator is a U.S. person if:

A. An executor or administrator of the estate who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the assets of the estate; and

B. The estate is governed by foreign law;

iii. Any trust of which any professional fiduciary acting as trustee is a U.S. person, if a trustee who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the trust assets, and no beneficiary of the trust (and no settlor if the trust is revocable) is a U.S. person;

iv. An employee benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law of a country other than the United States and customary practices and documentation of such country;

v. Any agency or branch of a U.S. person located outside the United States if:

A. The agency or branch operates for valid business reasons; and

B. The agency or branch is engaged in the business of insurance or banking and is subject to substantive insurance or banking regulation, respectively, in the jurisdiction where located; and

vi. The International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations, and their agencies, affiliates and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, their agencies, affiliates and pension plans.

12

Exhibit 10.7

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Agreement made and entered into this ____ day of _______ 2007, (the "Agreement"), by and between Virtusa Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company," which term shall include, where appropriate, any Entity (as hereinafter defined) controlled directly or indirectly by the Company) and ____________ (the "Indemnitee"):

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as directors the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation has subjected directors to litigation risks and expenses, and the limitations on the availability of directors and officers liability insurance have made it increasingly difficult for the Company to attract and retain such persons;

WHEREAS, the Company's By-laws (the "By-laws") require it to indemnify its directors to the fullest extent permitted by law and permit it to make other indemnification arrangements and agreements;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance of Indemnitee's rights to full indemnification against litigation risks and expenses (regardless, among other things, of any amendment to or revocation of the By-laws or any change in the ownership of the Company or the composition of its Board of Directors);

WHEREAS, the Company intends that this Agreement provide Indemnitee with greater protection than that which is provided by the Company's By-laws; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in becoming or continuing as a director of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) "Corporate Status" describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a director of the Company, (ii) in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company, or (iii) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of any other Entity at the request of the Company. For purposes of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(a), if Indemnitee is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary, Indemnitee shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Company.

(b) "Entity" shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity.

1

(c) "Expenses" shall mean all fees, costs and expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (as defined below), including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, disbursements and retainers (including, without limitation, any such fees, disbursements and retainers incurred by Indemnitee pursuant to Sections 11 and 12(c) of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services, and other disbursements and expenses.

(d) "Indemnifiable Expenses," "Indemnifiable Liabilities" and "Indemnifiable Amounts" shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 3(a) below.

(e) "Liabilities" shall mean judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

(f) "Proceeding" shall mean any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, including a proceeding initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee's rights hereunder.

(g) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other Entity of which the Company owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Company) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity.

2. Services of Indemnitee. In consideration of the Company's covenants and commitments hereunder, Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee's service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

3. Agreement to Indemnify. The Company agrees to indemnify Indemnitee as follows:

(a) Proceedings Other Than By or In the Right of the Company. Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(a) and 4(c) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status,

2

Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred or paid by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (referred to herein as "Indemnifiable Expenses" and "Indemnifiable Liabilities," respectively, and collectively as "Indemnifiable Amounts").

(b) Proceedings By or In the Right of the Company. Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(b) and 4(c) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Indemnifiable Expenses.

(c) Conclusive Presumption Regarding Standard of Care. In making any determination required to be made under Delaware law with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee submitted a request therefor in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

4. Exceptions to Indemnification. Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under Section 3 above in all circumstances other than with respect to any specific claim, issue or matter involved in the Proceeding out of which Indemnitee's claim for indemnification has arisen, as follows:

(a) Proceedings Other Than By or In the Right of the Company. If indemnification is requested under Section 3(a) and it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with such specific claim, issue or matter, Indemnitee failed to act (i) in good faith and (ii) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

(b) Proceedings By or In the Right of the Company. If indemnification is requested under Section 3(b) and

(i) it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with such specific claim, issue or matter, Indemnitee failed to act (A) in good faith and (B) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; or

(ii) it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is liable to the Company with respect to such specific claim, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment

3

of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder with respect to such claim, issue or matter unless the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Indemnifiable Expenses which such court shall deem proper; or

(iii) it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is liable to the Company for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder.

(c) Insurance Proceeds. To the extent payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy in respect of Indemnifiable Amounts in connection with such specific claim, issue or matter, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder except in respect of any excess beyond the amount of payment under such insurance.

5. Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts. Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Amounts for which Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 3 of this Agreement and the basis for the claim. The Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to Indemnitee promptly upon receipt of its request. At the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall furnish such documentation and information as are reasonably available to Indemnitee and necessary to establish that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder.

6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, by reason of settlement, judgment, order or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

7. Effect of Certain Resolutions. Neither the settlement or termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to award indemnification or to determine that

4

indemnification is payable shall create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. In addition, the termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee's action was unlawful.

8. Agreement to Advance Expenses; Undertaking. The Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company, in which Indemnitee is involved by reason of such Indemnitee's Corporate Status within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. To the extent required by Delaware law, Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any and all of the amount of Indemnifiable Expenses paid to Indemnitee if it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to indemnification with respect to such Expenses. This undertaking is an unlimited general obligation of Indemnitee.

9. Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses. Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Expenses for which Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 8 of this Agreement, together with documentation evidencing that Indemnitee has incurred such Indemnifiable Expenses. Payment of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 8 shall be made no later than ten (10) calendar days after the Company's receipt of such request.

10. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably by incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

11. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Right to Petition Court. In the event that Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Sections 3 and 5 above or a request for an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Sections 8 and 9 above and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery to enforce the Company's obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Burden of Proof. In any judicial proceeding brought under
Section 11(a) above, the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

(c) Expenses. The Company agrees to reimburse Indemnitee in full for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by Indemnitee under Section

5

11(a) above, or in connection with any claim or counterclaim brought by the Company in connection therewith, whether or not Indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in connection with any such action.

(d) Failure to Act Not a Defense. The failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement shall not be a defense in any action brought under Section 11(a) above, and shall not create a presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible.

12. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding.

(a) Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information, or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; provided, however, that the failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to receive payments of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancements of Indemnifiable Expenses unless the Company's ability to defend in such Proceeding is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby.

(b) Defense by Company. Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 12(b) and of Section 12(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder; provided, however that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 12(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee or (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. This
Section 12(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 11(a) above or pursuant to Section 20 below.

(c) Indemnitee's Right to Counsel. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 12(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes that he or she may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with the position of other defendants in such Proceeding,
(ii) a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be

6

represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee's choice at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any action, suit or proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee's choice, at the expense of the Company, to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.

13. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to Indemnitee as follows:

(a) Authority. The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company.

(b) Enforceability. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

14. Insurance. The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with a reputable insurance company providing the Indemnitee with coverage for losses from wrongful acts. For so long as Indemnitee shall remain a director of the Company and with respect to any such prior service, in all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company's officers and directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee of any good faith determination not to provide such coverage.

15. Contract Rights Not Exclusive. The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other rights which Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, or any other agreement, vote of stockholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee's official capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of Indemnitee's serving as a director of the Company.

7

16. Successors. This Agreement shall be (a) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock and/or assets of the Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) and (b) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue for the benefit of Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators after Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate Status.

17. Subrogation. In the event of any payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of contribution or recovery of Indemnitee against other persons, and Indemnitee shall take, at the request of the Company, all reasonable action necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

18. Change in Law. To the extent that a change in Delaware law (whether by statute or judicial decision) shall permit broader indemnification or advancement of expenses than is provided under the terms of the By-laws and this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to such broader indemnification and advancements, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to such extent.

19. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties.

20. Indemnitee as Plaintiff. Except as provided in Section 11(c) of this Agreement and in the next sentence, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any Entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof, or any third party, unless the Board of Directors of the Company has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding. This Section shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

21. Modifications and Waiver. Except as provided in Section 18 above with respect to changes in Delaware law which broaden the right of Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

22. General Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered by

8

hand, (b) when transmitted by facsimile and receipt is acknowledged, or (c) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(i) If to Indemnitee, to:





(ii) If to the Company, to:

Virtusa Corporation
2000 West Park Drive
Westborough, MA 01581
Facsimile No.:[__________] Attn: Secretary

or to such other address as may have been furnished in the same manner by any party to the others.

23. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its rules of conflict of laws. Each of the Company and the Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the courts of the United States of America located in the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Courts") for any litigation arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any litigation relating thereto except in such courts), waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such litigation in the Delaware Courts and agrees not to plead or claim in any Delaware Court that such litigation brought therein has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the parties hereto agrees, (a) to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, to appoint and maintain an agent in the State of Delaware as such party's agent for acceptance of legal process, and (b) that service of process may also be made on such party by prepaid certified mail with a proof of mailing receipt validated by the United States Postal Service constituting evidence of valid service. Service made pursuant to (a) or (b) above shall have the same legal force and effect as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware. For purposes of implementing the parties' agreement to appoint and maintain an agent for service of process in the State of Delaware, each such party does hereby appoint The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, as such agent and each such party hereby agrees to complete all actions necessary for such appointment.
[signature page follows]

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

By:_______________________
Name:
Title:

INDEMNITEE



Exhibit 10.9

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT is made as of September 29, 2006, by and between VIRTUSA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, having its chief executive office at 2000 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581 (the "Borrower"), and CITIZENS BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS, a Massachusetts chartered bank having its head office at 28 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 ("Citizens" or the "Lender").

The Borrower has requested the Lender to extend credit in the form of loans and letters of credit, and the Lender is willing to make loans to the Borrower and is willing to issue Letters of Credit, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the premises and for other goad and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION I.

DEFINITIONS

1.1. Definitions

All capitalized terms used in this Agreement, in the Note, in the other Loan Documents or in any certificate, report or other document made or delivered pursuant to this Agreement (unless otherwise defined therein) shall have the meanings assigned to them below:

Accounts Receivable and Accounts. All rights of the Borrower to payment of a monetary obligation (i) for property that has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (ii) for services rendered or to be rendered, (iii) for a secondary obligation incurred or to be incurred, or
(iv) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card; and all sums of money and other Proceeds due or becoming due thereon, all notes, bills, drafts, acceptances, instruments, documents and other debts, obligations and liabilities, in whatever form, owing to the Borrower with respect thereto, all guarantees and security therefor, and the Borrowers rights pertaining to and interests in such property, including the right of stoppage in transit, replevin or reclamation; all chattel paper; all amounts due from Affiliates of the Borrower; all insurance proceeds; all other rights and claims to the payment of money, under contracts or otherwise; and all other property constituting "accounts" as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code,

Affiliate. With reference to any Person, (i) any director, officer or employee of that Person, (ii) any other Person controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control of that Person, (iii) any other Person directly or indirectly holding 10.0% or more of any class of the capital stock or other equity interests (including options, warrants, convertible securities and similar rights) of that Person and (iv) any other Person 10.0% more of any class of whose capital stock or other equity interests (including options, warrants, convertible

1

securities and similar rights) is held directly or indirectly by that Person.

Agreement. This Credit Agreement, including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, as the same may be supplemented, amended or restated from time to time.

Assignee. Sec Section 9.1.

Borrower. See Preamble.

Borrower's Accountants. KPMG LLP, or such other independent certified public accountants as are selected by the Borrower and are reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

Borrowing Base. As at the date of any determination thereof, an amount equal to (a) 75.0% of the unpaid net amount of all Eligible Accounts, minus (b) FX Reserves.

Borrowing Base Report. A report signed by any Responsible Officer and in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Business Day. Any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, on which banks in Boston, Massachusetts are open for the conduct of a substantial part of their commercial banking business.

Capital Expenditures. Without duplication, any expenditure for fixed or capital assets, leasehold improvements, capital leases, installment purchases of machinery and equipment, acquisitions of real estate and other similar expenditures including (i) in the ease of a purchase, the entire purchase price, whether or not paid during the fiscal period in question, (ii) in the case of a capital lease, the capitalized amount (as determined under GAAP) of the obligations under such lease to pay rent and other amounts, and (iii) expenditures respect to any construction in progress account of the Borrower.

Closing Date. The first date on which the conditions set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 have been satisfied and any Loans are to be made hereunder.

Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the rules and regulations thereunder, collectively, as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended and remain in effect.

Collateral. All of the property, rights and interests of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are or are intended to be subject to the security interests and liens created by the Security Documents.

Commitment Fee. See Section 2.5.

Consolidated Current Liabilities. The aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower

2

and its Subsidiaries that may properly be classified as current liabilities in accordance with GAAP and in any event including, without limitation, any direct or indirect indebtedness and other liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are payable on demand or within one (1) year from the creation thereof:

Consolidated Net Income. For any fiscal period, the consolidated net income of' the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP, except that in no event shall such consolidated net income include: (i) any gain or loss arising from any write-up of assets, except to the extent inclusion thereof shall be approved in writing by the Lender; (ii) earnings of any Subsidiary accrued prior to the date it became a Subsidiary;
(iii) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gains; (iv) any deferred or other credit representing any excess of the equity of any Subsidiary at the date of acquisition thereof over the amount invested in such Subsidiary; (v) the net earnings of any business entity (other than a Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has an ownership interest, except to the extent such net earnings shall have actually been received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of cash distributions; (vi) the proceeds of any life insurance policy; and (vii) any reversal of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such contingency reserve shall be made from income arising during such period.

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. At any date as of which the amount thereof shall be determined, the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, minus (a) Consolidated Total Liabilities, and minus (b) the sum of any amounts attributable to (i) the book value, net of applicable reserves, of all intangible assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, goodwill, trademarks, copyrights, patents and any similar rights, and unamortized debt discount and expense, (ii) all reserves not already deducted from assets or included in Consolidated Total Liabilities, (iii) any write-up in the book value of assets resulting from any revaluation thereof subsequent to the date of the Audited Financial Statement, (iv) the value of any minority interests in Subsidiaries, (v) intercompany accounts with Subsidiaries and Affiliates (including receivables due from Subsidiaries and Affiliates and loans or advances to employees), (vi) the value, if any, attributable to any capital stock or other equity interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary held in treasury, and (vii) the value, if any, attributable to any notes or subscriptions receivable due from equity holders in respect of capital stock or other equity interests.

Consolidated Total Liabilities. At any date as of which the amount thereof shall be determined, all obligations that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including in any event all Indebtedness.

Contra Customer. Any customer or other Person with whom the Borrower has a contract or agreement of any kind (including an account payable) and in respect of which there is an Account included in Eligible Accounts.

Default. An Event of Default or any event or condition that, but for the requirement that time elapse or notice be given, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

3

Drawdown Date. The Business Day on which any Loan is made or is to be made.

Eligible Account(s). An Account Receivable which:

(a) Is not unpaid 90 or more days after invoice date and is not more than 60 days past due under the original terms of sale;

(b) Arose in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower as a result of either (i) services which have been performed for the account debtor or (ii) the absolute sale of goods which have been shipped to the account debtor (and not on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-or-return, sale-on-assignment, sale-on-approval, consignment or other repurchase or return basis);

(c) Is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the account debtor thereunder is assignable, is owned by the Borrower free and clear of all Encumbrances (except in favor of the Lender) and is subject to a valid, perfected first security interest of the Lender (and if the account debtor is the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, the right to payment has been assigned to the Lender in compliance with the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended) and is not evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument;

(d) Has not been materially reduced and is not subject to material reduction, as against the Borrower, its agents or the Lender, by any offset, counterclaim, adjustment, credit, allowance or other defense and as to which there is no (and no basis for any) return, rejection, loss or damage of or to the goods or services giving rise thereto, or any request for credit or adjustments known to the Borrower; provided, however, that if an Account Receivable, otherwise meeting the definition of Eligible Account, has been materially reduced or is subject to material reduction solely because of a failure of the Borrower to timely meet contract milestones and for no other reason (i.e. "retainage") or because of a warranty claim and for no other reason, such Account Receivable shall be an Eligible Account, to the extent it has not been so materially reduced or is not subject to material reduction;

(e) Is not in dispute or uncollectible for any reason, including, without limitation, return, rejection, repossession, loss of or damage to the goods or services giving rise thereto or other dispute, arty bankruptcy, insolvency, adverse credit rating or other financial difficulty of the account debtor, or any impediment to the assertion of a claim or commencement of an action against the account debtor (including as a consequence of the failure of the Borrower to be qualified or licensed in any jurisdiction where such qualification or licensing is required), all as determined by the Lender in its sole discretion;

(f) Is not owing from any Affiliate of the Borrower;

(g) Is owing from an account debtor located in the United States, or, if not located in the United States, whose Accounts Receivable are covered by credit insurance satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion or supported by a standby letter of credit in favor of the Lender satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion;

4

(h) Is owing from an account debtor at least 75.0% of whose accounts payable owing to the Borrower are Eligible Accounts;

(i) Is not owing from a Person who is the account debtor on more than 35.0% of all Eligible Accounts, unless consented to by the Lender in writing; provided, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to account debtors (i) located in the United States with public debt issued and outstanding rated BBB- or better by Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and/or Bbb3 or better by Moody's Investor Services Inc. or (ii) if not located in the United States, whose Accounts Receivable are covered by credit insurance satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion or supported by a standby letter of credit in favor of the Lender satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion;

(j) If owing from any Contra Customer, will be eligible only to the extent it exceeds the amount of the Borrower's accounts payable, or other indebtedness permitted hereunder that is payable, to such Contra Customer; and

(k) Has not been designated by the Lender in its reasonable discretion by notice to the Borrower as unacceptable for any reason.

Encumbrances. See Section 7.3.

Environmental Laws. Any and all applicable federal, state and local environmental, health or safety statutes, laws, regulations, rules and ordinances (whether now existing or hereafter enacted or promulgated), and all applicable judicial, administrative and regulatory decrees, judgments and orders, including common law rulings and determinations, relating to injury to, or the protection of real or personal property or human health or the environment, including, without limitation, all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation, remediation and removal of emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials into the environment or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of such Hazardous Materials.

ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the rules and regulations thereunder, collectively, as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended and remain in effect.

ERISA Affiliate. Any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that is treated as a single employer with the Borrower under Section 41 4(b) (c), (m) or (o) of the Code and Section 4001(a) (14) of ERISA.

ERISA Event. (a) Any "reportable event," as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan unless the 30-day notice requirement with respect to such event has been waived by the PBGC; (b) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA; (c) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated finding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or
Section 303(d) of ERISA of an

5

application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (e) the incurrence of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the receipt by the Borrower of any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator or any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability (as defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA) with respect to any Multiemployer Plan or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (ii) the occurrence of a "prohibited transaction" with respect to which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is a "disqualified person" (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or any such Subsidiary could otherwise be liable; and (i) any other event or condition with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower.

Event of Default. Any event described in Section 8.1.

FX Documents. Any and all documents entered into by the Borrower in connection with FX Transactions.

FX Reserves. At anytime of determination of the Borrowing Base, an amount equal to 15.0% of the face amount (in United States Dollars) of all foreign exchange contracts entered into in connection with FX Transactions.

FX Transactions. Any transactions arranged or facilitated by Lender on behalf of Borrower or its Subsidiaries involving the purchase or sale of foreign currencies either on a current or deferred basis.

GAAP. Generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

Guarantees. As applied to any Person (a "guarantor"), all guarantees, endorsements and other contingent or surety obligations with respect to Indebtedness or other obligations of any other Person (the "primary obligor"), whether or not reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the guarantor, including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or other obligation.

Hazardous Materials. Any substance (i) the presence of which requires or may hereafter require notification, investigation, removal or remediation under any Environmental Law; (ii) which is or becomes defined as a "hazardous waste", "hazardous material" or "hazardous

6

substance" or "pollutant" or "contaminant" under any present or future Environmental Law or amendments thereto including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.
Section 9601 et seq.) and any applicable local statutes and the regulations promulgated thereunder; (iii) which is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise hazardous and which is or becomes regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law by any governmental authority, agency, department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality of the United States, any applicable state of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, or (iv) without limitation, which contains gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum products, asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls ("PCB's").

Indebtedness. As applied to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, without duplication, (i) all obligations for borrowed money or other extensions of credit whether secured or unsecured, absolute or contingent, including, without limitation, unmatured reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or guarantees issued for the account of or on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and all obligations representing the deferred purchase price of property, other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) all obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations secured by any mortgage, pledge, security interest or other lien on property owned or acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries whether or not the obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed, (iv) that portion of all obligations arising under leases that is required to be capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (v) all Guarantees, (vi) all obligations that are immediately due and payable out of the proceeds of or production from property now or hereafter owned or acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (vii) all other obligations which, in accordance with GAAP, would be included as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, but excluding anything in the nature of capital stock, capital surplus and retained earnings.

Audited Financial Statement. See Section 4.6.

Interest Expense. For any fiscal period, the consolidated interest expense (including imputed interest and capitalized lease obligations) and amortized debt discount on indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.

Investment. As applied to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the purchase or acquisition of any share of capital stock, partnership interest, evidence of indebtedness or other equity security of any other Person (including any Subsidiary), any loan, advance or extension of credit (excluding Accounts Receivable arising in the ordinary course of business) to, or contribution to the capital of, any other Person (including any Subsidiary), any real estate held for sale or investment, any securities or commodities futures contracts held, any other investment in any other Person (including any Subsidiary), and the making of any commitment or acquisition of any option to make an Investment.

Lease. That certain lease, dated as of June, 2000, between the Borrower and W9/TIB Real Estate Limited Partnership in respect of the premises occupied by the Borrower in Westborough, Massachusetts, as amended to date by the First Amendment dated as of November

7

2000 and Second Amendment and Extension of Lease dated as of December 30, 2003.

Lease Letters of Credit. Any Letters of Credit issued for the purpose of securing the Borrower's obligations under the Lease, including, without limitation, any issued prior to the date hereof.

Lender. See Preamble.

Letter of Credit Applications. Applications for Letters of Credit in such form as may be required by the Lender from time to time which are executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to Section 2A, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

Letter of Credit Fee. See Section 2.5.

Letter of Credit Pledge Agreement. See Section 2A.1(b).

Letter of Credit Sublimit. The sum of $1,500,000.00.

Letters of Credit. See Section 2A.1(a).

Loan Documents. This Agreement, the Note, the Letters of Credit, the Letter of Credit Applications, the Security Documents and the FX Documents, together with any agreements, instruments or documents now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing.

Loans. The loans made or to be made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section II of this Agreement, including Revolving Credit Loans and unpaid Reimbursement Obligations.

Maximum Drawing Amount. The maximum aggregate amount from time to time that beneficiaries may draw under outstanding Letters of Credit.

Multiemployer Plan. Any plan which is a Multiemployer Plan as defined in
Section 4001(a) (3) of ERISA.

Note Record. Any internal record, including a computer record, maintained by the Lender with respect to any Loan.

Note. See Section 2.2(a).

Notice of Borrowing. The notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, to be given by the Borrower to the Lender to request a Revolving Credit Loan.

Obligations. The aggregate outstanding principal balance of and interest (and premium. if any) on the Loans (including, without limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided herein after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing at the then applicable rate

8

provided herein after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) and all other obligations of the Borrower to the Lender of every kind and description pursuant to or in connection with the Loan Documents and FX Transactions, deposit accounts, cash management accounts and services, hedging transactions, interest rate caps, collars and similar interest rate protection products, and all other banking products and services, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, regardless of how they arise or by what agreement or instrument, if any, in each case whether on account of principal interest, premium, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, coats, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan Documents), and including obligations to perform acts and refrain from taking action as well as obligations to pay money.

Participant. See Section 9.2.

PBGC. The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

Pension Plan. Any Plan which is an "employee pension benefit plan" (as defined in ERISA).

Permitted Encumbrances. See Section 7.3.

Person. Any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, business or other legal entity, and any government or governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

Plan. Any "employee pension benefit plan" or "employee welfare benefit plan" (each as defined in Section 3 of ERISA) maintained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

Pledge Agreement. That certain Pledge Agreement dated the date hereof pursuant to which Borrower shall pledge to Lender the capital stock of its subsidiary, Virtusa Securities Corporation.

Prime Rate. The rate of interest announced from time to time by the Lender at its head office as its "Prime Rate". The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate being charged to any customer. Any change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change.

Prohibited Transaction. Any "prohibited transaction" within the meaning of
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Qualified Investments. As applied to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, Investments in (1) notes, bonds or other obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof that as to principal, and interest constitute direct obligations of or are guaranteed by the United States

9

of America and that have maturity dates not more than one year from the date of acquisition, (ii) certificates of deposit, demand deposit accounts or other deposit instruments or accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business
(x) with Silicon Valley Bank, (y) with banks or trust companies organized. under the laws of the United States or any state thereof that have capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000.00 which certificates of deposit and other deposit instruments, if not payable on demand, have maturities of not more than 180 days from the date of acquisition or (z) with respect to deposit accounts for the purpose of funding ordinary course payroll obligations to the Borrower's or its Subsidiaries' overseas employees, with banks or trust companies organized under the laws of India or Sri Lanka known by the Borrower to be reputable for such purposes, subject to the limitation set forth in Section 6.2(b), (iii) commercial paper that, as of the date of acquisition, has the highest credit rating obtainable from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or their successors, and in each case maturing not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition, and (iv) any repurchase agreement secured by any one or more of the foregoing.

Reimbursement Obligation. The Obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Lender on account of any drawing under any Letter of Credit as provided in
Section 2A.2

Responsible Officer. The chief financial officer of the Borrower and any other officer of the Borrower designated by the chief financial officer to sign Borrowing Base Reports and Notices of Borrowing.

Restricted Payment. Any dividend, distribution, loan, advance, guaranty, extension of credit or other payment (whether in cash, securities or other property) to or for the benefit of any Person who holds an equity interest in the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether or not such interest is evidenced by a security, and any other payment, whether in cash, securities or other property, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any capital stock of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or of any options, warrants or similar rights to purchase such capital stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for such capital stock.

Revolving Credit Commitment. The maximum dollar amount of credit which the Lender has agreed to loan to the Borrower as Revolving Credit Loans or make available to the Borrower pursuant to Letters of Credit upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, initially $3,000,000.00, as the Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment may be modified pursuant hereto and in effect from time to time. A portion of the Revolving Credit Commitment up to the Letter of Credit Sublimit shall be available to Borrower for issuance of Letters of Credit.

Revolving Credit Loans. See Section 2.1(a).

Revolving Credit Maturity Date. September 30, 2007.

Revolving Credit Outstandings. At any time, the outstanding principal balance of Revolving Credit Loans.

10

Security Documents. A security agreement, a negative pledge agreement with respect to intellectual property of the Borrower and the Letter of Credit Pledge Agreement the Pledge Agreement, and any subsequent pledge or security agreements granted by Borrower to Lender, each in favor of the Lender to secure Obligations, in each case as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time, and any additional documents evidencing or perfecting the Lender's lien on the Collateral.

Subsidiary. With respect to any Person, any corporation, association, joint stock company, business trust, partnership, limited liability company or other similar organization of which more than 50.0% of the ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the members of the board of directors or other governing body of such entity is held or controlled by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; or any other such organization the management of which is directly or indirectly controlled by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person through the exercise of voting power or otherwise; or any joint venture, whether incorporated or not, in which such Person has more than a 50.0% ownership interest.

Total Revolving Credit Outstandings. At any time, the sum of (i) The aggregate outstanding principal balance of Revolving Credit Loans and (ii) The Maximum Drawing Amount of Letters of Credit at such time.

1.2. Rules of Interpretation.

(a) All terms of an accounting or financial character used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto by GAAP, as in effect from time to time, and all calculations for the purposes of Section VI hereof shall be made in accordance with GAAP; provided that if any time after the date hereof there shall occur any change in respect of GAAP from that used in the preparation of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 4.6(a) in a manner that would have a material effect on any matter which is material to
Section VI, the Borrower and the Lender will, within 10 Business Days after notice from the Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be to that effect, and continue in good faith negotiations with a view towards making appropriate amendments to the provisions hereof acceptable to the Lender to reflect as narrowly possible the effect on Section VI as in effect on the date hereof; provided, further, that until such notice shall have been withdrawn or the relevant provisions amended in accordance herewith, Section VI shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective.

(b) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, reference to any document or agreement shall include such document or agreement as amended modified or supplemented and in effect from time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Agreement.

(c) The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.

(d) A reference to any Person includes its permitted successors and permitted assigns,

11

(e) The words "include", "includes" and "including" are not limiting.

(f) The words "herein", "hereof', "hereunder" and words of like import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or subdivision of this Agreement.

(g) All terms not specifically defined herein or by GAAP that arc defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Uniform Commercial Code.

SECTION II

DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT

2.1. Revolving Credit Loans.

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, and in reliance upon the representations, warranties and covenants of the Borrower herein, the Lender agrees to make revolving credit loans (the "Revolving Credit Loans") to the Borrower at the Borrower's request from time to time from and after the Closing Date and prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, provided that Total Revolving Credit Outstandings (after giving effect to all requested Revolving Credit Loans and Letters of Credit) shall not at any time exceed the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Revolving Credit Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, repay, prepay and reborrow amounts, up to the limits imposed by this Section 2.1, from time to time between the Closing Date and the Revolving Credit Maturity Date upon request given to the Lender pursuant to Section 2.3. Each request for a Revolving Credit Loan hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 have been satisfied as of the date of such request.

(b) The Revolving Credit Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. Boston time on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

2.2. The Note.

(a) The Revolving Credit Loans shall be evidenced by a promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, dated as of the Closing Date (the "Note").

(b) The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Lender to make or cause to be made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of any Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on the Note, an appropriate notation on its Note Record reflecting (as the case may be) the making of such Loan or the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Loans set forth on the Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to the Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on the Lender's Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Note to make payments of principal of or interest on the Note when due.

12

2.3. Notice and Manner of Borrowing. Whenever the Borrower desires to obtain a Revolving Credit Loan hereunder, the Borrower shall give the Lender a telephonic notice promptly confirmed by a written Notice of Borrowing, which notices shall be irrevocable and which must be received no later than 2:00 p.m. Boston time on the date the requested Revolving Credit Loan is to be made. Such Notice of Borrowing shall specify the effective date and amount of the Revolving Credit Loan. If the written confirmation of any telephonic notification differs in any material respect from the action taken by the Lender, the records of the Lender shall control absent manifest error. If the Lender receives a Notice of Borrowing after the time specified in subsection (a) above, such Notice shall not be effective.

2.4. Interest Rates and Payment of Interest.

(a) Each Revolving Credit Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate minus 0.25%, which rate shall change contemporaneously with any change in the Prime Rate. Such interest shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of each month.

(b) If a Default shall occur, then at the option of the Lender (i) the unpaid balance of Loans shall bear interest, to the extent permitted by law, compounded daily at an interest rate equal to 2.0% per annum above the interest rate applicable to each such Loan in effect on the day such Default occurs, until such Default is cured or waived, and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to the Lender a fee (in addition to the Letter of Credit Fee) equal to 1.0% per annum of the Maximum Drawing Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding during the period from the occurrence of such Default until such Default is cured or waived.

(c) All agreements between the Borrower and the Lender are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of acceleration of maturity of the Obligations or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to the Lender for the use or the forbearance of the Obligations exceed the maximum permissible under applicable law. As used in this
Section 2.4(c), the term "applicable law" shall mean the law of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts in effect as of the date hereof provided, however, that in the event there is a change in the law which results in a higher permissible rate of interest, then the Loan Documents shall be governed by such new law as of its effective date. In this regard, it is expressly agreed that it is the intent of Borrower and the Lender in the execution, delivery and acceptance of the Loan Documents to contract in strict compliance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts from time to time in effect. If, under or from. any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision of any of the Loan Documents at the time of performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve transcending the limit of such validity prescribed by applicable law, then the obligation, to be fulfilled shall automatically be reduced to the limits of such validity, and if under or from any circumstances whatsoever the Lenders should ever receive as interest an amount which would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance of the Obligations and not to payment of interest. This provision shall control every other provision of all Loan Documents.

2.5. Fees and Charges.

13

(a) The Borrower shall pay to the Lender an annual commitment fee (the "Commitment Fee"), computed on a daily basis and payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each quarter, equal to (i) the excess of (x) the Revolving Credit Commitment at the time (without giving effect to any Letters of Credit or requested Letters of Credit) over (y) Revolving Credit Outstandings from time to time, multiplied by (ii) 0.1667%.

(b) The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a fee (the "Letter of Credit Fee") at a rate per annum equal to (i) the face amount of each outstanding Letter of Credit multiplied by (ii) 1.25% with respect to Letters of Credit which are not expressly cash-secured. The Letter of Credit Fee shall be 1.0% per annum with respect to any Letters of Credit which are expressly and fully secured by a pledge of cash on deposit with Citizens. The Letter of Credit Fee shall be paid quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each quarter. The Borrower shall also pay to the Lender on demand standard documentation charges for the issuance of each Letter of Credit and the amount of any taxes, fees, charges or other costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by the Lender in connection with any Letter of Credit.

(c) Without limiting any of the Lender's other rights hereunder or by law, if any Loan or any portion thereof or any interest thereon or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document is not paid within ten days after its due date, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender on demand a late payment charge equal to 5.0% of the amount of the payment due.

(d) The Borrower authorizes the Lender to charge to its Note Record or to any deposit account which the Borrower may maintain with the Lender the interest, fees, charges, taxes and expenses provided for in this Agreement the other Loan Documents or any other document executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith.

2.6. Payments and Prepayments of the Loans

(a) On the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Borrower shall pay in full the unpaid principal balance of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, together with all unpaid interest thereon and all fees and other amounts due with respect thereto,

(b) Revolving Credit Loans may be prepaid at any time, without premium or penalty. Any such notice of prepayment shall be irrevocable. Prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans may be reborrowed to the extent provided in Section 2.1.

(c) If at any time Revolving Credit Outstandings exceed the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Revolving Credit Commitment, the Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of any such excess to the Lender for application to the Revolving Credit Loans.

2.7. Method of Payments

(a) All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made in lawful money of the United States at the Lender's head office or at such other location that the Lender may from time to time designate, in each case in immediately available

14

funds, and shall he deemed to have been made only when made in compliance with this Section. All such payments shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of and without deduction for any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings, compulsory loans, restrictions or conditions of any nature now or hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein unless the Borrower is compelled by law to make such deduction or withholding. If any such obligation is imposed upon the Borrower with respect to any amount payable by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, the Borrower will pay to the Lender such additional amount in United States Dollars as shall be necessary to enable the Lender to receive the same net amount which the Lender would have received on such clue date had no such obligation been imposed upon the Borrower, The Borrower will deliver promptly to the Lender certificates or other valid vouchers or other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to the Lender for all taxes or other charges deducted from or paid with respect to payments made by the Borrower hereunder or under such other Loan Document, The Lender may, and the Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to, debit the amount of any payment not made by such time to the demand deposit accounts of the Borrower with the Lender or to its Note Record.

(b) If the Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been terminated or the Obligations shall have been declared immediately due and payable pursuant to
Section 8.2 all funds received from or on behalf of the Borrower (including as proceeds of Collateral) by the Lender in respect of Obligations, shall be applied by the Lender in the following manner and order: (i) first, to reimburse the Lender for any amounts payable pursuant to Sections 10.2 and 11.3 hereof;
(ii) second, to the payment of Commitment Fees, Letter of Credit Fees and any other fees payable hereunder; (iii) third, to the payment of interest due on the Loans and the Reimbursement Obligations; (iv) fourth, to the payment of the outstanding principal balance of the Loans and the Reimbursement Obligations, pro rata to the outstanding principal balance of each, and to provide the Lender with cash collateral for any issued and outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount determined by Lender to be necessary to secure such Obligations; (v) fifth, to the payment of any other Obligations payable by the Borrower, pro rata to the outstanding principal balance of each; and (vi) any remaining funds shall be paid to whoever shall be entitled thereto or as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

2.8. Computation of Interest and Fees; Due Date. Interest and all fees payable hereunder shall be computed daily on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days for which due. If the due date for any payment of principal is extended by operation of law, interest shall be payable for such extended time. If any payment required by this Agreement becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension shall be included in computing interest and fees in connection with such payment.

2.9. Increased Costs. In case any change made after the Closing Date in any law, regulation, treaty or official directive or the interpretation or application thereof by any court or by any governmental authority charged with the administration thereof or the compliance with any guideline or request of any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law):

15

(a) Subjects the Lender to any tax with respect to payments of principal or interest or any other amounts payable hereunder by the Borrower or otherwise with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (except for taxes on the overall net income of the Lender imposed by the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof), or

(b) Imposes, modifies or deems applicable any deposit insurance, reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or loans by, the Lender, or

(c) Imposes upon the Lender any other condition with respect to its obligations or performance under this Agreement or in respect of any Letter of Credit, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Lender, reduce the income receivable by the Lender or impose any expense upon the Lender with respect to any Loans or its obligations under this Agreement or in respect of any Letter of Credit, the Lender shall notify the Borrower thereof. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender the amount of such increase in cost, reduction in income or additional expense as and when such cost, reduction or expense is incurred or determined, upon presentation by the Lender of a statement in the amount and setting forth in reasonable detail the Lender's calculation thereof and the assumptions upon which such calculation was based, which statement shall be deemed true and correct absent manifest error.

2.10. Capital Requirements. If after the date hereof the Lender determines that (i) the adoption of or change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital requirements for banks or bank holding companies, or any change in the interpretation or application thereof (by any governmental authority charged with the administration thereof or (ii) compliance by the Lender or its parent bank holding company with any guideline, request or directive of any such entity regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law), has the effect of reducing the return on the Lender's or such holding company's capital as a consequence of the Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment to make Loans hereunder or its obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which the Lender or such holding company could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration the Lender's or such holding company's then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming the full utilization of such entity's capital) by any amount deemed by the Lender to be material, then the Lender shall notify the Borrower thereof. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender the amount of such reduction of return on capital as and when such reduction is determined, payable within 90 days after presentation by the Lender of a statement in the amount and setting forth in reasonable detail the Lender's calculation thereof and the assumptions upon which such calculation was based (which statement shall be deemed true and correct absent manifest error) unless within such 90 day period the Borrower shall have prepaid in full all Obligations to the Lender, in which event no amount shall be payable to the Lender under this Section. In determining such amount, the Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

SECTION 2A

LETTERS OF CREDIT

2A.1 Issuance.

16

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, the Lender, in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained herein, agrees to issue letters of credit (the "Letters of Credit") prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date for the account of the Borrower in such form as may be requested from time to time by the Borrower and agreed to by the Lender, provided that the Maximum Drawing Amount of all Letters of Credit shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit (after giving effect to all requested Letters of Credit) and the sum of the outstanding amount of Revolving Credit Loans and the Maximum Drawing Amount of all Letters of Credit shall not at any time exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment; provided, further that no Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date later than the Maturity Date (unless extended beyond such date by the Lender in its sole discretion).

(b) THE BORROWER HAS EXECUTED AND DELIVERED TO THE LENDER A LETTER OF CREDIT PLEDGE AGREEMENT, DATED JUNE 8, 2004 (THE "LETTER OF CREDIT PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), IN CONNECTION WITH A LETTER OF CREDIT ISSUED IN CONNECTION WITH THE LEASE (THE "LEASE LETTER OF CREDIT") AND HAS DELIVERED TO THE LENDER CASH COLLATERAL UNDER THE LETTER OF CREDIT PLEDGE AGREEMENT EQUAL TO 100% OF THE MAXIMUM DRAWING AMOUNT UNDER SUCH LEASE LETTER(s) OF CREDIT. The Lease Letter of Credit shall not be deemed to be issued under the Revolving Credit Commitment or Letter of Credit Sublimit. At least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date of any other Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender (i) a Letter of Credit Application setting forth the Maximum Drawing Amount of all Letters of Credit (including the requested Letter Of Credit, but excluding the Lease Letter of Credit), the requested language of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender) and such other information as the Lender shall require, and (ii) if the Letter of Credit is to be secured by cash collateral, a designation of cash collateral under the Letter of Credit Pledge Agreement equal to 100.0% of the Maximum Drawing Amount of the requested Letter of Credit. Each request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 have been satisfied as of the date of such request.

2A.2 Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower. In order to induce the Lender to issue, extend and renew each Letter of Credit, the Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse or pay to the Lender, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed by the Lender hereunder on each date that any draft presented under any Letter of Credit is honored by the Lender or the Lender otherwise makes payment with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay (i) the amount paid by the Lender under or with respect to such Letter of Credit, and
(ii) the amount of any taxes, fees, charges or other costs and expenses whatsoever (including standard documentation charges for the issuance of each Letter of Credit) incurred by the Lender in connection with any payment made by the Lender under, or with respect to, such Letter of Credit. Interest on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by the Borrower under this Section 2A2 at any time from the date such amounts become due and payable (whether as stated in this
Section 2A.2, by acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full (whether before or after judgment) shall be payable to the Lender on demand at a rate per annum equal to 2.0% above the interest rate applicable to Revolving Credit Loans at the time in the absence of an Event of Default.

17

2A.3 Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented or other demand for payment shall be made under any Letter of Credit, the Lender shall notify the Borrower of the date and amount of the draft presented or demand for payment and of the date and time when it expects to pay such draft or honor such demand for payment. The responsibility of the Lender to the Borrower shall be only to determine that the documents (including each draft) delivered under each Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment shall be in conformity in all material respects with such Letter of Credit. Any unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Revolving Credit Loans and shall be charged to Borrower's Loan account.

2A.4 Obligations Absolute

(a) The Borrower's Reimbursement Obligations shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any condition precedent whatsoever or any set-off; counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrower may have or have had against the Lender or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit. The Borrower further agrees that the Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower's Reimbursement Obligations shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower, the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any financing institution or other party to which any Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims or defenses whatsoever of the Borrower, against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any such transferee.

(b) The Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Lender under or in connection with each Letter of Credit and the related drafts and documents, if done in good faith, shall be binding upon the Borrower and shall not result in any liability on the part of the Lender to the Borrower.

2A.5 Reliance by the Lender. To the extent not inconsistent with Section 2A.4, the Lender shall be entitled to rely on and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any Letter of Credit, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, electronic facsimile transmission, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Lender.

SECTION III

CONDITIONS OF LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1. Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans. The obligation of the Lender to make the initial Loans and to issue the initial Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the Closing Date:

18

(a) The Lender shall have received the following agreements, documents, certificates and opinions in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto:

(i) This Agreement;

(ii) The Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto;

(iii) The Security Documents;

(iv) a UCC-l Financing Statement covering the Collateral;

(v) UCC-3 Termination Statements to terminate Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) of Persons ether than the Lender of record against the Collateral;

(vi) Certificates of insurance or insurance binders evidencing compliance with Section 5.3 hereof and the applicable provisions of the Security Documents;

(vii) Borrowing Base Report as of the Closing Date;

(viii) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower with respect to resolutions of its Board of Directors or other authorized Committee thereof, authorizing the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and identifying the officer(s) authorized to execute, deliver and take all other actions required under this Agreement, and providing specimen signatures of such officer(s);

(ix) The Certificate of Incorporation of the Borrower and all amendments and supplements thereto, as flied in the office of the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of formation, certified by said Secretary of State as being a true and correct copy thereof;

(x) The By-laws of the Borrower and all amendments and supplements thereto, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower as being a true and correct copy thereof;

(xi) A certificate of the Secretary of State of the Borrower's jurisdiction of incorporation as to legal existence and good standing of the Borrower in such state;

(xii) A certificate of the Secretaries of State of each state in which the Borrower is doing business as to the due qualification and good standing of the Borrower as a foreign, corporation in such states;

(xiii) An opinion addressed to the Lender from Goodwin, Procter, LLP , counsel to the Borrower;

(xiv) A certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower as to the solvency of the

19

Borrower, the accuracy of the Borrower's representations and warranties and such other matters as the Lender may request;

(xv) A report in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto signed on behalf of the Borrower by its chief financial officer with respect to the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.6; and

(xvi) Such other documents, instruments, opinions and certificates, and completion of such other matters, as the Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

(b) No litigation, arbitration, proceeding or investigation shall be pending or threatened which questions the validity or legality of the transactions contemplated by any Loan Document or seeks a restraining order, injunction or damages in connection therewith, or which, in the judgment of the Lender, might adversely affect the transactions contemplated hereby or might have a materially adverse affect on the assets, business financial condition or prospects of the Borrower.

(c) All necessary filings and recordings against the Collateral shall have been completed and the Lender's liens on the Collateral shall have been perfected, as contemplated by the Security Documents.

(d) The Borrower shall have paid to the Lender all fees to be paid hereunder on or prior to the Closing Date.

3.2. Conditions Precedent to all Loans and Letters of Credit. The obligation of the Lender to make any Loan, including the initial Loan, and to issue any Letter of Credit is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) Receipt by the Lender of a Borrowing Base Report, together with an Accounts Receivable aging report and such other information regarding Accounts Receivable as the Lender may require, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, and the Notice of Borrowing with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan or the Letter of Credit Application and Agreement with respect to any Letter of Credit;

(b) The Borrower shall have satisfied the conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2A.l hereof;

(c) The outstanding Loans and Letters of Credit do not and, after giving effect to any requested Loan or Letter of Credit, will not exceed the limitations set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2A.1(a) hereof;

(d) The representations and warranties contained in Section IV shall be true and accurate in all material respects on and as of the date of such Notice of Borrowing or Letter of Credit Application and on the effective date of the making of each Loan or issuance of each Letter of Credit as though made at and as of each such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date);

20

(e) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and immediately after the making of such requested Loan or the issuance of such requested Letter of Credit;

(f) The resolutions referred to in Section 3.1 shall remain in full force and effect; and

(g) No change shall have occurred in any law or regulation or interpretation thereof that, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Lender, would make it illegal or against the policy of any governmental agency or authority for the Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans hereunder or to issue Letters of Credit hereunder (as the case may be).

The making of each Loan and the issuance of each Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in subsection (c) of this Section 3.2 and of the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 3.2.

SECTION IV.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce the Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans and to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that except as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto:

4.1. Organization; Qualification; Business.

(a) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (all of which are listed in Exhibit C attached hereto) (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation, (ii) has all requisite power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as presently contemplated and (iii) is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation and is duly authorized to do business in each jurisdiction (all of which are listed on Exhibit C attached hereto) where the nature of its properties or business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, assets or properties of the Borrower or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(b) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statement, the Borrower has continued to engage in substantially the same business as that in which it was then engaged and is engaged in no unrelated business.

4.2. Corporate Authority; No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby are within the power and authority of' the Borrower and have been authorized by all necessary corporate proceedings, and do not and will not (a) contravene any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Borrower or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Borrower, (b) contravene any

21

provision of, or constitute an event of default or event that, but for the requirement that time elapse or notice be given, or both, would constitute an event of default under, any other agreement, instrument, order or undertaking binding on the Borrower, or (c) result in or require the imposition of any Encumbrance on any of the properties, assets or rights of the Borrower, except in favor of the Lender.

4.3. Valid Obligations. The Loan Documents and all of their respective terms and provisions are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and except as the remedy of specific performance or of injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought. The Security Documents have effectively created in favor of the Lender legal, valid and enforceable security interests in the Collateral and such security interests are fully perfected first priority security interests.

4.4. Consents or Approvals. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated herein do not require any approval or consent of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or other agency or authority, or any other Person (including without limitation any lessor or lessee of Borrower's properties), except under or as contemplated by the Security Documents.

4.5. Title to Properties; Absence of Encumbrances. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all of the properties, assets and rights of every name and nature now purported to be owned by it, and good and valid leasehold title to all of the properties, assets and rights of every name and nature now purported to be leased by it, including, without limitation, such properties, assets and rights as are reflected in the Audited Financial Statements (except such properties, assets or rights as have been disposed of in the ordinary course of business since the date thereof), free from all Encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances, and free from all defects of title that might materially adversely affect such properties, assets or rights, or Borrower's or its Subsidiaries' operations conducted with respect thereto, taken as a whole. All material leases under which Borrower or its Subsidiaries is the lessor or lessee are in full force and effect and there are no existing defaults or events that with the giving of notice or passage of time or both could ripen into defaults, by the Borrower or, to the Borrower's knowledge, the lessor thereunder. No third parties possess any rights with respect to any of Borrower's or its Subsidiaries owned or, to the Borrower's knowledge, leased properties, the exercise of which would have a material adverse effect on the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their respective operations, taken as a whole. All real property owned or leased by the Borrower (other than short-term residential rentals) is described in Exhibit C hereto.

4.6. Financial Statements; Indebtedness,

(a) The Borrower has furnished to the Lender its audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2006, March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2004 (the "Audited Financial Statement"). All such financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods specified and present fairly the

22

financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and the results of the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such periods in all material respects. The Borrower has also furnished to the Lender its pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of August 31, 2006 and projections of its future consolidated results of operations, all of which were reasonable when made and continue to be reasonable at the date hereof.

(b) At the date hereof, the Borrower has no Indebtedness or other material liabilities, debts or obligations, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due, including, but not limited to, liabilities or obligations on account of taxes or other governmental charges, that are not set forth on the Audited Financial Statement, on Exhibit C hereto or accrued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices since the date of the Audited Financial Statement.

4.7. Changes. Since the date of the Audited Financial Statement, there have been no changes in the assets, liabilities, financial, condition, business or prospects of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including as a result of any applicable law or governmental regulation, ruling or policy) other than changes in the ordinary course of business, the effect of which has not, in the aggregate, been materially adverse to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

4.8. Solvency. The Borrower has and, after giving effect to the Loans, will have, assets (both tangible and intangible) having a fair saleable value in excess of the amount required to pay the probable liability on its then-existing debts (whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent); the Borrower has and will have access to adequate capital for the conduct of its business and the discharge of its debts incurred in connection therewith as such debts mature; the Borrower was not insolvent immediately prior to the making of the Loans and immediately after giving effect thereto, the Borrower will not be insolvent.

4.9. Defaults. As of the date of this Agreement, no Default exists.

4.10. Taxes. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state and other tax returns required to be filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges due from any of them have been fully paid, except for such taxes, assessments or charges that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which (a) adequate reserves have been established and are being maintained in accordance with GAAP and (b) no lien has been filed to secure such taxes, assessments or charges. All such contests at the date hereof are described on Exhibit C hereto. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not executed any waiver that would have the effect of extending the applicable statute of limitations in respect of tax liabilities. The federal and state income tax returns of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not been audited or, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, otherwise examined by any federal or state taxing authority. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have established on their books reserves adequate for the payment of all federal, state and other tax liabilities.

4.11. Litigation. There is no litigation, arbitration, proceeding or investigation pending, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's officers, threatened, against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that, if adversely determined, may reasonably be expected to result

23

in a material judgment not fully covered by insurance, may reasonably be expected to result in a forfeiture of all or any substantial part of the property of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

4.12. Subsidiaries. All the Subsidiaries of the Borrower are listed on Exhibit C hereto. The Borrower (or any Subsidiary, if applicable) is the owner, free and clear of all Encumbrances, of all of the issued and outstanding stock or other equity interest of each Subsidiary. All shares of such stock or other equity interest held by the Borrower have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and no rights to subscribe to any additional shares have been granted, and no options, warrants or similar rights are outstanding

4.13. Investment Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

4.14. Compliance. The Borrower has all necessary permits, approvals, authorizations, consents, variances, licenses, franchises, registrations and other rights and privileges (including patents, trademarks, trade names and copyrights) to allow it to own and operate its business and properties without any violation of laws, regulations, authorizations and orders of public authorities (including without limitation Environmental Laws) or the rights of others, except to the extent that any such violation would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. The Borrower and each Subsidiary are duly authorized, qualified and licensed under, and the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and all real properties owned or leased by them are in compliance with, all applicable laws, regulations, authorizations and orders of public authorities, including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, except to the extent that any such failure to be so authorized, qualified, licensed or in compliance would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. The Borrower and each Subsidiary have performed all obligations required to be performed by it under, and is not in default under or in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or any other agreement, lease, mortgage, note, bond, indenture license or other instrument or undertaking to which it is a party or by which any of it or any of its properties are bound, except for violations none of which, either individually or in the aggregate, would have any material adverse effect on the business, condition (financial or otherwise) or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

4.15. ERISA. The Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA and the provisions of the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder applicable to the Plans. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, including by reason of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates. None of the Plans had any "unfunded benefit liabilities" (within the meaning of
Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto.

4.16. Environmental Matters.

24

(a) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all permits, licenses and authorizations required under any Environmental Law, and are also in compliance with all applicable orders, decrees, judgments and injunctions, issued, entered, promulgated or approved under any Environmental Law, except to the extent failure to comply would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Borrower and it Subsidiaries.

(b) No written notice, notification, demand, request for information, citation, summons or order has been issued and is outstanding, no complaint has been filed, no penalty has been assessed and no investigation or review is pending or, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, threatened by any governmental or other entity (i) with respect to any alleged failure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to have any permit, license or authorization required in connection with the conduct of its business or to comply with any Environmental Laws, except to the extent such failure would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (ii) regarding the presence of any Hazardous Material at, on or under any property now or previously owned, or, to the Borrower's knowledge, leased or used, by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any other location to which Hazardous Materials generated or used by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from such property had been transported or which they have been disposed of.

(c) No material oral or written notification of a release of a Hazardous Material has been filed by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and no property now or previously owned, or, to the Borrowers knowledge, leased or used, by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, proposed for listing on the National Priorities List under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, or on any similar state list of sites requiring investigation or clean-up.

(d) There are no Encumbrances arising under or pursuant to any Environmental Law on any of the real property or properties owned, or, to the Borrower's knowledge, leased or used, by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and no governmental actions have been taken or, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, are in process which could subject any of such properties to such liens or Encumbrances or, as a result of which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries would be required to place any notice or restriction relating to the presence of Hazardous Materials at any property owned by it in any deed to such property.

(e) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any previous owner, tenant, occupant or user of any property owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has (i) engaged in or permitted any operations or activities upon or any use or occupancy of any owned, leased or used property, or any portion thereof, for the handling, manufacture, treatment, storage, use, generation, release, discharge, refining, dumping or disposal of any Hazardous Materials on, under, in or about such property, except to the extent commonly used in day-to-day operations of such property and in such case only in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws, or (ii) transported any Hazardous Materials to, from or across such property except to the extent commonly used in day-to-day operations of

25

such property and, in such case, in compliance in all material respects with, all Environmental Laws; nor to the best knowledge of the Borrower have any Hazardous Materials migrated from other properties upon, about or beneath such property, nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, are any Hazardous Materials presently constructed, deposited, stored or otherwise located on, under, in or about such property except to the extent commonly used in day-to-day operations of such property and, in such case, in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws.

4.17. Restrictions on the Borrower. The Borrower is not party to or bound by any contract, agreement or instrument, nor subject to any charter or other corporate restriction which will, under current or foreseeable conditions, materially and adversely affect the business, property, assets, operations or conditions, financial or otherwise of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

4.18. Labor Relations. There is (i) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, before the National Labor Relations Board, and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, except for such complaints, grievances and arbitration proceedings which, if adversely decided, would not have a material and adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, business or results of operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for any such labor action as would not have a material and adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise) properties, business or results of operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) to the best knowledge of the Borrower, no union representation question exists with respect to the employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, no union organizing activities are taking place, except for any such question or activities as would not have a material and adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, business or results of operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

4.19. Trade Relations. There exists no actual or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened termination, cancellation or limitation of, or any material modification or change in, the business relationship between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any customer or any group of customers whose purchases, individually or in the aggregate; are material to the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or with any material vendor, except in each case, where the same could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, assets or properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

4.20. Margin Rules. The Borrower does not own or have any present intention of purchasing or carrying, and no portion of any Loan shall be used for purchasing or carrying, any "margin security" or "margin stock" as such terms are used in Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

26

4.21. Disclosure. No representation or warranty made by the Borrower in any Loan Document and no document or information furnished to the Lender by or on behalf of or at the request of the Borrower in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made.

SECTION V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower covenants that so long as any Loan, Letter of Credit or other Obligation remains outstanding or the Lender has any obligation to lend or to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder:

5.1. Financial Statements. The Borrower shall furnish to the Lender:

(a) As soon as available to the Borrower, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending March 31, 2007, the Borrower's consolidated and consolidating balance sheets as of the end of such fiscal year and related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow for such year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited and certified without qualification by the Borrower's Accountants in the case of such consolidated statements, and certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower in the case of such consolidating statements; and, concurrently with such financial statements, a copy of the Borrower's Accountants management report.;

(b) As soon as available to the Borrower, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Borrower's consolidated and consolidating balance sheets as of the end of and related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow for, the fiscal quarter then ended and the portion of the year then ended prepared in accordance with GAAP and certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, except for lack of footnotes and subject to normal, recurring year-end adjustments that shall not in the aggregate be material in amount;

(c) Concurrently with the delivery of each financial statement pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 5.1, a covenant compliance report in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto signed on behalf of the Borrower by its chief financial officer;

(d) Deleted;

(e) So long as any Loan is outstanding, as soon as available, but in any event within 20 days after the end of each month, and so long as no Loan is outstanding, as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, a Borrowing Base Report, together with an Accounts Receivable aging report and such other information regarding Accounts Receivable as the Lender may require;

27

(f) As soon as available to the Borrower, but in any event within 90 days after the beginning of each fiscal year, the Borrower's projections for such fiscal year, prepared on a quarterly basis and including consolidated balance sheets and statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows;

(g) Promptly after the receipt thereof by the Borrower, copies of any reports (including any so-called management letters) submitted to the Borrower by independent public accountants in connection with any annua1 or interim review of the accounts of' the Borrower made by such accountants;

(h)Deleted; and

(i) From time to time, such other financial data and information about the Borrower or its Subsidiaries as the Lender may reasonably request.

5.2. Conduct of Business. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall:

(a) Duly observe and comply in all material respects with all laws, regulations, decrees, orders, judgments and valid requirements of any governmental authorities applicable to its corporate existence, rights and franchises, to the conduct of its business and to its property and assets (including without limitation all Environmental Laws and ERISA), and shall maintain and keep in full force and effect and comply in all material respects with all licenses and permits necessary to the proper conduct of its business, except where the failure to comply in any instance would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(b) Maintain their existence (except to the extent permitted pursuant to
Section 7.4) and remain or engage substantially in the same business as that in which they are now engaged and in no unrelated business.

5.3 Maintenance and Insurance.

(a) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall maintain their properties in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted, as required for the normal conduct of their business.

(b) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall at all times maintain liability and casualty insurance on its properties (including all Collateral) with financially sound and reputable insurers in such amounts and with such coverages, endorsements, deductibles and expiration dates as the officers of the Borrower in the exercise of their reasonable judgment deem to be adequate, as are customary in the industry for companies of established reputation engaged in the same or similar business and owning or operating similar properties and as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. The Lender shall be named as loss payee only with respect to any insurance policy in Borrower's name, additional insured and/or mortgagee under such insurance as the Lender shall require from time to time, and the Borrower shall provide to the Lender lass payable endorsements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the

28

Lender. In addition, the Lender shall be given thirty (30) days advance notice of any cancellation of insurance. In the event of failure to provide and maintain insurance as herein provided, the Lender may, at its option, provide such insurance and charge the amount thereof to the Borrower as a Revolving Credit Loan. The Borrower shall furnish to the Lender certificates or other evidence satisfactory to the Lender of compliance with the foregoing insurance provisions. The Lender shall not, by the fact of approving, disapproving or accepting any such insurance, incur any liability for the form or legal sufficiency of insurance contracts, solvency of insurance companies or payment of law suits, and the Borrower hereby expressly assumes full responsibility therefore and liability, if any, thereunder.

5.4 Taxes. The Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes, assessments or governmental charges on or against it or any of its Subsidiaries or its or their properties on or prior to the time when they become due; except for any tax, assessment or charge that is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established and are being maintained in accordance with GAAP if no Encumbrance shall have been flied to secure such tax, assessment or charge.

5.5. Inspection. The Borrower shall permit the Lender and its designees, at any reasonable time and at reasonable intervals of time, and upon reasonable notice (or if a Default shall have occurred and is continuing, at any time and without prior notice), to (i) visit and inspect the United States properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (ii) examine and make copies of and take abstracts from the United States books and records of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) discuss the affairs, finances, and accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with their appropriate officers, employees and independent accountants, all at the expense of the Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will permit reviews, at least once annually (and semi-annually until such time as Borrower has provided audited fiscal financial statements to Lender as required pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Agreement) and during any period in which Loans have remained outstanding for at least thirty (30) days, of the United States books and records of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to be carried out at the Borrower's expense by commercial finance examiners (whether employed by the Lender or by third parties) designated by the Lender. The Borrower shall also permit the Lender to arrange for verification of Accounts Receivable, under reasonable procedures, directly with any account debtors or by other methods.

5.6. Maintenance of Books and Records. The Borrower shall keep adequate books and records of account, in which true and complete entries will be made reflecting all of its and its Subsidiaries' business and financial transactions in accordance with GAAP and applicable law.

5.7. Use of Proceeds.

(a) The Borrower will use the proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans solely for the working capital needs of the Borrower, including the payment of the costs and expenses of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) No portion of any Loan shall be used for the "purpose of purchasing or carrying" any "margin stock" or "margin security" as such terms are used in Regulations T, U and X of the

29

Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or otherwise in violation of such regulations.

5.8. Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time the Borrower shall execute and deliver such further documents and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by the Lender to affect the purposes of the Loan Documents.

5.9. Notification Requirements. The Borrower shall furnish to the Lender:

(a) Promptly upon becoming aware of the existence of any condition or event that constitutes a Default, written notice thereof specifying the nature and duration, thereof and the action being or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(b) Promptly upon becoming aware of any litigation or of any investigative proceedings by a governmental agency or authority commenced or threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of which they have notice, the outcome of which would or might have a materially adverse effect on the assets, business or prospects of the Borrower alone or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, written notice thereof and the action being or proposed to be taken with respect thereto; and

(c) Promptly after any occurrence or after becoming aware of any condition affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary which might constitute a material adverse change in or which might have a material adverse effect on the business, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower alone or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, written notice thereof.

5.10. ERISA Compliance and Reports.

(a) Each Plan shall comply in all material respects with ERISA and the Code, except to the extent failure to comply in any instance would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(b) With respect to any Plan, the Borrower shall, or shall cause its ERISA Affiliates to furnish to the Lender promptly as soon as possible and in any event within 10 days after the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates knows that any ERISA Event has occurred or expected to occur, a statement of the chief financial officer of the Borrower describing such ERISA Event, including copies of any notice concerning such ERISA Event received from the PBGC, a plan administrator, or from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor, and the action, if any, the Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto promptly after the adoption of any Pension Plan, the Borrower shall notify the Lender of such adoption.

5.11. Environmental Compliance.

(a) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws in all jurisdictions in which any of them operates now or in the future, and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries will comply in all material respects with all such Environmental Laws that may in the future be applicable to the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's business, properties and assets.

30

(b) If the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) receive notice that any material violation of any Environmental Law may have been committed or is about to be committed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (ii) receive notice that any administrative or judicial complaint or order has been filed or is about to be filed against the Borrower or any Subsidiary alleging a material violation of any Environmental Law requiring the Borrower or any Subsidiary to take any action in connection with the release of Hazardous Materials into the environment, (iii) receive any notice from a federal, state or local government agency or private party alleging that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may be liable or responsible for any material amount of costs associated with a response to or cleanup of a release of Hazardous Materials into the environment or any damages caused thereby, (iv) become aware of any investigative action or proceedings by a governmental agency or authority commenced or threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries regarding any potential violation of Environmental Laws or any spill, release, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Material or (v) notify any governmental agency or authority regarding any potential violation of Environmental Laws or any spill, release, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Material by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Lender thereof (together with a copy of any such notice) and of any action being or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and thereafter shall continue to furnish to the Lender all further notices, demands, reports and other information regarding the foregoing.

5.12. Loss or Depreciation of Collateral. The Borrower shall, notify the Lender promptly of the occurrence at any time of the following events if, individually or in the aggregate, the amount involved in connection with such events exceeds $750,000.00: (i) rejection or return of any goods or services giving rise to an Eligible Account to the extent such rejection or return is not in the ordinary course of business, (ii) repossession, loss of or damage to any goods giving rise to any Eligible Account; (iii) any request by an account debtor for credit, adjustment, set off or counterclaim of or with respect to an Eligible Account; (iv) any adjustment by the Borrower of the amount owing on an Eligible Account; (v) any goods, services or other dispute; (vi) any material delay in the Borrower's performance of any of its obligations to any customer if the Borrower has an Eligible Account with such customer; and (vii) any other material event affecting Eligible Accounts or the value or amount thereof, including without limitation any event which would result in an Eligible Account no longer qualifying as an Eligible Account.

5.13. Operating Accounts. Borrower shall continue to use Lender as the primary depository bank for the Borrower's United States-based operating accounts.

SECTION VI

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

The Borrower covenants that so long as any Loan, Letter of Credit or other Obligation remains outstanding, or the Lender has any obligation to make any Loan or issue any Letter of Credit hereunder:

6.1. Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The Borrower shall at all times maintain a

31

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than (a) $45,000,000.00 as of March 31, 2006, and (b) for each fiscal quarter thereafter, an amount equal to (i) the amount of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth required to be maintained for the preceding fiscal quarter, plus (ii) 50.0% of Consolidated Net Income for such preceding fiscal quarter (for purposes of this clause (ii), only positive Consolidated Net Income shall be included and any net losses shall be disregarded).

6.2. Cash Requirements.

(a) The Borrower and Virtusa Securities Corporation shall at all times maintain aggregate cash and cash equivalents in United States based accounts, or otherwise on hand in the United States, of not less than $10,000,000.00, net of any outstanding Loans or Reimbursement Obligations.

(b) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall at all times maintain cash and cash equivalents including both foreign-based accounts and United States-based accounts of at least $15,000,000.00.

(c) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not at any time hold cash and cash equivalents in foreign-based accounts, or otherwise on hand outside the United States, in excess of $20,000,000.00.

6.3 Maximum Net Loss. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not incur
(i) a consolidated net loss in an amount greater than $1,250,000.00 (plus FAS123R charges) in any fiscal quarter, or (ii) a consolidated net loss in any two consecutive fiscal quarters.

6.4. Capital Expenditures. The Borrower shall not make aggregate Capital Expenditures equal to or in excess of $7,500,000.00 during the fiscal year ending March 31, 2007 or any fiscal year thereafter.

SECTION VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower covenants that so long as any Loan, Letter of Credit or other Obligation remains outstanding or the Lender has any obligation to make any Loan or to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder, without the prior written consent of the Lender:

7.1. Indebtedness. Neither Borrower nor Virtusa Securities Corporation shall create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness other than the following:

(a) Obligations;

(b) Indebtedness existing as of the date of this Agreement and disclosed on Exhibit C hereto but not any increase in the principal amounts thereof nor any renewals or refinancings thereof;

32

(c) Indebtedness for taxes, assessments or governmental charges to the extent that payment therefore shall at the time not be required to be made in accordance with Section 5.4;

(d) Current trade liabilities on open account for the purchase price of services, materials and supplies incurred by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business (not as a result of borrowing), so long as all of such open account Indebtedness shall be promptly paid and discharged when due or in conformity with customary trade terms and practices, except for any such open account Indebtedness which is being contested in good faith by the Borrower, as to which adequate reserves required by GAAP have been established and are being maintained and as to which no Encumbrance has been placed on any property of the Borrower;

(e) Intentionally Omitted;

(f) Other Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business and renewals and refinancings thereof, provided that such Indebtedness does not exceed $1,000,000.00 in the aggregate at any time outstanding; and

(g) Guarantees permitted under Section 7.2 hereof.

7.2. Contingent Liabilities. Neither the Borrower nor Virtusa Securities Corporation shall create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Guarantees other than (i) Guarantees existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed on Exhibit C hereto, (ii) Guarantees resulting from the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Guarantees in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000.00 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, and (iv) Guarantees of employee loans and obligations in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000.00 in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

7.3. Encumbrances. Neither the Borrower nor Virtusa Securities Corporation shall create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or other charge or encumbrance of any kind, including the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor, upon or with respect to any of its property or assets ("Encumbrances"), or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale or discount of Accounts Receivable with or without recourse, except the following ("Permitted Encumbrances"):

(a) Encumbrances in favor of the Lender to secure Obligations;

(b) Encumbrances existing as of the date of this Agreement and disclosed in Exhibit C hereto;

(c) Intentionally Omitted;

(d) Encumbrances securing Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 7.1(f);

(e) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental charges to the extent that

33

payment of the same may be postponed or is not required in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4;

(f) Landlords' and lessors' liens in respect of rent not in default or liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, social security laws, or similar legislation (other than ERISA) or in connection with appeal and similar bonds incidental to litigation; mechanics', warehouseman's, laborers' and materialmen's and similar liens, if the obligations secured by such liens are not then delinquent; liens securing the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of money); and liens securing statutory obligations or surety, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds incidental to the conduct of the borrower's or a Subsidiary's business in the ordinary course and that do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of its property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

(g) Judgment liens securing judgments that (i) are not fully covered by insurance, and (ii) shall not have been in existence for a period longer than 30 days after the creation thereof or, if a stay of execution shall have been obtained, for a period longer than 30 days after the expiration of such stay;

(h) Rights of lessors under capital leases to the extent such capital leases are permitted hereunder;

(i) Easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar charges or Encumbrances relating to real property and not interfering in a material way with the ordinary conduct of the Borrower's business; and

(j) Liens constituting a renewal, extension or replacement of any Permitted Encumbrance.

7.4. Merger: Purchase. Sale or Lease of Assets; Reorganization; Liquidation.

(a) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not:

(i) Acquire the capital stock or other equity interests or all or substantially all of the assets of another Person, whether or not involving a merger or consolidation with such other Person, unless (w) such other Person is in substantially the same field of business as the Borrower and substantially all of the assets acquired in such acquisition are used or useful to the business of the Borrower by the Borrower, (x) the total purchase price far any single acquisition does not exceed $4,000,000.00 (unless a greater amount is consented to by the Lender), (y) if a merger, the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries is the survivor of such merger and (z) both immediately before and after giving effect to such acquisition, no Default shall exist;

(ii) Merge or consolidate into or with any other Person, or commence a reorganization, other than (x) a merger of any Subsidiary with and into the Borrower, with the Borrower as the survivor of such merger, (y) a merger or consolidation into or with another Person, or a reorganization, in each case, where the holders of more than 50.0% of the ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the members of the board of directors of the

34

Borrower prior to such transaction retain such power after the transaction, or
(z) a merger permitted by Section 7.4(a)(i) above; or

(iii) Liquidate or dissolve, except that any wholly-owned Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve.

(b) The Borrower shall not sell, lease (as lessor) or otherwise dispose of any assets or properties, other than sales of Qualified investments and inventory and obsolete or worn out equipment, in each case in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices.

7.5. Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any additional shares of its capital stock or other equity securities, any options therefore or any securities convertible thereto, other than to the Borrower. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the capital stock or other equity securities of a Subsidiary, except to the Borrower or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

7.6. Restricted Payments. The Borrower shall not pay, make, declare or authorize any Restricted Payment other than:

(a) Compensation paid to employees, officers and directors in the ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent business practices;

(b) Dividends payable solely in common stock;

(c) Dividends paid by any Subsidiary to the Borrower; and

(d) Redemptions of shares of capital stock of the Borrower which are "restricted securities" (as defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933) in an amount not to exceed 5.0% of the aggregate total voting stock of the Borrower issued and outstanding on a fully diluted basis.

7.7. Investments; Purchases of Assets. The Borrower shall not make or maintain any Investments or purchase or otherwise acquire any material amount of assets other than:

(a) Investments existing on the date hereof in Subsidiaries;

(b) Qualified Investments;

(c) Capital Expenditures to the extent permitted by Section 6.4;

(d) Normal trade credit extended in the ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent business practice;

(e) Advances to employees for business related expenses to be incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices in an amount not to exceed $500,000.00 in the aggregate outstanding at any one time, provided that advances to any single employee shall

35

not exceed $50,000.00 in the aggregate;

(f) Investments in any Subsidiary of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business or any other investment in a Subsidiary which does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate; and

(g) Loans to any Person (including employees) not in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $300,000.00 in the aggregate outstanding at any one time.

7.8. ERISA Compliance. Neither the Borrower nor any of its ERISA Affiliates nor any Plan shall (i) engage in any Prohibited Transaction which would have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) incur any "accumulated funding deficiency" (within the meaning of Section 412(a) of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, (iii) permit to exist any material amount of "unfunded benefit liabilities" (within the meaning of Section 4001.(a)(1 8) of ERISA), (iv) terminate any Pension Plan in a manner which could result in the imposition of a lien on any property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (v) fail to make any required contribution to any Multiemployer Plan or (vi) completely or partially withdraw from a Multiemployer Plan if such complete or partial withdrawal will result in any material withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA.

7.9. Transactions with Affiliates. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower will not directly or indirectly, enter into any purchase, sale, lease or other transaction with any Affiliate except (i) transactions in the ordinary course of business on terms that are no less favorable to the Borrower than those which might be obtained at the time in a comparable arm's length transaction with any Person who is not an Affiliate, including without limitation, any transfer pricing, service fee or similar agreements between or among Borrower and its Affiliates, (ii) employment contracts with senior management of the Borrower entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent business practices and (iii) for the avoidance of doubt, transactions relating to Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower will not directly or indirectly, pay any management, consulting, overhead, indemnity, guarantee or other similar fee or charge to any Affiliate; and

7.10. Fiscal Year. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not change their March 31 fiscal year ends without the prior written consent of the Lender.

SECTION VIII

DEFAULTS

8.1. Events of Default. There shall be an Event of Default hereunder if any of the following events occurs:

(a) The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan, any Reimbursement Obligation or any interest, fees or other amounts owing by it under any Loan Document or in respect of any Obligation when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity or at any accelerated date of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment; or

36

(b) The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to perform or comply with any term., covenant or agreement applicable to it contained in Sections 5.1,5.2(b), 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.9, 5.11, 6 and 7 of this Agreement; or

(c) The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to perform or comply with any term, covenant or agreement applicable to it (other than as specified in subsections 8,1(a) or (b) hereof) contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and such default shall continue for ten (10) Business Days; or

(d) Any representation or warranty of the Borrower made in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, notice or other writing delivered hereunder or thereunder shall prove to have been false in any material respect upon the date when made or deemed to have been made; or

(e) The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay when due (after any applicable period of grace) any amount payable (i) under any Indebtedness exceeding $500,000.00 in principal amount or (ii) under any agreement for the use a real or personal property requiring aggregate payments in excess of $500,000.00 in any twelve month period, or fail to observe or perform any term, covenant or agreement evidencing or securing such indebtedness or relating to such agreement for the use of real or personal property; or

(f) The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, liquidator or similar official of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) be generally not paying its debts as such debts become due, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) commence a voluntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect), (v) take any action or commence any case or proceeding under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up or composition or adjustment of debts, or any other law providing for the relief of debtors, (vi) fail to contest in a timely or appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code or other law, or (vii) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

(g) A proceeding or case shall be commenced against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, without the application or consent of such Borrower or such Subsidiary in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) the liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up, or composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or the like of it or of all or any substantial part of its assets, or (iii) similar relief in respect of it, under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up or composition or adjustment of debts or any other law providing for the relief of debtors, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of 30 days; or an order for relief shall be entered in an involuntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, against the Borrower or such Subsidiary; or action under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries similar to any of the foregoing shall be taken with respect to the Borrower or such Subsidiary and shall continue

37

unstayed and in effect for a period of 45 days; or

(h) A judgment or order for the payment of money shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by any court, or a warrant of attachment or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against property of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, that in the aggregate exceeds $500,000.00 in value, the payment of which is not fully covered by insurance in excess of any deductibles not exceeding $50,000.00 in the aggregate, and such judgment, order, warrant or process shall continue undischarged or unstayed for 30 days; or

(i) There shall occur a cessation of a substantial. part of the business of the Borrower for a period which materially adversely affects Borrower's capacity to continue its business on a profitable basis; or the Borrower shall suffer the loss or revocation of any material license or permit now held or hereafter acquired which is necessary to the continued or lawful operation of its business; or Borrower shall be enjoined, restrained or in any other way prevented by a court, governmental or administrative order from conducting all or any material part of its business; or

(j) The Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall fail to pay when due any material amount that they shall have become liable to pay to the PBGC or to a Plan under Title IV of ERISA, unless such liability is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, the Borrower or the ERISA Affiliate, as the case may be, has established and is maintaining adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP and no lien shall have been filed to secure such liability; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any such Plan or Plans; or a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that any such Plan or Plans must be terminated; or

(k) Any of the Loan Documents shall be canceled, terminated, revoked or rescinded otherwise than in accordance with the express terms thereof or with the express prior written agreement, consent or approval of the Lender, or any action at law or in equity or other legal proceeding to cancel, revoke or rescind any Loan Document shall be commenced by or on behalf of the Borrower, or any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency of competent jurisdiction shall make a determination that, or shall issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to the effect that, any one or mare of the Loan Documents is illegal, invalid or unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof, or any Encumbrance in favor of the Lender created under any of the Loan Documents shall at any time (other than by reason of the Lender relinquishing such Encumbrance) cease in any material respect to constitute a valid and, to the extent applicable, perfected Encumbrance on any material portion of the Collateral.

8.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in subsections 8.1(f) and (g), immediately and automatically, and upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, at any time thereafter while such Event of Default is continuing, at the option of the Lender and upon the Lender's declaration:

(a) The obligation of the Lender to make any further Loans and to issue any Letters of Credit hereunder shall terminate;

38

(b) The unpaid principal amount of the Loans together with accrued interest, all Reimbursement Obligations and all other Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived;

(c) The Borrower shall immediately pledge to Lender cash collateral in an amount determined by Lender to be sufficient to fully secure any Obligations of Borrower to Lender with respect to any issued Letters of Credit; and

(d) The Lender may exercise any and all rights it has under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or at law or in equity, and proceed to protect and enforce its rights by any action at law or in equity or by any other appropriate proceeding.

No remedy conferred upon the Lender in the Loan Documents is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or by any other provision of law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or of any of the terms and provisions of any of the Security Documents, if and when the Lender exercises remedies under the Security Documents with respect to Collateral, the Lender may, in its sole discretion, determine which items and types of Collateral to dispose of and in what order and may dispose of Collateral in any order the Lender shall select in its sole discretion, and the Borrower consents to the foregoing and waives all rights of marshalling with respect to all Collateral.

SECTION IX

ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATJON

9.1. Assignment.

(a) Citizens shall have the right to assign at any time any portion of its Commitment hereunder and its interests in the risk relating to any Loans to other banks or financial institutions (each an "Assignee") and to furnish from time to time to prospective Assignees copies of the Loan Documents and any information concerning the Borrower in its possession, provided that if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Assignee which is not an Affiliate of Citizens or a Federal Reserve Bank shall be subject to prior approval by the Borrower (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Each Assignee shall execute and deliver to Citizens and the Borrower a joinder agreement. Upon the execution and delivery of such joinder agreement, (a) such Assignee shall, on the date and to the extent provided in such joinder agreement, become a "Lender" party to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall have all rights and obligations of a "Lender" with a Commitment as set forth in such joinder agreement, and Citizens shall, on the date and to the extent provided in such joinder agreement, be released prospectively from its obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to a corresponding extent (and, in the case of an assignment covering all of the

39

remaining portion of Citizens' rights and obligations under this Agreement, Citizens shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.3 and to any fees accrued for its account hereunder and not yet paid); (b) the assigning Lender, if it holds the Note, shall promptly surrender the Note to the Borrower for cancellation, provided that if Citizens has retained any Commitment, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to Citizens a new Note in the amount of its retained Commitment; (c) the Borrower shall issue to such Assignee a Note in the amount of such Assignee's Commitment, dated the Closing Date or such other date as may be specified by such Assignee and otherwise completed in substantially the form of Exhibit A (d) this Agreement shall be deemed appropriately amended to reflect (i) the status of such Assignee as a party hereto and (ii) the status and rights of the Lender hereunder; and (e) the Borrower shall take such action as Citizens may reasonably request to perfect any security interests or mortgages in favor of the Lender, including any Assignee which becomes a party to this Agreement.

(b) If the Assignee, or any Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof; is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof: such Assignee shall execute and deliver to the Borrower, simultaneously with or prior to such Assignee's execution and delivery of the counterpart joinder described above in Section 9.1(a), and such Participant shall execute and deliver to the Lender granting the participation, a United Stares Internal Revenue Service Form W 8EC1 or W 8BEN (or any successor form), appropriately completed, wherein such Assignee or Participant claims entitlement to complete exemption from United States Federal Withholding Tax on all interest payments hereunder and all fees payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, The Borrower shall not be required to pay any increased amount to any Assignee or other Lender on account of taxes to the extent such taxes would not have been payable if the Assignee or Participant had furnished one of the Forms referenced in this Section 9.1(b) unless the failure to furnish such a Form results from
(i) a condition or event affecting the Borrower or an act or failure to act of the Borrower or (ii) the adoption of or change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline affecting such Assignee or Participant occurring (x) after the date on which any such Assignee executes and delivers the counterpart joinder, or (y) after the date such Assignee shall otherwise comply with the provisions of
Section 9.1(a), or (z) after the date a Participant is granted its participation.

(c) The Lender may at any time pledge all or any portion of its rights under the Loan Documents, including any portion of the Note, to any of the twelve (12) Federal Reserve Banks organized under Section 4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 341. No such pledge or any enforcement thereof shall release the Lender from its obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

9.2. Participations. The Lender shall have the right at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Borrower, to grant participations to one or more banks or other financial institutions (each a "Participant") in all or any part of any Loans and Letter of Credit Participations owing to the Lender and the Note held by the Lender, and shall have the right to furnish from time to time to prospective Participants copies of the Loan Documents and any information concerning the Borrower in its possession. The Lender shall retain the sole right to approve, without the consent of any Participant, any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, provided that the documents evidencing any such

40

participation may provide that, except with the consent of such Participant, the Lender will not consent to (a) the reduction in or forgiveness of the stated principal of or rate of interest on or commitment fee with respect to the portion of any Loan subject to such participation, (b) the extension or postponement of any stated date fixed for payment of principal or interest or commitment fee with respect to the portion of any Loan subject to such participation, (a) the waiver or reduction of any right to indemnification o the Lender hereunder, or (d) except as otherwise permitted hereunder, the release of any Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no participation shall operate to increase the total Commitments hereunder or otherwise alter the substantive terms of this Agreement. In the event of any such sale by the Lender of participating interests to a Participant, the Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, the Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof; the Lender shall remain the holder of such Note for all purposes under this Agreement and the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lender in connection with the Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION X.

GENERAL

10.1. Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, all notices hereunder to any party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered by hand, or when sent by electronic facsimile transmission, or on the first Business Day after delivery to any overnight delivery service, freight pre-paid, or five (5) days after being sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and addressed to such party at its address indicated below:

If to the Borrower, at

2000 West Park Drive

Westborough, Massachusetts 01581 Attention: Chief Financial Officer Facsimile: (508) 366-9901

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Procter
Exchange Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Attention: John J. Egan III, PC. Facsimile: (617) ______

If to the Lender, at

53 State Street, 8th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Sharon Stone

41

Facsimile: (617) 742-9548

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Bartlett Hackett Feinberg, P.C. 155 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attention: John L. Hackett, Esq. Facsimile: (617) 422-0200

or at any other address specified by such parry in writing.

10.2. Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated, the Borrower promises to reimburse the Lender for all reasonable out-of-pocket fees and disbursements (including all reasonable attorneys' fees and collateral evaluation costs) incurred or expended in connection with the preparation, filing or recording, interpretation or administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or any amendment, modification, approval, consent or waiver hereof or thereof, or in connection with the enforcement of any Obligations, the exercise, preservation or enforcement of any rights, remedies or options of the Lender or the satisfaction of any Obligations, or in connection with any litigation, proceeding or dispute in any way related to the credit hereunder, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of outside legal counsel and the allocated costs of in house legal counsel, accounting, consulting, brokerage or other similar professional fees or expenses; all fees, charges (including the Lender's per diem charges) and expenses relating to any inspections, appraisals or examinations conducted in connection with the Loans or any Collateral; and all costs and expenses relating to any attempt to inspect, verify, protect, preserve, restore, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of or realize upon the Collateral, The amount of all such costs and expenses shall, until paid, bear interest at the rate applicable to Revolving Credit Loans and shall be an Obligation secured by the Collateral. The Borrower will pay any taxes (including any interest and penalties in respect thereof), other than the Lender's federal and state income taxes, payable on or with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (the Borrower hereby agreeing to indemnify the Lender with respect thereto).

10.3. Indemnification. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Lender, as well as its respective shareholders, directors, officers, agents, attorneys, subsidiaries and affiliates, from and against all damages, losses, settlement payments, obligations, liabilities, claims, suits, penalties, assessments, citations, directives, demands, judgments, actions or causes of action, whether statutorily created or under the common law, all reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, experts and consultants) and all other liabilities whatsoever (including, without limitation, liabilities under Environmental Laws) which shall at any time or times be incurred, suffered, sustained or required to be paid by any such indemnified Person (except any of the foregoing which result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified Person) on account of or in relation to or any way in connection with any of the arrangements or transactions contemplated by, associated with or ancillary to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other documents executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith, all as the same may be

42

amended from time to time, or with respect to any Letters of Credit, whether or not all or part of the transactions contemplated by, associated with or ancillary to this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any such other documents are ultimately consummated. In any investigation, proceeding or litigation, or the preparation therefore, the Lender shall select its own counsel and, in addition to the foregoing indemnity, the Borrower agrees to pay promptly the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. In the event of the commencement of any such proceeding or litigation, the Borrower shall be entitled to participate in such proceeding or litigation with counsel of its choice at its own expense, provided that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. The Borrower authorizes the Lender to charge any deposit account or Note Record which it may maintain with any of them for any of the foregoing. The covenants of this Section 10.3 shall survive payment or satisfaction of payment of all amounts owing with respect to the Note, any other Loan Document or any other Obligation.

10.4. Survival of Covenants. Etc. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein, in the other Loan Documents or in any documents or other papers delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant hereto or thereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Lender, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by it, and shall survive the making by the Lender of the Loans as herein contemplated and the termination of the Commitment, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligation remains outstanding and unpaid or the Lender has any obligation to make any Loans hereunder or has any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Sections 10.2 and 10.3 shall continue in full force and effect after the payment in full of all Obligations. All statements contained in any certificate or other writing delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant hereto or the other Loan Documents or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall constitute representations and warranties by the Borrower hereunder.

10.5. Set-Off. Regardless of the adequacy of any Collateral or other means of obtaining repayment of the Obligations, any deposits, balances or other sums credited by or due from the head office of the Lender or any of its branch offices to the Borrower may, at any time and from time to time without notice to the Borrower or compliance with any other condition precedent now or hereafter imposed by statute, rule of law, or otherwise (all of which are hereby expressly waived) be set off, appropriated, and applied by the Lender against any and all Obligations of the Borrower in such manner as the head office of the Lender or any of its branch offices in its sole discretion may determine, and the Borrower hereby grants the Lender a continuing security interest in such deposits, balances or other sums for the payment and performance of all such Obligations.

ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE THE LENDER TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL, WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHTS OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, BALANCES, OTHER SUMS AND PROPERTY OF THE BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

10.6. No Waivers. No failure or delay by the Lender in exercising any right, power or

43

privilege hereunder, under the Note or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. No waiver shall extend to or affect any Obligation not expressly waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing or omission on the part of the Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise be prejudicial thereto. No notice to or demand upon the Borrower shall entitle the Borrower to other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. The rights and remedies herein and in the Note and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies otherwise provided by agreement or law.

10.7. Amendments, Waivers, etc. Neither this Agreement nor the Note nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated except by a written instrument signed by the Lender and also, in the case of amendments, by the Borrower.

10.8. Binding Effect of Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Lender and their respective successors and assignees provided that the Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder.

10.9. Lost Note, Etc. Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of the Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the Note or any Security Document which is not a public record and, in the case of any such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, upon cancellation of such Note or Security Deposit, if available, the Borrower will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note or other Security Document in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor.

10.10. Captions; Counterparts. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof. This Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In proving this Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for mare than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

10.11. Entire Agreement. Etc. The Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection herewith or therewith express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede all prior agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10.12. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE LENDER HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY

44

PARTY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF THE LENDER RELATING TO THE ADMIMSTRATION OR ENFORCEMENT OF THE LOANS AND THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LITIGATION REFERRED TO IN THE PRECEDING SENTENCE ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES. THE BORROWER (a) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE LENDER HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE LENDER WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS AND
(b) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE LENDER HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS TO WHICH EACH IS A PARTY BECAUSE OF, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE BORROWER'S WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

10.13. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue. THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OF
THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SAID COMMONWEALTH (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). THE BORROWER CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY OF THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS LOCATED IN SUFFOLK COUNTY IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS TN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT TO ENFORCE THE RIGHTS OF THE LENDER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND CONSENTS TO SERVICE OP PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE BORROWER'S ADDRESS SET FORTH HEREIN. THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IN WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN THIS SECTION AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH ACTION THAT SUCH ACTION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

10.14 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction.

10.15. Amendment and Restatement. This Agreement has been given by Borrower to Bank to amend and restate the terms of a certain Credit Agreement dated June 23,2004 between Borrower and Citizens (the "Original Agreement"). The Borrower does not intend for the

45

amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement by this Agreement to constitute, nor shall it be deemed to constitute, a novation or extinguishment of the obligations of Borrower evidenced by the Original Agreement and this Agreement shall in no event impair, limit, reduce or otherwise discharge the liability of Borrower under the Original Agreement provided that the Bank and the Borrower hereby agree that from and after the date hereof all such liability shall be evidenced by and governed by the terms of this Agreement.

46

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Credit Agreement under seal as of' the date first above written.

WITNESS                                  VIRTUSA CORPORATION



/s/ Charles Speicher                     By: /s/ Kris Canekeratne
--------------------                         ---------------------------
Charles Speicher                             Chairman and Chief
Corporate Controller                         Executive Officer

                                         CITIZENS BANK



                                         By: /s/ Sharon A. Stone
--------------------                         --------------------------
                                             Sharon A. Stone
                                             Senior Vice President

47

AMENDED AND RESTATED
REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

$3,000,000.00 September 29, 2006

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the "Borrower") absolutely and unconditionally promises to pay to the order of CITIZENS BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS ("Payee") at 53 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109:

(a) on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the principal amount of THREE MILLION DOLLARS ($3,000,000.00) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans and Reimbursement Obligations owing to the Payee pursuant to the Credit Agreement of even date herewith, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the "Credit Agreement"), by and among the Borrower and the Payee; and

(b) interest on the principal balance hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof through and including the date on which such principal amount is paid in full, at the times and at the rates provided in the Credit Agreement.

This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject to the terms and conditions of and has been issued by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and is the Note referred to therein. The Payee and any holder hereof is entitled to the benefits and subject to the conditions of the Credit Agreement and may enforce the agreements of the Borrower contained therein, and any holder hereof may exercise the respective remedies provided for thereby or otherwise available in respect thereof, all in accordance with the respective terms thereof, This Note is secured by the Security Documents described in the Credit Agreement.

All capitalized terms used in this Note and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower has the right in certain circumstances and the obligation under certain other circumstances to repay or prepay the whole or part of the principal of this Note on the terms and conditions specified in the Agreement.

If any Event of Default shall occur, the entire unpaid principal amount at' this Note and all of the unpaid interest accrued thereon may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower and every endorser and guarantor of this Note or the obligation represented hereby waive presentment, demand, notice, protest and all other demands and notice in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note, assent to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral and to the addition or release of any other party or Person primarily or secondarily liable.

1

This Note shall be deemed to take effect as a sealed instrument under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and for au purposes shall be construed in accordance with such laws (without regard to conflicts of laws rules).

This Note has been given by Borrower to Bank to amend and restate the terms of a certain Revolving Credit Note dated as of June 23, 2004 by Borrower to Lender (the "Original Note"). The Borrower does not intend for the amendment and restatement of the Original Note by this Note to constitute, nor shall it be deemed to constitute, a novation or extinguishment of the obligations of Borrower evidenced by the Original Note and this Note shall in no event impair, limit, reduce or otherwise discharge the liability of Borrower under the Original Note provided that the Bank and the Borrower hereby agree that from and after the date hereof all such liability shall be evidenced by and governed by the terms of this Note

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be signed under seal by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

WITNESS                                           VIRTUSA CORPORATION


/s/ Paul D. Tutun                                 By: /s/ Thomas Holler
-------------------------                             -------------------------

2

AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of September 29, 2006 and is given to amend and restate the terms and conditions of and to confirm the grant of security interest granted by VIRTUSA CORPORATION, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and having its chief executive office at 2000 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581 (the "Borrower"), to CITIZENS BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS, a Massachusetts bank having a banking office at 28 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (the "Lender") in that certain Security agreement dated June 23, 2004 (the "Original Agreement").

The Borrower has requested the Lender to enter into a certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") and to make loans and other credits to the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

Lender has required as a condition precedent to its entering the Credit Agreement that the Borrower execute and deliver this Agreement and to grant the security interests referenced herein and confirm its grant of security interests made in the Original Agreement.

In order to induce the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and to make or continue to make available to the Borrower loans and other extensions of credit upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, and in consideration thereof, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower agrees as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein or in any certificate, report or other document delivered pursuant hereto shall have the meanings assigned to them below or in the Credit Agreement (unless otherwise defined). Except as otherwise defined, terms defined in the Uniform Commercial Code and used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Uniform Commercial Code; provided, however, that the term "instrument" shall be such term as defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code rather than Article 3 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

Accounts. All rights of the Borrower to payment of monetary obligation (i) for property that has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (ii) for services rendered or to be rendered, (iii) for a secondary obligation incurred or to be incurred, or (iv) arising out of the use of credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card; and all sums of money and other proceeds due or becoming due thereon, all notes, bills, drafts, acceptances, instruments, documents and other debts, obligations and liabilities, in whatever form, owing to the Borrower's rights pertaining to and interest in such property, including the right of stoppage in transit, replevin or reclamation; all chattel paper; all amounts due from Affiliates of the Borrower; all insurance proceeds; all other rights and claims to the payment of money, under contracts or otherwise; and all other property constituting "accounts" as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.


Collateral. All personal and fixture property belonging to the Borrower or in which the Borrower has any rights, of every kind and description, tangible and intangible, whether now owned or existing or hereafter arising or acquired; including, without limitation, all Accounts, Equipment, General Intangibles, Inventory and Investment Property, together with all goods, instruments (including promissory notes) documents of title, policies and certificates of insurance, commercial tort claims, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), deposit accounts, letter of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing) and other property owned by the Borrower or in which the Borrower has an interest and including, without limitation, any cash that is now or may hereafter be in the possession, custody, or control of the Lender or its participants or assigns for any purpose; any and all additions, substitutions, replacements and accessions to foregoing and all supporting obligations relating to the forgoing; and all Proceeds and Property and products of any of the foregoing; but excluding all Intellectual Property.

Encumbrance. Any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or other charge or encumbrance of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor) upon or with respect to any property.

Equipment. All machinery, equipment, and fixtures, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures, specialty tools and parts, motor vehicles and materials handling equipment of the Borrower, together with the Borrower's interest in, and right to, any and all manuals, computer programs, data bases and other materials relating to the use, operation or structure of any of the foregoing; and all other property constituting 'equipment' as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

General Intangibles. Except for the Intellectual Property, all rights of the Borrower under contracts to enjoy performance by others or to be entitled to enjoy rights granted by others, including without limitation any licenses; all payment intangibles; all obligations and indebtedness of any kind (other than Accounts) owning to the Borrower from whatever source arising; all contract rights; all rights of the Borrower as a bailor; all tax refunds; all right, title and interest of the Borrower in and to all software, documents, books, records, files and other information (on whatever medium recorded, and including without limitation computer programs, tapes, discs, punch cards, data processing software and related property and rights) maintained by the Borrower that reflect the conduct of the Borrower's business, such as financial records, marketing and sales records, research and development records, and design, engineering and manufacturing records; all rights under service bureau service contracts; all computer data and the concepts and ideas on which said data is based; all data bases, all customer lists, and all other property constituting "general tangibles" as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

Intellectual Property. All of the following, to the extent owned by (and not licensed to) the Borrower (i) United States and foreign patents, patent applications and statutory invention registrations, including reissues, divisions, continuations, substitutions, renewals, continuations

2

in part, extensions and reexaminations thereof, and all improvements thereto,
(ii) software, databases, copyrightable works, websites, copyrights (registered, renewed or otherwise) and registrations, renewals and applications for registration or renewal thereof, (iii) trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, service mark applications, trade dress, logos, slogans, symbols, trade names, internet domain names, brand names, product names, fictitious names, corporate names, and other source identifiers and all reissues, extensions and renewals thereof and the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby and associated therewith, (iv) trade secrets, know-how, technology, inventions and discoveries and (v) any and all right, title, and interest in and to the foregoing, including the right to sue for past, present, and future infringement, in all of such cases (i) through (v), whether used, held for use, supported, maintained, marketed or otherwise.

Inventory. All goods, merchandise and other personal property (including warehouse receipts and other negotiable and non-negotiable documents of title covering any such property) of the Borrower that are held for sale, lease or other disposition or to be furnished under contracts of service (or that are so furnished), or for display or demonstration, or leased or consigned, or that are raw materials, piece goods, work-in-process, finished goods or supplies or other materials used or consumed or to be used or consumed in the Borrower's business, whether in transit or in the possession of the Borrower or another, including without limitation all goods covered by purchase orders and contracts with suppliers and all goods billed and held by suppliers and goods located on the premises of any carriers, forwarding agents, truckers, warehousemen, vendors, selling agents or other third parties; all plans, drawings, diagrams, schematics, assembly and display materials relating to any of the foregoing; and all other property constituting "inventory" as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

Investment Property. All the securities (whether certificated or uncertificated) of the Borrower, including without limitation all stocks, bonds Treasury bills, certificates of deposits, mutual or money market fun shares, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts; and all sums due or to become due on any of the foregoing, and all securities, instruments or other property purchased or acquired as a result of the investment and reinvestment thereof as hereinafter provided, and all other property constituting "investment property" as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code; excluding any capital stock, or other equity interests of any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Perfection Certificate. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Proceeds. All proceeds received of and all other profits, rentals and receipts, in whatever form, or arising from any Collateral, including whatever is received or acquired upon the sale, lease, exchange, assignment, licensing or other disposition of any Collateral; whatever is received, collected on or distributed on account of any Collateral; all rights arising out of any Collateral; all claims arising out of the loss, nonconformity, interference with the use of defects or infringement of rights in, or damage to or destruction of, any Collateral; any insurance payable by reason of the loss a damage or nonconformity of, defects or infringement of rights in, or damage to or destruction of, any Collateral; any unearned premiums with respect to policies of insurance in respect of any Collateral; and condemnation or requisition payments with respect to

3

any Collateral; and all other property constituting "proceeds" as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code; in each chase whether now or existing or hereafter arising.

Secured Obligations. All obligations of the Borrower under or in respect of the Loan Documents.

Security Interests The security interests and liens granted pursuant to
Section 2 hereof, as well as all other security interests created or assigned as additional security for the Secured Obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

Uniform Commercial Code The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provided, that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non-perfection, of the Security Interests of any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than Massachusetts, "Uniform Commercial Code" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for the purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection, as the case may be.

Section 2. Grant.

(a) To secure the full and punctual payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, the Borrower hereby assigns and pledges to the Lender all of its rights, title and interest in, and grants to the Lender a continuing security interest in, the Collateral of the Borrower. The Security Interests are granted as security only and shall not subject the Lender to, or transfer to the Lender or in any way affect or modify, any obligation or liability of the Borrower with respect to any of the Collateral, or any transaction in connection therewith.

(b) Upon the execution of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender such Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, assignments, continuation statements, amendments, instruments and notices and assignments under the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended (collectively, the "Perfection Documents"), as may be reasonably required for the Lender to perfect its Security Interest in all Collateral. Any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be prepared and filed by the Lender at any time in any jurisdiction.

Section 3. Representations, Warranties, and Covenants. The Borrower hereby makes the following representations and warranties, and agrees to the following covenants, each of which representations, warranties and covenants shall be continuing and in force so long as this Agreement is in effect:

3.1 Name; Location; Changes.

(a) The name of the Borrower set forth in Section 1(a) of the Perfection Certificate is the true and correct legal name of the Borrower, and except as otherwise disclosed to the Lender in the Perfection Certificate, the Borrower has not done business as or used any other name.

4

(b) The state of organization of the Borrower set forth in section 1(d) of the Perfection Certificate is the true and correct state of organization of the Borrower and the Borrower is duly organized and in good standing in such state on the date hereof.

(c) The address of the Borrower set forth in Section 2(a) of the Perfection Certificate is the Borrower's chief executive office and the place where its business records are kept. Except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate, all tangible Collateral of the Borrower other than Investment Property is located at such chief executive office, and except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate, such Collateral has remained located at its current location for the four consecutive months immediately prior to the date hereof.

(d) The Borrower will not change its name, identity or organizational structure, nature, or jurisdiction or organization, or chief executive office or place where its business records are kept, or move any tangible Collateral (other than Investment Property) to a location other than those set forth in the Perfection Certificate, or merge into or consolidate with any other entity, unless permitted under the Credit Agreement and unless the Borrower shall have given the Lender at least 30 days' prior written notice thereof and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Lender or authorized Lender to file such new Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or other documentation as may be necessary or required by the Lender to ensure the continued perfection and priority of the Security Interests.

(e) The Borrower delivered a Perfection Certificate to the Lender with the Original Agreement. All information set forth in such Perfection Certificate is true and correct in all material respects. The Borrower agrees to supplement the Perfection Certificate promptly after obtaining information which would require a correction.

3.2. Ownership of Collateral; Absence of Liens and Restrictions. The Borrower is, and in the case of property acquired after the date hereof, will be, the sole legal and equitable owner of the Collateral, holding good and marketable title to the same free and clean of all Encumbrances except for the Security Interests and Permitted Encumbrances, and has good right and legal authority to assign, deliver, and create a security interest in such Collateral in the manner herein contemplated. The Collateral is genuine and is what it is purported to be. The Collateral is not subject to any restriction that would prohibit or restrict the assignment, delivery or creation of the security interests contemplated hereunder.

3.3 First Priority Security Interest. This Agreement creates a valid and continuing lien on and security interest in the Collateral, and upon the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in the appropriate offices for the locations of Collateral listed in the Borrower's Perfection Certificate, the Security Interests will be perfected (except to the extent a security interest may not be perfected by filing under the Uniform Commercial Code), prior to all other Encumbrances other than as disclosed in the Credit Agreement as Permitted Encumbrances, and is enforceable as such against creditors of the Borrower, any owner of the real property where any of the Collateral is located, any purchaser of such real property and any present or future creditor obtaining a lien on such real property.

5

3.4 No Conflicts. Neither the Borrower nor any of its predecessors has performed any acts or is bound by any agreements which might prevent the lender from enforcing the Security Interest or any of the terms of this Agreement or which would limit the Lender in any such enforcement. Except as specifically disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, no financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any state or other instrument evidencing a lien that names the Borrower as debtor is on file in any jurisdiction and the Borrower has not signed any such document or any agreement authorizing the filing of any such financing statement or instrument.

3.5 Sales and Further Encumbrances. The Borrower will not sell, grant, assign or transfer any interest in, or permit to exist any Encumbrances on, any of the Collateral, except the Security Interests as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

3.6 Fixture Conflicts: Required Waivers. The Borrower intends, to the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, that the Collateral shall remain personal property of the Borrower and shall not be deemed to be a fixture irrespective of the manner and its attachment to any real estate. The Borrower will deliver to the Lender such disclaimers, waivers or other documents as the Lender may request to confirm the foregoing, executed by each person having an interest in such real estate.

3.7 Validity of Accounts. Each Account constituting Collateral is and, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, shall be a valid, legal and binding obligation of the party purported to be obligated thereon, enforceable in accordance with its terms and free of material set-offs, defenses or counterclaims. The Borrower has no knowledge of any fact that would materially impair the validity or collectibility of any of the Accounts constituting Collateral.

3.8 Inspection; Verification of Accounts. The Borrower shall keep complete and accurate books and records relating to the Collateral, and upon request of the Lender shall stamp or otherwise mark such books and records in such manner as the Lender may reasonably request in order to reflect the Security Interest. The Borrower will allow the Lender and its designees to examine, inspect and make extracts from or copies of the Borrower's books and records, inspect the Collateral and arrange for verification of Accounts constituting Collateral directly with any account debtors or by other methods, upon reasonable notice and under reasonable procedures established by the Lender after consultation with the Borrower.

3.9 Collection and Delivery of Proceeds; Lockboxes.

(a) The Borrowers will diligently collect all of its Accounts constituting Collateral until the Lender exercises its rights to collecting the Accounts pursuant to this Agreement. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all Proceeds of Accounts, Inventory and other Collateral received by the Borrower, whether in the form of wire or ACH transfers, cash, checks, notes, or other instruments, shall be held in trust for the Lender and, upon request of the Lender, shall be delivered daily to the Lender, without commingling, in the identical form received (properly endorsed or assigned where required to enable the Lender to collect the same), for application to the Secured Obligations. If any Accounts are at any time evidenced by tangible chattel paper, promissory notes, trade

6

acceptances or other instruments, the Borrower will promptly deliver the same to the Lender appropriately endorsed to the Lender's order and, regardless of the form of such endorsement, the Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, and all other notices with respect thereto.

(b) The Borrower shall, at the request of the Lender at any time, notify account debtors, and the Lender may itself, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default notify account debtors directly, of the Security Interest of the Lender in any Account and that payment thereof is to be made directly to the Lender for application to the Secured Obligations.

3.10 Insurance. The Borrower shall at all times maintain liability and casualty insurance on the Collateral with financially sound and reputable insurers in such amounts and with such coverages, endorsements, deductibles and expiration dates as the officers of the Borrower in the exercise of their reasonable judgment deem to be adequate, as are customary in the industry for companies of established reputation engaged in the same or similar business and owning or operating similar properties and as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. The Lender shall be named as loss payee, additional insured and/or mortgagee under such insurance as the Lender shall require from time to time, and the Borrower shall provide to the Lender lender's loss payable endorsements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. In addition, the Lender shall be given thirty (30) days advance notice of any cancellation of insurance. In the event of failure to provide and maintain insurance as herein provided, the Lender may, at its option, provide such insurance and charge the amount thereof to the Borrower as a Revolving Credit Loan. The Borrower shall furnish to the Lender certificates or other evidence satisfactory to the Lender of compliance with the foregoing insurance provisions. The Lender shall not, by the fact of approving, disapproving or accepting any such insurance, incur any liability for the form or legal sufficiency of insurance contracts, solvency of insurance companies or payment of lawsuits, and the Borrower hereby expressly assumes full responsibility therefor and liability, if any, thereunder.

3.11 Maintenance and Use Payment of Taxes. The Borrower will preserve, protect and keep the Collateral in good order and repair, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted, will not use the same in violation of law or any policy of insurance thereon, and will pay promptly when due all taxes and assessments on such Collateral or on its use or operation, except as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement.

3.12 General Intangibles. The Borrower will use such measures as are appropriate to preserve its rights in its General Intangibles constituting Collateral.

3.13 Investment Property. Until the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, the Borrower shall retain the right to vote any of the Investment Property constituting Collateral in a manner not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. If the Borrower, as registered holder of such Investment Property, receives (i) any dividend, or other distribution in cash or other property in connection with the liquidation or dissolution of the issuer of such Investment Property, or in connection with the redemption or payment of such Investment Property, or (ii) any stock certificate, option or right, or other distribution, whether as an addition to, in substitution of, or in exchange for, such Investment

7

Property, or otherwise, the Borrower agrees to accept the same in trust for the Lender and to deliver the same forthwith to the Lender or its designee, in the exact form received, with the Borrower's endorsement or reassignment when necessary, to be held by the Lender as Collateral. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Lender, the Borrower will (i) deliver all of its Investment Property constituting Collateral and represented by certificates, including without limitation all stock of its Subsidiaries, to the Lender to hold pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (ii) register in the name of the Lender or its designee any uncertificated Investment Property constituting Collateral or the Lender's security interest therein on the books maintained by or on behalf of the issuer thereof or the depository therefore and (iii) do all things necessary or desirable, as determined by the Lender, to transfer control over any Investment Property to the Lender including, but not limited to, registering the Lender as the holder of the securities entitlement or commodities contract as appropriate, and entering into any control agreement, in form designated by the Lender, pursuant to which the securities intermediary shall agree that it will comply with the entitlement orders originated by the Lender without further consent of the Borrower, and entering into any control agreement, in form designated by the Lender, pursuant to which the commodity intermediary shall agree that it will apply any value distributed on account of any commodity contract as direct by the Lender without further consent by the Borrower.

3.14 Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records: For any interest in an electronic chattel paper or any "transferable record," as that term is defined in Section 201 of the federal electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower, any Collateral or any transaction contemplated hereby, the Borrower shall take such action as the Lender may reasonably request to vest in the Lender control under Section 9-105 of the Uniform Commercial Code of such electronic chattel paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act of such transferable record. The Lender agrees that it will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Lender, so long as such procedures will not result in the Lender's loss of control, for the Borrower to make alterations to the electronic chattel paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the Uniform Commercial Code or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to make without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by the Borrower with respect to such electronic chattel paper or transferable record.

3.15 Bailments, Etc. If any Collateral is at any time in the possession or control of any warehouseman, bailee or any of the Borrower's agents or processors, the Borrower shall, upon request of the Lender, (i) notify such warehouseman, bailee, agent or processor of the Security Interest and instruct such warehouseman, bailee, agent or processor to hold all such Collateral for the Lender's account subject to the Lender's instructions, (ii) arrange for such warehouseman, bailee, agent or processor to authenticate a record acknowledging that it holds possession of the Collateral for the Lender's benefit, (iii) deliver any negotiable warehouse receipt, bill of lading or other document of title issued with regard to the Collateral to the Lender appropriately endorsed to the Lender's order, and (iv) arrange for the issuance in the name of the

8

Lender, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, any nonnegotiable document of title covering such Collateral.

3.16 Assignment of Claims Act. If at any time any Accounts of the Borrower arise from contracts with the United States of America or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, the Borrower shall execute all assignments and take all steps reasonably requested by the Lender in order that all monies due to become due thereunder will be assigned and paid to the Lender under the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940.

3.17 Notes and Instruments. If at any time any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is evidenced by any promissory note or other instrument, such note or instrument shall be promptly delivered to the Lender, duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Lender.

3.18 Further Assurances. Upon the reasonable request of the Lender, and the sole expense of the Borrower, the Borrower will promptly execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Lender may deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, filing of any financing statement, continuation statement, amendment or notice under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. The Borrower authorizes the Lender to file such financing statements without the signature of the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, and to file a copy this Agreement in lieu of a financing statement, and to take any and all actions required by any earlier versions of the Uniform Commercial Code or by other law, as applicable in any relevant Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction, or by other laws applicable in any foreign jurisdiction. The Borrower shall provide the Lender with any information the Lender shall reasonably request in connection with the foregoing, including, without limitation, the type and jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, and any organizational identification number issued to the Borrower. The Borrower shall also take all actions requested by the Lender in order to insure the continued perfection and priority of the Lender's security interest in any of the Collateral and of the preservation of its rights therein.

Section 4. Notices and Reports Pertaining to Collateral. The Borrower will, with respect to the Collateral:

(a) promptly furnish to the Lender, from time to time upon request, reports in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Lender;

(b) promptly notify the Lender of any Encumbrance (except Permitted Encumbrances) asserted against the Collateral, including any attachment, levy, execution or other legal process levied against any of the Collateral, and of any information received by the Borrower relating to the Collateral, including the Accounts, the account debtors, or other persons obligated in connection therewith, that may in any way adversely affect the value of the Collateral as a whole or the rights and remedies of the Lender with respect thereto;

(c) promptly notify the Lender when it obtains knowledge of actual or imminent bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding of any material account debtor or issuer of

9

Investment property;

(d) concurrently with the reports required to be furnished under subsection (a), and immediately if material in amount, notify the lender of any return or adjustment, rejection, repossession, or loss or damage of or to merchandise represented by Accounts and of any credit, adjustment, or dispute arising in connection with the goods or services represented by Accounts or constituting Inventory;

(e) promptly after the Borrower establishes any Account with the United States of America or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, notify the Lender thereof;

(f) promptly upon acquiring any commercial tort claim, notify the Lender in a writing signed by the Borrower, of the details thereof and grant to the Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in all the Proceeds thereof, such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to the lender; and

(g) promptly upon receipt of any letter of credit issued to the Borrower as beneficiary thereunder or upon acquiring an interest in any electronic chattel paper or any "transferable record," as that term is defined in section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, notify the Lender thereof.

Section 5. Lender's Rights and Remedies in General.

(a) So long as any Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing: (i)the Lender may, at its option, without notice or demand, cause all of the Secured Obligations to become immediately due and payable and take immediate possession of the Collateral, and for that purpose the Lender may, so far as the Borrower can give authority therefore, enter upon any premises on which any of the Collateral is situated and remove the same therefrom or remain on such premises and in possession of such Collateral for purposes of conducting a sale or enforcing the rights of the Lender; (ii) the Borrower will, upon demand, assemble the Collateral, and make it available to the Lender at a place and time designated by the Lender that is reasonably convenient to both parties;
(iii) the Lender may collect and receive all income and Proceeds in respect to any Collateral and exercise all rights of the Borrower with respect thereto;
(iv) the Lender may sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral at a public or private sale, with or without having such Collateral at the place of sale, and upon such terms and in such manner as the Lender may determine, and the Lender may purchase any Collateral at any such sale. Unless such Collateral threatens to decline rapidly in value or is of the type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Lender shall send to the Borrower prior written notice (which, if given with in ten (10) days of any sale, shall be deemed to be reasonable) of the time and place of any public sale of such Collateral or of the time after which any private sale or other disposition thereof is to be made. The Borrower agrees that upon any such sale such Collateral shall be held by the purchaser free from all claims or rights of every kind and nature, including any equity of redemption or similar rights, and all such equity of redemption and similar rights are hereby expressly waived and released by the Borrower. In the event any consent, approval or

10

authorization of any governmental agency is necessary to effectuate any such sale, the Borrower shall execute all applications or other instruments as may be required; and (v) in any jurisdiction where the enforcement of its rights hereunder is sought, the Lender shall have, in addition to all other rights and remedies, the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code and other applicable law.

(b) The Lender may perform any covenant or agreement of the Borrower contained herein that the Borrower has failed to perform and in so doing the Lender may expend such sums as it may reasonably deem advisable in the performance thereof, including, without limitation, the payment of any taxes or insurance premiums, payment to obtain a release of Encumbrance or potential Encumbrance, expenditures made in defending against any adverse claim and all other expenditures which the Lender may make for the protection of Collateral or which it may be compelled to make by operation of law. All such sums and amounts so expended shall be repaid by the Borrower upon demand, shall constitute additional Secured Obligations and shall bear interest from the date said amounts are expended at the rate per annum provided in the Credit Agreement to be paid on Revolving Credit Loans after the occurrence of an Event of Default. No such performance of any covenant or agreement by the Lender on behalf of the Borrower, and no such advance or expenditure therefore, shall relieve the Borrower of any Event of Default under the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents

(c) Prior to any disposition of Collateral pursuant to this Agreement the Lender may, at its option, cause any of the Collateral to be repaired or reconditioned (but not upgraded unless mutually agreed) in such manner and to the extent as to make it saleable.

(d) The Lender is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without charge, the Borrower's labels, patents, copyrights, right of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, relating to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale and selling any Collateral; and the Borrower's rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the Lender's benefit.

(e) The Borrower recognizes that the Lender may be unable to effect a public sale of all or a part of the Investment Property by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933 (as amended from time to time, the "Securities Act") or the securities laws of various states (the "Blue Sky Laws"), but may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obligated to agree, among other things, to acquire the Investment Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. The Borrower acknowledges that private sales so made may be at prices and upon other terms less favorable to the seller than if the Investment Property were sold at public sales. The Borrower agrees that the Lender has no obligation to delay sale of any of the Investment Property for the period of time necessary to permit the Investment Property to be registered for public sale under the Securities Act or the Blue Sky Laws, and that private sales made under the foregoing circumstances shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner.

(f) The Lender shall be entitled to retain and to apply the Proceeds of any disposition of the Collateral, first, to its reasonable expenses provided for herein, including

11

attorneys' fees and other legal expenses incurred by it in connection therewith; and second, to the payment of the Secured Obligations in such order of priority as the Lender shall determine. Any surplus remaining after such application shall be paid to the Borrower or to whomever may be legally entitled thereto, provided that in no event shall the Borrower be credited with any part of the Proceeds of the disposition of the Collateral until such Proceeds shall have been received in cash from the Lender. The Borrower shall remain liable for any deficiency.

(g) The Borrower hereby appoints to the Lender and each of the Lender's designees or agents as attorney-in-fact of the Borrower, irrevocably and with power of substitution, with full authority in the name of the Borrower, the Lender or otherwise, for sole use and benefit of the Lender, but at the Borrower's expense, so long as an Event of Default is continuing, to take any and all of the actions specified above in this Section and elsewhere in this Agreement. This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable for so long as any of the Secured Obligations remain outstanding.

Section 6. Lender's Rights and Remedies with Respect to Collateral. The Lender may, at its option, at any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to or demand on the Borrower, take the following actions with respect to the Collateral:

(a) with respect to any Accounts (i) demand, collect, and receipt of any amounts relating thereto, as the Lender may determine; (ii) commence and prosecute any actions in any court for the purposes of collection any such Accounts and enforcing any other rights in respect thereof, (iii) defend, settle, or compromise any action brought and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Lender may deem appropriate; (iv) receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to the Borrower and endorse checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, money orders, bills of lading, warehouse receipts or other instruments or documents evidencing payment, shipment or storage of the goods giving rise to such Accounts or securing or relating to such Accounts, on behalf of and in the name of the Borrower; and (v) sell, assign, transfer, make any agreement in respect of, or otherwise deal with or exercise rights in respect of, any such Accounts or the goods or services which have given rise thereto, as fully and completely as though the Lender were the absolute owner there of for all purposes;

(b) with respect to any Equipment and Inventory (i) make, adjust and settle claims under any insurance policy related thereto and place and pay for appropriate insurance thereon; (iii) make repairs or provide maintenance with respect thereto; and (iv) pay any necessary filing fees and any taxes arising as a consequence of any such filing. The Lender shall not thereby relieve the Borrower of its obligation to make such expenditures; and

(c) with respect to any Investment Property (i) transfer it at any time to Lender, or to its nominee, and receive the income thereon and hold the same as Collateral hereunder or apply it to any matured Secured Obligations; and (ii) demand, sue for, collect or make any compromise or settlement it deems desirable.

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Lender shall have no duty as to the collection or protection of any Collateral nor as to the preservation of any rights pertaining

12

thereto, beyond the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession.

Section 7. Set-Off. Regardless of the adequacy of any Collateral or other means of obtaining repayment of the Secured Obligations, any deposits, balances or other sums credited by or due from the head office of the Lender or any of its branch offices to the Borrower and any property of the Borrower now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of the Lender or in transit to the Lender may, at any time and from time to time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, without notice to the Borrower or compliance with any other condition precedent now or hereafter imposed by statute, rule of law, or otherwise (all of which are hereby expressly waived) be set -off, appropriated and applied by the Lender against any and all Secured Obligations of the Borrower in such manner as the head office of the Lender or any of its branch offices in its sole discretion may determine, and the Borrower hereby grants the Lender a continuing security interest in such deposits, balances, other sums and property for the payment and performance of all such Secured Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE THE LENDER TO EXERCIS ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE SECURED OBLIGATIONS PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHTS OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, BALANCES, OTHER SUMS AND PROPERTY OF THE BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

Section 8. Waivers. The Borrower waives presentment, demand, notice, protest, notice of acceptance of this Agreement, notice of any loans made, credit or other extensions granted, Collateral received or delivered and any other action taken in reliance hereon and all other demands and notices of any description, except for such demands and notices as are expressly required to be provided to the Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the benefit of all appraisement, valuation, stay, extension and redemption laws now or hereafter in force and all rights of marshaling in the event of any sale or disposition of any of the Collateral with respect to both the Secured Obligations and any Collateral. The Borrower assents to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other forgiveness or indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of Collateral, to the addition or release of any party or person primarily or secondarily liable, to the acceptance of partial payment thereon and the settlement, compromise or adjustment of any thereof, all in such manner and at such time or times as the Lender may deem advisable. The Lender may exercise its rights with respect to the Collateral without resorting, or regard, to other collateral or sources of reimbursement for Secured Obligations. The Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights with respect to the Secured Obligations or the Collateral unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on part of the Lender in exercising any right and no course of dealing shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver on any one occasion shall not bar or waive the exercise of any right on any future occasion. All rights and remedies of the Lender in the Secured Obligations or the Collateral, whether evidenced hereby or by any other instrument or papers, are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law or any other agreement, and may be exercised separately or concurrently.

Section 9. Notices. All notices, approvals, request, demands and other communications hereunder shall be given in accordance with
Section 10.1 of Credit Agreement.

13

Section 10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower and its successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Lender and its successor and assigns; provided that the Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the Lender may, in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Credit Agreement, assign or otherwise transfer any agreement or any note held by it evidencing, securing or otherwise executed in connection with the Secured Obligations, or sell participations in any interest therein, to any other person or entity, and such other person or entity shall thereupon become vested, to the extent set forth in agreement evidencing such assignment, transfer or participation, with all the rights in respect thereof granted to the Lender herein.

Section 11. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue. THIS AGREEMENT IS A
CONTRACT UNDER THE LAW OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SAID COMMONWEALTH (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). THE BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE SUPERIOR COURT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS, SITTING IN SUFFOLK COUNTY, OR, AT THE LENDER'S OPTION, THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT OF MASSACHUSETTS, SITTING IN BOSTON, SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY SUIT TO ENFORCE THE RIGHTS OF THE LENDER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THE BORROWER, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE LENDER, ON THE OTHER HAND, PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE BORROWER EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 10.1 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN THIS SECTION AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM ANY SUCH ACTION THAT SUCH ACTION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

Section 12. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER HEREBY
KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RIGHTS OR SECURED OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHTHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITAION, ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF THE LENDER RELATING TO THE ADMINISTRATION OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND AGREES THAT

14

IT WILL NOT SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CAN NOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LITIGATION REFERRED TO TN THE PRECEDING SENTENCE ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES. THE BORROWER (a) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE LENDER HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE LENDER WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS AND
(b) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE LENDER HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BECAUSE OF, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE BORROWER'S WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

Section 13. General. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a writing signed by each of the Borrower and the Lender. This Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Section headings are for convenience of reference only and are not a part of this Agreement. In the event that any Collateral or any deposit or other sum due from or credited by the Lender is held or stands in the name of the borrower and another or others jointly, the Lender may deal with the same for all purposes as if it belonged to or stood in the name of the Borrower alone.

15

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as an instrument under seal as of the date first written above.

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

By:/s/ Charles Speicher
   ____________________

   Charles Speicher
   Corporate Controller

ACCEPTED AS OF THE
DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN
CITIZENS BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS

By:/s/ Sharon A. Stone
   ______________________

   Sharon A. Stone
   Senior vice President

16

NEGATIVE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

THIS NEGATIVE PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made this 29 day of September, 2006 by VIRTUSA CORPORATION, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and having its chief executive office at 2000 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581 (the "Borrower"), in favor CITIZENS BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS, a Massachusetts bank having a banking office at 28 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (the "Lender").

The Borrower has requested that the Lender enter into a certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with Borrower of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") and that Lender agree to make loans and other credits to the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

Lender has required that Borrower enter into this Agreement as a condition precedent to Lender's entering into the Credit Agreement.

In order to induce the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and to make or continue to make loans and other credits available to the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, and in consideration thereof, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower agrees as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein or in any certificate, report or other document delivered pursuant hereto shall have the meanings assigned to them below or in the Credit Agreement (unless otherwise defined).

Intellectual Property. All of the following, to the extent owned by (and not licensed to) the Borrower: (i) United States and foreign patents, patent applications and statutory invention registrations, including reissues, divisions, continuations, substitutions, renewals, continuations in part, extensions and reexaminations thereof, and all improvements thereto, (ii) software, database, copyrightable works, websites, copyrights (registered, renewed or otherwise) and registrations, renewals and applications for registration or renewal thereof, (iii) trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, service mark applications, trade dress, logos, slogans, symbols, trade names, internet domain names, brand names, product names, fictitious names, corporate names, and other source identifiers and all reissues, extensions and renewals thereof, and goodwill of the business symbolized thereby and associated therewith, (iv) trade secrets, know-how, technology, inventions and discoveries, and (v) any and all right, title, and interest in and to the foregoing, including the right to sue for past, present and future infringement, in all of such cases (i) through (v), whether used, held for use, supported, maintained, marketed or otherwise.

Section 2. Negative Pledge. The Borrower hereby covenants that it shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Encumbrance, other than Permitted Encumbrances, or any other negative pledge, on or with respect to the Intellectual Property. The Borrower further


covenants and agrees that it shall not sell, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate the Intellectual Property, other than for fair consideration in the ordinary course of Borrower's business, without the prior written consent of Lender.

Section 3. Notices. All notices, approvals, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be given in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 4. Governing Law: Jurisdiction; Venue. THIS AGREEMENT IS A
CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SAID COMMONWEALTH (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). THE BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE SUPERIOR COURT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS, SITTING IN SUFFOLK COUNTY, OR AT THE LENDER'S OPTION, THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF MASSACHUSETTS, SITTING IN BOSTON, SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURIDRICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY SUIT TO ENFORCE THE RIGHTS OF THE LENDER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THE BORROWER, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE LENDER, ON THE OTHER HAND, PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE BORROWER EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF THE PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 10.1 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION BROUGHT IN THE COURT REFERRED TO IN THE
SECTION AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH ACTION SUCH ACTION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

Section 5. Waiver of Jury Trail. THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER HEREBY
KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF THE LENDER RELATING TO THE ADMINISTRATION OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CAN NOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LITIGATION REFERRED TO IN THE PRECEDING SENTENCE ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY,

2

PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES. THE BORROWER (a) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE LENDER HAS REPRESENTED EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE LENDER WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS AND
(b) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE LENDER HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BECAUSE OF, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE BORROWER'S WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

Section 6. General. This Agreement may not be amended or modified expect by a writing signed by each of the Borrower and Lender. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower and its successors and assigns, and shall be shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Lender and its successors and assigns; provided that the Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder. This Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one agreement. Section headings are for convenience of reference only and are not a part of this Agreement. In the event that any deposit or sum due from or credited by the Lender is held or stands in the name of the Borrower and another or others jointly, the Lender may deal with the same for all purposes as if it belonged to or stood in the name of the Borrower alone.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as an instrument under seal as of the date first written above.

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

By:/s/ Kris Canekeratne
   ____________________
   Kris Canekeratne
   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

ACCEPTED AS OF THE
DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN
CITIZENS BANK OF MASSCHUSETTS

By:/s/ Sharon A. Stone
   ______________________
   Sharon A. Stone
   Senior Vice President

3

STOCK PLEDGE AGREEMENT

This Stock Pledge Agreement (this "Agreement") is made September 29, 2006 by and between VIRTUSA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation having its principal offices at 2000 West Park Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581 (hereinafter called the "Borrower"), and CITIZENS BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS, a Massachusetts bank with a banking office at 28 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (hereinafter called the "Lender"). Borrower has executed and delivered a certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement of even date herewith (the "Credit Agreement") to Lender pursuant to which Lender has agreed to make certain loans and other credits available to Borrower on the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement.

1. PLEDGE OF STOCK. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the Borrower owns on the date hereof, free and clear of any and all claims, liens or encumbrances, all of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of VIRTUSA SECURITIES CORPORATION (the "Subsidiary"), and hereby agrees to pledge, assign, and deliver the same on the date hereof to the Lender, for benefit of the Lender, to be held by the Lender subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, together with stock powers appropriately executed in blank. The term "Stock" as used herein includes the shares of stock described above and any additional shares of stock which may from time to time be pledged with the Lender hereunder.

Any sums or property paid upon or with respect to any of the Stock upon the liquidation or dissolution of any issuer thereof shall be paid over to the Lender to be held by it as security for the Obligations. In case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of any of the Stock or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to any of the Stock pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of the issuer thereof or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall be delivered to the Lender to be held by it as security for the Obligations. All sums of money and property paid or distributed in respect of the Stock which are received by the Borrower shall, until paid or delivered to the Lender, be held by the Borrower in trust for the Lender as security for the Obligations.

2. WARRANTY OF TITLE. The Borrower warrants that it has good and marketable title to the Stock described in Section l hereof, subject to no pledges, liens, security interests, charges, options, restrictions or other encumbrances except the security interest created by this Agreement, and that such Borrower has power, authority and legal right to pledge the Stock pursuant to this Agreement. The Borrower represents and warrants that the Stock represents 100.0% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Subsidiary, and that it will not permit any further shares or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for shares of stock in the Subsidiary to issue while this Agreement remains in effect. The Borrower covenants to defend the Lender's rights and security interest in the Stock against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever; and the Borrower covenants to have the like title to and right to pledge any other property at any time hereafter pledged to the Lender hereunder and to likewise


defend the Lender's rights and security interest therein.

The property at any time pledged with the Lender hereunder and all income therefrom and proceeds thereof, are collectively referred to herein as the "Collateral".

3. SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS. This Agreement and the pledge of the Collateral is made with the Lender to secure the payment in full and performance of any and all obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of the Borrower, now existing or hereafter arising, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise including, but not limited to, those arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement (the "Obligations").

4. DIVIDENDS, VOTING, ETC., WHILE NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. So long as no default by the Borrower in the full and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations is continuing, the Borrower, as to the Stock, shall be entitled to receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Stock, to vote the Stock (to the extent otherwise entitled thereto) and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the Stock, provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with or violate any provision of the Credit Agreement. All such rights of the Borrower to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications with respect to the Stock shall, at Lender's option, as evidenced by Lender's notifying Borrower of such election, cease in case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

5. REMEDIES FOLLOWING EVENT OF DEFAULT. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Lender shall thereafter have the following rights and remedies in addition to the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code, all such rights and remedies being cumulative, not exclusive, and enforceable alternatively successively or concurrently, at such time or times as the Lender thinks expedient:

(a) if the Lender so elects and gives notice of such election to the Borrower, the Lender may vote any or all shares of the Stock (whether or not the same shall have been transferred into its name or the name of its nominee or nominees) and give all consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the stock and otherwise act with respect thereto as though it was the outright owner thereof (the Borrower hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing the Lender the proxy and attorney-in-fact of the Borrower with full power of substitution, to do so);

(b) the Lender may demand, sue for, collect or make any compromise or settlement the Lender deems suitable in respect of any Collateral held by it hereunder;

(c) the Lender may sell, resell, assign and deliver, or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Collateral, for cash and/or credit and upon such terms, at such place or places and at such time or times and to such Persons as the Lender thinks expedient, all without demand for performance by the Borrower or any notice or advertisement whatsoever except

2

such as may be required by law; and

(d) the Lender may cause all or any part of the Stock held by it to be transferred into its name or the name of its nominee or nominees.

The Lender may enforce its right hereunder without any other notice and without compliance with any other condition precedent now or hereafter imposed by statute, rule or law or otherwise (all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower). If any of the Collateral is sold by the Lender upon credit or for future delivery, the Lender shall not be liable for the failure of the purchaser to pay for the same and in such event the Lender may resell such Collateral. The Lender may buy any part or all of the Collateral at any public sale and if any part or all of the Collateral is of a type customarily sold in a recognized market or is of the type which is the subject of widely-distributed standard price quotations, the Lender may buy at private sale and may make payments thereof by any means. The Lender may apply the cash proceeds actually received from any sale or other disposition to the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale, selling and the like, or reasonable attorneys' fees, and all legal expenses, travel and other expenses which may be incurred by the Lender in attempting to collect the Obligations or any of them, or to enforce this Agreement or in the prosecution or defense of any action or proceeding related to the subject matter of this Agreement; and then to the Obligations in such order as to principal or interest remaining unpaid, including interest thereon, and the balance of any expenses unpaid, as the Lender in its sole discretion may reasonably determine, and any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower.

The Borrower recognizes that the Lender may be unable to effect a public sale of the Stock by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, but may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. The Borrower agrees that any such private sales may be at prices and on other reasonable terms less favorable to the seller than if sold at public sales and that such private sales shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. The Lender shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Stock for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, even if the issuer would agree to do so.

6. MARSHALLING. The Lender shall not be required to marshall any present or future security for (including but not limited to this Agreement and the Collateral pledged hereunder), or guaranties of, the Obligations or any part of them, or to resort to such security or guaranties in any particular order; and all of its rights hereunder and in respect of such securities and guaranties shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights, however existing or arising. To the extent that the Borrower lawfully may, the Borrower hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Lender's rights under this Agreement or under any other instrument evidencing any of the Obligations or under which any of the Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is secured and guaranteed, and the Borrower hereby

3

irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

7. BORROWER'S OBLIGATIONS NOT AFFECTED. The obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be impaired by (a) any insolvency, bankruptcy, arrangement of or involving the Borrower; (b) any exercise or non-exercise, or any waiver, by the Lender of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect of any of the Obligations or any security therefor (including this Agreement); (c) any amendment or waiver of any of the terms of the Credit Agreement or any of the Obligations; (d) any amendment or waiver of any of the terms of any instrument (other than this Agreement) securing any of the Obligations or (e) the taking of additional security for or any guaranty of any of the Obligations or the release or discharge or termination of any security or guaranty for any of the Obligations; whether or not the Borrower shall have notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing.

8. TRANSFER, ETC. BY THE BORROWER. Without the prior written consent of the Lender, the Borrower will not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, grant any option with respect to, or pledge or grant any security interest in or otherwise encumber any of the Collateral or any interest therein, except for the pledge thereof provided for in this Agreement.

9. FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Borrower will do all such acts, and will furnish to the Lender all such financing statements, certificates, opinions and other documents and will do or cause to be done all such other things as the Lender may reasonable request from time to time in order to give full effect to this Agreement and to secure the rights of the Lender hereunder.

10. LENDER'S EXONERATION. Under no circumstances shall the Lender be deemed to assume any responsibility for or obligation or duty (except for safe custody) with respect to any part or all of the Collateral, of any nature or kind or any matter or proceedings arising out of or relating thereto, but the same shall be at the Borrower's sole risk at all times. The Lender shall not be required to take any action of any kind to collect, preserve or protect its or the Borrower's rights in the Collateral or against any parties thereto. The Borrower hereby releases the Lender from any claims, causes of action and demands at any time arising out of or with respect to this Agreement, the Obligations, the use of the Collateral and/or any actions reasonably taken or omitted to be taken by the Lender with respect thereto, and the Borrower hereby agrees to hold the Lender harmless from and with respect to any and all such claims, causes of action and demands. The Lender's prior recourse to any part or all of the Collateral shall not constitute a condition of any demand, suit or proceeding for payment or collection of the Obligations.

11. NO WAIVER, ETC. No act, failure or delay by Lender shall constitute a waiver of its rights and remedies hereunder or otherwise. No single or partial waiver by the Lender of any default or right or remedy which it may have shall operate as a waiver of any other default, right or remedy or of the same default, right or remedy on a future occasion. The Borrower hereby waives presentment, notice of dishonor and protest of all instruments

4

included in or evidencing any of the Obligations or the Collateral, and any and all other notices and demands whatsoever (except as expressly provided herein).

12. NOTICES, ETC. All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

13. TERMINATION. Upon payment in full of all the Obligations in accordance with their terms and the performance by the Borrower of all of the Borrower's agreements under the Credit Agreement and this Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate and the Borrower shall be entitled to the return, at the Borrower's expense, of such of the Collateral in the possession or control of the Lender as has not theretofore been disposed of pursuant to the provisions hereof, together with any moneys and other property at the time held by the Lender hereunder.

14. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated except by a written instrument expressly referring to this Agreement and to the provisions so modified or limited, and executed by the party to be charged. This Agreement and all obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall be binding upon the successors in title and assigns of the Borrower, and shall, together with the rights and remedies of the Lender hereunder, inure to the benefit of the Lender, its successors in title and assigns. This Agreement and obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The descriptive section headings have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof. If any term of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity of all other terms hereof shall be in no way affected thereby, and this Agreement shall be construed and be enforceable as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable terms had not been included herein. The Borrower acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Agreement. Words and expressions used herein without definition which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code have such defined meanings herein, unless the context otherwise indicates or requires. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In making proof of this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has executed this Agreement as an instrument under seal on the date first above written.

WITNESS                               BORROWER
                                      VIRTUSA CORPORATION


/s/ Charles Speicher                  By: /s/ Kris Canekeratne
----------------------------              ------------------------------------
Charles Speicher                          Kris Canekeratne
Corporate Controller                      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

6

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of this 5th day of April, 2007 by and between Virtusa Corporation (the "Company"), and Kris A. Canekeratne (the "Executive").

1. Purpose. The Company considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to promote and preserve the continuous employment of key management personnel. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") recognizes that, as is the case with many corporations, the possibility of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2 hereof) exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions that it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of key management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its stockholders. Therefore, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company's key management, including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall not have any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

2. Change in Control. A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) any "Person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act") (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all "affiliates" and "associates" (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Company's Board of Directors ("Voting Securities") (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(b) persons who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Company's Board of Directors (the "Incumbent Directors") cease for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or similar transaction, to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof shall be considered an Incumbent Director if such person's election was approved by or such person was nominated for election by either (A) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors or (B) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors who are members of a nominating committee comprised, in the majority, of Incumbent Directors; but provided further, that any such person whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of members of the Board of Directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other


than the Board, including by reason of agreement intended to avoid or settle any such actual or threatened contest or solicitation, shall not be considered an Incumbent Director; or

(c) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

(d) the approval by the Company's stockholders of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a "Change in Control" shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (a) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company that, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities, then a "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (a).

3. Terminating Event. A "Terminating Event" shall mean any of the events provided in this Section 3:

(a) Termination by the Company. Termination by the Company of the employment of the Executive with the Company for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:

(i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes; or

(ii) the commission by the Executive of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or any conduct by the Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if he were retained in his position; or

(iii) continued, willful and deliberate non-performance by the Executive of his duties to the Company (other than by reason of the Executive's physical

2

or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such non-performance from the Board; or

(iv) a violation by the Executive of the Company's employment policies which has continued following written notice of such violation from the Board; or

(v) willful failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the willful inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials.

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this
Section 3(a) solely as a result of the Executive being an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company, rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Change in Control. For purposes of clauses (i), (iii) and (v) hereof, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive without reasonable belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was in the best interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered "Disabled" if, as a result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from his duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 180 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

(b) Termination by the Executive for Good Reason. Termination by the Executive of the Executive's employment with the Company for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) a substantial diminution or other substantial adverse change, not consented to by the Executive, in the nature or scope of the Executive's responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties from the responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties exercised by the Executive immediately prior to the Terminating Event; or

(ii) a material reduction in the Executive's annual base salary or targeted total annual cash compensation (i.e., base salary and targeted bonus) as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time hereafter except for across-the-board reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all management employees; or

(iii) the relocation of the Company's offices at which the Executive is principally employed immediately prior to the date of a Terminating Event (the "Current Offices") to any other location more than 50 miles from the Current Offices, or the requirement by the Company for the Executive to be based anywhere other than the Current Offices, except for required travel on the Company's business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive's business travel obligations immediately prior to the Terminating Event; or

3

(iv) the failure by the Company to obtain an effective agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as required by Section 20.

4. Severance and Change in Control Payments.

(a) In the event a Terminating Event occurs within 24 months after a Change in Control, the following shall occur:

(i) the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to two

times the sum of (x) the Executive's annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive's annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) and
(y) provided that the Company achieves its corporate performance targets for the period, a pro rated portion of the Executive's targeted annual bonus for the period in which the Change in Control occurred, payable in one lump-sum payment no later than three days following the Date of Termination (provided that any pro rated bonus amount shall be payable no later then three days following the date on which such bonus is payable to other management employees);

(ii) subject to the Executive's copayment of premium amounts at the active employees' rate, the Executive shall continue to participate in the Company's group health, dental and vision program for 24 months; provided, however, that the continuation of health benefits under this
Section shall reduce and count against the Executive's rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended ("COBRA"); and

(iii) all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to the Executive by the Company shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable or non-forfeitable as of the effective date of such Change in Control.

(b) In the event a Terminating Event occurs prior to a Change in Control, the following shall occur:

(i) the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to one times the sum of (x) the Executive's annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event and (y) provided that the Company achieves its corporate performance targets for the period, a pro rated portion of the Executive's targeted annual bonus for the period in which the Terminating Event occurred, payable in one lump-sum payment no later than three days following the Date of Termination (provided that any pro rated bonus amount shall be payable no later then three days following the date on which such bonus is payable to other management employees); and

(ii) subject to the Executive's copayment of premium amounts at the active employees' rate, the Executive shall continue to participate in the Company's group health, dental and vision program for 12 months; provided, however, that the continuation of health benefits under this
Section shall reduce and count against the Executive's rights under COBRA.

4

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable option agreement or stock-based award agreement, upon a Change in Control, all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to the Executive by the Company shall immediately accelerate twelve (12) months so that the shares that would have vested in the one-year period following such Change in Control would become immediately vested and the remaining unvested shares would continue to vest in accordance with their terms but on a schedule that would be twelve (12) months earlier than had the Change in Control not transpired. The Executive shall also be entitled to any other rights and benefits with respect to stock-related awards, to the extent and upon the terms provided in the employee stock option or incentive plan or any agreement or other instrument attendant thereto pursuant to which such options or awards were granted.

(d) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive's termination of employment, the Executive is considered a "specified employee" within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and if any payment that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement is considered deferred compensation subject to interest and additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of
Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then no such payment shall be payable prior to the date that is the earliest of (i) six months after the Executive's Date of Termination, (ii) the Executive's death, or (iii) such other date as will cause such payment not to be subject to such interest and additional tax, and the initial payment shall include a catch-up amount covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the first six-month period but for the application of this Section 4(e).

5. ADDITIONAL LIMITATION.

(a) Additional Limitation. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the "Severance Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Severance Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount. To the extent that there is more than one method of reducing the payments to bring them within the Threshold Amount, the Executive shall determine which method shall be followed; provided that if the Executive fails to make such determination within 15 business days after the Company has sent the Executive written notice of the need for such reduction, the Company may determine the amount of such reduction in its sole discretion.

For the purposes of this Section 5(a), "Threshold Amount" shall mean three times the Executive's "base amount" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and "Excise Tax" shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax.

6. Term. This Agreement shall take effect on the date first set forth above and shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the termination of the Executive's employment with the

5

Company for any reason other than the occurrence of a Terminating Event, or (b) the date which is 24 months after a Change in Control if the Executive is still employed by the Company.

7. Withholding. All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

8. Notice and Date of Termination.

(a) Notice of Termination. During the term of this Agreement, any purported termination of the Executive's employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 8. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the Date of Termination.

(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination," with respect to any purported termination of the Executive's employment during the term of this Agreement, shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination. In the case of a termination by the Company following a Change in Control other than a termination for Cause (which may be effective immediately), the Date of Termination shall not be less than 30 days after the Notice of Termination is given. In the case of a termination by the Executive, the Date of Termination shall not be less than 30 days from the date such Notice of Termination is given. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

9. No Mitigation. The Company agrees that, if the Executive's employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 4 hereof. Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company or otherwise.

10. Arbitration of Disputes. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of the Executive's employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than the Executive or the Company may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity's agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 10 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the

6

foregoing, this Section 10 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 10.

11. Consent to Jurisdiction. To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce Section 10 of this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

12. Integration. This Agreement shall constitute the sole and entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and cancels all prior, concurrent and/or contemporaneous arrangements, understandings, promises, programs, policies, plans, practices, offers, agreements and/or discussions, whether written or oral, by or among the parties regarding the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, that certain Employment Agreement by and between the Company and the Executive, dated November 1, 2002 (and any amendments thereto) and those constituting or concerning employment agreements, change in control benefits and/or severance benefits; provided, however, that this Agreement is not intended to, and shall not, supersede, affect, limit, modify or terminate any of the following, all of which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms: (i) any written agreements, programs, policies, plans, arrangements or practices of the Company that do not relate to the subject matter hereof; (ii) any written stock or stock option agreements between the Executive and the Company (except as expressly modified hereby); and (iii) any written agreements between Executive and the Company concerning noncompetition, nonsolicitation, inventions and/or nondisclosure obligations.

13. Successor to the Executive. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. In the event of the Executive's death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due him under Section 4 of this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Executive's beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his death (or to his estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

14. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

15. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this

7

Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

16. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board of Directors.

17. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

18. Effect on Other Plans. An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company's benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company's benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 5 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan.

19. Governing Law. This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such Commonwealth. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the First Circuit.

20. Successors to Company. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall constitute Good Reason if the Executive elects to terminate employment.

21. Gender Neutral. Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine gender shall be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

22. Confidential Information. The Executive shall never use, publish or disclose in a manner adverse to the Company's interests, any proprietary or confidential information relating to (a) the business, operations or properties of the Company or any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company, or (b) any materials, processes, business practices, technology, know-how, research, programs, customer lists, customer requirements or other information used in the manufacture, sale or marketing of any of the respective products or services of the Company or any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that no breach or alleged breach of this Section 22 shall entitle the Company to fail to comply fully and in a timely manner with any other provision hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Company from

8

seeking money damages, or equitable relief by injunction or otherwise without the necessity of proving actual damage to the Company, for any breach by the Executive hereunder.

23. Conditions of Benefits. The amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 4 hereof shall be condition upon, and payable only if, the Executive: (a) executes a general release in a form and of a scope reasonably acceptable to the Company; (b) returns all property, equipment, confidential information and documentation of the Company; (c) has complied and continues to comply in all material respects with any noncompetition, inventions and/or nondisclosure obligations that the Executive may owe to the Company, whether pursuant to an agreement or applicable law; and (d) provides a signed, written resignation of Executive's status as an officer and director (if applicable) of the Company and, if applicable, its subsidiaries.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Company by its duly authorized officer, and by the Executive, as of the date first above written.

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

By:/s/ Thomas R. Holler
   ------------------------------------
   Name: Thomas R. Holler
   Title: Chief Financial Officer


   /s/ Kris A. Canekeratne
   ------------------------------------
   KRIS A. CANEKERATNE
   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

9

Exhibit 10.11
EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of this 5th day of April, 2007 by and between Virtusa Corporation (the "Company"), and Danford F. Smith (the "Executive").

1. Purpose. The Company considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to promote and preserve the continuous employment of key management personnel. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") recognizes that, as is the case with many corporations, the possibility of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2 hereof) exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions that it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of key management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its stockholders. Therefore, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company's key management, including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall not have any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

2. Change in Control. A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) any "Person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act") (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all "affiliates" and "associates" (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Company's Board of Directors ("Voting Securities") (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(b) persons who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Company's Board of Directors (the "Incumbent Directors") cease for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or similar transaction, to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof shall be considered an Incumbent Director if such person's election was approved by or such person was nominated for election by either (A) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors or (B) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors who are members of a nominating committee comprised, in the majority, of Incumbent Directors; but provided further, that any such person whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of members of the Board of Directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other


than the Board, including by reason of agreement intended to avoid or settle any such actual or threatened contest or solicitation, shall not be considered an Incumbent Director; or

(c) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

(d) the approval by the Company's stockholders of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a "Change in Control" shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (a) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company that, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities, then a "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (a).

3. Terminating Event. A "Terminating Event" shall mean any of the events provided in this Section 3:

(a) Termination by the Company. Termination by the Company of the employment of the Executive with the Company for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:

(i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes; or

(ii) the commission by the Executive of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or any conduct by the Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if he were retained in his position; or

(iii) continued, willful and deliberate non-performance by the Executive of his duties to the Company (other than by reason of the Executive's physical

2

or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such non-performance from the Board; or

(iv) a violation by the Executive of the Company's employment policies which has continued following written notice of such violation from the Board; or

(v) willful failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the willful inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials.

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this
Section 3(a) solely as a result of the Executive being an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company, rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Change in Control. For purposes of clauses (i), (iii) and (v) hereof, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive without reasonable belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was in the best interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered "Disabled" if, as a result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from his duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 180 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

(b) Termination by the Executive for Good Reason. Termination by the Executive of the Executive's employment with the Company for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) a substantial diminution or other substantial adverse change, not consented to by the Executive, in the nature or scope of the Executive's responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties from the responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties exercised by the Executive immediately prior to the Terminating Event; or

(ii) a material reduction in the Executive's annual base salary or targeted total annual cash compensation (i.e., base salary and targeted bonus) as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time hereafter except for across-the-board reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all management employees; or

(iii) the relocation of the Company's offices at which the Executive is principally employed immediately prior to the date of a Terminating Event (the "Current Offices") to any other location more than 50 miles from the Current Offices, or the requirement by the Company for the Executive to be based anywhere other than the Current Offices, except for required travel on the Company's business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive's business travel obligations immediately prior to the Terminating Event; or

3

(iv) the failure by the Company to obtain an effective agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as required by Section 20.

4. Severance and Change in Control Payments.

(a) In the event a Terminating Event occurs within 24 months after a Change in Control, the following shall occur:

(i) the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) the Executive's annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive's annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) and
(y) provided that the Company achieves its corporate performance targets for the period, a pro rated portion of the Executive's targeted annual bonus for the period in which the Change in Control occurred, payable in one lump-sum payment no later than three days following the Date of Termination (provided that any pro rated bonus amount shall be payable no later then three days following the date on which such bonus is payable to other management employees);

(ii) subject to the Executive's copayment of premium amounts at the active employees' rate, the Executive shall continue to participate in the Company's group health, dental and vision program for 24 months; provided, however, that the continuation of health benefits under this
Section shall reduce and count against the Executive's rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended ("COBRA"); and

(iii) all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to the Executive by the Company shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable or non-forfeitable as of the effective date of such Change in Control.

(b) In the event a Terminating Event occurs prior to a Change in Control, the following shall occur:

(i) the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to one times the sum of (x) the Executive's annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event and (y) provided that the Company achieves its corporate performance targets for the period, a pro rated portion of the Executive's targeted annual bonus for the period in which the Terminating Event occurred, payable in one lump-sum payment no later than three days following the Date of Termination (provided that any pro rated bonus amount shall be payable no later then three days following the date on which such bonus is payable to other management employees);

(ii) subject to the Executive's copayment of premium amounts at the active employees' rate, the Executive shall continue to participate in the Company's group health, dental and vision program for 12 months; provided, however, that the continuation of health benefits under this
Section shall reduce and count against the Executive's rights under COBRA; and

4

(iii) all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to the Executive by the Company shall immediately accelerate twelve (12) months so that the shares that would have vested in the one-year period following such Terminating Event would become immediately vested and the remaining unvested shares would continue to vest in accordance with their terms but on a schedule that would be twelve (12) months earlier than had the Terminating Event not transpired. The Executive shall also be entitled to any other rights and benefits with respect to stock-related awards, to the extent and upon the terms provided in the employee stock option or incentive plan or any agreement or other instrument attendant thereto pursuant to which such options or awards were granted.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable option agreement or stock-based award agreement, upon a Change in Control, all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to the Executive by the Company shall immediately accelerate twelve (12) months so that the shares that would have vested in the one-year period following such Change in Control would become immediately vested and the remaining unvested shares would continue to vest in accordance with their terms but on a schedule that would be twelve (12) months earlier than had the Change in Control not transpired. The Executive shall also be entitled to any other rights and benefits with respect to stock-related awards, to the extent and upon the terms provided in the employee stock option or incentive plan or any agreement or other instrument attendant thereto pursuant to which such options or awards were granted.

(d) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive's termination of employment, the Executive is considered a "specified employee" within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and if any payment that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement is considered deferred compensation subject to interest and additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of
Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then no such payment shall be payable prior to the date that is the earliest of (i) six months after the Executive's Date of Termination, (ii) the Executive's death, or (iii) such other date as will cause such payment not to be subject to such interest and additional tax, and the initial payment shall include a catch-up amount covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the first six-month period but for the application of this Section 4(e).

5. ADDITIONAL LIMITATION.

(a) Additional Limitation. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the "Severance Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Severance Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount. To the extent that there is more than one method of reducing the payments to bring them within the Threshold Amount, the Executive shall determine which method shall be followed; provided that if the Executive fails to make such determination within 15 business days after the Company has sent the

5

Executive written notice of the need for such reduction, the Company may determine the amount of such reduction in its sole discretion.

For the purposes of this Section 5(a), "Threshold Amount" shall mean three times the Executive's "base amount" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and "Excise Tax" shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax.

6. Term. This Agreement shall take effect on the date first set forth above and shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company for any reason other than the occurrence of a Terminating Event, or (b) the date which is 24 months after a Change in Control if the Executive is still employed by the Company.

7. Withholding. All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

8. Notice and Date of Termination.

(a) Notice of Termination. During the term of this Agreement, any purported termination of the Executive's employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 8. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the Date of Termination.

(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination," with respect to any purported termination of the Executive's employment during the term of this Agreement, shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination. In the case of a termination by the Company following a Change in Control other than a termination for Cause (which may be effective immediately), the Date of Termination shall not be less than 30 days after the Notice of Termination is given. In the case of a termination by the Executive, the Date of Termination shall not be less than 30 days from the date such Notice of Termination is given. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

9. No Mitigation. The Company agrees that, if the Executive's employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 4 hereof. Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company or otherwise.

10. Arbitration of Disputes. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of the Executive's employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful

6

employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than the Executive or the Company may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity's agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 10 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
Section 10 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 10.

11. Consent to Jurisdiction. To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce Section 10 of this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

12. Integration. This Agreement shall constitute the sole and entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and cancels all prior, concurrent and/or contemporaneous arrangements, understandings, promises, programs, policies, plans, practices, offers, agreements and/or discussions, whether written or oral, by or among the parties regarding the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, that certain Employment Letter by and between the Company and the Executive, dated August 16, 2004 (and any amendments thereto) and those constituting or concerning employment agreements, change in control benefits and/or severance benefits; provided, however, that this Agreement is not intended to, and shall not, supersede, affect, limit, modify or terminate any of the following, all of which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms: (i) any written agreements, programs, policies, plans, arrangements or practices of the Company that do not relate to the subject matter hereof; (ii) any written stock or stock option agreements between the Executive and the Company (except as expressly modified hereby); and (iii) any written agreements between Executive and the Company concerning noncompetition, nonsolicitation, inventions and/or nondisclosure obligations.

13. Successor to the Executive. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. In the event of the Executive's death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due him under Section 4 of this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Executive's beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his death (or to his estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

7

14. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

15. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

16. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board of Directors.

17. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

18. Effect on Other Plans. An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company's benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company's benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 5 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan.

19. Governing Law. This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such Commonwealth. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the First Circuit.

20. Successors to Company. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall constitute Good Reason if the Executive elects to terminate employment.

21. Gender Neutral. Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine gender shall be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

8

22. Confidential Information. The Executive shall never use, publish or disclose in a manner adverse to the Company's interests, any proprietary or confidential information relating to (a) the business, operations or properties of the Company or any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company, or (b) any materials, processes, business practices, technology, know-how, research, programs, customer lists, customer requirements or other information used in the manufacture, sale or marketing of any of the respective products or services of the Company or any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that no breach or alleged breach of this Section 22 shall entitle the Company to fail to comply fully and in a timely manner with any other provision hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Company from seeking money damages, or equitable relief by injunction or otherwise without the necessity of proving actual damage to the Company, for any breach by the Executive hereunder.

23. Conditions of Benefits. The amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 4 hereof shall be condition upon, and payable only if, the Executive: (a) executes a general release in a form and of a scope reasonably acceptable to the Company; (b) returns all property, equipment, confidential information and documentation of the Company; (c) has complied and continues to comply in all material respects with any noncompetition, inventions and/or nondisclosure obligations that the Executive may owe to the Company, whether pursuant to an agreement or applicable law; and (d) provides a signed, written resignation of Executive's status as an officer and director (if applicable) of the Company and, if applicable, its subsidiaries.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Company by its duly authorized officer, and by the Executive, as of the date first above written.

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

By: /s/ Kris Canekeratne
   ---------------------------------------
   Name:  Kris Canekeratne
   Title: Chief Executive Officer


    /s/ Danford F. Smith
   ---------------------------------------
   DANFORD F. SMITH
   PRESIDENT AND CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

9

Exhibit 10.12

EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of this 5th day of April, 2007 by and between Virtusa Corporation (the "Company"), and Thomas R. Holler (the "Executive").

1. Purpose. The Company considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to promote and preserve the continuous employment of key management personnel. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") recognizes that, as is the case with many corporations, the possibility of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2 hereof) exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions that it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of key management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its stockholders. Therefore, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company's key management, including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall not have any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

2. Change in Control. A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) any "Person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act") (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all "affiliates" and "associates" (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Company's Board of Directors ("Voting Securities") (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(b) persons who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Company's Board of Directors (the "Incumbent Directors") cease for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or similar transaction, to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof shall be considered an Incumbent Director if such person's election was approved by or such person was nominated for election by either (A) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors or (B) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors who are members of a nominating committee comprised, in the majority, of Incumbent Directors; but provided further, that any such person whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of members of the Board of Directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other


than the Board, including by reason of agreement intended to avoid or settle any such actual or threatened contest or solicitation, shall not be considered an Incumbent Director; or

(c) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

(d) the approval by the Company's stockholders of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a "Change in Control" shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (a) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company that, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities, then a "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (a).

3. Terminating Event. A "Terminating Event" shall mean any of the events provided in this Section 3:

(a) Termination by the Company. Termination by the Company of the employment of the Executive with the Company for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:

(i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes; or

(ii) the commission by the Executive of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or any conduct by the Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if he were retained in his position; or

(iii) continued, willful and deliberate non-performance by the Executive of his duties to the Company (other than by reason of the Executive's physical

2

or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such non-performance from the Board; or

(iv) a violation by the Executive of the Company's employment policies which has continued following written notice of such violation from the Chief Executive Officer; or

(v) willful failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the willful inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials.

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this
Section 3(a) solely as a result of the Executive being an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company, rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Change in Control. For purposes of clauses (i), (iii) and (v) hereof, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive without reasonable belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was in the best interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered "Disabled" if, as a result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from his duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 180 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

(b) Termination by the Executive for Good Reason. Termination by the Executive of the Executive's employment with the Company for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) a substantial diminution or other substantial adverse change, not consented to by the Executive, in the nature or scope of the Executive's responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties from the responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties exercised by the Executive immediately prior to the Terminating Event; or

(ii) a material reduction in the Executive's annual base salary or targeted total annual cash compensation (i.e., base salary and targeted bonus) as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time hereafter except for across-the-board reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all management employees; or

(iii) the relocation of the Company's offices at which the Executive is principally employed immediately prior to the date of a Terminating Event (the "Current Offices") to any other location more than 50 miles from the Current Offices, or the requirement by the Company for the Executive to be based anywhere other than the Current Offices, except for required travel on the Company's business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive's business travel obligations immediately prior to the Terminating Event; or

3

(iv) the failure by the Company to obtain an effective agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as required by Section 20.

4. Severance and Change in Control Payments.

(a) In the event a Terminating Event occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, the following shall occur:

(i) the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of (x) one-half of the Executive's annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive's annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) and
(y) provided that the Company achieves its corporate performance targets for the period, a pro rated portion of the Executive's targeted annual bonus for the period in which the Change in Control occurred, payable in one lump-sum payment no later than three days following the Date of Termination (provided that any pro rated bonus amount shall be payable no later then three days following the date on which such bonus is payable to other management employees);

(ii) subject to the Executive's copayment of premium amounts at the active employees' rate, the Executive shall continue to participate in the Company's group health, dental and vision program for six months; provided, however, that the continuation of health benefits under this
Section shall reduce and count against the Executive's rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended ("COBRA"); and

(iii) all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to the Executive by the Company shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable or non-forfeitable as of the effective date of such Change in Control.

(b) In the event a Terminating Event occurs prior to a Change in Control, the following shall occur:

(i) the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of (x) one-half of the Executive's annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event and (y) provided that the Company achieves its corporate performance targets for the period, a pro rated portion of the Executive's targeted annual bonus for the period in which the Terminating Event occurred, payable in one lump-sum payment no later than three days following the Date of Termination (provided that any pro rated bonus amount shall be payable no later then three days following the date on which such bonus is payable to other management employees); and

(ii) subject to the Executive's copayment of premium amounts at the active employees' rate, the Executive shall continue to participate in the Company's group health, dental and vision program for six months; provided, however, that the continuation of health benefits under this
Section shall reduce and count against the Executive's rights under COBRA.

4

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable option agreement or stock-based award agreement, upon a Change in Control, all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to the Executive after the date of this Agreement by the Company shall immediately accelerate twelve (12) months so that the shares that would have vested in the one-year period following such Change in Control would become immediately vested and the remaining unvested shares would continue to vest in accordance with their terms but on a schedule that would be twelve (12) months earlier than had the Change in Control not transpired. The Executive shall also be entitled to any other rights and benefits with respect to stock-related awards, to the extent and upon the terms provided in the employee stock option or incentive plan or any agreement or other instrument attendant thereto pursuant to which such options or awards were granted.

(d) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive's termination of employment, the Executive is considered a "specified employee" within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and if any payment that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement is considered deferred compensation subject to interest and additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of
Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then no such payment shall be payable prior to the date that is the earliest of (i) six months after the Executive's Date of Termination, (ii) the Executive's death, or (iii) such other date as will cause such payment not to be subject to such interest and additional tax, and the initial payment shall include a catch-up amount covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the first six-month period but for the application of this Section 4(e).

5. ADDITIONAL LIMITATION.

(a) Additional Limitation. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the "Severance Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Severance Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount. To the extent that there is more than one method of reducing the payments to bring them within the Threshold Amount, the Executive shall determine which method shall be followed; provided that if the Executive fails to make such determination within 15 business days after the Company has sent the Executive written notice of the need for such reduction, the Company may determine the amount of such reduction in its sole discretion.

For the purposes of this Section 5(a), "Threshold Amount" shall mean three times the Executive's "base amount" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and "Excise Tax" shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax.

5

6. Term. This Agreement shall take effect on the date first set forth above and shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company for any reason other than the occurrence of a Terminating Event, or (b) the date which is 12 months after a Change in Control if the Executive is still employed by the Company.

7. Withholding. All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

8. Notice and Date of Termination.

(a) Notice of Termination. During the term of this Agreement, any purported termination of the Executive's employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 8. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the Date of Termination.

(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination," with respect to any purported termination of the Executive's employment during the term of this Agreement, shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination. In the case of a termination by the Company following a Change in Control other than a termination for Cause (which may be effective immediately), the Date of Termination shall not be less than 30 days after the Notice of Termination is given. In the case of a termination by the Executive, the Date of Termination shall not be less than 30 days from the date such Notice of Termination is given. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

9. No Mitigation. The Company agrees that, if the Executive's employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 4 hereof. Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company or otherwise.

10. Arbitration of Disputes. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of the Executive's employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than the Executive or the Company may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity's agreement.

6

Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 10 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 10 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 10.

11. Consent to Jurisdiction. To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce Section 10 of this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

12. Integration. This Agreement shall constitute the sole and entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and cancels all prior, concurrent and/or contemporaneous arrangements, understandings, promises, programs, policies, plans, practices, offers, agreements and/or discussions, whether written or oral, by or among the parties regarding the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, that certain Offer Letter by and between the Company and the Executive, dated April 20, 2001 (and any amendments thereto) and those constituting or concerning employment agreements, change in control benefits and/or severance benefits; provided, however, that this Agreement is not intended to, and shall not, supersede, affect, limit, modify or terminate any of the following, all of which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms:
(i) any written agreements, programs, policies, plans, arrangements or practices of the Company that do not relate to the subject matter hereof; (ii) any written stock or stock option agreements between the Executive and the Company (except as expressly modified hereby); and (iii) any written agreements between Executive and the Company concerning noncompetition, nonsolicitation, inventions and/or nondisclosure obligations.

13. Successor to the Executive. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. In the event of the Executive's death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due him under Section 4 of this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Executive's beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his death (or to his estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

14. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

7

15. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

16. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board of Directors.

17. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

18. Effect on Other Plans. An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company's benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company's benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 5 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan.

19. Governing Law. This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such Commonwealth. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the First Circuit.

20. Successors to Company. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall constitute Good Reason if the Executive elects to terminate employment.

21. Gender Neutral. Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine gender shall be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

22. Confidential Information. The Executive shall never use, publish or disclose in a manner adverse to the Company's interests, any proprietary or confidential information relating to (a) the business, operations or properties of the Company or any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company, or (b) any materials, processes, business practices, technology, know-how, research, programs, customer lists, customer requirements or other information used in the manufacture, sale or marketing of any of the respective products or services of the Company or any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that no breach or alleged

8

breach of this Section 22 shall entitle the Company to fail to comply fully and in a timely manner with any other provision hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Company from seeking money damages, or equitable relief by injunction or otherwise without the necessity of proving actual damage to the Company, for any breach by the Executive hereunder.

23. Conditions of Benefits. The amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 4 hereof shall be condition upon, and payable only if, the Executive: (a) executes a general release in a form and of a scope reasonably acceptable to the Company; (b) returns all property, equipment, confidential information and documentation of the Company; (c) has complied and continues to comply in all material respects with any noncompetition, inventions and/or nondisclosure obligations that the Executive may owe to the Company, whether pursuant to an agreement or applicable law; and (d) provides a signed, written resignation of Executive's status as an officer and director (if applicable) of the Company and, if applicable, its subsidiaries.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Company by its duly authorized officer, and by the Executive, as of the date first above written.

VIRTUSA CORPORATION

By: /s/ Kris Canekeratne
   ---------------------------------------------
   Name: Kris Canekeratne
   Title: Chief Executive Officer


   /s/ Thomas R. Holler
   ---------------------------------------------
   THOMAS R. HOLLER
   EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL
   OFFICER

9

.

.
.

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF VIRTUSA CORPORATION

SUBSIDIARY                                 JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
------------------------------             -----------------------------
Virtusa (India) Private Limited                        India

Virtusa Private Limited                              Sri Lanka

Virtusa Securities Corporation                     Massachusetts

Virtusa UK Limited                                 United Kingdom


Exhibit 23.1

REPORT AND CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Virtusa Corporation and Subsidiaries:

The audits referred to in our report dated August 25, 2006, except as to note 17, which is as of April 5, 2007, included the related financial statement schedule as of March 31, 2006, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2006, included in the registration statement. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for share-based payments effective April 1, 2005.

We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
April 5, 2007